Hi My ‘) aH , LAE ft ‘ SSS — ith mut Chak Ay Sacuss yee a " a= * a Stas « rep tea Bo om ‘ te ees : Neaeeen Ayal) oar ASIATICK RESEARCHES: O Ry TRANSAG ‘TIONS OF THE POC RET Ys INSTITUTED —~ BENGAL, FOR ENQUIRING INTO THE HISTORY AND ANTIQUITIES, THE ARTS, SCIENCES AND LITERATURE, oF ‘ VEO . Roi, peti 42 % Fait ‘ uf i. ‘ a ape Sy Fat ON VOLUME THE TWELFTH COU LE PRINTED AT THE CALCUTTA GAZETTE OF “(ag 1816. mis fy a LETTER from the Right Honorable the Governor Genera! to the President, transmitting the following c ommunicatioa, ze Forr Sr. Grokcr, 8d January, 1810. | SIR, q wave the honour to transmit to you for the purpose of being laid before the Asiatic Society, a paper which I have received from Major Wiiiram Lausron of H. M. 33d Regiment of Foot, entitled, ‘‘ An account of the nicas *< surement of an Arc on the Meridian, comprehended between the latitudes « § § 38.39 and tO) 59 48.93 North, being a continuation of the grand Meridi- ** onal ne commenced in 1804, and extending to 14 6 19 Norih.” I have great pleasure in being the channel of communicating to the learned Society a paper containing matter of such high importance to the tntercsis of science, and furnishing so many new proofs of the eminent endowments and in- defatigable exertions which have long distinguished the character and labours of dis respectable and meritorious author, I have the honour to be, Si’, Your obedtent humble servant. MIN TO. Hon. H. T. Cozrze2ooxkn, &e. &c. &e. CONTENTS oF raz TWELFTH VOLUME, , SHransly s | Page? Ay aceount of the measurement of an Are on the Meridian, com= prehended between the Latitudes g°.9' 33’ 39” and 10° 59’ 48” 93” - North, being a continuation of the grand meridional Arc commencs= ed in 1804, and extending to 14° 6’ 19" -North.—By Lieutenant Colonel Winntam Lamaron, His.Majesty’s 33d Regiment of Foot, On the Malayu Nation, with a translation of its Maritime Institutions, --By Tuomas Rametus, Meg...) 2.4.7 o 2Sine & go oiiale ETT. On the early History of Algebra.—By Enwarn: Srracusy, Esq. ...- au EV. 2n account of the funeral ceremonies of a Burman Priest. —Communie= eated by the Reverend Wituiam Carey, DD. -.-. 0 o-ee - eee Me An account of observations taken at the Observatory near Fort Si. George in the East Indies, for determining the Obliquities of the Felipticin the months of December 1809, June and December 1810. —-By Captain Joun Warren, His Majesty’s 33d Regiment of Foot, ¥ i On the notions of the Hindu Astronomers, concerning the precession: of the Equinoxes and. Motions of the Planets.—By H. T. Coke e-@-9-1- Anne eo a rae ee BROOKE, Usd. 222+ seen aees 102 158. 186 192 wean 209) CONTENTS or tne TWELFTH VOLUME: oF Vit. Page, ©n the heights of the Himalaya Mouwtains.—By H. T. Couzsrooxg, wane bree al . Eisqe : peace eees ecece Sac) pees ee fe mead Vill. An account of the measurement of an Arc on the Meridian extend- ing from Latitude 10° 59° 49" to 15° 6’ 0" 65” North.—By Lieute- nant Colonel Wirt1am Lamgton, His Majesty’s 33d Regiment of reese auras S522 286 Foot, eo eece Peee @acese eeeree ceoce , IX. Translation of a Sanscrit Inscription on a Stone found in Bundélc’hand, — By Lieutenant:W, PRICE, ,)).2 2-482) lene See OL Oy eae xX. A Journey to Lake Mdnasarévara in Un-dés, a province of little Tibet. —By Wittram Moorcnort, i-q. with Introductory Note, by H. T. Cozzprooxe, Esq. CEMENT, oO Ran NES wales cae: ba Aen KN On the Dryobalaneps Camphora or Camphor-tree of Sumatra.—By H. Ts COLEBROOKES Bisque eer yee eed meet amas 535 LT, Abstract of an account, containing the particulars of a boring made . r © 1 ole . ee ree, c. 3 ie r near the River Hooghly, in the vicinity of Caccuiia, trom Way to vuly 1814 inclusive, in search of a spring of pure water. —Coinmunicated by Sir Epwanp Hype Bast, -- wees ere cece eee | anes O42 XITT. Statistical yiew of the population of Burdwan,’ &c.—By W. B. Bay- LEY, Lisq. pine eee eeee eer eee; SES ieee tl eee CONTENTS or raz TWELFTH VOLUME, XIV. Page. Descriptions of two new species of Sarcolobus, and some other Medic, Plants, —By N. Watuicn, Esq. wen pees Glos ceee eeee BOO ist of the Members of the Society, =o... sees cece. ccee cece see OTT APPENDIX, containing I. Rules of the Society.) ioc) ..s0 2s. ase ene ee ee 2.. Donations to the’ Library, vs... < .5.4 6 fece ae ead cece 3. Donations to the Museum, @0e@8 e000 @eco a0ee@ os 6 rer Y.®.% ——2 I 8 | S16 CI |SISIVieie—— Piss on PLATES. 1. Triangles between Pulchapolliam and Punnae, .--. se-- woes I So Wusps survey in Oudes 060°.) elk ee eee ee ZO 3. Triangles between Pu/chapolliam and Namthabad, bees ccen 286 4, Sarcolobus Globosus, > : —— Carinatus, | 6. Campanula dehiscens, 7, Bauhinia racemosa, (= A plan of the Lake Mdanasarévara, and a drawing of the Camphor plant, will be given with the next volume, ¢<> For ‘* By the President,” read ** By H. T. Corssrooxe, Esq.” * 5 - , (tuna? a eiae wy & wen7 oy ee ey, Y = ZN 1 \ ra Ny iS En Ea eG Letra! (es 9 eqrodpuniuun volt LOOPUNY SALT, (@} SH preweyma 1ivl / ; sryooveny, O / NiVOOViLO, O sfecqods ™! ea YF woonpeeeporsy C ee WA 909242421 > eagodu nL a ah jq Aatrayoun eet Od pneoesy Aye ATU Uty, ‘Sf Proyunyyn A _-3 | _ wet soodeyy o} OGY reed 02 Go VIL IITA Q | ‘{ [toovurns QI OR COWL LIT a s “ae % fone SH [tue Par spnedoxy tt Si 27] @Uuaapunya Jefe ». f (ms 229 NVI] yz, if E dapoyoodytae as / 4.29.8 %up pn UW IYPYYN Hef Vuorv fT & S 211? ¥ TS EY Peet ay . } 1 j SOUL Op yt i NG Vi icaa SE TAVIANIcT C A = ! Ow y sou y ra { ~ pth LHD ast wr, eter ae aoa: | SS apimrtoonensy Of pur ‘en / Uy) ein. Bre yr At : ans | f y JV SUE JAG Mods’ ST LONV DML [: aa NW I d MPAA fi G: J | | | | ny My emaee awa i rt hiavay “Rl VN Tel / A a es ei sn eee ee (3) | “TRAN SACTION S “OF THE” -ASIATICK SOCIETY. %230coae— a iy An Account of the measurement tof an Are on the meri- : - dian TESTS between the latitudes 8 9 38' 39 and 10 5 9 4:3',.93 Ne orth, being a continuation of the i grand meridional Arc, commenced in 1804, and . extending to.14° 619° North. Ve is By Major WILLIAM LAMBTON, OO as 330 Begtment Soot. — : In a paper which I communicated to the Asiatick society, and which was published in the tenth volume of the Researches, I took an oppo-. _ tunity of noticing that a meridional arc had been measured upwards of _ three degrees in amplitude. Being in expectation that the detailed ac- A 2 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC count of that measurement would be transmitted to the Royal society by the honorable the Court of Directors; IT have given no° particulars of it here, but shall only notice the general results as combined with the opee rations hereafter mentioned. .. ‘These. meridional measurements being the chief foundation of the trigonometrical. survey, which has been car- ried on under my direction for, some. years past, it is to be hoped that the East-India company will be desirous of having them published along with the general account of the survey. But such a work being’ arran- ged ina great measure according to the order of time, must exhibit , what is purely scientific, in’a detached and ‘mutilated from; it is there- fore my intention to collect, at some future period, all the particulars that regard the comparison of celestial and terrestrial arcs, and digest them in a manner better prepared for the learned reader. The present period is replete with splendid performances - in pradtical science, and. although their objects. be different, yet there result from each of them certain facts that tend to throw new light on various philosophical sub= jects. The grand operations in ‘France, conduéted by the celebrated De Lamare and Me‘chatn, have for their object the determination of a standard measure; but, to accomplish that, they have measured an are on the meridian upwards of nine degrees in length. The chief intention — of the great survey in England, under Col, “Moupez, is to obtain a correct plan of the Island of Great- Britain, and the geographical positions of all | known places, in totude. and longitude. In carrying this into effect, it : "was necessary to have a series of triangles in the dire¢tion of the meri- aiian, from which has been deduced an arc of 2 56 23, which is to be extended northerly. The principal object of my own labours, when - this work was first proposed to the Madras government, was to connect © _ the two coasts of Coromandel and Malabar, and to determine the latitudes 4, ON THE; MERIDIAN, & and longitudes,. of the. principal places, both, on the coasts and.in the in- terior. The original design has been vastly ‘enlarged, and, in addition to the triangles carried across the Peninsula, between the latitudes of twelve and fourteen degrees, another series has been ‘extended from Tranquebar and VM egapatam, entirely across to Paniany and Calicut ; and to render the skeleton complete, a meridional series has been carried down the middle of. the Peninsula, terminating at the sea near Cape Comorin, from which have been extended other serieses, to the east and west, entirely along both the coasts. From the above mentioned meri- dional series, I have deduced an atc of nearly six degrees i in amplitude, The members of the Sz vedish academy have likewise been performing a 1 sitnilar work ; but the sole intention of that was, the n measurement of and his. associates. isbaon various ; performances have afiorded the learn- ed world the most extensive and the most accurate data hitherto obtained, for determining a question of great importance in physical astronomy, viz. the dimensions and figure. of the earth. This circumstance being i in- _ volved in many abstruse speculations, relating to the precession of the equinoxes, the nutation of the earth’s axis, the parallaxes of the moon, Sie. &c. it’ has ‘been found expedient, in order to’ make the theory agree With the observations of- astronomers, to adoptia figure whose ellipticity was from’; to +.,in place of = sm given by.Sir I. Newron;,and. various -é€xperiments, with pendulums i in different latitudes, seemed to justify the measure, It will appear in the sequel of this memoir, how far the recent measurements may be relied on in computing according tothe elliptick theory; and certainly, from>the great length of the. arcs and their re- moteness from:each other, more reliance may be placed in computation 4 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC drawn from them, than from. any éxperiments' made van such’ pendulums as have been generally ised for’ those purposes. *” ; “Tae arc, , which i is the cubjed of this communication, is is a continuation not the same meridian line, whose position was ‘determined at the station of Dodagoontah i in My fysoor, in 1805, and is the meridian on which the for- mer arc was computed. “The present arc commences at Putchapolliam station in Coimbetoor, where the former one terminated, and concludes at ‘Punnae near Cape Comorin. The positions to the southward fall very favorably, and the place of observation at Punnae is only 98.2 feet east from the meridian of Dodagoontah. There is one station ( Permaul malli ) on a very lofty mountain, which has not yet been observed at, on account of the difficulty in getting at it; and besides, the season when I was in Coimbetoor was not favorable for ascending such high places. In consequence of this, there are four triangles wherein only two angles i in each have been observed ; an omission which at pres sent must be dispensed with ‘but the base of verification near Tinnivelly will shew that no important error has crept into the operations. Tae measurement of the base line in, Coimbetoor, and, the observations for the zenith distances of stars, were completed in the beginning of 18063 but Ihave recorded them at full length here, as being. the, conimencement of this se€tion of the: grand arc...The base near Zinnivelly was measues ‘€d early in the present year, and the triangles continued to the southern Station near the sea beach, aefdwimileseast from the lines of Travancore: At this station, Isat down to observe the same stars, which had been obe served at Putchapolliam , and with equal suitcess. Having finished there, I returned‘ to: Palamcottah, with an intention of making another set of ob- servations, and for that purpose I erected a small observatory on the- | ON THE MERIDIAN- = uk: ramparbof the fort/to-be securé against the high winds; but‘the “badness of theiweather, occasioned by the setting in of ‘the west monsoon, ren< dered all my endeavours fruitless. I have, however, reason:’to hope that the observations which have been, made at the-extremities. of the aro, Will be thought satisfactorysyys avis UA cincocnoot) bris “my ‘THe length of the degree duc to the middle point of this section ‘of the arc, or latitude 9 94 45, is found to be 60473 fathoms nearly. Now it may be proper td notice here, what has already been noticed j in giving an account of the former arc, that between Dodaxoontah, i in pide 13°, and the station at’ Bomasundrum, in latitude ‘14°, there is a vein of iron ore, which was supposed to have affected the plummet, as some irresularity appeared to exist inthe observations at‘thidse places: The are’ Putchapol- liam and Dodagoontah gave the length of the degree for latitude 11.69 54, equal 60529 fathoms, and the arc between Putchapolliam ‘and: Boma- sundrum gave the: degree only 60449 | fathoms reduced to the same lati- tude on the elliptick hypothesis: Seeing ‘sucha disagreement, it was ne- cessary to recur to the nature of the country, as both those stations are sufficiently remote from’ mountains to'remove any apprehension of a dis- turbance from them. But’since no doubt rémained as to the existence of some disturbing cause, I attributed it to the effects of this bed of ore, and concluded that the plummet had been drawn to the northward while ob- “serving at, Dedagoontah, and to the southward while at Bomasundrum, which would give the celestial arc between Putchapolliam and Dodagoon- tah too little, and that between Putchapolliam and Bomasundrum too great, the reverse of which would take place with respect to the length of the degrees | in these two arcs. Being confident as. to. the accuracy of the observations at both places, and considering the circumstances Just B 6 “MEASUREMENT OF -AN ARC meniioned, I thought it reasonable to take the. mean of the two degrees; which gave Go490 fathoms nearly, for the length.of the degree in Jati- tude 11 59 oe WHATEVER may have been the cause of irregularity in the observations made at Bomasundrum and Dodagoontah, the errors o¢easioned thereby must be considerably reduced when the whole arc, including the present measurement, is taken into account. I shall therefore take notice here what the general result gives, by comparing the arcs, Punnae and Doda- goontah, Punnae and Bomasundrum, and Punnae and Paughur, which last place. was also a station of observation in. the former. part of the operations. Ir appears from art. 8. that the celestial arc between Punnae and Putchapolliam is & 50 10.54: and the celestial are between Putchapolliam and Dodagoontah, by the observations in 1805 and 6, was. 2 0 6.79; and therefore, thesum is ee 50 20.33, equal to the celestial ‘arc between Punnae and Dodagoontah. The terrestrial arc between Punnae'and Putchapolliam, is 1029100. feet, to which add 7273346 feet, the terrestrial are between Putchapolliam and Dodagoontah, we have. 1756435\1 feet.or 292739.2 fathoms, which compared with eo BO 20.5. wilk give the mean length of the degree, equal 60496 fathoms) for latitude 10: $4 49, the middle point of the arc. | Tut former celestial arc between ae and Bomasundrum was 3 6 01.88, to which add 2 BO 10.54 sives 8 5 5O 12. 42; and the terrestrial arc between Putchapolliam and Bomasundrum 1088275 .8 feet, to which add -1029100.5 feet, gives 2117376. 3 feet, or 359896 fathoms nearly, which ec opared with 5 BO 12 42, Ee 60462 fathoms for the mean length of ‘the degree i in latitude tL a at nearly, the middle point of the arc. ON THE MERIDIAN, ~~ a akins the celestial arc between .Putchapolliam and Paughur. was observed to be 3 6 37.78; and the celestial are between Punnae and Putchapolliam is 2°50 10.54, whose sum is. 5 56 48.32 for the whole celestial arc... Tne terrestrial arc between Putchapolliam and Paughur was 1128472 feet, to which add 1029100.8 feet, we have 2157572.5 feet, equal 359595.4 fathoms, and ms compared with . 5G 48.32 gives 60469 fathoms nearly, for latitude 41 8 3 the middle point.of the. are. As the two last arcs are nearly of the same length, and the results differ but little, it has been thought sufficiently correct to take the mean of the two degrees as the measure due to the mean, latitude of the two middle points, in which case we have 60466.3 fathoms for the length of the degree in latitude 11 6 23.8. _ Iw order to get a mean result between the observations made at Dodagoonitah and these two latter stations, the degree in latitude 10 34 4g | has been taken and used with the degree in latitude 52 2 20 equal 60820 fathoms ; and with these the ratio of the earth’s diameters has been computed, and found to be as 1 to 1.0030359 (art. 2 appendix); and thence the length of the degree in latitude 11 6 23.5 has been found to ‘be 60498) fathoms: therefore the mean between this and 60465.5 1S 60486.75 dethoms : or, to avoid decimals, it has been called 60487 fathoms for lati- tude 14. 6 Lda Turis mean measure has been used with the degree in latitude 52 2 26 and the ratio of the earth’s diameters agaia com puted, and the polar ~ and equatorial diameters are found tobe as 1: 1.0031429, and 1. have rnade use of-this for determining the lengths of degrees in ‘different lati- tudes, by which the latitudes of all the ‘great stations of observations in Van Le SHY 8 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC bringing down the grand arc, ‘have been finally fixed. “And here it may be proper to observe, that in, the tenth volume. of As7dtick Researches, T have mentioned the latitude of Dodagoontah tobe 19°59 59.51 as determined by nine stars from the Greenwich observations of 1802; and from that, the latitude of the observatory at Madras was deduced, and was found to be 13 4 g.7,. But if it. be allowed that the plummet ‘has been drawn to the northward while observing atDodagoontah, the ebser- vations at that place would give the latitude less than it really is. Under this conviction, I have made Punnae the fixed latitude which was deter- mined by eight of the same stars that were observed at Dodagoontah, and was found to be 8 9 38.39, and by setting GH from that parallel, and computing according to the lengths of the degrees given in art. 3, Appen- dix ; the latitude of Dodagoontah is. found to be 13 © 1.9 which is 2 more than before, and therefore the latitude of the observatory at Méadras as de- duced from that of Dodagoontah, will be 13 421 Néarlyor is dareos ~ Arter the deductions enumerated in this summary, the whole of the measurements both in England, France, and at the polar circle, have been compared, by using the degree in latitude 1 6 24, being the most southern Gf'the recent operations -and from these different data, three ellipticities have been computed, and the mean taken, which’ will give ‘an ellipsoid’ whose polar and equatorial diameters are to each’ other as 1 : 1.003242 nearly. From this, and the degree above mentioned, various conclusions have. been drawn, in the. appendix to this memoir, to which. I shall refer the reader,. and proceed to give a detailed statement, of all the. particulars which are the immediate subject. of this paper. ~W. LAMBTON. _ Lrichinopoly, Nov. ast. 1809. ~ ON THE MERIDIAN. 1, Measurement of the Base Line in the Coimbetoor. Tuts base has been measured with the same apparatus, and in the same. manner as the base near Bangalore; an account of which has been given in the roth volume of the Asiatick Researches; the Tan operation has been conducted under my own immediate inspection. Experiments made for comparing the Chains. PREVIOUS TO THE MEASUREMENT. aes AFTER THE MEASUREMENT. | Excess of ! ' | Kxcess of |! 1806 the REMARKS. | 1806 the REMARKS, Old Chain. Old Chain. ae DIVISIONS. DIVISIONS. March 19th} 19 April 19th} 28 at 6 A. M. 19 at6A.M.} 26 17.5 27.75: 17.25 | 28.25 17.5 Qi: 6P. M. 18.5 95.5 : 18 The mean tempera-! 23.25 |The mean tem pera- 90 . t duri h 99 25 ine d th 19.95 {ture during these ex. 93.95 {ture during these eX 18.5 periments was 86.12 22.25 ‘periments was 81.1 17 93.25 18 25.75 17.5 20th] 24 te eS t6A.M 24 | 24.75 | 94.75 | Mean] 18.18 |. \| Mean| 25 | 10 s 3|s Cina = a be g wee 1s 6 Bis 2k agi aes ale 6 2 5 Ps 42819 5.» Za hel fa = A 0 FEET. 1{ 100} 0 25 O |} .00264 300].-1 5 M .05445 3| 400] 1 3 50 | .06896 4] 100] Level ; 5| 400} 0 42 30 | .015298 6| 400] 0 18 3 .00580 7! 300! 0 51 40 |*.03387 s| 200/120 O| :05416 . 9! 300) 1 51 O|} .15636 10| 500) 0 27 25 | .01590 11; 100; 1 29 5 }..03357 19} 300] 0 43 35 | .09412 13} 500] Level 14| 200} 1 1 95 | .03199 15| 300] 0 10 10 | .001929 16} 100] 2 13 554 .07587 17} 100] 0 5 30 | -00013 ¥8t 200! 1 10 55! .04956 19} 400] 1 38 35 | .16444 20| 400}.1 1 20] .06364 21] 200} O 11 10 | ‘00106 22; 100; 1 54 40 | .05563 23}. 100] 2 3 50 | .06487 24) 200! 1 8 30 | .03970 25| 400! 0 9 10 | :o0140. 26] 400! O 55 35 | .05998. 27, 300} 1 9 40°'| .06159 H 600} 0 44. 5 | .04932 29|. 500! 1 3 35 | .08550 30|- 5001 0. 30° 0 |} .OT905: 31{ 400} 0 31 0 |} .01628° 32} 200] O 35 45 | .OtOs0 33; 5001 1 40 10; .21290 34] 200] 0 51 0 | .02200 35| 400! 0 11 50 | .00936 36{ 400] 0 46 50 | .03719 37} 300] 0 38 Of} .041833° 38} 400}°1 7 “O'| 07596- 39} 400] 0 40 0} .02708. 40| 400| 0-33 15 | .01879 a 400] 0-17 15 | .00504 42} 4G60| 0 46 25 | .03648 43) 500} O 57 30 | ..06995 44| 300! O 45 25 | .02619 45} 2001 0 51 40 | .02258 46| 100| 0 44 0 | .oogi9 “ ee ee eee TABLE MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Containing the particulars of the Measurement. —— Commencement from the last. Perpendicular. Para aeey 1 Ascents, |Descents. ay sia | reer. | FELT. } INCHES. 0,7270 23: 5.7165 2.75 7.4280 Ling 2.7430 ‘ 2.1540 | 4.5090 4.6540 ; 9.6840 3.9854 9.1 2.5914 24.1 oy : | 3.5722{ 0.2 0.8875 2.5 3.8946 0.1600} 12.1 4.1952 75 11.4677 BEG 7.1347 0.6497 _ 3.3354 3.6012 3.9850 1.0673 ; 6.4677 | 6.0790 7.6945 L7 9.2446 : 12. 4.3650 3.6080 2.0795 14.5641 | 2.9660| 10.5 1.3767 5,4487 3,3150 7.7960 HeLa 4.6560 3.8960 2.0090 5.4003 8.3625 3.9632 | 3.0047 | 1.2800 Below. INCHES. 2.5 9.4 BOO ee 00 Monon an ao = vo = @0- 7.5 11.2 — REMARKS. Temperature. 100.2 |Commenced on the 20th March 1506. a a a ; a | ON THE MERIDIAN. | nes | | | i i 2 3|3 g His S) i neement ) | : _ 3/8 ‘6 * 214 § 2] Perpendicular. RELL ete 5 Ric) 5 s a 2s - ss 3 5 1r3om ule Last. = 3 eee! oO ATL Bm ame INE be Ba wy & = & &) ‘S = 2 g = ; ; = a. REMA — Balen 45 fig & &! Ascents. Descents. Above. |Below. Bs wo { Ss a A | | [oe 4 E t FEET. | FEET. | ¥EET. FEED. ‘ INCHES. payee: é 0 Cute his 47| 300) 0 54 35 | .03783} 4.7638 93.5 77.0 | - 48) 500} 1 22 15 | ,14305 } 11.9612} 9.4 . 88. . 49} 200] 0 50 50-4 .02186} 2%.9563 97.6 — 50} 300} 0 30 OF ,01143] 2.6190} 106.4 51} 400) 0 48 55 | 04052 5.6903 116.4 52| 100] 0 37 O} 00579 5 1.0760 f 77.4 53} 300} 0 30 O]| .O1143 1 @ 6190] © 30.3 19.7 541 300) 0 10 O} ,00126| 0.8730 7.3 | 90. ' 55, 500) 0 27 50 | 01640] 4.0458 { 100.4 56] 400+ 0 31 25 | .01672{1 3.6563 \ 109.9 | 57| 3001 0 44 45 | 025411 3.9052 77.6 } 58} 3001 0.19 40} 00492 a 89.8 59}. 300} 0.10 O{ .00196 0.8730 700.5 60f 300} 1 20 15 08175 | 7.0027 108.7 61} 100) 0 25 55 | 00984 | 0.7536 | 7.5 117.6 62) 100) 0 33 35 | 00477 | 0.9769 122.4 63! 300] O 35 20 | .01584 3.0830 23.7 CHEE 64} 400| O 25 25 | 301092] 9.9563 5.6 S25 aC 65} 100| 0 18 35 | 00146 | 0.5409 89.4 66| 100] 0 33 40 | 00480 | | 0.9793) 9. 96.4 671 900] 1 40 O | .08460 | | 5.8160 71 400.5 68} 200) 1 44 0 | 09152 6.0500 6.1 78.1 69| 100] 0 4 45 00010 | Ve ON877 F115 79.4 |. 70| 900! 1 37 15 | 080021 5.6565 7.5 84.8 7\| aoof 141 5 | 17292] 11.7617 1" 92.4 72 200| 1 40 0 08460 |, 5.8160 101.6 72} 100/ 2.16 15 | 07853} 3:96292 8. 110.6 = 74 30901 1 1 04] ,04722 5.3220]. 77.9° 75) 600| 1-10 25 \ 12588 12.2885 9.7 86.5 76| 300/90 410} .ocogs | 0.36251 16.4 99.4 ae Ta\. 200¢ L. 37 45 08084 | 5,6855)' ¢ 110. 78| 100] O 5.55 |. 00015 0.17161 ° 5.5 VEG. 79! 900| 0 30 0 | .00762 | 1.7460 | 76.4 sol 400} 1 6 501 .07560| 7.7767 11.7 85.4 sil 400] 1. 4 45 1 .07094| 7.5350 | 95.8 821 600| 1 34 30 |. .22668] 16.4910]. 12. 107.7 ~ 83! 400! 1 0 oO | .06092} 6.9800 5.4 80. | 841 300] 0 26 10 | .00870 2.9895 87.6 |: 1.35! 900! 0 54 10 !-. ,02484 3.1517 77, D627 s6| 300! 1 32 25 | .07259 5.38581 3.8 |- 99.9 87} 300] 0 16 55 | .00363| 1.4747 15.5 111.9 88| 400] f 39 30 | .167524 11.5740 8.1 79.4 ' gel 400] 1 15 30 | .09648! 8.7890 81.8 lbs | 90 aoe 1. 4 40°} .07076 1}. 75253 89.7 | 91] 300! 0 22. 5} .006211 1.9973 | 95.9. A 92| 200] 1 22 5 | .05700| 4.7748 17.8 | 104.8 93] 200| 1 34 55 | .076%4| 5.5212 9.5 R11.5 ; 04]. 400},0 30 30 | .01576| 3.5500]. | 74.4 95t 300] Level 79.9 | 961 300! 0 35 40} .01614 3.1120 10.6 } 88.7) Number of the 2) Sores aes eS Qa ans lo} cl S SS 1 2 3 ‘a S | jaa hem eect wo ols ob ee & aie €)/& ¢ 2 ml a5 fa Z| fa 97| 100| 1 6 35 100] Level 300} O 54 55 100! 200} O 5 40 101 300! 0.23. 5 102}. 300; O 32 50 103 300; 1 44 10 OAS -7OO PE F225 105} 7oo| 1 1 =O 106) 500} 1 17 50 107{ 200; O 5 380 [32300| é| : | Commencement 9 3 ae Perpendicalar. fromthe last. {4 ae , ngs B83 3 ae & £1] Ascents. |Descents. | Above. |Below. a ies ; [oe FEET FEET FEET. INCHES. | INCHES. 5 O1876 1.9369 34.3 93.2 95.2 03828 4;'7927 77.8 | .00028 | 0.3287 1 1 79.4 .00675 2.0143 8.4 88.7 -01368 9.8655 10.6 98.8 313773 9.0895 i 104.8 -13328) 13.6599 79.1 -11018 | 12.4180 89.5 19815 } 11.3208 7.8 98.2 -02158 Ot e870 31:6 109.2 | 4. a MEASUREMENT ed AN ARC a REMARKS. a t Completed on the 19th April, 1806. oe N. W. end, above the §. W. end of the Base 134.8 Feet in perpendicular height. etl (ON THE MERIDIAN. ed vs Az the commencement, the old chain exceeded the new ‘one 13.18 divisions of the micrometer, equal .co728 feet. Therefore 323>%100.00728 feet will be-the measure in Feet. terms of the newchain - - 2° - = = = = = = 2=32302.3514 Ar the conclusion, the.-old chain exceeded the new one eg divisions, and had therefore increased 6.82 divisions, 0.00273 equal .0027g feet. Hence 323x—,—=0.4409 feet, the correction fer the wear, whichadd - = = = = = - +--+ 0.4409 Tue sum of the deductions from col. 4th is 4.85778 feet, which being increased in the ratio of 100 to 100.0072 avill bey ac@ng1 feet, which subtract. - j=. - - -.- = -=— 4.8581 es pen ee en) HENcE the apparent horizontal distance willbe - - - 32997.9342 Tue correction for the expansion & reduced to the stand- ard temperature of 62° will be =e 2° —50° )x.01237 X 32297.9342 feet, whichadd - - - - = - =~ = = - 4.7744 Hence the corrected measure of the Base for the tem- perature of 62° Will bee | ooe5c2 7086 Wuicu, being reduced to the level of the sea, willbe . - 32301.2769 = Tue last. reduction is applied to the S. E: end of the Base, which is nearly the mean height of all the hypothenuses, and is 925.5 feet “above the Jevel of the sea; which height was determined by bringing down the triangles from the station at Dodagoontah. ow at D BETWEEN AND ty) . S. EK. end of the Base.......- Naudkaunee hill,............ 46 18 22.5 Naudkaunee Oodoormalli.... 2320, vont .. Hallagamalli.....ss...2.c..- 55°28 49 Hallaramalli N. .W. end of the Base...... Naudkaunee hill MEASUREMENT OF AN ARG 2, ANGLES At the N. W. end of the Base Line. a bees = a QO 09 DB WO aD OO aO Gea Pe Re Got OH Get GT or Fas pond Hallagamalli........ Senn che 32 me - A295 bil eee Oodoormalli........ RCTs pe 40 45 29.75 Sou Rene K a! W. si) 49... of lta tk Se ae Lee a Shennimallt :2 00 cc. TT PE 19 ny 14.75 15.75 sce UE gh Margie A SD 14.75 15.65 Mm. J STAT TD Rr At the S. E. sh of the Base Tee ie : ; 13.5 Oodoortmalli.... 0020.20 502..61 (93 45.25 : le ATG: as TT 29°12.95)) >. , “10.956 12. ge ee AS to ae 47.75 | ON THE MERIDIAN. — 1b At the S. EE. end of the Base (continued. ) BETWEEN . AND Oodoormalli...4-...-...-.-.-Hallagamalli pha 8e 30. 18. ah Hallagamalli_._......2... .. Shennimalli..................50 27 ue 3 | 49.75 4'7.5 AD. 94 Hallacamalli.._. -./-.--.---.. -Yaélmatoor 1 a ie ee 88 44 35.75) ) ; 27.5 & 30.93 29.5 Shennimalli.........-....-.. Yaélmatoor hill.............. 38 16 42. 39.5 & 39.75 37.75) Yaélmatoor hill.......-..-. . Parmatty hill....:............. 67 51 g. ‘Hallagamalli................,Purteemalli............--.--..86 0 HL. Parmatty hill........ 2/08 Purteemalli.. 02000216250 “W7 24 om 5 5 , 24.5 Rungamalli..............---- 58 53 40. 95) 235 ou , ‘ Purteemalli >. 000.0... 06... Rungamalli.. 2.00.20) 22 1.2: 58 30 45.25 | 51. A8.25 fom =! 8 ew rw) Se as eo = Putchapolliam Station... .. 112) 5) 29.87: 9.87 Yaélmatoor hill..........0.< Putchapolliam Station...... 62 39 27. ‘ 29.5 16 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARG At Naudkaunee Hill. BETH EEN AND N. W. end of the Base......8. E. end of the Base........56 12 26. ° 23 5t 25.61 , 24.75. Oodoormallizs.; xia -8e eS 14 Sab Ge ‘i ra At Oodoormall. NN. W. end af the Base.... _S.E end of the Base... Naudkaunee hill......... saiiate or Bh S 11.75¢ 14.06 14.75: Hallagamalli..... ei ae eae 69 b7 13.75} 13.23> 13.08 12,2; Hallagamalli...san--c.--+..5. E. end Lofithe Base we oo 101 (29 32.754 ! ; 33.15 ¢ 33.08 99% At Hallagamalis. N. W. end of the Base.......Oodoormalli............. 2-054 34 3.75, | OK : 5 4.67 5.25 S. BE. end of the Base........Oodoormalli..........---- 42:9 12:5 2p” : , ins | V4. ¢ 13.92 15.25 Sliciaimalli.<..............-. N. Wend of the Base...) 47 48 24 BS be 22 I ee ON THE MERIDIAN. __ 7 At Hallagamalli (continued. } BETWEEN ae AND S. E. end.of the Base......-..60 22 15.25 : 10.75¢ 13.25 13,75 S. E, end of the Base...,....Yaélmatoor hill... .........2.247-31 18.75) 31.97. : O4° 5 tI De Yaélmatoor hill ........-... Parmatty hill... -.............86 0 13. ae : a i 10.25¢ 10.75 9. Parmatty hill. Be ee eae eae ps Pan : Ceara ava cr: --63 AQ ae ae Kautpolliam (9. E. end of the Base) Parteemalli.......52 18 33.5 _ At Shennimalli: N. W. end 2 the Base........-. Hallagamalli ........-...54 bt ate f 2 93.99 23.73) d 60.83 Ber Sd pets Mace, .. Hallagumallis,..-2-.c.s.0.69. 9 58.75 | 3 So gg : 61.759 Yaelmatoor hill .. Ee Sa Ta EN 82 1 32.5 ea Yaelmatoor pay 2 2. Potchenolliam Station.......92 57 34.75) - 35.25 rR PC 35.75 30.69, EF i : 18 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC At Putchapolliam Station: PET? EEM AND Shennimalli.....0..-s--..0s--. Yaélmatoor hill. US Saas Yaélmatooi hill ........-.... 8. E. end of the Base . At yi Hill §. E. end of the Base.....a0¢ Hallagamalli........ Shennimalli. 5. 1. <. sae ofan -D9 41 46.5 Shennimalli....0..........-. Putchapolliam Station.... S. E. end of the Base........ Putchapolliant.......... ‘oi DETR | a ee At Parmatty Hill Hallagamalli....... caecueaee Vactnutcn lla Yaélmatoor oe aC ER 0 BE. end ct the Bite... S. BE. end of the Base...» -Rungamalli.... a Caer en Q ‘ 243) 20°) 0 Oba 8.25 ae ee 43 44 10 12 10. 75 43 23 a ne 920.95 23.25 _16 18 23. Ph Es) 15 22.03 48 16 14.5 ° ze . 60 9 41.25 A0.25€ on me ar Tae oo 39.75 81 54 60.25 396 98.67 56. ABBE ON THE MERIDIAN. At Purteemalli. BRT ORN | AND Hallagamajli,,’, y's io 5+. Parmiatty hill,.....3.. 19 . 68 2% B95. Yr sc 34 37.23 : 13.5 11. 3 | (Ss Bilichdvo€ thes Basel... 41 4 a Oy, aN 13.0 SF. end of the Base....-.. Parmatty | hh bats ge Rungamalli.. i... <<... Parmatty!hill,., 2. ....02+ Kurroomalli,...............56 39 13.5 6. EB. endiof the Base. .-.<:: Kurroomalli®......2.,....-.84 23 28.5 Rungamalli,.,,...,-:;,.--.-Kurroomalli ,.....-.5-.-. 11 25 81.5 Kurroomalli..:5: 00.222 esiss Permawk hilt Betis Hallagamnlli, Wes ge kre eas S. E. end of the Base... ate sbi AY 41 13. 6. E. end of ithe Base .......Parmatty bill ....- howeee uur Hallagamalli.. won eg p'eees Parmatty WEG e 0CL Le Ditte.. Pcie ou losecs scans Mitton. (obsenved direct.) .- 2.72 BT AB. QT 44 17.5 . O85 Cor 17 20.5 1% 20 ATS 27 44 20.17 69:25 34.17 ..69 28 37.33 69 a 35.75 rt ee \ \ )* 20 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC At Purteemalls ( continued.) BETWEEN AND °o ‘ i Parmatty hill... Jaccsceaesee- S. E. end of the Base........ Q7. 44 QUA: S. E. end of the Base........ Kurroomalie 2c 84 23 29.13 K urroomalli ............-.-. Parmatty hill.....--.-....... 56 39, 7.96 Dittogeeis, al eee be ees Ditto (observed direct) .....56 39 13.8 Mean... 86 30 10.68 Semen aaa _ At Kurroomalli. Purteemalli.sssaec+eas-ocnes Parmatty hill... 2002-2000 82 17 S. E. end of the Base........ £6. 53 post beet teem ee ees OR OT Go ot mOaTwm NRawwoaos | : J Rungamalli........---.---.-110 54 87.5 - Permaul hill... ceseseos2-. 57 57 29. | 3 ‘ (3) z Permaul Will scan cues seas oaees Rissheemalliacsncovenones-n--47 45 25.5 ON THE MERIDIAN.) 2l Ai. edie BETH EON AND c Kurroomalll, An aee 1 DBanspemeeePormaull mill. SEER es 22 47 5G. Toa: 57 59.5 ore $60.42 61.5 | 62. | [ _.... preferring, flag: 2..9.--------150 42 39) 36.5 38. 37.5 37. >38.28 SE Marae ae $9.5" 39. 4 40. J Refesog Bab nc De ege _-Nagamalii. operas etek te AO) BO . BAe: 34.5 Suddtagherry.2:. 7.2.2. -2. 02. .4 40 14 . oa 31.45 1 Ce ee 16. I — 20. : ‘ a e.g Referring flag:....2..---.. .. Kurroomalli.....-; 22% 5.63 Kolanelloor Station.......... 89 5] 58.5 57.25 | hy isin fanli: j Kaulikautanc2s. cc) -c.. ee. ee Ups iootealt yeahs en SU Rea Ee 11 12 56. 5 Dest le reronatratir ss 68 AQ: 37.25 Gopaulswamy........ Rou Ses Kaulikautan.......02........57 27 40.75 Kooteapara._...2.-..2...----28 15 6.82 Kooteapfra ..-...-..--.-yirs Kaulikontans,..5..-s,,..85 42 47.57: me At Kaulikautan. Meenachiporam ..........0.0. Gopaulswamy....-.--.-----.70 39 61. _*Perrioormalli-s...<2. 20.2.2. 197 2230.5 ») ry ie At Perrioormalli. Meena¢hiporam.........-.... Maulikautan........-......-.41 24 oe MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Ai Perrioormalli (continued.) ) BETWEEN AND , Pane re Meenachiporam...... ao ccane -CrOpalilswamy....conccece nan 5S 3d a Bl. 4 ' 84.5 $40.05 45.5 |. AS, Suddragherry .-corcnpesocces 70 44 7.5 | 9, 8.67 9.5 Vullunkota hill...........20- 72 53 36.5 39.5 > 35.8 31. ‘Vullunkota....-..--.....-.-. Meenachiporam..,.....--.-.%72 53 35.5 Meenachiporam.........--... Suddragherry ............-..70 44 8.67 Suddragherry ....-..-----0--- Vullunkota.......0...0..--143 37 44,17 een At Kolanelloor Hill. fVleenachiporam.........-.... Perrioormalli.......-......-- 59 36 6.5 9; 1.25 6. WPEIrloONMallle oi... o one eale ke Vullunkota ..........c02002.48 44 18. 16.5 16, 16. 17. ‘Vullunkota....:-c0cce- +02, Vullanaud hill.....2...c200.-.46 53 60. . 59, 61.5 61. 56. 58.5 57, 57, BET EEN . Perrioorimalli..: 22.0: Kolanelloor hili.. Wullenaud bill............ Vullanaud hill Coonatoor hill... Buta HKolanelloor. Bill oon a Vv ullunkota --....-+- De ervoaepas ae sean save ern ON THE MERIDIAN. Sdidoullithota Hill. | Area AND... - is sooth oats --Kolanolloor JiR Vip eat 252 (88°53 48. aaa beet dak 47.5 ony AS. 48,38 50. ., Vallanand hill... 2... ..08 11 58. 50. 5A. 52.6 93.5 l 52.5 J . -Munnimapotha ec ek ee 9048 22 5 ai At Vullunkota. .-Coonatoor hill Hh 46 20 18.95 185) 16.44 16. Cedees Hast end of the Base......-..47 27 36.5 ; 32.9 € 30 95 31.5 28.5 At Vullanaud fill. sence. Vallunkota ..2.22.01..2.2-. ..94.54 14.5 Q. gen ik Ce Se ov De TAS Os ee Kunnimapotha................07 50 33.5°) . $1.9 49. A8.5 46.54 Di) 57. Be yg pee 30 peo MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC. At Vullanaud Hill (continued. ) BETWEEN AND one V ullunkota, 2. .032.0..32.<¢ -Coonatoor Alle. be 24 4 Coonatoor hill..........-.--- Taulaootpotha.......2-...-.-37 2 Kunnimapotha.....0 onan Red hill station.............49 24 CRRA E | At Taulaootpotha. Vullanaud: hill... ......---0-- Coonatoor hill .....-........80 23 Coonatoor bill ....ccac-cee +s. WUUnkota hill 2... 2.20. cwne 61:13 ¢ W. end of the Base. annusan-45 19 25. Vullunkota, .c.c.c--ecceseeeaW. end of the Base ......--.15 53 of. 52.5 ba: 51. 53.5 52. ¢ 54. 54.65 52.5 57.5 60.5 | - 60. J) ON THE MERIDIAN, 31 At Taulaootpotha ( continued. }. BETWEEN W. end of the Base Nee da E. ce of the Base 2s ..00 78 9 ‘386. nye reer: 20.5 | At Coonatoor Hill. Taulaootpotha ...........2--- Vullanaud hill .......02-c0+ 62 33 56. 56. 46.5 ee BOB 55.5 55.5 J Vaullanatd Bill...c.s.0200: 060 -.Vallunkota hill .o5..c0ce0109- 85 a 5 a 25 +24.2 21.5 ; 25,75 Vullunkota hill /.:,.<2ss:s pee Kunnimapotha, --,.:..0'5-5-,--Pynnae Station 22; ..35-.445-97 A& 36.47 . ———a ie ay iE: Punnae Sere El cone el Be aii gee 97 28 39, se $y 1} NWA MEP NT ZS, ( ‘ J - dpe ; ‘ a or OORQW Fe COL W OD Bosko 36 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC ‘/ 8. Description of the great Stations. PURMUTTY or Molapolhiam hill is about one and an half miles N. E. from the village of Purmutty, and about ten miles south from Kodimood: ; at the foot of the hill on the west side is a small village Molapolliam, from whence the road (which is a causeway) leads to the summit of the hill, where there is a pagoda, on the platform of. which is the station, marked by a small hollow in the chunam, about thirty feet S. West from the tower of the pagoda. Shennimalli. A hill near a respectable village of that name, on the great road from Erode to Daraporam. The station is on the highest part of the hill, ‘afew hundred feet N. W. from the pagoda. It is marked as usual with a platform and stone. ae 2élmatoor Hill. A well known hill, about six miles EK. N. E. from Shennimalli, with a pagoda near. the top. The station is ona stone plat- : form, a little way to the N. W. of the a on. the highest part of the hill. ee A hill with a pagoda on ‘the top, about seven miles . W. from Shenae. ie station is on the piationn of we pagoda Oodoormalli. A hill near de vilaeeo of Oudver, on the they road to Daraporam, and about twenty miles S. by W. from Shennimaliz. There is a small pagoda on the east part of the hill, but the station is consider- ably to the westward of the pagoda, upon a rock, which has a circle marked upon it. ON THE MERIDIAN. _ By Base. N. W. end. This is a rising ground near the village of Putch- _ @polliam, about five miles east from Kongia: m. tis marked by a circular “platform, built of brick and chunam, with a marked stone in the middle, which marks the extremity, as in the other base lines. The S. E. extre- mity of the base lies near the village of Kautpolliam and is marked in the same manner. Both these platforms have large stones at the bottom, fixed when the foundations were laid, and there are circles inser rted, whose centers define the extremities of the line, Putchapolliam station, ig the great station of observation fer continuing the meridian line, and ts marked by a larger platform of brick, and mar- ked in a similar manner to the other. It is a little to the eastward of the | Base line, and nearly a mile from the N. W. extremity. This station was chosen for the sole purpose of observing zenith distances, being only seven hundred feet west from the meridian of Dedagoonth near Banga- lore. Naudkaunee Hili, A small hill about five miles S. W. fromthe S. E. end of the Base. The station is on a wall, which has been intended for a buildin g. Pariecematli, will be found about six miles S. E. from Daraporam, with the village of Parteeoor almost at the north foot of the hill. The station is the center of a large platfrom, marked on a stone by a circle. Kurroomalii, is a great mountain, about seventeen miles N. W. from Dindigul, and four miles east from Yeddacottah, in the Coimbetoor. The Station is on the northern and highest part of the ridge, on a circular platform, marked by a large stone with a circle and point om it. Permayl Hilt. This is a prominent point on the great mass of moun- K 38 + MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC tains south: of Pyney called the Pyney mountains; and is called Permaul< malli by the inhabitants of the mountain only. There is no station on this hill, though it is used as one of the principal points in the series ov triangles extending southerly ;: there has been a flag on the hill, and the place where it stood is marked by a-platform of earth. ' Rissheemalli, is about twelve miles south from Dindig'ul, and five miles: N. W. from Ammanaigpettah, a few miles to the westward: of the great road leading to Madura. The road to the summit is on the east: side of the hill, leading from the village of Shudleeputty. The station is. on acircular platform (a few. yards.west of a stone pillar) and marked ‘as usual. Nagamalli, Station. There is a well’ known range of hills west of Madura, nearly on the south bank of the Vyga@ river, called Nagamalli ;: the station is on that part’of the range that lies nearly south of Sholavun=. dan, marked on the rock. Suddragherry. This is a stupendous mountain, about fifteen miles north: from Shevilipootoor. The road to the station is on the south side from Koolapanaikputty. The station will be found on:a bare top, in the center of a platform, marked by a circle inseribed’ on a stone, over which’ the: Stump of a tree is placed, supported by. a pyramid, of stones, to serve as a mark. Sekundermalli. This-is.a well known rock, five miles S. W. from Mae. dura, and close on the great road leading to Palamcottah. ‘There is a mosque on. the summit of the rock, and the station is-on the platform, - nearly in the center.. - Gopaulswamy, a very. remarkable rock,. about five and a half miles 5, ON THE MERIDIAN. 25: E. from Toomichinaikpettah, on arising ground, covered with jungle ;. itis a double rock, and has a singular appearance at a distance: there is a pagoda on the western rock, and the station is on the top of the pago- da, between the tower andthe S. E. corner.. ' Kooteapdra station, is-on'a rocky hill inthe Ramisserane district, about six miles west from Arupcota, marked as usual ona rocks Meenachiporam. This is a solid rock, about three and a half miles north’ from Yetiiaporam, or Etiapoor, and’ nine miles east from Koviiputty ; there is asmall village called Mullaputty at the S.. E. footof' the rock, and the village Meenachiporam (from which the name of’ the hill is deri- ved ) is about one mile north of the rock. The station is on a stone buiid=- ing on the rock, marked. : | Kaulikauidn. A hill with a pillar on the top, about three miles S. E. from. Kurroonelloor; there is 4 platform about fifteen yards east from the pillar, and a marked stone inthe middle of the platform defines the sta- tion: | : | Perrioormalli, is three and a half miles N. W. from Sungarnacoil, in the Tinnivelly province ; the road to the summit of the hill is on the east side, leading froma Choultry. It is a three topped hill, and the station json the highest and. easternmost top, where there is a platform marked as-usual: Kolanelloor station, is on a beautiful rising ground, in the plains of Panjalamkoorchee, about three miles west from Wotapadaram. ‘There isa place of worship on this little eminence, shaded by a cluster of trees; . and the station will be found ona platform, alittle to the north.of the- trees, marked as usual. AQ" MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Vullunkota, is a small hill, about seven miles N. W. from Tinnivelly, and about two miles south-west from Modgkoorchi; the station will be found on a platform marked. Vullanaud Eili. This is a conspicuous range, about ten miles east nearly from Palamcotiah, and about one mile east from the village of Vullanaud, The station is on the highest peak-(called Womay’s peak) and is marked.by.a level spot.with a stone, &c.. Taulacotpotha. This is nearly at the eastern extremity of the low range of hills. that is seen about six miles-north of Palamcotiah, running east and west, whereof Vullunketa is the western extremity. There is a village about half a mile south of the hill called Taudaoot, from whence the hill derives its name’ the station is defined by a large stone marked )as usual, and can be pointed cut by the inhabitants, though there is no | platform. Coonatoorpotka, is a small hill, about two miles S. W. from Tinnivelly, and nearly on the north bank of the Tambrapurni river. There are several village near this hill, but the village from which it derives its. name is on the east side of the hill. A small platform on the hill, marked. as. usual, defines the station. Base Line, west end, is about a mile and a half west from the village of Shadooroypootoor, and about five miles N. W. from Tinnivelly; itis _ marked by a large stone with acircle. The east end is about one hun- dred and fifty yards west from the village ob and six miles N. EB. from Li innivelly, marked by a large st stone. Kunnimapotha. A small but, steep hill, at he S. E. extremity of a range of hills that lies about two and an half miles nearly west from. NM; ‘a= tA ON THE MERIDIAN. Al galancherry, and about five miles east from Calcaud. The station is ona platform marked. Red Hill Station. This station is on the red sand hills, that lie about eight miles west from Manapar, and about two miles east from a small village called Iéivmpully, whose inhabitants alone can trace the spot on the sand hill where the station was, and which is marked by five very long pickets, driven into the drift sand, four of which form a square of nearly three feet, and the fifth, being in the center of the square, defines the station. Munpotha, is a small rocky hill, about four miles east from Arambully, and three miles south from Punnagoody. The road to the summit is on the east side of the hill, The station is on a large rock marked by a circle. Koodunkolum station, is ona rising ground, about three miles S. W. from the village of that name, and three miles N. E. from Pillikolum. This ground is nearly a mile north from the sea shore, and is covered with a thick forest of thorn trees.. The station will be found in the cen- ter of a high circular platform marked on a stone. Punnae station, is the great station of observation at the southern extre- mity of the grand meridional arc, and is marked by a square building with two doors and two windows arched, and a solid pillar in the middle, on the top of which there is a large circular stone with a hole in the cen- ‘ter. The building is on a rising ground, nearly a mile S, E. from the vil- lage of Punnae, about eight miles N. E. from Cape Comorin, and nearly seven hundred*yards from the sea shore. L ae MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC 4. Principal Triangles. ——— a ee ie N. W. end of the Base, from S. E. end of the Base 32301.28 Feet. . be Bealg ee B : Observed ail ste g i Angles for 3 3 G ‘TRIANGLES. Angles. 5S = - Calculation. $ = Sr a ee | es N. W. end of the Base, ....... | 46 18 99,19 ! AG 18 22.95 S. K.-end of the Base,)....... | 77 29-12 77 29. 12 Naudkaunee hill, 2.2.03. eee ee | 56 12' 25.67 56.12 25:75 oe : 179 59 59.79 | | | 80 0 0 N. W. end of the Base, ....... 37944.6 See tee By trom is. E. end of the Base, ........ |28103.1 | N. W. end of the Base, ....... | 87 3 53.7 |—0.19 87 3°53 S. “RB. “énd’ of the Base, 02% .¢. 61 23 47.4 |—0.11 61 23 47 Oodoormalli,... ccc ceees wee 31 32 20.75 |—0.11 31 32 20 | 7) U 180 0 1.85| lat | eta |1g0 0 0 ea N. W. end of the Base, ....... 54215.7 Cotcomnats on S. E. end of the Base, ....... |61671.1 heisievers « [142 32 41.25 —0:77 142 32 40.75 end-of the Base, ....... 24.53 31.8 fated wee eee coreeane 12 33 47.45 cn N. W. Aa Ni we end of the Base, . N. W. end of the Base, S. KE. end of the Base, ...... . |90309.6} end of the Base from Naudkaunee hill 37944.6 Mandkcaumet, 0). dead erace gneece 95 ‘2 15.67 oe Ee el AOD 2ILS Oodoormalli, ........ : | Bsa | 40 45 31 44 ¥2 14.06| | 44 12 14 ee Ne ce Oodoormalt: fon N W. end of the Base, ..... «2 [54212,9 Hall agamalli, Fron Ve W. end of ‘the Base, .s....- od Naudkaunee hill, ... 0.0 0eee- sat ee ON THE MERIDIAN. 4g | WN. W. end of the Base from Oodoormalli 54214.3 Feet | ToS ae i ee eo oe ee oe Tae a 3 150 tenes e » & Observed 5 S ra i Angles for é 2 ‘ oO cS TRIANGLES. Angles. & jax! & Calculation, | © re a19 = a, Boo Zi Q a) QF FIN. W. end.of the Base, ....-.. 1.5898 47-55|—olary 55 28" 45°75 WModoprmallasssies selec sleneieicls 69-57 13.08 |—0.24 69 57 11.25 Hallagamalli, .... 260004. cvecee | 54 34 4.67 |—0.21 |o. 54.34° 3. ee {3070783 1. 7 \c'66|4-4’o4 {80 00 |! ea ‘N. W. end’of: the Base,;........ 62505.7 Hallagamalli from py Wt NEN ce He ee 54821.3 The above Base is the mean disemice obtained by the Triangles N. W. and S. KE. end of : Base, and Oodoormalli, and N. W. end of the Base, Nawdkaunee hill and Oodoormalli. rs S. E. end of the Base from Oodoormalli, 61671.1 S, E. end of the Base, ....... | 36 30 15.3 |—0.15 36 30 14.75 Oodoormalli,, .......2002%. 2+. {LOL 29 33.08 }—0.49} ‘ 101 29 32. Hallagamalli, 22. ..000ce2ecvee | 42. 0 13.92|—0.14 42 0 13.25 6 180 0 2.3 : lors 4. 159 \180 0-0 j 8. E. end of the Base, ....... 90312.2] | pales rom SF Ooigoamit LG a inssore ei custatsiets 54824.1 | ose I Ni pees ea es N. W. end of the Base from Hallagamalli 62505.7: N. W. end of the Base, ....... | 77 \7 15.65 |—0.33 TAT AAS Hallagamalli, ........ cescseee | 47 48, 23.25 |—0,23 #47 48 22.5 Shennimallig 0. oem ccc cones s | 941941 23-83 |——0.25 54 54 23. 180 0 2.78 | lai |41°92| 180 0) 0 er ce N. W. end of the Base, ....... 56597.8 Shennimalli from A ratlegelic inencdevel Siete cratenersts - |74520.2 Hallagamalli from Shennimalli 74520.2 re Hallagamalli, ......... ceedsee | 60 22) 13.25 |—0.45 60 2 : 2 12. | SHEN Nts Bad otoddo roe» | 69-10 0.83 |—0,51 69 9 59.5 | |S. E. end of the Base, ....... 50 27 49.94|—0.42 | 50 27 48.5 | 8} 180 0 4.02| Ir98 149.64 |180 0 0 | 7 | Hallagamalli, ...... Miplorciels everais 90308.9 | 1 2 a ORO NS GES Pe P Shennan, Eyicic avepecaeamerovoregey eet }83991.3 44 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC | Shenninalli from S. E. end of the Base 83991.3 Feet. : | hg Rea rs hee 5 fo . ~ SS ‘Observed PERS eae ial Angles for | 3 3 z TRIANGLES Sor iepelis st I acy ; Angles. Rona Be ne S| Calculation. | @ B a eae iat eel ieee a (Shennimalli? 2s side eos «oblate. eee aes ee 82 1 31.5 S. E. end-of the-Base, ....... . | 38 16 39.75 |—0.32 } 38 16 Al. |Yaelmatoor hill, we wtcene-cancoce § 59:41 45.58 |—O235: 59 41 47.5 _ 5 : Tay See ‘1179 59 85.33] \1.18|—5.85|180 0 0. : ae : nC Shennimallay is. oi a's 9 ae SP NTe aie asi 60265.1 | 1 Yaelmatoor hill from ae Bend of: the Bases ca cekave asueiecets 96342. = Hallagamali frem §..E..end of the Base 90310.2 Hallagainalli,) sf sak. os0satton lay 31 a1.s7\—o.50| Niaz) ska. 4S. E. end of the Base,......... 88 44 30.92|—1.0 88 44 30.25 Yaélmatoor hill. ..cecccsecers 4 43 44 9.07/—0.53 43 44 8. 75| 10 180 0 1.36 3. .05|-6.69 69 [180 0 0. 0} 50: ‘Yaélmatoor hill from Sear aeaea eta: SO rated soils S: %. end of ‘the Base, ........0.0% 96346.5 54 The above Base is the mean distance obtained in the three triangles on the Bases, Ne Ww. end 7 ater the Base from S. £. end of the Base; §. E. end of the Base from Oodoormalli; and Hallagamalli from Shennimaili. re ee, ‘Shennimalli from Yaélmatoor hill 60265.1. Shennimalli, ...... Bifey Geers) eae tlie 92 57 35.69\|—0.45 92 57 35.5 Yaélmatoor hill, ....-.......6 43 23 23.25 |\—0.20 43 23 23.25 Putchapolliam Station,........ | 43 39 1.19{|—0.20 43 39 1.25 1 180 0 0.18| \3.85 {0.72180 0 0. Shennimall, |. s05 oi 5)e teehee 59977.2 Putchapolli FO! utchapolliam Station from De teacer hale: ees .187191.9 ce eR — ee En PP ry he PSY eg NSTL AS S. E. end of the Base, ........ 62 39 27.25|—0.04 1 62 39 27.5 |Putchapolliam Station, ........ {101 2 8.73|—0.39 101 2 8.5 qi2 = Fame 179 59 58.31 | ls. 56 |—2.25|180 0 0. : . Yaelmatoor hill, .........- +. |87193.3 Putchapolliam Station from i° E: end of the Base, ..... .|27561.2 | Yaélmatoor hill, .........00. ‘ | 16 18 22.33|—0.13 16 18 24. ON THE MERIDIAN, . | ‘AS Yaelmatoor hill fea S. E. end of ie Bas ase == 963447 F cbt. oe | E ie VR STN ESET a EP SUPE Observed : Angles for NS) pherical | | Cakculation. Distances m Feet: a i>) Sot es Excess. Angles, | Difference a TRIANGLES. Bly : i ° 4 n Z "i al Yaélmatoor bill, 5.6.0. -ccp- ses > eb ite bd, BM QO p.« S. E. end of the Base, ..... eons 67 51 1.67 | 0.67 67 51.4 oe Parmaity Hill, ssescseeecerese+ | 60 9 39.75 }—-0.01 160". a0; ; liso 0 0 ches 6 Yaelmatoor hill,....... Se Boe eee 102873. F ah ee arena, Parmatty hill from Ao Wi. end of | the Bases r way trees | 87510.9 87510.9 } pHialazenale from Vaélmatoor hill! — 130600.5. oo a a ee Hallagamalli, ........ Se LASCR [oa6 “0 10.75 | 0.70 e | 36 010 {Yaelmatoor hill, ....... Maia oa cues | ) Parmatty hill, ..5......-e+++0+| 48 16 10.75|—0.67| 1.48.16 10... | | eld? leotoe 14) Ree Cl ie [180.000 Hallagamaili, .......... Ant ene 174197.8 ee yas eens Ail a 102870. Hallagamaili from. _Parmatty hill=174127.5. ee SS Hallagamalli,..... es e683, 40 38.4 1 1L70 | | 63 49 36.5 piarmatey tis se. ese So's eS Oe | 146 44°49.5 \Parteemalli,.....0.+esc0e0+ «| 69 25 35.75 |—1.84 | 69 25 34. nega a | | | Jeo 0-0 : Hallagamalliy) 0050... We deen cleus AO BAB SO d : slag o) Parteemallr from ae ie here cannes pcmuce + < OEG1O:4 a Hallagamalli from §. E. end of the Base—90310.2. Hallagamalli, Barwa e osovee+| 52 18 34.42 |\—0.62 52 18 33.8 S. E. end of the Base, SABI 6 86 O 14.12}—1.07 86 O 13.4 Parteemalli, . 2c 00ceereeeees | 41 41-13, —|—0:61 41 41 12.8 {180 QO). sa ls. Holo. 76180 0 0 ; Ballacamallaieic woe wueuscsue sislisvedcenc sans 195462.6} Parteemalli from + E. end of the Base.?. «2... 26. + «1107456.0 RES SN SER A RR YR A A A S. KE. end of the Base from Parmatty hill = 87510.9. a ce, es RE nn RE ED ES S. E. end of the Base, .. ess. 117 24 22.42|—1.85 117 24 20.5 Panmattys hilly ie '« Sie costs oe fol. orate) ye 34 51 18.5 Parteemalli, ob m 09880 6 22 0 8 oe OT, 4A Pea lige uff —0.13 27 ad Zi; " Pao lees 6 | nr te ee ee : S. EB. end of the Base ....:.. 107 CETTE SR ag, IU See oy ah ge 1669 ones (eee 4G MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC S. E. end of the Base from Parmatty hill = 87510.9 Feet. | 8 ao 7 ee ee et eee 8 ae 3 Observed : 5 = 2 Angles for 5 3 S TRIANGLES. Angles. BS a r : Bz met Za Rais al es ian aoues Beis | URE TT E S. E. end of the Base, .......46..| 58 53 34,251—O.71|) / - Parmatty hill, 00... cee ee ee ceee|, OL 54 58 ne Rungamalli, ...0.006- aacyronoreielcheil ereepeeereake ail Ve EI nee | =| ! i= e | me Calculation: ek S. E. end of the Base.......... 137109.5 Rungamalli from ee ili ceeeo tees 5 ioe S57Is5 Parmatty hill from Parteemalli = 156916.55. pee Hi aR sae Verma AL 2 50:6! Parteemalli.. (oo Shecciod ob. wee) 56 39. 10.85 |—1.05 56 39° 9.3 He urgomallh De Oo sien 82 V7 52.71 —1.6 ‘ 82 17 61.1 ; | | | liso UA i Rasicemani fon Parmatty aie B sebedaleieieia sieiecen «+ +|140'703.7 bl ds Parteemalli........0 0.06 00++-+* tL10614.8 a The distance from Parmatty to Parteemalli, as a base in the above triangle, is a mean distance obtained by the 15th and 17th triangles. — S. E. end of the Base from Pacteemalli = 107453.5, S. E. end of the Base .......2...|-58- 30-4817 wes! 58 30°47-2 Parteomalliie gs oso 2 ee 72 57 51.38 |—1.15 7257 50.2 Rungamanlie ioe oie. snes pomeiniecei oaks 48 31 22.6 Te ect (operas pe L 20 | | | | ji8s0 0 O ae Bisamaiifeom 5. BE. end of the Basel ica an 137127.1 | 5 Bartéomallive ses 2 os Ane A «+1 1922303.1 c eRe rr TIE ee igual an RS S. Eg. endi of the Base .225 5 03 os EE iis 48 43 20.1 | Panteemalli, 2060) 84 23 29.13|—1.28 - | g4 93. 97.9 Ps Wurroomalli es ee coeet 46 53 12.8 |—O.76 46 53 12. ie | | | | | 80 a) : _-. §S. E. end of the Base....:. vas [h46491.2 | Kurroomalli from at Leas Sete latest oaks 110620.8 nD a RRS A ES S. E. end of the Base from Parteemalli i is 2 Mean distance derived. from the léth and 17th cise as a base. ON THE MERIDIAN, Ay rn es re Parteemalli from Baneaneti- = 122303.1 Feet. g IS at A t es S _ Observed a Se i Angles for oof 5 fi Re oO ie ( HE TRIANGLES. Angles. ee ae ee Calculation. ue: Z mee we AB 2 : ; fe ° ’ iat rn is : Parteemalli, .o.22. 000s _... | 12 25 36.8 |—0.12 11 25 38.7 Rungamalli, ..... OY Se Seige yale cai 67 39 47.5 if | {Kurroomalliy,,....ccccseccses 110° 54 37.44|_0.66 = 110. 5436.89)? 0 | 22 | | [ {80 0 0 | : : j ean Ki beccuHaliy from: § Parteemalli, KG an oyshavie: Ga lave uses 110621.6' Wes ide pa (Rungamalli,: A GO eae 25938.0' __ Parteematli fro emalli from Karro ma Karroomalli = = ele oc Parteemalli, ...... ae 77 20 49.21 |—1.39| 77 20 47.8 aes Kurroomalli, ...2c00+cc+eeee 57 57 31.07 a 05 20,90: 308 i Permaut Bill, 0. ho oh ce oe 44 41 42.2- 23 | oe A Bue o 0 : os 1) Se siyee es Pius os el 1393184 Fermant hill from Vosaste sisi el eta allelene\s 0 ooo» 1153458.5 a A A Nn ' The above Base, Parteemalli from Karroomalli is s the mean distance, determined: by-the 19th and 22d ‘Triangles. Kurroomalli from Permaul hil! = 153458.5. . \Kurroomalli, ......- Peeeeece | 45 30.5 |--?.11 : + 47-45 29.5 Permaul hill, .......+. Bodice Bie Sl OR 59 26 31.5 Rissheemalli, ..csedccocsrere |. 72 48 0.49 al 43] 72 AZ 59. 24) : | | | liso 0 0: ren: : Kumroomalliy.:s os scpccecese.e Anke Banna eb tele | Piissheemalli from Apo eal hi aes oss eeu s (L1S096.9 ee Permaul hill from Rissheemalli z= 118926.2. - i Permaul hill, ...0..c00: ce akcele = lead |B 22°59 32. | — Rissheemalli, S odeernreleltebieedoicyer sels 1120 Al 9.61 —2.0 Nagamalli, e@oense OF Koo ee Oda oD» 36 19 20.17 a i el his0 0 0 . Permaul oe an staphiel suit jalun Salient i ecketion ® ue ; agamaul from —. aiehelereie Guat Shelia wile MEASUREMENT OF “AN “ARC & Permaul hill from Risshésemallt= 118926.2. | | i Fi - ———_——_——— ee ee ee re | iB j ty cle | Nl cad ! Observed g Sel s Angles for 2a. | * 4 Se! Lag) me 8 i (5 TRIANGLES Angles. | BS} a fi | Calculation. | 2 i a | ; pe ete Ae MTEL Hits ce Seda ce old ef cade 62 42 12.4 | Rissheemalli... 0. ...-+++.-+- | 82.34 54.61 |--9.97 | 82°34 59.3 Suddragherry “00 ee see oe es | 34 42, 56.64|—1.39 ] | ] 34 42 °55.3 ° 26 | mle | | |180 0 0 : i fPormanL hi... 2. oss ceo ao [2070776 Saddragherny fein | issheomalli eirelieia\ere) s-e 0 ¢ oie: a6 185571.9 39 42 38.9 Nagamalli, vo ...s seks ccene eed sf] 84 14 3.21 )—2.45) 8414 0.8 } |Suddragherry, ..coseceoeeeveese| 56 3 21-8 |—1.52! 56 3 20.3 | Aaa | } 1180) 0308 i pueethes SPerarant Dil 21500 Se bn-0 oobi ew o's» 12070826 Se ae ms Pe Dis Lesa [132980.6 a Suddragherryye.oi. s0eaceseen eoeev{ 21 20 24.63/—0.13 21 20 24.5 Rissheemalli, . ss... 0% vote et 38 <6 15.) 0.29 | 38.6 14.5 Nagamaulli, ossecedencceeeseoes{120 33 23.38}—2.28 120 33 21 ‘josl £80. 6 3.0 bo%t5{ 4.6.ssl180 05130: ch teas det REN Se Ee SI es { | Permaul hill, ss ..0.-00- PEP EN KR OCy Son oD A i | fi { Suddragherry ......+. in soise, aie poh EP Rissheemalli.... . Wie re ute ...| 78420.9 | ‘Nagamall from § Suddragherry from Nagamalli= 132981. | Suddragherry .. a Slates ke | 25. AS. AO. 85 ea 51 25 48 38.5 pNagamalli . .. oo0 eee ee es | 91 36 14, 5|—1.07 91 36 13.5 Sek undermaly coe pe ese de eels] 62 36 8.63)—0.48 62 35° 8 oe Ge eee ge og eee | {180-0 5.98! |o.66 06 |~—1.92|180. 0 0 on. baw te Suddragherry..... eens 149745.6 | pe : Sekundenmadlt tron ey FN Brie 6424.2 Suddragherry from Nagamalli as a Bees in the last triangle, is amean distance derived from ' the 27th and 28th triangles, i ON THE MERIDIAN, ad Measurement of the Base Line near Pallameotiah. omnes Experiments made for comparing the Chains. ee ES eer enc AFTER THE MEASUREMENT. PREVIOUS TO THE MEASUREMENT. | | Excess of ! | Excess of 1809 the REMARKS. 1809 the REMARKS. Old Chain. if é Old Chain. MONTH. DIVISIONS. MONTH. DIVISIONS. % i February 27th} 30. March 20th} 39. “ lo* | Pp. M. 29. A. M. 39.5 31.5 : 39 29. 40 29, 39 | 29. i 39. 29. The mean tempera- 39. The mean tempera- | Be 5 _ {ture during these : ex. a ture during cade 2 | 28th 29.75 \periments was 83. 24. 38.5 periments was 79.13. H A. M.| > 30.5 38.5 30.5 39. 29. 39. ; 30.5 Mean 29.66 Mean 39.04 a REE ED BREST SSS IS No. of the es [Jp asetensees a Ss eS ee 50 | MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC TABLE containing the particulars of the Measurement. Aa cong oi Rete = peeps ieee a Pau. Commencement “4 a ee . B18 Ne .O08 = from the last. a = | ey | (eee <2 aa ! Se REMARRS. eS. 6 | af 5 = 2 3 | Ascents Descents a a iy ela “20 | Am a ae Cece ee ove! Below. AS eae ° n FEET. FELT. FLET. INCHES. INCHES. S ee 1} 500/0. 11,54 00300 L738 Osy 97.88} Commenced on the 28th 2} 600/0 11 30] .00336 2.01 3.6 80.03|Februar > 1809. 3| 40010 30.0] .01524 3.49 8.0 96.15} 4| -100(0 13 18] .00075 0.39 12.5 | 196.2 5|./10010 22 15} .00210) —0.65 5.8 112.6 6| -600}0 27 O| .o1s4g} 4.71 16.0 76.67 7\ 600} Level 3.8 ; 100.13 s| 500l0 13 55\ 00405! = 2.09 6.8 | 100.8 9| 500}\0 91 22} .00970 $511 5. 91.6 10} 500i0 7 15 001FO 1.05 | 94,52 11] 400j0 32 36} .01800] —3.79 21. 87.6 12| 70010 13 57] .00560| | 2.84 g.1 | 97.8 iz} 700l0 5 21 .00084 1.09 $5.1 ral -700j0 5 51] .00098 1.19 3.3 | 109.2 | 15| 700}0 16 37] .00812 a C 82.3 16| 600jo 18 3] .008%8] 3.15 : 7.5 | 106.4 17} 7001l0 6 42|. .00133| ~—-:1.36 2.0 | 96.3 13! 600lo 12 481 00420! © 2.94 $.8'| 83.3 19} 500l0 19 3| 00770] 2.77 5.9 | 99.2 20| 700] Level ~6.5 |. 91.4 | 21} 400}0 2 30! 00012 0.29 78.8 22| 70010 2 30] .00021 0.0) 3.8 96.5 23' 600!0 12 21! 00390! ~— 2.16 6.2 105.5 | 24, 700/0 13 39] .00553| 2.78 #1 |. Ble 25| 800i0 2 48} .00032| 0.65 9.2} 86.1 26] 700\0 15 48] .00735 3.22 4.2 108.4 27| 600j0 318; .00030] 0.58 ey S. 83.7 28! 600.0 26 57; .01842! 4.7 4.0 |. 87.3 29| 9000 15 30| .00913] 4.06 2.5 | 109.2 30] 50010 22 12] .01045} 3.23 0.5 | 84.3 31] 70010 9 24) .00259 1.91 7.2) 94. 32| 700j0 22 7{ .01449} 4.50 5.6 | 100.8 33! 50010 20 O| .00845; 2.91 76.0 34, 700|0 5 39| 00098 1.15 8.5} 81.9 35| 60010 11 39| .00345| = 2.08 2.3 97.9 36] 7000 12 48} 00490} 2.61 0.6 | 92.1 37, 700\0 21 4 .01316} 4.29 4.5 79.9 38: 900.0 13 30| .00697; 3.53 17.7 | 100.5 | 39| 80010 34 49! 040721 —8.08 14.8 87.9 40| 700|\0 27 48] .02289} 5.66 2.5 | 85.8 41; s00|0 5 42) .00112| 1.33 8.6 | 96.9 42| 1000j0 5 30| .00130| ~—:1.60 2.8 | 81.8 43; 7000 17 30] .00906; 3.56 | 10.5 93.9 | 44] 1200]0 28 21] .04080| 9.90 3.25 | 88.9 45| 110010 10 Oo} .00462] — 3.20 0.3 | 89.7 46| 900)0 11 45] .00526| 3.08 5.35) 98. | 47\ 600l0 13 391 .00474l 9.38 2.2 | 104.5 | Completed on the 18th Descent from the termination of the Base to the ground. | 32.0 | ° March, 1809. aioe | ~735406| 119. zl 5.12) 153.25| 160. 25| 92.9 ON THE MERIDIAN. | Bl Art the commencement, the old chain exceeded the new one 29.66 divisions of the micrometer, equal to .01188 feet. Therefore 3053 100.01188 feet, will be the’ measure in Feet, terms of the new chain - - - - = = = = = = =230503.6243 At the conclusion, the old chain exceeded the new one 39.04 divisions, and had therefore increased 9.38 divisions, equal to .00376 feet. Hence 305 x a =0.5781 feet, the correétion forthe wear, whichadd - - - = ~ = = -& 0.8791 THE sum of the deductions from col. 4th 1s 0.35406 feet, which being increased in the ratio of 100 to 100.01188 will be .35410 feet, which Subtract ca. ee Sa oe = — 6.3541 HENcE the apparent horizontal distarice willbe - = = 30503.8433 Tre correction for the expansion and reduced to the stan- dard temperature of 62°. will be S22=80x:0e-(62-88)x.c108 -%30503.8439 feet, which add - = = = =~ ~- = @ ove 4.2968 HENcE, the corrected measure of the Base, for the teme- perature of 62°. willbe .- = = = = = 2 = + = = 30508.1398 Wuicu being reduced to the level of the sea, by taking the mean height of the Base, and which is 435. 86 feet above the level of the sea; willbe - = - - = = = 0507.5 SS eet = 5g - MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC The triangles have been brought down from Suddragherry and Sekundermalli, forthe purpose of ascertaining the height. of this Base above the Sea, which was necessary to reduce it. After the reduction, the triangles commenced at this Base, and have been carried back in the following GHEE to bring out the same distance Suddragherry from Sekundermalli. (. West end of ‘the Base from East end of the Base = 30507.5 Feet. AR SNC eT cae Lene 3 Observed g@el2al Angles for 8 2 y fa oo & EI TRIANGLES. Angles. i ae Q Calculation. | # a 7, Ae 1A alae ia ’ Is t °o ‘ t \ W. end of the Base, .......+5 | 68 54 42.4 |—0.07, 62 54 42. E. end of the Base, ........4. | 62 47 0.63|—0.07 62 47 1. Coonatoor hill, ... 0 siwsedevle 54 18-16.5 |—0.07| __ 54 18 17. : « r ‘liza 59 50.53| io'a1| 8.68180 0) 0: Bellas W. end of the Base, ......... 33405.8 -{Caonatooy hill’ from sr end of the Base,.........- 33444. 1 W. end of the Base, ......... 30 31 36.82 30 31 36. (EK. vend of the Base, oc. .%..6. | 76 £8 58.4 76 18 53. ). |Taulaootpotha,......ece0+2- | 73 9 30.5 TS 9 als . SE re ae ona ae eT 1h 180.0 0,72 \7... | | |i s0 0 0 | Weld of the Bases Ge. 2... 30969.7 | Taulaootpotha from SE. end of the Base, ........ 16190.35 Wz end of the Base from Taulsnstigiia: = 30969.7 W. end of the Base, 02.0455. lio 52 45.1 110 52 45. Taulaocotpotha,........-+0+++,| 15 53.54.65] _ 15 53 54.5 Vullunkotapotha, . Risletae ole tiers Pi eta ae 53 13° 20.5 32) i | | | |1s0 0 0. | te ; W. end of the Base, ......,.. 10591.7 | Bes — « « « Wullunkota from S Pacobmotia eres cecsvieeee |S0126.4 E. end of the Base from Coonatoor hill = 32444.1. | i. end of the Base cisvccsee | 02 2% 13.17;—0.11 [ 72 27 12.5 Coonatoor hill,.. 0 sc eee ses) | 60. | 5 16.81 ]—0.08 | 60 5 16. Vullunkota, oon). o's bere. $.0 cree) | 47027) 32.25'|—-0.H 47 27 31.5 y ee ee. ee oc) ee | it Vita on 33 [180 0 2,23} 40.80|42.93]180 0 0. i i RK. end of the Base, eG2000 39345. Vullunkotapotha: from FCttont hill, 2. 22000-+ |43279.6 ON THE MERIDIAN. kg we a of the Base fr: Tou Coonatoor hill 8105-8 Weer. | Bc ane LN ae a as @ Observed & 2G im Angles for Si 2 BB Sl. & Sk 5 TRIANGLES. Angles. B=} ee = Calculation. | D a a : é & a f) cee eee Spates Neale) { fa. oe To rn erm Fe ENED) W. end of the Base;......... | 93 26° 9.33|—0.1! 03 26 7.7 CoonatoonMilleh tics. e461 creo) AU 1S SO. —0.06 At 14 98.5 Taulaootpotha, ..-.cccccccwe | 45 19 25.3) \=0.06 4, ae 45° 19° 93,3 4 { a a \ 34 Dea . 180 0 4:63 i Alge is [ig0 0 00: ines Secale tt i W. end of the Base, ., Lys aN 30969:7 es __Taulacotpotha from } Goonstoor fill eo eee ey 2 lasggt-2 “Goomienr hill from Vullunkota = 43279.6 ae is Coonatoor hill, .....-..-..+ | 47 ¥ 30.75 |o.11 A7 1 °30.6 | : Vullunkota,). 2.0 cesses s « Pyne | 7 45 10.7 , Taulaootpotha; .2. .cceeecee | G1 13 18.8 |—O.11 6113 18.7 _ i : fae ol aceasta a Tate aE 20) | ot ee | Coonatoor hill, .. 0 <<. ss «+ [468953 i Tauldootpotha from ; Vuallunkota,-...00.0.. Risto gO De Lows Pevutunko from Tavlaootpotha = a = 36126. Bhatia as Viullunkota, -..c..ccscccee. 71 45° 10.7 | ! Taulacotpotha,.. cee cve oe 61 13. 13.8 —O:11 61.13 18.7 Coonatoor hill). .2.scccceess'| 47 j 20.( OO Lae 2 3026 Uieg e ee are aie | | | Eee | 11800. 0. it Lasaes ZN Bice Wal lune ta Guns ia waver a chevelse cheese ree 143978. Coonatoor julitcotn i Seat Cee NOSE DNRC NSIC IONE ASOLO BH Coonatoor hill from Taulasotvotha, = 46894.33 | y Coonatoor hill,..-......--2.. {| 62 33. 53.67 |—0.23 | 62 33. 52.6 Tanlaootpotha, ..........«4..4 80 23 40.4. |—0.32 80 23 39.3 \Vullanaud nul, ©0000 060.06 0¢2 0 & @ 37 zg 29.17 —0.21 | * 37 9: 28 1 37| ea eG MT ER Tee | j | Ty “a | ftso 0 3.24, {U.76;+2.484,180 O. 0. Trillanandi hill from Coonatoor INNS Hoe BIG eea eran Gite « 176755.9 Fanlaootpothaws ses... « eee - (§69092.0 The distance, Coonatoor hill from ‘Tautaoepathe as a Base in the above triangle, is the mean @educed from the 34th, 35th and 36 triangles. Coonatoor hill from Vullanaud hill = 76755.9 Woon Sai Coonatoor hill, case ecooeeseeces | 109 35 24.2 9, ss! 109 35 22.7 : pt Vullanamd bith 1 kee ee koa 4 93 Lond 24 4 21.9 | \Vullunkota, .......0+000ce+e0-| 46 20 16.44 BGioal 46 20 15.4 i s oe eer “Ag i [180105 3.64 }0.74|+2.90|180 0 0. Sn Coonatoor hill, ....... Fadi) Dio ONO ONS On 43278.4 Vullunkota from MV iianeudy oo ce ek 99960,0 a eer ree (oo a ee O 5 ety MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC el | : H 3 |. , i n 5 a Observed at Fe F ie Angles for o 3 ie PRIANGLES. Angies. e Ee a: Calculation. = a Zi Me ia) Zales eee Ac | fe} ’ ‘ is ° i ue ! Vullanaudi hills oo. eco oa he pipegd 54 19.13|—1.10 Ae 94 5A IO. Fk Vullunkotasnillt (ak See sk 38 11 52.6 |—-0.46 38. UL 51.5 Selanclioar 1 ViTU apnea te en Ra 46 53 58.75 |—0:45 | 1G 93 S77" 39! | | [iso 0 3.48] ee. or}41.a7{i80 0, 10. i v 1 Z *y . | RK clanciloonhitl fron Ayaan Le Lea re Fae Sea ; ae Vullunkota Rote rRan Kolanslieor 136201,6. Hh |Mallonkota. fcc ese ees 88 53 49.4 |—2.4 88 53. 46. Kolanelloor hill ee Pk 48 44 15.9 |—1.26 48 44 14.6 Percrigovmalis eee cchsetts ete voles ee era ey 42 21 59 4 " poe | | | 80 0 0 Pesuageniall from Vullunkota rs wees 152154.4 Kolancloor Salata Melee wth aR 1202377..5 Kolanelloor from Perrioormatti = 20237725. a ; 5:7 I {RG ARNT eae a NE RT AG eS =e 47 oF | = 2M ; |1s0_0 2531 |, og 1+6'60 180 OURO: Asse Meenachiporam Dili...) ee. eee: log704.7 Kooteapara: rom Cs oats Lineage ct enc cacener eive 99043.8 | eee ———— By referring to che 434 and doch triangles, the distance Meenachiporam from Gopaulswamy will be found cominon to both, | 3 | {Meenachiporam, | |Suddvagherry, Kiootcapanay weiter stele eer ele'> the mean. of which is assumed as the Base.m the above triangle. en wes Meenacitporain from Suddragherry == 220878.85 a keper oheislieic oA GO Od 13 009 al -1O, 38 35-5435) 9 22.20) 4.3 ce ee wm we we 121 4523.1 |—3.32 121 45 19.8 essere aa | i i eH Sys MISS EARS Ag SIC Se uate 48 | le eee - . Meenachiporam hill, ........... 98714.35 | K ooteapara from ; Mecnachiporam pill, 714.3 ' A Cela OMe MM V nunualen vette hadnt ole uixlkeogetiberte 152355.8} LS NS TEE NE eR ANI NN ne ne NET ES 5S MEASURES OF AN ARC i Rens ~ Kaulikaatén from Koofeapara = 169427. 5 Feet. ue saa C5, ion FURR E ei a M see Ea g- 44 Lis a noaRASRaNEN CHOI 5 Observed gobs 2) 08 Angles for Se 2 IGLES. = 1S S ‘ 3 of e TRIANGLE Angles. ee AY = Calculation. % a 1 Be ee ne ne i Q-= K i oO tr a (a) ‘ it Kaulikautan, ....... Se eae ie 35 9 13.4 Kooteapara, 1:2... UieiroreDeletels 64 49 36.5 |—1.141 64 49 35.4 Gopaulswamys ? 2% Usjececceofes « lg0 1 19.71 |—1.5 80). 1 The 49 | | | |: 80 0'*0. peer neers! \ Keanlikcam tansy so tesa cies -o sly 6, « .--- [1586919 Copaulsyeny jen owen es APNE NEN te aN 99050. 51. K ooteapara from Gopaulswamy = 99047.15 ue i} K ooteapAra, aI Aeris Sesial Meme tb eletoy (53 38.98 |—0.88 58 31 37.4 Gopaulswamy, oc..deceee rene 79 2% 15.36 |—1.22 79 22 14.1 Sekundermallty: -. o..'0.cse0-cereese | 42.6 1021. 40:84 42 6 4 ) 50 {180 0 3.74| lito, | 4. d.s3 180 0 0. ; Ko ofeapitiay. oo... tiecceontensnn so RO 58 See uniorrals On {Gojaulsvany Si 618) 8 aya ehelinal'es ere gO OO ~ ‘The above Bae, Kooteapara from Gopaulswamy, is the mean in obtained by the 47th and 49th Triangles, fal ue Suddragherry from, Koote m footeapara = == 152355. Se ae : ana 57 .26 40.4 | , Kooteapara,: ices ccescoces 60 22 23.28|—1.56|. | 6O 22 21.7. Sekundermalli, ..-csesesccees | 62 10 62 10 59.4 |—1.53 62 10 57.9 yo! ie | : lisp O08 Bas! Suddragherrys 2. satis os bo c's es PIAQTAO.7, Se Cetin ak SKoole aca sige! silaeiavel ease apereian eel Gime Sekundermalli from Gopaulswamy =. 125997.6 | Sekundermalliy.:.6...0.08-¢3s7 1720 4:49:73 orgth {20 4 49.5 . |Gopaulswamy, ......e++eee- {105 53 45.551—1.15 105 53 44.5 . |suddragherry, ....0.00e0++e- | 54 1 28:65|—0.08] ‘54 ¥ 26. f, i nn ss ee 52 : | [i800 4. |1-54|42.40}180 / 0-0: | | ie Sekundermalli, .. 2000 2++e+0 [140741, i | : Suddragherry. oe Plata yong: sca ploey Steele | 53455.9 |! Lt in the the te last triangles, the digtanee s ckundermallé from Suddragherry will be found common: then, by taking the mean and referring to the 29th triangle, it willappear, that there is a diferente lof Ab feet, in the same side Suddragherry from Sckundermalli; from whence it may. be inferred, lchat had: the’ base’ been computed from bringing down the triangles from the northward, it would , | ave exceeded the ineasurement by 10 inches, nearly, a cialeaneiiianeaianeneneannies “ON THE MERIDIAN. bz. | Triangles continued tothe South extremity of the Arc. ; Vullanaud hill from, Vullankotapotha = 99960 Feet. P28 He Sie, a is! | ! | @ me | Pad 5 Wit RBS Observed a 18-6) 8"). Angles.for a3 f nt) i y bx $3) TRIANGLES. ~ | Angles. Ss =e ti. -| Calculation. ran Zi i a Iw Nea (AA Vullanaud hill, ......2..s.+. |.57 50 46.54 |—0.77 57 50 45.3 Vullunkota, ...........+05-- | 70 48 20.4 |—0.92 70 48 19. Kunnimapotha, ...secceeees0- | 51 20 56.93 |—0.74 51 20 55.7 | 53 : Lo . aaaleeowia 3.87 Is.4s| 424 fis0 0 0. Vullanand hill, .....-2+eseecee 120880. 1 ‘Kunnimapotha from eoreoossae, T: i i " as aera ale 202909820700 00000 108363. 9) { Vullanand hill from Kandindsosks ay 120880. . | | Vullanaud hill, ...cccsceeeere | 2 24 39.6 |—0.81|! 49 24 39. (Kunnimapotha, ......0---ec% - | 66. 8 28.07 |\—0,94 66 8 27.3 64 26 54.4. |—0.92 64 26 53.7 Say ives 180 0. ah Loe Cal. 67 }--0-60 180.0 0 pO. ; 4 Sao al eae art : Vullanand illo Sees rs 2-14 22584-5) ‘Rel hill Station from fealeept es Ae toe eh ae : 101747.0. { t ar ae So TEEN TSH ELS WE | Red Ae Station, . coececeer ones Kumimapotha from et hill Station = = 101747, f } Ok eS end Ee a ao a « Kunnimapotha, ...¢0.0.0000¥ ves | 52 $6 17.17 lor | 52 56 15.3 \Red hill Station, .....2+. +4 d.73(48 19.4 |—0.92 73 48 18.4 | | (Koodunkolum, ...-.......005 53 15 28.13 |—0.72 53 15 26.3 55 180 O a.7 | lp Soe eo. Oe Ooaal Sear een j Kunnimapotha, ......s+.e0e-00 (1219341 Koodunkolum Station from see hill Station, ....... eA MNGi asi § 1 58 MEASUREMENT OF. AN ARC -Kunnimapotha from Red hill Station = = - 101747. Feet. | Tor 5 =) a ra) Pea Na --| » Observed! }u \ swig € bu os Angles for} 9 3 ; 1S a ts } : JRE. Angles 3 ak me Le Calculation. ane Bae = oe Kunnimapotha.......0.cs sence Thad ho aoeg Red hill Station...../..0..00065 4) 4811 40. 42 0.6 |} 48 11 39.8 “aMunpotlia’.sc> cavakeeue nee! “38 34 41.64|-=0.66 ot HARASS IE AC a CHE Mig ESR, | oa Ve] i) OG Tol ot... feeb... Gud DNRmRIE | yee is =} ode as] le “his” 0 0. « See BGR mininapetha ls ces cs ch it | sss77.) 4) ba Brenpothe fe a + Red hil Station ........- ese cce [LI4T59 ON spiel sa ‘Red hill Station from, Keodunkolum = 101321.5. | | Sate e es Ha Wha viable tou deahaly pi ; ‘ ean hill Station. . PHILO i 25-36 40:5- 10.29 fe 25 36 4023+ } ‘WKoodunkolum.......¢e0eee++] 91 52 43.131—0.62).-. |. TEE paRMOG PEOSEL| M SHEEP |G'SISESTIM’S SSLE BGT ferro ceo8* TTTY NBMIEg| "°° roo te ee* TPeMMOIIEG bP LOS6IT|'M L'9S99T |9°SSs0al ri S Pe, 66 99. L eecaeeease tittemaanied > YOTVeIg meftlodeyoand G'GF9GIS | M SOOTIS PLEEGTT [AA “L9G99T "LAA A “Lada Bric hc Cg “Laas "LIA a E j *Ie] : rt) me Aes = ueIPHo TAL | -norpuadsag UPIPHO TAL aes 2 "ye uoOSepog & jo uvipiroyy ayy | *Sg0RTY JO soure NT], ge SHOTIERS ay) UO WRIT oy) wo saoneisig are 0} paiiejos SSULIBIG eS eee zlodeny te IOIZ sdUe}SICy —~ —— "HORI ung pues uvmodoyoing Jo sjoqered om} a popuoraidaos eu mn jo duo] aL uOUDIg yDIUooSvpo(T fo unIpLuay 24} 03 Se2un{s1p ayy fo UoNNpay *g ON THE MERIDIAN. — 6] 6. ZenitH distances of Stars, observed at Pufchapolliam and Punnae Station, with their corrections for précession, nutation, aberration and the semi-annual solar equation, back tothe beginning of the year 1805. ss Observations at Putchapolliam. > HYDRAE. ° 4 Nearest point on the Limb,.4 40. South. \ Tom ara 1806. 3 Observed . Correct Thermometers, | eo a 3 j Correction 3 EA dist 0 ° Bab Cel. Month | fy | Zenith distance Zenith distance | Upper: Howes 9 a TEN fa) oe ; ° origi, Et 4 37 37.74 24.52 A 37 13.22 | 93 93 14 Ww. 4 37 26.49 24.5 A 37 1.99 | 90 91 16 EB. 4.37 36.24 24.45 4 37 11.79 93 92 17 Ww. A 37 28.11 24.42 4 37 3.69 93 og 18 E. 4 37 35.24 24.40 4 37 10.84 93 03 19 Ww. 4 37 30.99 24.37 4 37 6.62 95 94 20 E. 4 37 36.49 24.34 | 4 37 12.15 93) al 93 21 Ww. 4 37 27.49 94.310 ly 4 373.18 93 93 22 E. A 37 35.24 24.99 4 37 10.95 85 85 23 | W. 4 37 28.44 | 24.26 4 37 4.18 96 96 é Mean 92.4 92,2 { [See = _ SOS ; 4 ee ee) e HYDRA. Q - af Nearest point on the Limb, 3 55 South. April 13 E. 3 52 33.74 25.31 3 52 8.43 93 3 asa W. 3 52 24.49 25.29 3 51 59.20 90 91 17 EB. 3 52 3674 25.91 3 52 11.53 93 92 18 Ww. 3 62 25.99 95.88 352 O11 93 3 19 E. 3 52 32.69 25.16 352 7.53 95 94 21 | Ww. 3 52 26.74 25.10 352 1.64 93 93 22 E. 3 52 35.49 25.08 3 52 10.41 85 85 93 | Ww 3 52 25,54 25.04 $ 52.0. & 96 96 Mean 92.25! 92.13 1806. Month. Aprib 14 wwe Ee - Oeonan April 11 ‘MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC | es Lower, ; « CANCRI. Nearest point ow the Limb, 1 35 North. Kane Ce Re ee Observed Cherietione: Correct Zenith distance. Zenith distance. ae tive pn ioe oO 4 1 36 10.13 24.51 1 36 34.64 1 36 4.25 24.42 1 36 28.67 1 36 8.26 24,38 1 36 32.64 1 36 3.03 | 24.34 1 36 27.37 1 36 12.13 24.31 1 36 36.44 1636 3.43 24.27 1 36 27.4 1 36 10. 24.23 1-36 34.23 1 36 3.53 24.19 1 36 27.72 Mean 0 LEONIS, Nearest point on th on the e Limb, 6 15 South. 6) 49 Qo ; ) 0-18 52.87 29.96 O 13 22.91 O 13 43.24 © 29.93 Ov1g41' S931 0.13 51.87 29.89 0 13 21.98 0 13 51.09 29.78 0 13 21.31 O 13 52.67 29.65 O 13 23.02 O 13 42,62 29.61 QO 13 13.01 0 13 41,99 29.57, 0 13 12.42 O 13 42.62 29.53 0 13 13.09 0 13 53.25 29.49 O 13 23.76 O 13 41.62 29.45 O 13 12.17 © 13 53.75 29.41 0 13 24.34 O 13 42.37 29.36 0 13 13.01 0 13 52.25 29.32 0 13 22.93 0 13 41.5 29,27 0 13 12.23 Mean REGULUS: Nearest, point on. the Limb, 1 55 North. - SOL : 1 54 36.25 31.58 EOS TRS 1 54 43. 31.53. 1.55 14,53....4 1 54 32.8 31.48 155 .4.93.|- 4, 1 54 42.45 31.43 1 55 43.88; 4. F654 36.79) 31.28 1 55 '3.03 1 54 45.5 31.93 Y 55 16.731 4. 4 54 34.3 31.18 155 5.98) © 1 54°45,98 00 31.12 155 16.37) 4, 1 54 36.62 31.07 1 55 "7.69 [AMT 64 46.2 Pr SU02) EA ask Oe yi A Gl 5% 34:97 + 30,97 I 55 5.84) 1 54 43.87 30.92 1 55 14,79 ' £ ———t ————s _ Thermometers. by | . nn a ee Fg ON THE MERIDIAN. : 63 : ILEONITS. Nearest point on the Limb, 5 30. North. : B ie } 1806 é Observed 5 | Coreeht ; Thermometers, Pere e Correction. ‘ | Month. Fa Zenith distance. Zenith distance. Wena ies lower | oO ly yy 4K + (oy . fT] April 10 WwW. 5 29 16.5 35.35 5 29 51.85 87 87; 11 E. 5 29 11. 35.27 5 29 46.97: 86 . 985 12 Ww. 5 29 17.87: 35.19 5 29 53.06 84) 8+ 13 K. 5 29 8.62 35.10 5 29 43:72 83. 85. 14 W. 5 29 17.2 35.02 529 52.2%: 84 ; 85 17 one Es | 5.29 9.37 34.77: 5°29 44.64: 30 91 18 Ww. 5 29 18.87: 34 69 / § 29 53.56 ” 89 89 19 E. 5 29 12.5 34.607 529 47.10 91 OL 20 WwW. 5 29 18.87 34.52- 5 29 53.39: 89 89 Q1 E. 5 29 11. 34.44 , 5 29 45.44% 90 90 | 22 W. 5 29 18.75 34.35 5-29 53.10- 88 88 23 K. 5 29 7.25: 34.26 5 29 41.51" 91 91 Q4 Ww. 5 29 18. 34.17 5°29 52.17° 89 89 Mean 87.77 88. ee Ta a Pet eee ee eee a & LEONIS. ey Nearset point on the Limb, 4 40 North, USERS SEEN LOW Nisa aseitio a /5Le ———_ April 10 Ww. 4 39 19.4 STANT. 4 39 56.57 85 84 11 | EK. 4 39 13:67 37.09 4 39 50.76 85 84 12 W,. 4 39 23.87 37.0 440 0.87 83 84 13 a 4 39 12.87 36.91 4 39 49.73 83 84 14 Ww. 4 3994.5 36.82 4 40. 1.32 83 84 17 KE. 4 39 15 36.56 4 39 51.56 90 91 18 W. | 4 39 21.9 > N36.47. 4 39 58.3 83 88 1077 Ea 4 39 12.8 36.38 4-39 49.18 73 79 20 -}k Wi 4 39 94.5 36.28 440 0.78 88 388 { 21 BE. 4 39 15. 36.19 A 39.51.19 | 89 89 i 123 W. A 39 22.37; 36.08 4 39 58.38 88 89 | ia4 K. 4 39 13.25) | 35.91 4 39 49.16 89 89. 4 26 WwW. 4 39 22.5 ty 335.72 4 39 58.22 85 86 | Mean 85.85 86.08 LS TS TNT TE SS A TE A SE A 64 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC : VIRGINIS, fey ’ Nearest point on the Limb, 1-0 North. 1806 Z _ Observed Correct Thermometers. | —| § | Corrections. -— Month aa Zenith distance. Zenith distance. Upper... | Lower. | PSSA RNR UU i OU hart elt MS Mise oh gy SO CARDS UM e ae) ‘ tl a + o f ° fo} April 24 BK. ok O12; 37.01 2 © 49.01 86 86 26 WwW. Ls 6491.95 * 36.81 i 0 58.76 85 85 * OF Ki. A 0613:75 36.71 1 © 50.46 83 82 a3 i Ww. 1 0 22.63 36.61 1 0 59.24 85 86 | 30 i. O 12.38 36.41 1 O 48.79 83 | 82 May 1 WwW. fh 0223. 86.3% 1 O 59.32 83 83 Mean 84.17 | 84. 3’ SERPENTIS. Nearest point on the Limb, 0 10 North. : 5 Re ie orig April 19 EB. 0 WMy4013 | 28 58 On 2958.71 84 84 20 W. O 11°51.63 28,47 0.12 20.1 82 82 21 EK. O Vi 49.13 28.3 0°12 19.49 83 83 22 Ww. O 11 51.23 28.24 O 12 19.47 Fig Hass { or Dee enh pens Daz | O 11 40.49 { 28.13 Q.12 -8.62 { 83 | 83 HE WwW. © 131 50.36 27.63 O 12,147.99 81. 8l 30 EK. O ll 41.38 27.24 O 12 862 81 81 May I W. O 11 51.58 27.i1 O 12 18.69 82 82 Mean 82.38) 82.37 « SERPENTIS. ° Nearest point on the Limb, 3 535 South, — April 21 E. 3: 57° 18.76 46.76 3 56 49. 83 83 a2 Ww. 3°57 78.33. 1/0" 726.66 3 56 41.67 83 83 23 E. 3.57 15.51 26.55 3 56 48.95 83 83 27 Ww. 3 57 7.26 26.15 3 56 41.11 81 81 _ 80 E. 3 57 12.18 25.81 2 66 4637-1. hi 8 Sd Bh May 1 W. B57 06Gb of 825.70 3 56 40.81 82 82 Mean 82.17) 82174 - a a ON THE MERIDIAN. 65. 7 SERPENTIS. . Nearest point on the Limb, 5 20 North. 1806 é ~ Observed Correct /1 °Thermometers., eqns 2 ; Corrections. : Sree) beeiatie ad E fzy e ° 54-Jn ° Month. coy Zenith distance, | Zenith aie Upper. | Dawe : fi God F408 ine ne r oi 8, o "9 April 19 RK. 2 18> ° 3237 26.93 5 3&8 3023 84 f $4 20 W. 5.18 14.74 | 26.79 nck 18) 41253 82 82 aL #. 5 18-497 > 26.65 5,18 31262 83 83 Q2 W. - 9,18 14.67 26.50 2 18 417 B2 83 O38. 108. 4 5; 18:¢5.12 | - 26.36 1 \s5 18 31248 a 83 bt 683 o7 | W. 5 18 14.62 25.75 5 18:40:37 “st i 81 a 30 KE. 5.18; - 5.39 25.28 ° 5 18 30.67 Bh BL May 1 Ww. 5 18, 15.92 25.11, - 5 18 41.03 Si 81 | : he : “Mean = eee Ge Eo See - 82. 13. 82.25 « HERCULIS. | Nearest point on the Limb; 3 35 North. R, 3 37 14.98 16.87 3 37 31.35 80 | 80 28 W. 3 37 21.93. 16.22 3 37 38.15 83 33 30 E. 3 37 16.26 15.89 3 37 39.15 80 30 May 1 W. 3 37 23.76 15.73 | 3 87 39.49 81 80 2g E. 3 3715.51 15.58 | 3 37 31.09 8t 81 | | | Mean 81.2 80.8 _# ©QOPHTUCHI, C . ° ‘ Nearest point onthe Limb, 1 40 North. : AO poe. ee April 24 E. 1 42 41.5% 14.26 1 42.55.77. |.) 82 82 25 W. 1 42-50.76 14.13 143° 4.89 OF 83 82 27 E. 1 42 40.26 13.84 1 42 54.1 30 $0 98 Ww. 1 42 48.26 fon 319.69. | Ge 1) 438 9.95 83 $3 30 | E. 1 42 40.76 13.40 1 42 54.16 80 | 80 May 1 W. 1 42 50.51 13.24 1.43 3.75 81 80 2 a 1 42 42.96 -, 13.09 1.42 55.35 81 81 ] Mean ADA Sie 14| 66 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC = AQUILA. Nearest point on the Limb, ) 35. North, a l ] a = ,- 2806" ae Observed Couréehons Correct “Thermometers. Month. ee Zenith distance, Zenith distance. ener (Meets ec i ONL 4. Qa ig rm = 9. April 12°}. W.] 2,35 14.75 oe 2, 35, 15256 76 | 75 - 18 POE. QBR " % 3.72 Ege 35h 10972 Can am alc: mM bkew. 2) 35 15.25 3:62 2 35 18.87 79) 80 1 | -E, 2:35 6.5 3.54 \ @ 35 10.04 76 75 16 Ww. 235 12.6 3.44 28s 1604 | (78, 78 7 ek. 2°35 8.5 G8 33 ~ 2% 35 11.83 77 Cis, 1s oW. 235 15. 3:23 2 35 18:23 80 79 20 |) E. 235° 7.5 2:99 2 35 10.49 79 | 79 Ql jie W. 2°35 17.5 2:87 'Q 85° 90:37 80 80 24 KE. 2.35) 7. 2.50 235 9.5 ieee AOE 80 25°) ) W. 2 35 15.75 2,37 .2.35..18,12 81 81 26 E. 235 6.88 2.23 235 9.11 82 82 28 W. 235 15. | 1.85 2 35 16.85 8l 82 30. {| B. 235 7.25 1.65 8 35 8.9 80 80 i May 1 | W. |. 2 35 17.38% bry nde 2.35 18.87 80 | 80 a) E. 235 7. | 1.34 | 2°35 8,34 | ia (0 Aiea eal? aie Paes Mean 79.06 | oan Fes AQUILAE. Nearest point on the Limb, 0 5O South. April 90 | W. 0 50 42.37 5 38 0 50 45.95 80 80 21 Ww. -.0. 60 43.5 3.69... 1 -O 50°47.19 80 80 22 E. O 50 48.5 3.79 O 50 52.29 sl 80 23 E. 0 50 50.13 3.91 O 50 54,04 Histo). Bareyetnl Heseneics s i 24 E. 0 50 50 4.04 | 0 50 54.04 | 30 80. |, 26 Ww. 0°50 42.5 4,30 -@'50 46.80 © 83 — ‘SESE 27 E. 0 50 50.25 4,43, 0-50 54.68 per 80 80k 28 W. | | | 0°50) 42.38 4.56) 0-50 46:94 81 $1 | 29 E. © 50:47.25' f° 14.69) O 50 51.94 80 805. 30 by Wa. 0.50 41. Asa |e. Olso-4e84. - 1: 80: fF ~80.. I May J Ww. 0 50 41.13 4.98 0 5046.11 81 Bi” 2° hecB: 0 50 48.63 5.12) “ @-50 53.75 80; 79 Mean 80.5 80.2 | ON THE MERIDIAN, 67 ATAIR, . Nearest point on the Limb, 2 AO South. 1806 as Observed me on Correct | Thermometer. ——| 3 _ |Corrections. | — Moath. Pe Zenith distances “{*- “* °° | Zenith distance. | Upper | Lower. i ‘A d 9 not Oo 1 a i 38- ais April 18 WwW. 2. 37 44.24: 4.95 2, 37 49.19 . 80 79 19 E. 2 37 48.44) si ditso GOB: 2. 37 53.49 | |x 80-—-1—-79 a Ge Ae SO BST 44,24" 5, 26, y- - 2:87 49.5 = 80 (11080 ae ie oP 2 37 46.99: See fey QS7 587 1 le St 80 23- W. | 2°37°-43.74-, EB tt BAG TA Poles OL | E, 2 37: 48.745 5.62 2 37 54.36 | 80 80 in W. | <2 37% °49.37 5.75 2: 3748.12 | |. 82 Si Ugg! | E. 2 3748.37 5.88 122 9754.95 | Lit ga ch gi Ww. 2 3740.62 6.01 2 37°46.63 . [| 80 | 80 ) FE. f 2 37 50.87 . 6.14 2 37) 57.01 } |. 81° SY st . W. 237 AV.24 6.23 2°37: 47.52 | | 80 80. in EB. 2.37 46.87 6.41 QR .2°37253.28- | HW 8d 80 ; W. 2 374.74 | 6.54 [:o@e3r49.30 ) bv si of 81 a EB. 2 37 48.49. 6.71 2:37) 55.20 | |.) 80 79 Rae Mean! 80.57 80.21 6 JaQutLm. Nearest point on the Limb, 5 5 » South. a eats lees April 22 KE. 5 3 49.24 5.55" i 5 3 54.79 81 80 23 Ww. 5 3. 37.62 5.66 5 3 43.28 81 ral 24 E. by 349.5: aR ITC e ii * 5 3 55.29 80 80 25 Ww. 5 3 40.5 5.90 5 3.46.4 82 82 26 | E. | 5 3 47.%6 6.02. SRS SSNs Ne ea Oem 27 Ww. sieomad7') iil elise 5 3 46.9 | 80 81 28 E. | 5 3-49.97 b 6.28: 5 3 55.65 81 80 C Saree ies oma ja Sree | 642 “B= 3-46.42 so 80 30 | E. 5 3.49.12 fi 6u55H 5 3 55.67 8 80 f May 1 Wil, 5-3°41.37 5 | 6.69 | .» br $ 48.06 Si Si | | 2 | EB: Bestars7 | fa Gl 83t 5. 3 54.2 80 7 4 rey Mean 80.78 80.5 | ¢ DELPHINI. Nearest point on the Limb, 2 55 North. ‘May 2 | 5 ATS 9.93 9 55 37.57 4 WwW | 255 58.25 10.23 255 48.02 Mean 79 | 79 ZA eT ATA | 76.5.|. 276.50} 65 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Observations at Punnae Station. ’ HYDRA, | | k \s) 2.08 ~ =| Nearest point on the Limb, 1 45 South. 1809 | Observed fat. 12 O aCorréet Thermometers. em : ‘Corrections. | ¢- 0 eer — Month. $s Zenith distance. | - Zenith distanoe. | Upper. | Lower. Guta ekemennN yy. | 2 SS SOR Sn or ° x | he) 4 ; “6 4 ° vw a Or % April 12 2 EH. 2148.11.01,

.7 9955.61) 83 82 18 | W. YF 8 32.1% 1 34.14 | 7 30 6.26! B3 82 19 BE. 1) 9% 28 25.24 ) 1 34:04 729 59.28 | 82 $2 20 Ww. 7 23° 33.62 , 1 33:93 OR. 30% 7.55 pase on 81 23 E. 7 28 25.87 od 39.64 7 20 59.54 82 82 i 4 W. . % 28 35.37 © 1 33.54 730 8.91 {\ 82 83 25 | &E. 7% 28 26.87 | 1 39.44 *% 300.311 7H 8h 82. 06 | W..'. -7 9835.87 «h 1 393.34 | 4 309.91 | 982 83 28 iD ae 7 28 25.87 * *1 33.14 7 29 59.01 84 85 29 Ww. 7 2% 38.87 | 33.04 7 30 11.91 | 83 83 30 By lei u% 23: 22.87 2b 32.93 7 29 55.8 82 > 82 May 2 |. W. 7 28 38.97 t. 32.74 7 30 11.71 81 82 4 8 W. 4% 98 37.87 1 32.54 7 30 10.41 32 $3-"" 5 E. 7 98 24.12 1 32.44 | 7 29 56.56 32 83 6 Ww. 7 28 38.87 1 32.34 7 30 11.21 32 82 7 | E. 7 28 25.47 1 32.25 | 7 29 57.72 $2 82 | Mean 82.38 82.4 f e« VIRGINIS. Ee) e a Nearest point on the Limb, 3 50 North. April 18 Ww. | 3 49 36.62 ! 1731.18 351 7.8 $2 | 81 19 EK. 3 49 26 / 2 31.09 3 50 57.09 82 82 20 WwW. 3 49 35. 1 30.99 3 51 5.99 80 81 23 EB. 3 49 26 1 30.69 3 50 56.69 $2 82 25 Ww. 3 49 35.37 1 30.49 351 5.86 81 82 26 E. 3 49 25.87 1 30.38 3 50 56.25 $2 83 23° Ww. 3.49 35 1 30.17 351 8.17 $3 84 29 i. 3 49 26. 1 30.07 3 50 55.07 3 83 fs 30 | W. 3 49 39. 1 29.97 3°51 8.97 82 82 | May 3 F. 3 49 97.87 1 29.64 350 57.51 [| 82 I 82 4A} W. 3 49 38.25 1 29/54 3 51 7.79 g1 | 82 5 E. 3 49 26.75 Vi, 29/43 | 3150 56.18 82 -82 . 6 Ww, 3 49 37.12 Y 29.32 351 6.44 81 $2 3 te ate 3 | 3 49 28.6 } 4 99.21 | Sh50) 57.84/00 Sl 82 | Mean | Sle7al aa "9 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARG > SERPENTIS, ‘ : WNVearest point on the Limb’, 3 North. i coe i Observed Gesicct | Thermometers, S Corrections. : Month. a Zenith distance. Zenith distance. Upper | Lover | o 4 i} + o , fi} ° | ° April 18 Ww. 3 b 30.76 57.96 3 2 28,72 80 | 79 19 EK. 3.1 20.13 57.85 3217.98 -[ 80 80 20 W. | 3% 29.96 | 57.75 32 27.01 so |} 80 23 R. 3 b 20.63 | 57.89 3 2 18.02 31 81 24 W. |... 3:k 29.63 57,97 32 26.9 81 81 25 E. | 3 ¥ 20.13 57.14 3 2 ¥7.97 | 80 80 26 WwW. 3 1 29.13 | BTL 32 6.14 $2 82 27 EB,” 3 20.13 56 89 3217.02 -}. $3 83. tf 28: Ww. 3 1 32.96 56.76 32 29.02 84° 84 29 F. 3 1 20.13 - 56.63 $2 16.76) -f 33 83.34 30 Ww. 3 1 32.51 56.5 32 29.01 3 83. it May 3 EK. 7, 3b 19.13 56.09 3 2 15.22 80 80 5. Ww. 3 b 32.38 55.81 3 2 28.19 82 82 6 FE. 31 20.63 ] 55.66 3 2 16.29 81 31 7 W. 3 1 32.63 . 55.52 3 2 98.15 81 81 Mean 81.33 81.33]. TST IER SSS —, —— «SERPENTIS. = “ eo 0 Nearest point ou the Limb, 1-5 South. April 18 WwW. 1 7 26.26 53.59 1 6 32.67 80 79 ; 19 E. 1 7 36.39 53.51 1 6 42.88 80 80 20 - W. 1 7 25.26 ie 594g Be OSEc® 31.85 +80 80 23 KE. 1 7 33.64 53.11 6 40.53 | 81 81 24 | W.4) 17°295.76 ' $3.02 1 6 3274 3l 8l 25 | EB. 17 36.01 | 52,99 1 6 43.09 80 80 26 W. 17:2451 — 52.81 t 6 31.7 92: 82 27 KE. 1 7 35.89 52.70 16 43.19 83: 83 28 Ww. 1 7 24.26 52.59 16-31.67. | 84 84 29 Ee “D7 36.14 52.48 1 6 43.66 83 83 30° he Wi 1 7 22.89 52.36 1 6 30.53 83 83 May 3 E.- ¥ 7 35.01 / 52.01 1 6 43. 80 80 Bk Wi, 1 7 23.26 51.78 1 6 31.48 81 | 82 6 | E. i 7 34.01 51.66 £6 42.35 81. oh) ese eas Ww. 1 7 22.01 >) B53 t 6 30.48 Bi 81 | Mean 81.33 81.33 ON THE MERIDIAN. %3 y SERPENTIS. Jvearest point on the. Limb, 8 5 North. SS 1809. 3 Observed F Correct Thermometers. Se aera a i : orrections. : : Tae ee et Month. _ fi Zenith distance. - ue Zenith distance. | Lipper: geen Go U oT) bes a + Oo @ 7] ° April 18 Ww, 8 7 52.96 51.43 8 8 43.69 80 79 19 E. 8 7 42:39 51.3 8 8 33.69 B0 80 20 Ww. 8 7 52.44 51.16 8 8.43.3 ee 80 80 93 Ki. 8 7 40.51 50.72 8 8 31.93 81 81 ! 24 WwW. 8 7 52.89 50.57 8 8 43.46 Ski = 81 25 E. 8°7 42.96 50.43 8 8 32.69 80 80 26 Ww. 8 7 56.39 50.27 8 8 46.66 82 82 27 E. 8 7 43.64 50.11 8 8 33.75 83 83 28 Ww. 8 7 55.89 49.96 8 8 45.85 84 84 eo ah. 8 7 49,39 49.80 § 8 32.19 {1 83 83 | 30 Ww. 8 7 56.64 49.64 8 8 46.98 s8 “4 83 | May 3 E. $7 44,14 49,14 & 8 33.98 - 80 80 6 Ww. 87 56.89 48.64 8 8 45.53 81 gi 71 &£E 8 7 46.26 | 48.47 | 8 8 34.73 so | gi ee 4 Mean | ao 81.2 « HERCULIS. Nearest point on the Limb, 6 30 North. , April 15 W. 6 27 26.74 oat: 6 27 49.39 81 81 16 KE. |... 6,27 13.74 22.54 6 27 36.28 Bi 80 17 1 W. }° 6 27° 96.61 V- 99.43 “i%g 97 49,04: 79 78 18 £. 6 27 14.74 22.31 6 27 37.05 80 79 19 W. t- --6 27 25.11 ~~ 9QA7- 6 LI AT SDB ef PQ cf 7D Qi BR 6 27 12.74) 21.91 6 27 34.65 77 57 ; 83 SR OW. 6 27 25.61 21.64 6: 27.47.25 80 80 08 24°98 BY 6 27 13.37 {. 21.5 6 27. 34.87 80. 80 Valent Ww. 6 27 25.61 21.35 6 27 46.96 | 79 79 Y @6 Be : 6 27 14.74 4 21.21 6 27 35.95 82 i 82 27 W. § ¢) 6.27: 297.24 Q1.07 6 27 48.31 83 83 28 E. - 6 27 13.74 90.91 6 27 34.65 83 83 29 + W. 6 27 27.74 4. 2075 6 27 48.49 83 83 30 BE. | 0.6: 97, 18.62 1 20.59 627 34.2 ! 83 3 | | ; | | Mean 30.5} 80,29 ae eae MEASUREMENT GF AN ARC ¢ OPHIUCH..: Nearest point on the Limb, 435 North’. 1809. es Ovserved | | | Cothect - Thermometers. Tee ey ee g oid Corrections. i Lit agtaa oni Month. ee, Zenith distance. Zenith distance, | Upper. | Lower, T { ae Wa \: | { ; y ok ye on ee D OMe Nid q ° April 12 |. F.i 4 32 45.74 16.12 | .4 33. 1.86 30 79 13 W. | 4 32 58.37 16.03 |. 4 33.14.40 ||. 82 81 - 14 E. | | 4 32 46.87 15.93 4 33. 2.8 iy 82° 8k 15 Ww. 4 32 57.74 15.83 4 33.13.57 Sel 0) 16 4> Es 4 32 45.24 15.72 4 33. 0.96 - 81 80 17 di We | a» 4-32 57.24 15.61 4 33.12.85 79 78 48 4. EB. » 4 32 47.24 15.49 \fi 8802.73] tee SD gt. 2 19 4. W. | .; 4°39 57.87 15.38: | -4.33013.25 | Var 7% Sa 20 a. E.! o> & 32 44.24 15.96 1 A 8259.5. | aa oe Oe QL gd. Ws | »9 4°39 56.87 15.13 4 33.12. bay I ge Made | pe §23 Ye Es | ca 4.39 44.74 14.87 (A B259.61 | fo- 80 3 f° 80° 4 24 J. W. | c+ & 32 55.29 14.74 4 33.10.03 y Spi : 80 .| NTIS. 7) E. 4 3% 46.74 14.61 CASS) 95. ff MO feneed 26. |, Be) |pcci@ 32 47.24 14.47 433 1.71) | 8 BPN ere Ard a ir “43% 58.24 14,33 rhe BEADS Tren BS Ls a Ba 28 Ww. 4:32 59.74 14.19 - 4 33 13.93 83 83 . { | 29.1 &E. 4 32 47.74 14,04 4 33 1.78 83 83 30 W. 4 32 59.74 13.89 4 33°13.63 83 83 Mean 80.72 80.33 a) STyi - i HYDRA. 1806 | _ Left Arc. | 1306 | Right Arc. | MEAN. - | I ‘ : MONTH. AEC MONTH. Stetson es a en sae April 13 437) 13.29 woe 14 4 37 1.99 Mieansiacsesenie sca: > & 37 7.86 | 16 PLZ ie 17 3.69 Refraction, Se Sal + 4.79] 18 10.84 19 6.62 pce eae 20 19.15 21 3.19 | Zenith distance, ...... 4 37 12.65 22 | 10:95 ofr nn 28 | 4.18 | Mean | 4 37 11.79 | | Mean | 4 37° 3.93 BAY * biel ele HYDRA, | “April 13) 1352 8.43 | April 141.3 51 502 | Mean,...,.......+6.. 3 52 4.99| 17 41.53 18 52 0.11 Refraction, Ge: &e. 2% + 4.05 19 Ne Yipee} ai . 1.64 Sy oaplane 22 10.41 23 0.5 Zenith distance, ...... 3.52. 8,97 - SS ee 3 — | ei a Mean ‘| 3 52 0:36 ~* } Mean , 3 52 9.48 —SS GS ae " } remo | 5 “CAN CRI. \fApril 14) 136 94.64) Aprlliv} >i 96 2807" | Meanj...200.. | 4 36 31.14 18 32.64 ‘19 27.87 | Refraction, &c. &e, a + 1.5 20 36.44 faye teers: 27-4 —_— 22, 34.23 93| °° 97.49 | Zenith distance, veeven 1) 86 32.64 |___ Mean |_ 1 36 34.49 Mean | 1 36 27.79 U ‘MEASUREMENT OF 28 AN ARC °o LEONTS. | 1806 | Left Arc. | 1806 | Right Arc. | MEAN. | MONTH. STH A) MONTH. ne 9 o- 4 ep ’ ee April 9} 0.13 22.91 April 10} O 18 13.31 0-13 17.82 ll 91.98° 18 13.01 Refraction, &c. &c. .....- + 0.34 14 S1.3h 19 12.49 : == 17 293.02 - 90 13.09 Zenith distance, ,...... O 13 18.16 au. 93.76.71 221. IQA. aa 23 24.34 24 13.01 25 22.93 26 - 12.98 Mean! 0 13 22.89 Mean! 013 19.75 © i 1 REGULUS. April 12! £ 55 14.53 | April 11]. 1 55 7.83 | 2 55. 11.1 bolls ~- 1d 13.88 |- 13}. 4.28 | Refraction, &c. &c. .......+ 1.89 is 16.73 17 8.03 : ee 20 16.37 19 5.98 Zenith distamce,......--1 55 12.99 92 17.27 QI 7.69 = 24 14.79 23 5.84 Mean! 1 55 15.59 Mean! 1 55 6.61 s LEONIS. April 10] 5 29 51.85 | April 11] 5 29 46.97 | 5 29 48.77 12 53.06 ang If) 43.72 Refraction, &c. &c. ......+ 5.49 14 52.22 o UZ, 44,64 — 18 53.56 *-39P- - #710 “| Zenith distance,........5 29 54.26) 20 53.39 ait 45.44 a : 22] 53.1 Retgo ao ahah, ot 2dp |. ba.l7 eee ant lub c. dMfean |. 5, 29 .8a:76;;, |): STS SD eS SiS eS ue PRR MIDI Tap ah Mean| 5 29 44.78. SSS SS ON THE MERIDIAN. "9 6 ILEONIS. 1806. | Left Arc. | 1806 | Right Are | MEAN, MONTH. | Geng MONTH. Rs CoN ly | Aae £6 April 10 4 39 56. 57 April iit-'4 $9 60.76 © 9 54. 74 12 60.87 °°} 13 49.78 Refraction, RC INCCe tal ices bs of 4.66! TiAl 4s 61,32 47 61.56 . pias f TS}... £9 558.37! oe 19 49.18 Zenith distance,........4 39 59.4 RON: 60.78 2) 61.19 : paces DSi: 58.38 is Saas 49.16 20K 58.22 | | 4 39 59.22 Mean} 4 39 50.27 « VIRGINIS. ; April 26 10 58.76 April 24 LO 49.01 1 O 54.26 28 59.24 Ges 50 46 Refraction, &c. &c....... ++ 0.94 May 1 59.32 30 48.79 oes a 2 Zenith distance........ 1 O 55.20 Mean 10 59.10 4 Mean{| 10 49.42 | rime orn cre SS ET RE = | $$ SERPENTIS. “April aol 0 12 20.1 April 19] 0.12 8,71 0 12 14.09 22 19.47 Qi “10.49 Refraction, &c. &c. ...... + 0.06 27 17.99 23 8.62 —— May | 18.69 * 30 8.62 Zenith distance ,.......0 12 14.151 { eS ub alninebin ci ppd Shae Mean} 0 12 19.06 | Mean| 0 12 9.11 see e« SERPENTIS. ms April ai] 3 56 49. | April 22| 3 56/41.67 “a 44.65 23) A8.95 27 41,11 Refraction, &c. &c........ 3.81 30 AG.37 May 1 40.81 ey —— i me ~ Zenith distance... ... 3 56 48.46 3 Mean| 3 56 48.11. Mean| 3°56 41.20 t 89 1806 <== MONTH. April 20 | April May. 1 Mean - April May 1 Mean April 12 T= ie a — MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC y SERPENTIS. Left Are. we | 1806 | Right Arc | MEAN. Bi be RE ee | are MONTH. ° A OME aA 5 18 41.53 iss. | April 19 ‘| 5 18 30.3 5 18, 36.02 41.17 Qi 31.62 j Refraction, &c ve. &. o.2. 5.39 40.37 q3 | 31.48 oe 41.03 30 30.67 Zenith distance, ....5 18 41.41) 5 18 41.03 Mean 5 18 34.02 « HERCULIS. 3 37 38.15 April 27 | 3 37.31.35 3 37 35.17 39.49 30 32.15 |Refraction, &c. &c..... 4- 3.41 May 2 31.09 a fers —— Zenith distance,.....3 37 38:58 3 37 38.82 | Mean 3 37 31.53 eas ¢ OPHIUCHI SOR aT ier aad | ean 143 4.89 | April 24 1 42 55,77 1 42 59.19 1.95 Tis 54.1 Refraction, &c..&c. .... + 1.5 3.75 30 54.16 ——| May: 2 _-= 55.35. |Zenith distance,......1-43---0.69; 1 43 3.53 Mean | 1 42 54.85 © AQUILAE. 2 35 15.56 April 13 2 35 10.72 » 2 35 13.87 18.87 15 10,04 |Refraction, &c. &e. .... + 2.57 16.04 17 11.83 6 Ciena ee 18.23 | 20 10.49 {Zenith distance, .....2 35.16.44 20.37 24. 9.50 — as 18.12 26 9.11 16.85 30 8.9 18.87 ‘May 2 |! 8.34 235 17.86 | Mean | 235 9.87 { PIR SI RI I ES ES RE RD A ON THE MERIDIAN. ~ 1 ye. SS == = a = - SS | 1806 8 Left Are. | 1806 | Right Arc. MEAN. MONTH. cake MONTH. Aenean : Pane) April 32. 0.50 52.29 Apr 20 | 0 50 45,95 0. 50 49.96 i 64.04 |: {| Qt i, f47.19 | Refraction, &e. &e.. -b 0.78 24 fl A 2554.04 | 26h Brot 1 aorey.© Amp! || Phe cas OIA 54.68 eB. aL. 46.94 |Zenith flstanee ooeo0-50 50.74 a) a 129 51.94 (80 a 9 [45:Bare or | May /2 53.78 | May rye’) agar” | } a f ole oy ae 3 | Bae ara os > ———| i i] | Mean O 50 53.46 Mean’! 0 50 46.47 BO ds tae é. ete nn i er a tm Y ceaedtine eet ; : ATATR.. 2 37 53.49 April 18 2 37 49.19 2 37 51.38 52.37 21 49.5 Refraction, &c. &e.....4+ 2.75 54.46 23 49.24 54.25 25 48.12 |Zenith distance .....2 37 54.13 57.01 oe Oe IY 46.63 . a 53.28 has 2Oirs "47.52 : ese | May 1 | a9 Ph BARB 30 Meaya 3 s7jaeas 1 | se & AQUILA. | April 92 | 53 54.79 | April 93 | 5 3 43.28 | 8 3 50.55 24 55.29 25 46.4 |Refraction, &c.&c.....4 5.13 26 53.77 27 46.9 a 28 55.65 29 46.42 |Zenith distance, ceooeD 3 55.68 . 80 55.67 May 1 48.06 — May 2 54.2 Mean 53 54.9 Mean » 5 3. 46,21 | 8. DELPHIENTI. ier dae bg May 4 | 2 55 48.02 | May: 2 | 2 58 87.57 00. 2 55 42 $0 . & Refraction, &c. &c...s.. 4 2.88 Mean |! 2 55 48.02 Mean” {* 2 55 37.57 |Zenith distance,..... 5 55.45.68 W 82 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Observatiuns at Punnae Station. 3 eee a 1309 | ‘Left Are, Zz 1809. ° | Right Are. ., MEAN. ! MONTH. seni i MONT Be ‘ 5 2 April 12| 1 47 6.87 | April 16) 2 46 56.24 |» 46. 59/8 14 3.43 18 5153.8 Refraction, &c. &c. .. 4 25 17 4.52 19 BS. OF ee 23 5.48 20 52.12 | Zenith distance, .,0.00 & 47 1.37 25 6.04 24 ei GE (5D Asche 26 56.53 Mean | 1 47 5.07 Mean {1 46°54.54 ES Ge “€ HYDRA. f My ; Oe 4 ; ve) ; April 12) 2 @ 334 | April 834-2 1 50. 24) = pe 1 3 58.15 14 4.77 | 16 $4.34" | Refraction; ‘&e. &e. .. fe 1.16 17 SOL tee TS SPOT eee ——__—_ 19 8.57 60 52.61, Zenith distance, ...0.. 4 2 59.31 a1 3.16 93 54.72 ————— 24 3.1% a5 ($2.28. i 96 6.19 sey EC EOD Gh om Mean | 1.2 3.45.) Bean | 11 52.85. - _ Se Ve CANCRI. Seamus 0 April 13 | 4 26 46.21 ie 12 | 4 26 33.12 4 25 38.53 16 44.10 14.}..--- ~ 35.6% | Refraction, &c. &c. .. + 4.38 1S 42.0 eR CPME 2 gg 9g Us agen 20 43.42 19. 33.33 Aenith distance, ....., 4 26 42.91 93 SIO CT a SU See a tec ek ey eres ay 25 “43.07 waga te @ 1 3¢.36yay. | 90.8b da Ss : Wath Cys § 3 26 | .33.4 { | Mean | 4 26.43.12-|.' Mean |- 4 26 33.94 oa ON THE MERIDIAN, 8S o LEONIS: Oat Faaeee aaa a gee i a ToT ALT ARG RD AT { 1809 9 | * Geft' Arc. | 1809 oo en ae Arc. MEV AIN. - MONTH. | MONTH. ot VG April 3 ry 36 56. 72 RE 12° 2 36 45. 26 2 36 49.49 3B foe BOR 1ge4 43.67 Refraction, &c. Kc. .. + 9.58 18 6435 fo A7'b 43.78 Rise Sle “OQ » BIB OP LO MICN Ore 43.3 Zenith distanee, ...... 2:36 52.07 oF 54.93 23 |: 42.86 as 26 55.2 25} 4}. | 28 56.23 'O7 43 65° 30 §5.88 Q9\)} 42.93 May 3 57,09 {| May | 2 42.53 6 53.68 - | 5 44.47. qT 44.75 ! Mean 2 36 55.24 Mean | 2 36 43.74 coe | REGULUS, April 13 { 4 45.26.48 | April 127 4:46:16.40 |: 4 45 19.26 ee 16 23.68 slash a 4s, 14.29. | Refraction, &c. &c. ,. + 4.83 18 96.19 imihea- 14 ann —— Lor 23.32}. 20 13.07, | Zenith distance, ...... 4 45 24.09 Qh 24.9 25 14.89 ; roa a 28 23.94 | 27 12.5 30 25.07 29 411.89 ¢ May 3 26.14 | May 2 12.2 6 24.95 5 12.26 | y 8 95-83 7. 13.89 | Mean 4 45 24.98 Mean 4°45 13.55 Y LEONIS. ‘April i8 | 8 19 60.72 | April 17) 8 19 49.31 B19 54.97 20 60.54 19 |. 52.5 Refraction, &c. &c. ., + 8.47 a4 GMOs lait wl 23; A727 mee hay ee : —— 96 62.99 — 25 46.59. Zenith distance, ...... 820 3.44 29 uy A 28 48.31 me May 3 62.48 30 48.14 5 63.54 | May 4 48.51 v4 61.75 48.96 . Mean | 8 20 1.24 Mean | 8 18 48.70 St MEASUREMENT: OF ‘AN ARC B LEONIS. 1809 | ‘Left Arc. | 1809 | Right Arc. | MEA N | x ; : it MONTH., A eee MONTH. de Meg a | Apruci3 7 30 11.98 April 12 % 29 57.57 » i € 8O.. 3:07 16: |: . BST. 14 60.38 |Refraction, i&e. Bo. ao ofe feeete ee 61 18- 6.26 17 55.61 20 755 19 59.98 | Zenith distanepyss-« weve %e80. 11 5g 24 8.91 Q3 “69.5192 ee ara 26 9.21 25 60.313 29 11.91 28 \ 59.01. ¢ ; May 2 Pe7l ‘30 55.8000 Oe £ fH 4 10,41 | May. 5 | 56.56: ot | 6 11.21 7. 57.72 : ; A. Mean Y 30° 9.77 Mean | 7 29 58.17 wee = > - ~ EO ER ALLM IOY GROOT Sn ITO VIRGINIS. April $8) 3°51 7.8 | April 19 8 80 87.09 3 51 2.0) 20 5.99 -/ 28 56.69 Refraction, : &e. HE vcsccoee *3.9Nf | 25 5.86 26 56.25 1 Rife as ! 28 "8.17 29 . 56.07 Zenith distance, eoov ogra 3 St 5.95% s 30 8.97 | May 34 57.51 ° 2 May 4 vk a 56 66.18 + AS 6 6.44 7 67.81 i og i | Mean 3 51 7.29 Mean -}) '3 50 56.78 | 13 be > SERPENTIS. April-18-| -3----2-28:72 -| -April 19. 3 2 AT.98 Sete 3-2-2941 20 27.01 23° 18,02 |Refraction, ‘&e. &e...occce-f 19.95 24 26.9 25 17/97 aay Oe 26 26.14 97°| 17.02 |Zenith distancé,........ 3 2% 25.36) 28 99,02 | 29 t 16.76 4 F i pe feet a 30 29.01 May 3 15.22 i May 5 | 28.19 6 16,29 28.15 | Mean | 3 2 27.89 Mean.| 3 2 16.94 ia ee tee a ON THE MERIDIAN. . Si ¢ SERPENTIS. | 1809 | Left Arc. | 1809 | Right Arc, | MEAN. ' MONTH. "| A ie " ae "MONTH, ° » of 3 ° aeny ) | April 19} 1 6 42.88 | April 18] i 6 32.67 ; 1 6 37.16 93 40.53 20 31.85 |Refraction, &. &c...,....- 0.94 25 43.09 24 32.74 OTH. A3.19 26 | 31.7. |Zenith distance, ......,.1 6 38.10 29 | 43.66 | 28 | 31.67 4 aa May 3 43.0 — 0 30.53 6 42.35 | May 5 31.48 i VA «30.48 Mean 1 6-42.67 Mean | 1 6 31.64 y SERPENTIS. April 18 | 8 8 43.69 | April 19] 8 8 33.69 8 8 39.02 20 43.3 23 31.23 |Refraction, &c. &c....00.. 7.95 24 43.46 spo ths} 32.69 ——— 26 46.66 27 33,75 j Zenith distance, ....00..8 8 46.97 28; . (45.85 4 29 | 32.19 | May 30 46.28 May 3 33.28 6 45.53 | - Z| 34.73 Mean | 8 8 44.97 Mean 8 8 33.08 e HERCULIS. April 15 | 6 27 49.39 | April 16] 6 27 36.28 6 27 41.74 17 49.04 18 | 37.05 |Refraction, &c. &c........+. 6.61 19 | 47.28 Al 34.65 > {SOT a 23 47.25 24 34.87 |Zenith distance, ........6 27 48.35 25 46.96 26 35.95 sig ste Ne 27 48.31 28 | 34.65 29 48,49 30 34.2 | Mean ! 6 27 48.10 | Mean | 6 27 35.38 | 86 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC « OPHIUCHI. aa era SL TS, : rT Tc a RT CT RES eye f ; | 1809 | ‘Left Arc. | 1809 | Right Arc. | “MEAN. MONTH. Sa MONTE. ay SODA ro on oy on { April 13) 4 33 14.4 April 12) 4 32 61.86 6483 i%.14 15}, 2. .33 A357 14 62.8 Refraction, &c. &c......- $+ 4.72 | 17 12.85 16 60.96 19! 43.95 . 18 62.73 | Zenith distance,.......-4 38 11.86 g1 12.00 20 59.5 — — | 10.03 23) 59.61 a7! 12.577 | 25 61.35 : 28 13.93 26 61.71 30 13.63 | 29 61.78! “Mean | 4 3312.91 Mean | 4°33 1.37 ea NaI i 7 : Mean —— April 13p ..5 25 32.5 290} 31.28 May 1 32.35 6 30.71 5 25 31.71 | April 28; 1 59 23.65 * May. 41....,- 22,06 ; vf 20.35 ' { poe Mean | 1 59 22.02 | £ AQUILA, eel April a 5 25 16.42 j 5 25 23.09 30 16.87 Refraction, &c. &c. ...... + 5.37 May 3 14.55 | 8 16.37 Zenith distance,....... 5 25 29.25 Mean; 5 25 16.05 ¥ AQUILA. April 29} 159 15.89 1 59.17.76 May 3 11.83 | Refraction, &c. &c....... + 2.01 6 » 14,51 pate 9 11.79 Zenith distance,.,.ce...1 59 19.77 Mein 1 59 13.50 ——_—_— ON THE MERIDIAN. 87 ATAIR. 1809 | term Left Are. ie 1809 oo | Right Are: | MEAN, MONTH. Be MONTH a os! Oh April 28| 6 12 21.89 | ‘April 20f 0 12 10.83 ; 0 12 14.68] 3 21.13 May 3 8.82 Refraction, &c. &c. ...... + 0.01 May 4 19.68 6 8.16 sical eave 18.48 9 8.41 | Zenith distance,....'. »e00 12 14.69 t poe ee ———————— Es os Mean | 0 12 20.29 Mean | 0 12 9.06 : 68 AQUILA.. May 3] 2 13 50.42 April 28| 2 13 49.5 213 46.03] 6 51.59 | May 4 . 40.57 Refraction, ke ee oie e/gtate ise) 42, OA 9 49,55 ‘ Mee in 2 mu Zenith distance,........2 13 48.40 | Mean | 2 13 50.52 Mean| 2 2 13 Al. 54 | —— 6 DELPHINI. May 6] 5 45 59.92 May 7] 6 45 46,13 «6 45 52.53 OU O79 One ; Refraction, &c. &c. ...... + 5.75 1. Mean | _5 45 58.93 Mean | 5 45 46.13 | Zenith distance,........5 45 58.25] 33 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC g. AMPLITUDE or the Arc between Puichapolliam and Punnae. : | ZENITH DISTANCES he | STARS. - = —| AMPLITUDE. |. set PUTCHAPOLLIAM. | PUNNAE ip tee 4 3712.65 S.|147 1.37 s.| 2 50 11.98 Re yd teeth 352 8.978. |1 159.31 S. 9.66 Caner cso se eae ek: 1 36 32.64 N.| 4 26 42.91 N. .27 | 0: WeOnIss coe eee ie ee 0.18 18.16 S. | 2 36 52.07 NJ - 10.23 Reeulus,. ....:...-....:..| 1 55.12.99 N.| 4.45 24.06 N. 11.07 | S: Qeonis, 228 eo ee 5 29 54.26 N.|8 20 3.44 .N. 9.18 B Leonige) si ee A439 594 N.|7 30 11.59 N. T2193) 3; e. Virginis, v2cb2 Sl WO bb. 20 NS bb GS ObUNe 10.75 5 Serpentis, ...............| 0 12 14.15 N.| 3. 2 25.36 N.) - 41.21 # Serpentis, .....--..-..-.-| 3 56 48.46 S. |] 6 38.1 S. 10.36 @ Herculis, ....-...---.2.-] 337 38,58 N.| 6.27 48.35-N. OG @: Ophinchi; o2.0 20520245: 143 0.69 N.|4 33 11.86 N. W117 gPAGUIIes ccc e 2 35 16.44 N.| 5 25 29.95 N. 12.8] 1 yy Aguile, -vcescieol swore: 0 50.50.74. 8. | 1 59 19.77 N.- 10.51 iq ACAI, on scncceecercenseos.| Gial Dele 8. 1.0 12 14.69:N, 8.82 | p Aquila,..... eee Bees Mess 5 355.68 8.1213 484 8. | 7.28 a Delphini, -..........-.-] 2 55 45.68 S| 545 5828 NI} 126 Mean | 2 50 10.54 Celestial Arc between the parallels of Putchapolliam and Punnae Station, ............ 2 50 10.54 ‘Terrestrial Arc, ......-.....--.. -1029100.5 Feet. 60473 Fath. Latitude of the middle point,....9 34 44 Mean length of one degree, ...... ON THE MERIDIAN. 89 9. LATITUDE of Punnae station, at the south extremity of the arc, deduced from-the foregoing zenith distances -of eight principal stars, whose declinations and annual variations are given in the Greenwich observations for the year 1802. FOR THE BEGINNING or 1805. STARS —__——| LATITUDE. MEAN DECLINATION. [eomnncs Z. DISTANCE. Regulus, ......-.....-..|12 54 58.93 N.| 4 45.24.09 N| 8 9 34.84 N B Leonis,..--.-------«--2--|15 39 49.28 | 7 30 11.59 N. 133.7 Ge Serpentis,......-0802...0.177, 3. 03 lO 38h: -- 38.4 | @ Hereulis, 3. inte sim eapy “MA 37 30.96 . 4.6 27 48.55 N. 42.61 z Ophiuchi, .........-....{12 42 50.91 A 33 11.86 NJ 39.05 y Aquile, 22.20.0002. pO, 8 58.34 1059 19.77 NG 38.57 AAI ae eal SL OGL08 0 12 14.69 N. 38.84 6B ae: i Te PD 55D (52.71 213 484 |S) OAT 1D Mean | 8 9 38.39 5S SSS ST SSS SS APPENDIX. ee Eos As Jam at, present uncertain whether the particulars. of the: northern part of the grand arc have been communicated to the public, I will here subjoin:the former conclusions, and combine what was before done with what appears in the preceding paper, in order to inform those. readers who are interested in speculations of this nature, that I have not eon remiss in promoting objects of general science, while occupied in: the more humble task of correcting the erroneous and imperfect geo- graphy of the southern part of the Peninsula. Being in possession of: the best English instruments, and traversing from sea. to sea, through six. degrees of latitude, I have always considered the measurement of a me- yidian arc a necessary part of the general work, as well as an acceptable offering to the mathematician and astronomer ; especially at a time when: similar performances have beer carrying on in France and England, and at the polar circle. I regret that the whole detailed account carmot now appear under one view, as it would swell a tole to too great a size, or preclude more valuable matter from being admitted. I shall therefore confine myself to the simple results, and combine them with those given:

the semiequa- torial diameter. Hence if m = 60487, 7= 11 6 94 and 1 +e equal 1.00324.23, and these substituted-in the last formula, we shall have 4 Lq= 3486906 fathoms ; and as 1.0032493:1:: La ot == 3475658 Eehoute equal [ 6. And since 3 a is the ee the equatorial circle, then $a 3486906 “>see = GOGne fathoms, the measure of the degree of sean at the equator. 3 Sin? ora ate (3); and when m is at the equator, and therefore Sin.* 2. ==. and Cos." 6. SINCE 3 MS: Cups , Sin. ——}; - ¥ Cos.2 r= aq 06 APPENDIX. d= (Rad.) then ms NT pe] 2X for. Ci + e)* + Sin? 7| $y and m eo cag Te g mm ae 2 (14 e)2 + Sin. aa ner on 2 (Th ‘6 94). “0053 | 2 ma oun 2 Ti 6 oa aa Gipe)3 | cs ays qos NY Cate: f te ‘tid and: Fe the measures "of. | two degrees of _lengitude in the latitudes... . of i and 7, then + Z and RZ will repre-' sent. the tadii of ‘curvature of d and d_ respectively. “But RZ is expressed by ISEPS * ~ a ‘= pore Gad tor thee i 2 4/ Cos.2 atta sts reata |? bz aaa 2 y/a2 + tang.2 “1. 62 same reason e oie a a? ar ; PVE tong? Cade Hence syayamsth, | werweetm oe ve Tiang. ee be rae Al rags aT, be OF ae md : ‘d.that is Vis +tang. ang.?'¢ 2 VRE 2: le ‘d. And when d is at the equator, and therefore tang. Lease: fhen. VIF A? + tang.” T:4 +¢ EEG Hit d; and therefore Ee eg et le = general formula. Let i — 10, d Dae fathoms, Vee) arate 60858 (1.003242) 242 as in article 5; and sg as before-; then | = Va ose ) 2 tangs" i Frou this formule a table of degrees as longitude on this spheroid, may be computed, from the equator to the pole. “3 - Let - ‘be the degree perpendicular to the meridian: in latitude i, ‘and p that in Tatitude L. Then, these being: as their respective verticals or ‘radii of curvature, we have p: P cas Voor tae oe Wie — that is ps por J Gos.® TF. a? + Sin? . 2 2 Cos,* I, a? 4 Sin. 7 7b? s, that Isp: “ps = “Cos. ce (+e 4 a Sin? J 2 Cos. 27. (ite)? + “Sin.?/ 3 and when p isat the: equator, and therefore Sin”: t= 0, and‘Cos? [== 1 (Rad. ) 8) ue . Br CSIRO EN Se et) Ite then p p< Contd. Gre + 8nd Te, pe oe ae Wore oa oa a rg ea aN Be olen Sin2% APPENDIX. 97 .. ‘Tae if [10% and p=560868 fathoms, Peingt the same, at -the equa- ster as the degree of longitude d, b hhod =") Li 2 @dase'{Kooseisy GS 35 ill OME YY “Tien We = SSR, Te 60865 fathoms, Ck a WRG ae =| 7 i es SUPPOSE: fev BB 19, which was the latitude in which the -perpen- dicular arc was “measured ‘in 1805. ( Asiatick Researches, Volume 10.) Ad p8b82 (¢L.ocsg4eys "Theit r= eee Leet ate = 60869. “fathoms, ‘which exceeds the sore gree By fe eacer ee are c by 123 s fathoms. Poa © dae | Oa had. THE perpendicular Gs determined by the a arc Tae (Boe & reit ie CS “and Kar natighur, in 1802. ce Asiatick Researches, Volume g mn was 61064 LG SIPEG S¢ Sie eure for latitude 12 32 2. Now the ‘mean etiyect, ‘this and, the eee, for “Jatitude 12 12, 55, 40, will be, 60909 fathoms, and ‘the mean of the latitudes will be 49 48 Ad 3 a whigh Jatitude, ‘being ‘substituted in| the. “above, ¥ we Anat ‘ave the ele of p=60868 fathoms? “Which falls shott 6f (he above: ean: hp fat dds’: but how far this mean may be relied on, is yet a matter of uncertainty, for I never had much confidence im the accuracy of the perpendicular arc measured in 2803. | 9 From the formula in the two last articles, it appears that the per- pendicular degree ’, and the degree of longitude “d, in any latitude ‘Z, will 1 i V Cos.? i. (4-2 a Sin. V (ie)? + tang.* 1, d are equal at the equator. Hence, p : d :: (ite)? + tan 7? be to each other as because p and T+e), *.Cos.? 7 + Sin.* 2 Tae) * + tang. 7 ba V Cos? Tite} + Sin. 7 and d x p ( \* whence p” being known, ‘d may be found, 10, The equatorial diameter of this ellipsoid, has already been shewn isa le | 98 APPENDIX. to be 697381 6 fathoms (5) = a, the transverse ‘axis of ani elliptic meridi« an, and therefore the periphery of the circumscribing bee or the «circle whose diameter j is a, will be &X Z.1G1§ &c..and if d=1 — —, ~, then 4:22 ge. 0 «3.1415 &.ta x3.1415 &e.(1 — 4 — os &c.) ray eorasle%3. 115 &e. (lS ne —- &e.) =: the periphery of the elliptic perce hee a =5465790 fathoms for ‘the length of. the. Gadel are : and ‘this “reduced to inches and divided by 10.000000 will give 89 ‘8537 English inches for the measure of the French metre at the temperature of 62. ‘By Borpa’' s experiments, the equivalent to the French metre in English inches i is 39. 3715 ‘the standard temperature of the metre being. at 32, and ‘that of the. English at 62, so ‘that the metre according to this ellipsoid, fails short of that ‘given ‘by the French mathematicians, near rot of an English inch, or th of, a French line,_ and the quadrantal are will fall short, 2403 fathoms, or. 10; miles, i in the whole circumference. ny tayo Z v4 Ete Se wey : ‘ i3% hdwe ban 2d. « , Ms Hae se O18 i } be ide b SR aD ss Cs S' -APPENDIX. 10. Latitudes’ and ‘Longitudes oF the great stations, and some principal places, as deduced from the | Meridional Arc. ~ Longitudes from NAMES OF PLACES. Latitudes, Moi Pp HOMRKAG Pere Greenwich. Observatory. ii 4 ; ‘ “0 ’ fy o ? a | ° Co U SE ONEMMMMALTS 2 20. eo cceeseletice vs eteke ccc] 11 19 97.| 2 39/58 W. 77 38 42 E Gamiseimatoor hill... aeciaiaasoeeses soca IL 096 [2 eO re 77 48-18 * Hallagamalli, ......, episieie bois one Melee bean 18s 0, 52, |. 2A8,.04. 77.29, 86. * Kanutpolliam, (or S. E. End: of the base.)| 10 56.43.|. 2.34.22... | 77.448 * Putchapolliam station, .....s.2ecc00ececee-| 10:59 47]. 2 37,47..5 .}.:77 40.43. | q* Parmatty hill, oc. oo. soled es esses db0es | 10158.3% 2.19, A8: 2 | 77 58:42 m Parteemalli, 0.5... 40.m egalerdacens lee adewat 0140, 2.1. 2,40. Bote) oll 21ST odtis | Rungamallt, ore es we i521 OR. Shs] P2018 S256) dis 202s Mi .e|.|..77, S8l2eecal * Kurroomalli, Brihetd Hpoircony Sees dodo po 10:35. 26 é Di Q2. 390.56 ‘s adie 55: 51 PLS Darapooram, (Fort.) ,.........: plead est [1044 34.) BAZod Sua! 1.27 Bode cian *Pyney hiltand pagoda, ...2.65.0 5 3.2.04) 10196.22.| 9143.58.09 | (77 34132. 09 (}* Permaml hill, ..... 4.4 06 vases bs fon £400.) SVOORS. 1.1, Bidders |. .77 SH AQe ie 2 * Micshaemantse i... +. ssolces sets es ooh ees) SOON? 34,1 B1:9%,19. 007) 177 56d So. tna Al _Dindigul, (Flag Staff)... ooh dee Gel (M0121 38, )..2 872k.) | 78 NG: Sf * Nagamalli,’....... ooneo gears Globe Reeth o en ‘10: 0. 1, a 2:18.54 . + ie * 77 99 36 i | Ca peesuddracherry, .. ..0 2000910 ¢4'e cos sos hot 6) 819144 96,1 2:94, 34500). 1) 77 48: 665551 | Madura, (N.: E. Pagoda.) ,.s..000%260.2.|° 9:°55,15,|, 2).7 52-10) |, 78 10.38 ..; Posekundermallijin Luss Ci i3 pales oe bal THO 52 O21 2idO Sod] | 78 FBS hond * Kooteapara, wi... on cmslctac ss cee ue steosat §-9 28 92) l i 2pdaos8iod| | 28 vei 5r hori! *Meenachiporam Billy... ese os 2 ok oie ome] 6 9512-39: 1 246.2352] 1.78 iBook oo tied ts Perrioormalli, A NIRS Sa RAGS og4ep0 g 9 12 21, t 2 45; 29 a: A 717 33 ol fr x f * Gopaulswamy hill, ...2.. .\.2aeeees mo deecale 9139 24.) 2 97.43..0).1 77 Shel Biow Shevelipootoor, (pagoda.).....-.e+0:-+:| 9:30.36 | 2.3713 |. 27 aL 7 Sungarnacoil, (pagoda.) ...: 0's: occeesst° 9 10 18,1 :/2,43:12 > | 77 35.18 * Vullunkota hill)... .csceeede cose Groiceso| 8:48.93 | 287,45... [. 77 40.45,..-.4 Yettiaporam, (or Eliapoor palace.) 'o.4se++)~ 9° 8.57.) (2 AS AG..- | 78 3.14... * Kolanélloor hill... . suse tooscceop ddets 8:55 39 |.2.16-14.00)' | 78 216. : Tutacorin, (Flag Staff.) . 005 cece veccoess] 08548 0) 2,5 40..9) | 78.12 50 * Vullanaud hill, e9 ©2%e 628M 900727 099M 0d BObe 8 AQ 54 i Zoee 3 5 ae ae) 56 27 Palamcottah, (Flag Staff.) 0: .0s..00ce+0+| \ 843 31 |... 2 30.56 | .77-AT 34 Tinnivelly, (pagoda. ). oa -i ose eseieeness|¢ 8643 45 11:2 33,51 17: 44.39 % “Coonatoor ‘hill, (oo. cas. eka csec cee esd ops] (Bi4l 52 4572, 34.48, )' | 77 43 42 y* W. End of the base, cceetoesecseevcexal B47 6 |. 2:36.33). y\.1. 77 41.57 * East end of the base, .2.....00cieeceesonst: 8146 21 | 32.31.32 Se AG ROS oc * Taulaootpotha,,.,. 0. ccclesecccecceccseval: 8149. 1 |p; 2.31.47 | 77 46.43 * Kunnimapotha, 2. 0. 2. ee ee eee ee [> 8 80 28 In 2 37 49 77, A0.AL pu eed MMT Station, |.)) . "a's siete sole) choles $6 8 22 39 ).\,%.22.49.97 | 77 55.41 Tirchundoor, (pagoda.). 0... Michel whe own) 218 (20 50 | 256% 235).% 73.11, 7 FE Moodunkolum. is. oie tes piles ~eee| 8:10 34 |;:2,34.30 77 44.0 7 PP MMUN POA, ees as ce lhele ete pctt oral ges Oho. 2 | 4440 87 , 77,37 53 Kalcaud, (pazodg.) ....\.dscee,sooreews| 8 GL 1 [02,4252 77,36 23 Nagalancherri, ..........0..-- see bas ake 8,29 34°}... 85 4b, | 77 42 49 * Punnae station, ........4. ecko nie aoe ple SOOM tite, si Be 77 40 Sk -Kootapooli, (Romish church.).......- SoS Ol) Axade s 77, 39 22 Note. All places marked with the Asterisk (*) are great stations. 4100 i APPENDIX. uo L.. Elevations, ane Depressions, f ConTAINED Arcs, terrestrial refractions, together with the heights, above Sa the level of the Sea; of the. principal stations, | SRE Re oo a ee he bee & cry a i | Apparent 2 . |&} Blevation above the Sea. |. eA ae apneic ‘ evations | “3 3 = ____ Stations at. _ Stations observed. | and. »~-}--g-at-- +S —-Stations, { Heights, 5 Ss ; mimceees (ed yer . y te PS aE Lee ee eee. | URBET. | S. E. end of the Bade, Parteemalli, . «+ «: ae. NO: 4 4 E.. i ig 5 ais wteemalli,. beens : 1308.4] ParteemalliyS.52..4. Kautpolfiam, .'. <0'..’: % 19 49 les xe # ms a y §. &. end of the Base Parmatty: hill,.ie 4 Sa ea 8 «Fe ae ;\Parinatt hill,. ...1 880, 1 [Parmatty hill, }2.. . |S. bend of tie Base, (0 14 34 * a gangrene cee: Jp S. E. end-of the Base, Halagamalli, obec eo fO TL 49, J: : sie Hallagamalli, 1407. Hallagamalti, ely eege (5. KE end of the Base, @) 24 54.D.. 5.14 52 a7, i 5) phoebe i Par teomallis ©. x. a .). |Permaut hilt, 2.0% .2}2°26 28. aa 29: Oley Permaul, hilly eh T3687. 1} arteemalliy >. YN ig Kurroomalli, o (10-32 42. B.. : é we t,|Karroomalli ayy 9612.2 : Kurroomalli. - ies Parteemailli, . oeons QO (48 (20. D.. ¢. 18. 13] Hasse ve “it ie ae A \Kurroomalliy. :. - Rissheemalli, . bo! ooo 2 fO'SE .9-D... of: Rissheetia. te sates = 139.8 Risshoeill val: Nae, eo clos os [OURL 13: Bs ; pe issheemalli, . wee4.|Nagamalli Hi,» » bets 1 {0 34! >2-D, Nag amalli, Bc cee i 05.8 Nagamalli, °S.. see | Rissheemall auae os ov (0°23 17- Ee 2 3 call ct Rissheemalli,.:.....|Suddragherry,. .32.. {0 32 24: Fad Saddiacherr j 219.61 Suddragherry, ene \TRisshecnallf. selec: 053 44-D,; Gal pea Payal e N ty ret we 4 pale: eriy,.S Oe Permaul bse jork.00 37 54-K, |. -84-14}ra Permaul. hilly \0.. |" 7359.3 peste en es ef..4.|Perrigormal ive Seek L IG-Di IO ga: 4a) 2: Pettioormalli,.. cecal 9490. Perrioom afl Af Saddragher?y, . 4 is ‘32 28+ E43 33.49 )rz/ Pandas | seperti Nagamalli, ©. . |Sekuindermalli, |. of oFf0° 2 -6-D 40° 4602" [seenaefal woah dbS]. Bokandarindlti, needs ,.|Nagamalli, 7 Se obehs SOS BS 4D-Ddd sees hs of aa |Sckcundermalli, : ceeds Gopatlswamy, io Qe. [0 28 '23 Dried z, Go aulsw wam WAT, Gopaulswamy, ..... Mt ee i eae 2 '23°h.45 20,47 aM Re Yo. et i on p Sekundérmalli,.. .o 4.) Kootéaparas ios. 010 26 -3-De fd ga°-ab ae Ke Gateay aia, * bax 412.1 K ooteapara, .. 2... «|Sekiddrinali,, “7 32 Bh Zant = di a sine Afi ae ak Perrioormalli, © Wee Meenachiporan’ Lees B2 57 -D. Az a: ¥ 5 Mesnachij sH4 Meenachiporam,’.... { Rengootma 1o0,. 210% 9 47-E. 23 44l to Mi ior, es a1 Steed Meenachiporam, : Kolanelioor hill, ? >. 2|0% 4 54-D. 40> sas ahs Kolanell is ill... als 1336. Kolanelloor hill,. oa Silky QO: ay 6 D.: ee lags! ‘amuna ben ’ Kolanelloor ill’. oy Vullanaud ull, 6. op oe vO 22 35°Enle yas eat r vaitaanea i 1. 7 Vallanaud hill, ... +e Kolanelloor hill, 30 4{9 82 16-D. 14 peace ties Whrcol. : 195 Perrioormalli, ‘ Pee Vuliunkota, ° 1, Pee 3|0 28 56° D,- ¢ : oy 2° Vall ke ‘f pal mt 7 Vullunkota,.. esis Perrioorma Hi, popes 0° 8 54°Es 4 23 I.3 pene a “ ae 2 Vullunkota,......5. Coonatoor hill, .4 e210 9 58° Die oa 1 1Cooa rp t aa ‘Coonatoor Gales... Man oe WO" 5. 5 E.! ee gonatoor a ie a ai vf a9 9 Vullunkota,.. 5...) .| Westend o the asé, tL°47 11° D; i oae eles? Nie h O63. 3 West a of the Base, Valen: Bi a 1°45 57° E: hsgars Bc x ea d hfe ° bes _ #8 Vullun ota,” oes | Kast end‘o the Base, O41 -8 D, t § gt ffi. ad ¢ ie th a a ee ‘ East end of the pases *Teaskentd ogee opees 0°36 54° E.|§: 1, 20 ales nee 2 ae o 4 Vullanaud hill, ..... Taulaootpotha, . {0 28 45-D. 12:44 -9h tpot ob 8. Taulaootpotha, --+-;Vullanaud hillj C10 £92 17> Ey ; ids ag Botton: a 4 3 Vullunkota, .... -|Kunnimapotha, eee 310° 2 59°D. i 17 Beli) : a BS Kannimapoiha.: eaters . -|Vullunkota, aR AINE ‘lo 10 Os Sent D Ya go oi Sse iia a8 Ser Cy ‘ st %, Re er Bevis Fh > F A sok, oly APPENDIX. : 101 Apparent | 3 g ; “f . nae & @ [| Elevations above the Sea. Stations at. Stations observed. ne eee BEES ES Nate niceaay Depressions. Sas Stations, | Heights, : SNS satires I eee aM Kunuimapot! Kullikolum hill,....}0.17 22 D ec {Aunuimapotha,..... ullikolum hill,....{0, ' ean) : : Kullikolum,........ /Kunvimapotha,....]0 11 15 E, t 9.42) ¢ |Kullikolum hill, .) | 464.4 Kullikolum,........ Red hill station,....J0 15 15 D. vir ; ‘ : IRed hill Station,.... [Kollikolum,...... 10°25 "6 (. : 12.42 || Red hill Station,. .| ~236. Red hill Station,.... |Koodunkolam,.....40 8 43 D. 16.43} = |Koodunkol | Koodunkolum,...... Red hill station, ....J]0 3 58 D Cie) Ol bate nrciman ea tie 165.8 Koodunkolum,..... Punnae Station,..... 019 58 D Melle Punnae sation: AO aSe Koodunkolum,..... 018 41 E , 3.15}; |Punnae Station, . . 55. Punnae Station above the low water mark by measurement, ...... Siegel e/ euees 448 Difference or Error, .........2.+ 10.2 On the Malayu Nation, with a translation of its Maritime Institutions. By THOMAS RAFFLES, Eso. Tue opinion that the Malays possess no records whatever of their laws and customs, and that they are solely governed by long established customs and usages, handed down by memory or tradition, seems to: have been much strengthened by the observations contained in Mars-- DEN’s account of Sumatra. This being the only standard book in the English language, which contains a detailed account of any of the eastern isles, appears by many to have been considered as applying, generally, to all the countries denominated Malayan, whereas the island of Sumatra, though exhibiting an almost inexhaustible fund for research and enquiry, can only be considered as one of the almost innumerable islands, and by no means the greatest in population or in extent, which compose that unparallelled Archipelago in which the Ma/dyu nation is established. - ON THE MALAYYU NATION. 103 Tue island of Sumatra, as well as the islands of Jawa, Tana Upi or Bugis land, ( Celebes ) Sulu, and the Moluccas, which with Borneo compose what may be properly termed the Malayan groupe, are peopled by nations radically distinct from the Malays, who speak languages entirely different, and use various written characters, original and peculiar to each. These mations are governed by their several laws and institutions; and if we except the state of Menangcabaw on the island of Sumatra, it is on the shores of these islands only, and in the Malay peninsula, that the Malays are to be found. Whatever may have been the origin of the Malayu nation, the primary population of these various and extensive islands, could never, according to any natural inference, have proceeded from the Malays, though the reverse may probably have been the case, whatever may have been borrowed from a more foreign source. NoTWiTHSTANDING, therefore, the idea of Mr. Marspen,* that the various dialects of the Malayu tongue have experienced such changes, with respect to the purposes of intercourse, that they may be classed into several languages differing considerably from each other; I cannot but consider the Malayu nation, as one people, speaking one language, though spread over so wide a space, and preserving their character and customs, in all the maritime states lying between the Svi/u seas, and the southern ocean, and bounded longitudinally by Sumatra and the western side of Papua or New Guinea, Tur Maldyu language, may no doubt be traced to a still further extent, and particularly among the South sea islands, but as that point more naturally belongs to a dissertation on the origin of the nation and its * MarspEN, on the tiaces of the Hindu languages and literature. Page 223, Vo!. 4. Asiatich Researches. 104 ON THE MALAYU NATION. language, it need not be attended to here, where the subje ' luded to, in order to fix those boundaries to which the Maicyu \aw ex- tends, and for establishing such distinctions and general dennitions may assist in its explanation, and more-ready comprehension. Tue laws and customs of the Malays, may be considered, -either separately, or as they have reference to those of the more ancient and original inhabitants of the eastern islands, with whom they are now so intimately connected. What may be termed, «he -proper laws and customs of the Maldyu nation, as it.at present exists, will first be ad- verted to. INDEPENDENT of the laws of the Koran, which are more or less observed in the various Malay states, according to the influence of their Arabian and Muhammedan teachers, butweldom, further than they affect matters of religion, marriage and inheritance-; the Malay states possess several codes of laws denominated Undang Undang, or Institutions, of different antiquity and authority, compiled -by their respective sovereigns: and every state of any extent possesses its own Undang Undang. Throughout the whole, there appears a general accordance, and where they differ it is seldom be- yond what situation, superior advantages, and authority have naturally dic- tated. Many,.of the Undang Undang, contain the mere regulations for the collection of the duties for trade, and the peculiar observations of the port, while others ascend to the higher branches.of civil and criminal law. From the comparative rude and uncivilized character ,of the Mo/ay na- tion, neither learned disquisition nor very-close coincidence is to be look- ed for; but simple ideas simply expressed, may illustrate character better, than scientific arrangement or refined composition. -And.in this point of ON THE MALAYU NATION. 105 view, however local or particular the subject may be, the Institutions and . Reg ulations of so extensive a maritime nation must. be interesting. ConsiperinG therefore that a translation-of these codes, digested and arranged according to one general plan, might be as useful in facilitating ‘and ensuring a more secure intercourse, among this extraordinary and peculiar nation, as it might be interesting in illustrating the unjustly de- graded character of so extensive:a:portion of the human race, hitherto so little known either with respect to what they are or what they were ; Ihave long been engaged, as far as the severe duties of my public situ- ation would admit, in coHecting Ma/ay manuscripts of every description, and in particular, copies of the Undang Undang Malayu, which, with the various collections of Addne or immemorial customs, and what may be usefully extracted frorn the Sejareh Malayu, and Akal Malayu, or annals and traditions of the Malays, comprize what may be termed the whole body of the Malay laws, customs and usages, as. far as they can be considered as original, under the heads of government, property, slavery, inheritance and commerce. On the eastern side of Sumatra, the Malay states of Aché, Siac,and Pa- Zembang, may be considered as of the most importance. From these states I have procured one copy of the Undang Undang Ach, witha short account of the Undang Undang Siac. Further copies of these, as well as of the institutions of Palembang, I have reason to believe are within my reach. Tue laws of Ach? are peculiar, on account of the severity of the crimi- nal law ; and although it may be presumed that they were borrowed from the more ancient inhabitants of the island, they are interesting, in as C2 106 ' ON THE MALA‘YU NATION. far as they may have been generally adopted by the Malay: 9 (12 sivoits of Malaca, and may have given rise to that sanguinary ¢ 999010 which the Malays are usually supposed to be characterized Tuose of Szdc have a peculiar interest, from the long established con- _ nection between that state and the Menangcabaws in the interior of Su- matra. The Siac river takes its rise in the Menangcabaw country, and has obviously been the principal outlet from the rich and pupulous coun- tries in the interior, of which so little is known. Tue Malay customs and usages on the west coast of Sumatra, { appre- hend to be so much blended with those of the more original inhabitants of the island, that even if there -was:a state among them of sufficient im- portance to have its.own institutions, it would scarcely deserve considera~ tion, in the general arrangement of what is purely Malayan, and they are consequently little attended to. Or the Malay Peninsula, the principal states entitled to notice on the western side, are those of Kedeh, Malaca and Johor; and on the eastern, those of Tringdno, Patani and Pahang. From these I have obtained and collected several’copies of the Undang Undang Kedeh, the Undang Un- dang Malaca, and the Undang Undang Johor. The states on the eastern side of the peninsula, with the exception of Palant, which has been con- siderably infiuenced by the Siamese, seem generally to-have admitted the superiority of the Malay government, first established at Sim hapura, and afterwards at Johér. On the island of Borneo, the several Malay states have regulations and institutions peculiar to each, though not diflering in any material degree from those of the peninsula. Some of these 1 have already obtained. in whole, and others in part. ON THE MALAYU NATION. 107 . Tue Malaca code stated to have been compiled during the reign of Sul- tan-MuHAMMED Suau, ef which I have three copies, treats principally of commercial and. maritime usages, and in these branches may form the text of a Digest of the Malay Laws ; whilst the institutions of Johor, from the intimate connection which appears always to have existed between Maldca and the southern part of the peninsula, may be useful as a sup- plement on these points; at the same time that it will branch out into civil and criminal law generally, and the general principles of communication ‘between the different states. THe Kedeh code may in like manner form the text for such parts of the Institutions as may be most applicable to the mtercourse of ~Eu- ropeans, and tend best toa general understanding of the character and usages of the Malay countries in the immediate vicinity of the Brzizsh settlements, This state, until the establishment of the English at Pulax Penang, possessed a respectable commerce, and still retains its Malayan government and institutions applicable to internal affairs ; though reduced in external importance. THE institutions of the smaller states, as of Salingor, Perak and others, may only require notice as far as they difler from the general code of the superior states. Wiru respect to the internal regulations of government, police, pro- perty, and what in all Malay codes occupies so large a share, slavery ; the Malay states on the peninsula have been selected, as well on account _of their connection with the English government at Penang and Malaca, as for the still more,important reason, in a philosophical point of view, of the Malays, being according to the theory I have laid down, to be found 108 ON THE MALAYU NATION. here the least adulterated in their character, usages and manners, . They are bounded by the Szamese, to the north, whose encroachments ai establishments in the peninsula, as they have from time to ume taken place, may easily be defined. The Malays seem here to have occupied a coun- try previously unappropriated ; for if we except an inconsiderable race of Caffries, who are occasionally found near the mountains, and a few tribes of the Oraug benua, there does not exist a vestige of a nation anterior to the Malays, in the whole peninsula. As the population of the Malay Peninsula has excited much interest, my attention has been particularly directed to the various tribes stated to be scattered over the country. Tuxose on the hills are usually termed Samang, and are woolly headed; those on the plain, Orang benua, or people belonging tothe country ; the word benuva being applied by the Malays to any extensive country, as benua China, benua Keling: but it appears to be only a sort of Ma/ay plural to the Arabic word ben or bent, signifying a tribe. The early adventurers from Arabia frequently make mention in their writings of the different tribes they met with to the eastward, and from them most probably the Malays have adopted the term Orang bentia. I HAD an opportunity of seeing two of these people from a tribe in the neighbourhood of Malaca; it consisted of about sixty people, and the tribe was called Jokong. ‘These people, from their occasional intercourse: with the villages dependent on Maldca, speak the Malayu language sufficiently to be generally understood. They relate that there are two other tribes, the Orang benua and the Orang Udai. The former appear the most in- teresting as composing the majority ; the latter is only another name for the Samang, or Caffries, ON THE MALAYU NATION. Waar the Portuguese next did, 'the people of Maldca were ignorant € nN CS a ¢ ¢ ray € of}; but it was long before the stone house was compleated: and when “all ‘their’ arms were in order,*then it was at mid-night, at a time that the people of Maldca were asleep, that the Portuguese began to- / 4 fire off their guns from the fort of Maldaca!” {oe « THEY soon destroyed all the houses of the people of Maldca, and their Nibung fort; and it was during this night, when thie Portuguese first attacked the people of Maldca, that Raja Au'MeEp Suay, with his: people, fled in all directions, for no one could remain to oppose the Portuguese. ) | “< Tus did the Portuguese take possession of Maldca, whilst Sultan a a a cS n n a nn a n AuMeED Sua fled to Moar, and from thence, in a short time, to Johor, and afterwards to Bentan, to establish another country. Such is the account of the Portuguese seizing the kingdom of Maldca, from. the hands of Sultan Au MED Suan. “* Ir is related, that the Portuguese remained in quiet possession of the - country of Madaca for three years, after which they sent letters to their ON THE MALAYU NATIOND 119 © reat country, which is called Goa, giving arr account thatthe kingdom «° of Maldca was conquered. As soon as this intelligence arrived, the * Reja of the Portuguese was exceedingly happy;,and in about two aA s months-after-he answered the letters, and ordered the Portuguese. to Gat « build a fort at. Maldca-of iron stone, and the form. of the fort to: ‘« be like that at Goa.. Such. was the occasion of the fort of Malaca s¢ resembling that of Goa.. s© As soon as the letters arrived at Maltica from the Rdja of Goa, the ‘© Portuguese who were in Maldca, ordered such of the people as nad're- “© mained there, to bring iron stones for the fort from Qudla Lingt, Pulau : Upi, Bate Bras, Pulau Jawa, (a small island near Maladca,) from Teloh s© Mas, from’ Pisau Pringt, from Pulaw’ Burung, and from the country in the interior of Malaca; and the price which the Portuguese paid for them was:at the rate of thirty dollars; for one hundred stones, if large, « and twenty dollars, for one hundred stones, if small.’ For eggs which « they used in their. mortar, the Porluguese paid atthe rate of a Wang s« Baru* (new.coin) foreach. Forlime (Capor) they paid fifteen. dollars “for a Coyen, and the labourers employed in digging away. the hill,.were ** paid at the rate of half a dollar-each, for one day’s work. . « Durine thirty-six years three months and fourteen days, the Por-- tuguese were employed in the construction of .the fort,. and then it was s* completed. ** From this time the Portuguese remained in quiet possession of Méa- ¢ “a aca for about nine years and one month, when the country once more s* began to flourish, and the trade became extensive on account of the a a - * Twenty-seven (Fang baru-are equal'to a dollar, the Madras fanams. - 120 ON THE MALAYU NATION. *« quantities of merchandize brought there from all quarters. Such is the s¢ account of the country of Maldca under the Portuguese. « Yr is related that after this period a Dutch vessel arrived at Maldca a “ for the purpose of trade; the vessel’s name was Afterlenden, and that a n~ of the captain Inir. The captain perceived that Maldca was a very a a fine place, and had a good fort; therefore, after the Dutch vessel had a a traded for fifteen days, he set sail for Europe, and arriving after a cone \ a wn siderable time at the great country, he gave intelligence to\the great a n Radja of what he had seen, of the beauty of Maddca, the extent of its aA a commerce, and the excellence of its fort, On this the Raja of Europe “© said, ‘ If such is the account of Maddca, it is proper that 1 should order a a it to be attacked.’ Twenty-five vessels were thereypon ordered by the na aa) Raja of Europe, for the purpose of attacking Ma/dca; and troops being a a embarked on each, they first set sail for the kingdom of Bantam, in the a“ cy country of Java, where the Duich were on terms of friendship. « Ar Bantam they found two Dutch ships and a ketch, and after a e having taken on board buffaloes, and provisions for the use of the per<_ ee a sons on board, the vessels then sailed for Malaca. s Ags soon as the fleet arrived at Maldca, the Duich sent a letter to the ca a Portuguese, telling them to hold themselves in readiness, as it was the intention of the Dutch to commence the attack on the morrow at mid- n n a ” day. To this the Portuguese replied, ‘ Come when you please, we are a a ready.” « On the next day the Dutch commenced the attack and the war con- ay a tinued for about two months, but the country of Ma/dca was not car- v4 a ried and the Dutch returned to Bentan, where they remained quiet for ($4 73 6s 6 na C4 nn 4 nan & na & nan 6 na an n & na ON THE MALAYU NATION. 12] some time in the intention of returning to Europe; all the great men on board the vessels feeling ashamed of what had happened. “« THE great men in each of the vessels, having afterwards held con- sultations respecting another attack on Malaca, they proceeded against it a second time, but it did not surrender. The Dutch now sent a let- ter to Johor, in terms of friendship, to the Su/tan, requesting his assis- tance, in the attack of Malaca. With this the Raja of Johor was pleased, and an agreement was entered into between the Raja of Johor and the Dutch, which was sworn to; so that the Dutch and Malays, became as one, as far as concerned the taking of Malaca. An agreement was made, that the Dutch should attack from the sea and the people of Johor from the land. If the country surrendered, the Dutch were to return the country and the cannon ; and every thing else that might be found within Malaca, was to be equally divided between the Duich and the people of Johor. 6 Wuen these terms were agreed upon, the men of Johor and the Dutch sailed for Malaca, and after attacking it for about fifteen days; from the sea, many were slain, as well Portuguese as Malays and Dutch. The | Malays then held a consultation, and began to think that if they fought against the white men, according to this fashion, Ma/aca would not fall for ten years. It was therefore agreed upon by all the Malays,» that fifty men should enter the fort of Maladca, and run a muck, or Meng-amok. \ « THe Malays then selected a lucky day, and on the twenty-first day of the month at five o’clock in the morning, the fifty Ma/ays entered the fort and commenced amok, and every Portuguese was either put to G 2 122 ON THE MALAYU NATION. ‘« death, or forced to fly into the interior of the country, without order « or regularity. « On this, the Malays exerted themselves in plundering Maldca, and *¢ the whole was divided between the men of Johor and the Dutch, ac- *« cording to their agreement. «“ Tue men of Johor then returned to the country of Johdr, and the « Dutch remained in possession of Maddca, and from that time to the « present the Dutch and the men of Johor, have been on the strictest ** terms of friendship. ‘« Tris is the account of former times, that was to be related.” _ To return to the subject of the Undang Undang Maldyu, it will appear from what I have previously stated, that the collection of Malay laws, as far as regards the Ma/dyw nation separately, is nearly completed; but it appears adviseable to adopt a more extensive pian, embracing the origi- nal institutions of the various nations among the eastern islands. Or these, the institutions of Java, and of the Bugis and Macasar states, on the island of Ce/ebes, are first in importance. On. the island of Java, there are Saal codes of Undang Undang which are celebrated to the eastward; but.as the whole island of Java was once under the dominion of the ancient emperor, or Susuhénang Girt, a power that is still acknowledged toa certain extent, these may no doubt be traced to one source and authority. The difficulty that has hitherto existed in communicating with Java, in consequence of the Dutch © these ins‘itutions. The Javanese laws are arranged in native codes of GN THE MALAYU NATION. Cal considerable antiquity, and were collected many years back by the Dutch government, for the guidance of their diferent officers. OF this collec- tion I possess a copy, which will, at any rate, assist in the compilation of a more genuine code, from native authority, whenever circumstances may admit of a communication being opened with the Javanese Rajas and chiefs. From the Bugis and Macasar nations of Tana Gua, and Tana Ugz, on ‘Celebes, 1 have received detached parts of the Undang Undang; but the -¢opies that have yet reached me are so incomplete and inaccurate, and bear such evident traces of being but imperfect | transcripts, from:.a better digested and more regular code, that they rather excite than satisfy enquiry. I have for some time adopted measures with the view of obtaining, if not the originals, at least more perfect transcripts; in which I have every reason to expect, I shall be successful. The two principal ‘codes on this island, are those of Macasar and Bont. The laws as well as the history of the Bugis states, are of considerable antiquity, perhaps far’ exceeding those on the island of Java. These are preserved in books, the greater part of which are still extant, but only to be found in their purity and correctness towards the inland. Wirn respect to the Su/u islands, I have a short account of their laws and usages, though no regular code: several interesting particulars con- ‘ mected therewith, have been collected by Mr. Atex. DaLtrymp.e, and printed in the Orzental Repertory. OF the Moluccas, I have not yet been able to obtain further informa- tion, than what has tended to confirm in every respéct the detailed and full account given by VaLENTYN; but as these islands have lately fallen ‘into the hands of the English, whatever may be desiderated from that 124 ON THE MALAYU NATION. quarter may easily be. obtained. Though the interior of these islands — still possess an original population, their government has long been Malayan. 7 As nothing beyond an imperfect description of a few original tribes, has yet been obtained, respecting the inland population of Borneo, it may be inferred, that as there appears to have been no original nation, of au- thority or extent adequate to reach the shores, or to be known by any of the states that have been: established on the coast, their institutions, if they possess any, cannot be of importance, as they have net had any effect on the general population of the eastern Archipelago. ‘On Sumatra, Mr. MarspEen has so well and diligently trodden the ground, that we cannot perhaps, contrary to his assertion, expect to find written laws and institutions, among any of the original nations. The compilation that has been made there by the English residents, will form a valuable standard for comparison with the laws and customs of the - more eastern islands, but at the same time, a more extensive research into the interior, if unsuecessful in its principal object, cannot fail to be interesting im as far as it may lead to a more intimate acquaintance with the Battas and Menangcabaws, the former of which may be considered as the original population ef the island; while the establishment of the Menangcabaws may be compared to that of the Moguls, on the continent of India. In the Kettke lima or five times, of the Battas, adopted by the Malays, (of which I have a copy) the divisions of lucky and unlucky times, for undertaking any affair, are expressed by the terms Mésewdra, Bisnt, Brehma, Sri, Cala, corresponding to the Hindu deities more cor- rectly pronounced Maueswara, VISHNU, BRAHMA, Sri and Carta: the table for calculating these superstitious observances is extremely simple. e ON THE MALAYU NATION, 128 Yo the collection that-has already been made of the various laws and usages of the Malays, Sumatrans, Javanese, Bugis, Macasars and Sutus, may be added the compendium of the Muhammedan law of inheritance, printed by the Dutch at Batavia, in 1760, in 702 articles, Dutch and Maldyu, of which I possess a copy. As the collection of the Undang Undang Maldyu is so various and extended, the compilation must necessarily be deferred, until the best authorities procurable can be referred to, and if possible the leading native courts visited. In the mean time I request to present to the Assiatick society, a sketch of the maritime code of the Malays, as trans- Jated from the duplicate copies which I have brought with me to Bengal ; -and which, when collated with the more original and authentic copies, and elucidated by notes, corresponding with the general plan of the un- dertaking, I propose shall form one of six books of the Malay laws. _In tracing back the Malay laws, to those of the more ancient nations on the island of Sumatra, Java and the Celebes, and thence, perhaps, on one side, to the continent of India, and on the other, to the larger islands in the South seas, a wide field will be opened for research, as well into their origin, as into that of those extraordinary languages, which in pro- portion as they are correctly speken or written, seem to contain a larger antermixture of Sgenscrit. THE comparatively modern origin of the Malays is a fact, so generally admitted and universally confirmed by all their writings and translations, that-it is difficult to account for the extraordinary opinion laid down by the author of the “‘ Sketch of an intended essay, on the Malay language,” that the Arabans and Persians have borrowed their present alphabeti- H 2 126 ON THE MALAYU NATION, cal character from the Ma/ays;* an opinion that could only hope to _attract attention, from the confident manner in which itis asserted. The proofs that seem to have occurred to the same author, on the “ evident « antiquity” of the language, and its being from “ the primzeval stock of «* Javan, one of the sons of Japueta, the third son of Noan,” and from the roots of which, Persian, Sanscrit, and Arabic derivatives and com- pounds have been formed, might as well be adduced in supporting a similar comparison between the English and Latin, whence we should be rather surprized to find the former, from the number of ancient words it has adopted, asserted to be the parent of the Roman tongue. — Ir is easy and natural to acco unt for the Malays having with their re- ligion adopted the written character of the Arabs, and I have no hesita- tion in asserting that neither Malay writings nor inscriptions, in their present characters, can be traced back to an era of greater antiquity than the invention of the modern Arabic alphabet, or beyond the pe- riod at which the great intercourse’ between the Arabians and eastern na~ tions took place. Admitting, however, that more early writings did exist, there is no reason why they may not have been preserved on Sumatra, in the more ancient and original characters of the Buitas, the Rejangs or the Lampungs: on Java, and the Celebes, in the characters of the Javanese and Bugis nations, and even on the Maday peninsula, in some modific a- tion of the Siamese character. For the compound parts of the Maldyu language, as it at present * “ A Rough Sketch of part of an intended essay towards ascerlaining, deducing, elucidat- “© ing and correctly establishing the rudiments of the Juh wee or Jahwee language, vulgar- “* ly called the Malay language by, J. S.” and publislied at Prince of Wales Island, 1807. See pages 1,2, & 3. ON THE MALAYVU NATION, 197 exists, and the sources:from which we must trace the origin of the nation and of its language, I shall only-at present refer to the enlightened Es- say on the Indo Chinese nations, ina preceding volume of the Asiatick Researches; the enlarged views and determined positions in which, will, Iam convinced, be the more confirmed and verified, in the proportion : that they may be investigated.* THE most obvious and natural theory on the origin of the Malays, is* that they did not exist as a separate and distinct nation, until the arrival of the Arabians in the eastern seas. At the present day they seem to - differ from the more original nations, from which they sprung in about the same decree, as the Chuliahs of Kiling differ ‘from the Tamul and Telinga nations, om the Coromandel coast, or the Mapillas of Malabar differ from the Nairs, both which people appear, in like manner with the Malays, to have been gradually formed-as nations, and separated from: : their original stock by the admixture of Arabian blood, and the introduc- ~ tion of the Arabic language and Mos/em religion.’ Tue word Jahwzso much insisted on by the author of the “ Rough’ Sketch,” is the Ma/ay term for any thing mixed or crossed; as when the » language of one country is written im the character of another, it is term- ed Behasa Jahwt or mixed language; or when a child is born of a Kilzng father and Malay mother, itis called Anak Jahwi, a child of mixed race, Thus the Ma/ayu language, being written in the Arabic character is term- ed Bihasa Jahwi ; the Malays, as a nation, distinct from the fixed popu- Tation of the eastern islands, not possessing. any written character, but what they borrow from the Arabs. * Leypen on the languages and literature of the Indo Chinese nations. Asiaticlt Reseaehes, Vol. X,. 128 ON THE MALAYU NATION. WiutH respect to the Maritime Institutions which I have now the honor to lay before the Asiatick society, they have been selected on account of their singularity and characteristic peculiarities. ‘The power of life and death vested in the Makhodah may be considered as purely Malay, or at any rate to have had its origin in the Eastern Islands: the Arabs, from whom alone they could have borrowed a foreign sea-code, not pessessing, as far.as | have been able to ascertain, any treatise whatever on maritime law, or in any instance admitting the authority .of the Wakhodah or captain of a vessel to inflict capital punishments. in this point of view, the paper, even in its present state, may not'be, uninteresting ; and.it may tend in some degree to account for.some of the-numerous peculiarities of a nation generally believed to act on most occasions, solely from in= dividual will, and ferocious passion. ON THE MALAYU NATION, +429 Maritime Institutions of the Malays. CONTENTS. CHAP. I. Authority of the code—Description of persons on board a Prahu— Of the officers and crew—Their authority—Duties and the nature of their engagements—Of the Kiwis or traders. CHAP. II. Of the divisions of 2 Préhu—Regulations for the safety of the Préhw while at sea—Of fire—Of throwing cargo. overboard—Of Préhus running foul of each other—Of putting into ports and. the _ mode of trading —Of detentions—Of persons quitting.a Prahu. CHAP. Ili. Of persons who may be in distress or who have been wrecked at _ sea—Of Troves—Of carrying off slaves from another country. CHAP. IV. Of crimes and punishments: on board a Prahu—Of disrespectful : and contumacious conduct towards the WNakhodah—Of adultery and ermminal connection with women on board a Prahu--Of quarrels and dissentions—Of theft, | 130 ON THE MALA‘YU NATION. The Maritime Instztutions of the Malays, translated from the Malayu Language. EN the following sketch, which defines the laws and usages of the Ma- lays at sea, the Maldca code has been selected for the text, as well on ac- count of the admitted superiority of that once flourishing kingdom, among the Malay states in general, as from the circumstance of this code having, with but slight modifications, been adopted by several of the ancient and powerful states on the island of Ce/ebes, and still continuing in force among many of the Bugis and Macasar traders from that island. The Bugis and Macasar states, which are nations radically distinct from the Malays, possess a Maritime Code of still greater antiquity, but in latter times they appear to have in many instances adopted the sea laws of Malaca,nearly in the same manner as the Romans adopted the celebrated Rhodian code. | Tue Malaca code appears to have been compiled during the reign of Sultan MunamMmMed S#ay, the first sovereign of Maldca, recorded in the Maldyu annals to have embraced the Muhammedan faith. This circum- stance is understood to have taken place about the year of the Christian era, 1276. Theorigin of the Malay code may therefore be considered as nearly coeval with the first establishment of Islamism among the Malays. The authority of the code is thus stated in the preamble: ‘© THESE are the laws to be enforced in ships, Junks, and Prahus. «; First of all, Pati Harun and Pati-’Exias, assembled Makhodah Jena, and Nakhodah Dewa and Nakhodah is-nax, for the purpose of ON THE MALA’YYU NATION. ~~ 13] consulting and advising relative to the usages at sea, and of compiling in conformity thereto a code of Undang Undang or Institutions. « Arter they had consulted together and collected the laws, they presented them to Datu Benpanwara Sri Manarayja, in the kingdom of Malaca, who laid them at the feet of the illustrious MuHAMMED SHAH, Whereupon that prince said, ‘I grant the request of the Bendahara, and establish these laws and institutions for your government and that of your posterity. When you administer these laws at sea, they shall not be afterwards interfered with on shore. Henceforth let the laws of the sea, be carried into effect at sea, in like manner as those of the land, are carried into effect on land, and let them not interfere with each other, for you (addressing himself to the Makhodahs,) are as Rajas at sea, and I confer authority on you accordingly. « THe several Makhodahs who had framed the code were then ho- noured with titles; Makhodah Jena, received the tile of Sang Labi de Raja,* Nakhodah Drewa, that of Sang Utama de Raja, and Nakhodah Is-wax, that of Sang Setia de Raja. | “ In such manner were the laws established and made known, during the times when the kingdom of Maldca was tranquil and prosperous, during the reign of Sultan MunaMMED Saau, and when Sri Nara DE Raya, was Bendahara and governed that country. sc ‘THEREFORE, as the laws of the sea are established, as well as the laws of the land, let them be observed, in order that whatever is undertaken may be properly regulated. Let these laws be followed towards all countries ; in as much as the laws of the sea, which relate to the sea only, and the * & t According to other copies, these titles are Seng Boya de Réja and Setia Dupati. 132 | ON THE MALAYU NATION, laws of the land, which relate to the land only, are defined: because those of the sea cannot interfere with those established on shore. « AccorDING to these institutions, let the law be administered at sea, that no disputes and quarrels may take place. Let them be known and descend to posterity, that men may not act according to their own will and inclination, but that order and regularity may prevail on board vessels, as well during prosperity as adversity. Let not what is established be done away, nor these laws be resisted or disobeyed ! ‘«< Ir these laws are attended to, no one can question the authority of the Nakhodah, for as the Raja is on shore, so is the Wakhodah at sea. _ This authority has been conferred by the Su/tans of the land, upon all Wakho- dahs, in order that they may administer the laws on board their respective vessels. Whoever does not admit this authority offends against the law.” z SSO ean Ir may be necessary to premise, that although the number and descrip- tion of persons must materially depend on the size of the vessel and the nature and extent of the voyage, yet the following classes and denomina- tions will be found to occur in almost\ every Prahu, a term under which the Malays include every description of vessel. Tue Nakhodah, or captain, who employs a Jeru-tulis, or writer, who corresponds in some degree to a purser. : | ~ Tre Kiwi or Kiwi Kiwi, the principal of which is termed the Mala Kiwi -—Supercargoes or persons who have an adventure in the voyage, and to whom part of the cargo belongs. Tue Orang Tumpang or Menumpang—Passengers from one port to another, ON. THE MALAYU NATION, oS ia) > Officers and Crew. ~ Malim—The master. There are generally two, denominated the Ma- Jim Besar and Malim Kichil, the superor and inferior, the latter of whom is also termed Malim Ang, whose duty is principally to manage the sails according to.the wind; the chief Mam attending, to-the course of the Prahu.:« Jeru-mudi—Persons who-steer the Prahu: Jeru-batu—Persons who attend the anchor “and fore part of the Prahu. Tukang—Literally workmen, petty officers, having specific duties ac- cording to their denominations, as Lukang Petak, the officer of the hold, Tikang Agung the officers of-thte main-mast or chief petty officer, Tukang Kirj the officer of the larboard or left side, Tukang Kanen the officer of the right or starboard.side, &c. - Awak Prahu or Andék Prahu—The crew or common-men, who may consist either of freemen, debtors or slaves. Of the Rank and Authority of the Nakhodah and Officers. « Ler every man obey the Wakhodah, agreeably to the authority con- ferred upon him by the Su/tans of the land from time immemorial, for he is the Raja while at sea, and although he may be young, he shall be as an Orang tuah, or have the authority of age, and administer the law accordingly. “ First—It is the Jaw that in all Prahus of every description, the NMakhodah shall bz as the Raja. K @ aoe ON THE MALAYU NATION. « Tuat the Jeru-mudi or steersman shall be as the Bendahara, or prime minister, and the Jeru-batus as Tamungungs or chief peace officers, and it shall be the duty of these to superintend every one and to regulate right and wrong within the Prahy. ¢ Tuat the Tukang Kanen, and the Turang Kiri, shall: possess a-rese pectable influence, and perform duty with the Tukang Agung. “< Tuar the Jeru-batu Kiri, the Gung Tang and Sinawe, as well as the Tukangs, shall be under the immediate orders of the Makhodah; and all the Awak Préhu shall be under the orders of the Tukangs belonging to the Préhu. | Zt ‘Tue lMalim shall be as a ruler or Judge* at-sea, as it is his duty to direct the caurse of the vessel.” In the Macasar copy it is stated, © that the owner of the Prahu shall be asthe Raja, the Makhedah as the Bendahara, the Tykangs as the Ta- mungungs, the Tukang Halucn (officers of the fore-castle,) as masters and the Tukang Tengha as Sida Sidas,’ but as the Nakhodahs are gene- rally, and always in the smaller Prakus, owners, the distinction made at Macasar, which changes the comparison in the ranks of the different officers, in consequence of the introduction of a superior to the Makhodah, is of no real importance, and does not essentially vary the rank or ine fluence of the etTicets, “ Tr any of thecrew didbbey the orders of the Tukang Agung, that offi- cer shall deliver the offender over to the Jeru-balu, inorder that he may be punished with ‘seven stripes. But it is the usage that such stripes shall * Fiakim or Imain. ON THE MALA‘YU NATION, apd. eae] not be inflicted with an uplifted or extended arm, nor without the know- ledge of the Tukang Agung.. If the person who has offended still resists the authority of the Tukang Agung, ke shall be punished with four stripes more.” ; Accorpine to the Macasar copy, the Awak Praku are stated to be under the immediate orders of the Tukang Tengha. If any one resists his authority he shall in the manner above described, : be punished in the presence of the Tamungung (Jeru-mudi) with three times seven stripes. And if the offender still resists the authority of the Tukang, it shall be lawful for the Tamungung to hang him up (suspend hina by the aris) and to punish him with three stripes more. « Ir any of the crew disobey the Guntang and Sinawe, the offender shall be punished with three stripes.” ae Of the duties of the Officers and Crew, and the nature of their engagements, THERE is no description of persons who receive wages on board a Prahu, with the exception of persons who may act as substitutes, for such as may he obliged to quit the Prahku, on account of illness or otherwise. Every person on board has some commercial speculation in view, howe- ver small, and his engagement is made for the voyage. Tue Nakhodah or owner of the Prahu, gives to each according to es- tablished custom, what is termed .Tudungen, which signifies assistance or advances ; which advances are of two kinds, consisting either of shares of the cargo, or loans of money. In short, the whole voyage is to be considered, as a commercial ad- 136 ON THE MALA'YU NATION. venture of the whole of the persons engaged in it, and bears no slight similarity to the outfit of a Dutch whaler. Of the Malim: oe Tar law'respecting the Malim is, that he shall, if he requires it, be allowed one ‘half of a division of the hold, and receive a further assistance from the Nakhodah to the extent of a Tahil and a half (twelve dollars, ) this officer being on the same footing with the Ma/im besar or chief Malim. “ Ir is the duty of the Malim to remember the proper course to steer, and to know the seas and the lands, the winds and the waves, the cur- rents, the depths and the shallows, the moon and the stars, the years and the seasons, the bays and the points of land, the islands and coasts, the rocks and shores, the mountains and hills, each and every one of them, and also to know where the Prahu may be at any time. With the whole of these should the Madim be well acquainted in order that every thing may goon ‘prosperously, as well at sea as on land, and that the Malim may be: free from fault. « Wuitea Prahwis at sea, the Malim Ang shall have charge of all the cordage and rigging. He shall give orders respecting the same to the Tukang Agung, whose duty it is to see that the Awak Prahu do what is necessary respecting the same. The Tukang Kiri and Tukang Kanen: shall also. assist in superintending, the Awak Prahw.” ACCORDING ‘to the Macasar copy, any of the Awak Prahu who may neclect their duty, or the orders of the Twkangs, may be punished at the Pataren Lawang, or place where the cable and ropes are kept, with se- ven, stripes.. '- ON THE MALA'YU NATION, 137 « Tr every thing is not at sea.as the Malim wishes it, andthe sails are taken a back, let him, on his return to port, give alms to the poor, as an acknowledgment for his escape.. “« Tr the Malm. forgets the course he has to steer, and through his ignorance. the Prahu.is wrecked, he shall suffer death, for such is the law. «« Ip the Males is desirous of atone the Prahu at any port or place, he shall not. be permitted to do so.’ Of the. Jeru-mudi or Steersman. « Ti is the duty of the Jeru-mudis when relieved from their tour of duty at the helm, to superintend and take care of all the arms in the Prdhu ; and in the event of the Prahu falling in with‘pirates, let them combat witha strong hand and courageous heart, for suchis their duty.” By the Macasar. copy, it is established, that if the Jeru-mudis or Jeru- batus are desirous of quitting the Prahwu at any time, they may be per- mitted to do so, on paying, the former, the sum of half a Tail or one Pahar, (four or two dollars) and the latter one Pahar or two Mas, (two or one dollar) each. according to his ability, but not exceeding the sums stated. Of the Petiy Officers and Crew. . “ Ir the Préhu is from three to four Depahs- (fathoms) wide, the Awak Prahu shall be allowed assistance, or a participation in the cargo, to L 2 138 ON THE MALAYU NATION, the extent of one Coyen, and all other persons, not slaves, two Coyerts.* “ Je the Prdhu is two and a half Depahs wide, the Awak Prdhu shall be allowed three hundred Gantangs, and the others, not slaves, six hun- dred Gantangs.” ame INDEPENDENT of the descriptions of persons above alluded to as belong- ing to the Prahu, it may be necessary to advert to slaves, and debtors, particularly the latter, respecting whom the law is as follows: « Wuen any person wishes to bind himself in personal service for a debt, let an agreement be required at the time, that the debtor shall fol~ low and perform service for his creditor for the term of three years, three months and three days, * or according tothe Macasar copy for the term of three years,’ in order that if the party is not willing to conform there to, he may not become a debtor, or if willing to do so, that he may fols low and serve his creditor accordingly. “ Up at any time before the expiration of the abovementioned period, the debtor wishes to discharge the obligation, he shall be required to pay an advance at the rate of one in ten on the amount of his debt, in addition to the principal; unless-he does-this, he need not be permitted to quit the Prahu. « According to the Macasar copy,’ if the debtors of the Nakhodah wish to quit the Prahu at any place by discharging their obligation, they shall, on paying the advance of one in ten on the amount.of their debt, be * The Malay measures alluded to, are as follows: 4h Chupalis, equal I Gantang, (about & gallon) 16 trentangs, i Nah, 10 Nall, oF 160 Gantangs 1 Koncha, 5 Konchas ov 600. Gantangs 1 Coyer, whith is generally calculated ai something more than a ton, but various. _ ON THE MALAYU NATION, 139 discharged, and not considered liable to the duty of the country, but if they have property in the Prahu beyond the amount of their debt, a fur- ther demand is authorized, according to their ability, to the extent of a _Pahar (two dollars) each. Of the Kiwis or Traders. « Tuis is the law relating to the Kiwis; they shall pay for the tonage they require, unless they have assisted the Wakhodah, in his trading cone cerns, to the extent of three or four Tghils (twenty-four or thirty-two dollars,) in which case the Makhodah shall give them two or three Coyens of tonage, or one division of the hold, it being considered that the profit on the three or four Tahz/s is an adequate compensation. « Tue Kiwis may obtain seven or eight divisions of the hold, but they shall not pay for four divisions, as long as they are under agreement to pay a duty on their return to port, (om the goods they lade) at the rate of four out. of every thirteen. o «© Tue Mala Kiwi shall be entitled to half of the division of the hold in which the rice or provisions are stowed, ( Petah Gandung ) because he is the Pung’ hulu or head man of all the Kiwis. _ Wits respect to the duties of the country on the eight divisions of the hold, and also on the sails, it is the law, that the K7wzis shall present eight pieces of cloth and a bundle of rattans. The Kiwis who present these shall be freed from paying all other duties of the country, because this is adequate. : | : *« Ip is the usage, that in all affairs that may arise, good or bad, the Nakhodah salt advise with, and consult the Mala Kiwi and the Kiwis.” 146 ON THE MALAYU NATION, CHAPTER II. « IT is the established law of the Undang Undang (isteadat hukum: Undang Undang) that all Nakhodahs, znd Malims, and Tukangs, and Muda Mudas and Awak Praéhu, each and every one shall conform to: what is the usage, ea eee The Divisions of a Prahu. THEsE are the laws respecting the Bala: Lentang. No person shall go there, except at atime when there is business of importance ; and then this is the place on which to assemble for the purpose of advising and consulting. If any of the crew. goupon the Balai Bujur, and remain there, they shall be punished with five stripes. « Tue Balai Bujur is expressly appropriated for the recreation of .the Muda Mudas; if any of the crew go there, they shall be punished with three stripes. No person is allowed to remain in the Putaren Lawang or place where the cable and ropes are kept, except the Nukhodah, the Muda Mudas, and the Tukang Agung; if any of the crew go there, they shall be punished with six stripes. Tue Allang Muka, (the place before the Nakhodah’s cabin) is appro- priated for the Tukang Teng’ha, Tukang Kanen and Tukang Kiri, if any of the crew go there, they shall be punished with three stripes, ON THE MALAYU NATION: Mi ‘Regulations for the safety of the Prahu. s Wen a Prahu proceeds to sea, every person on board shall be “under charge of the Nakhodah. : «“ Ar the time a Prahw is about to sail on her voyage, the Malm shall inform the Tukangs thereof, who shall direct the persons who have the watch (Orang berképong ) to take care that the rigging and sails are in order, and to prevent accident by fire, as fire is a dreadful calamity at sea. « As itis the duty of the Muda Mudas to superintend the men on watch, let them be careful that they perform their duty. For if a vessel drifts, or runs on shore, on any coast or point of land, in consequence of the Muda Mudas neglecting to superintend the people on watch, it is the law, that the Muda Mudas, in such case, shall be punished, and fined ‘according to their ability. With respect to the people on watch, they shall be purtished' with’ twenty stripes eacly. ? * Ir the Prahu drifts from her anchorage, and approaches near shore, and the persons on watch are not aware of it, they shall be punished. with eight stripes each. « Tr the persons on watch allow Prahus to pass without hailing them,” or according to the Macasar copy, “ allow the people in the other Prahu _ to hail first, they shall be punished with seven stripes each.” By that of Macasar:. “The Orang Muda Mudas shall also, in such case, be liable to a similar punishment, as is directed in the event of slaves absconding _ from a Prahu, which “ in the Malaca copy,’ is as follows: “ Ir is the duty of the persons on watch, to superintend and watch over all the slaves in the Prahuz, in order to prevent their absconding. In this duty, as well as in all others, they shall be superintended by the M 2 142 ON THE MALAYU NATION. Muda Mudas. Tf, therefore, a slave at any time absconds from a Prahu, it shall be the duty of the Muda Mudas to find out the person who is to blame, and the person who is so found out shail be punished with sixty stripes.’ The Macasar copy states, “ He shall be answerable for, and make.good his value,” «Ir is the duty of the persons on watch to see that the-vessel is pro- erly baled out; if, therefore, too much water is at any time allowed to remain, the persons who are on the watch at-the time, shall be punished with fifteen stripes each, ‘‘ Yr the persons on watch do-not'keep a good look-out, and any thing ds.stelen from the Prahu, they shall be punished with two-stripes from every person in the Prahu. | | « [7 js the usage that persons on watch shall each be ailowed the con- veniencies for smoking opium, in order that,they may not fall asleep uring the time that it is necessary for them to keep watch, ‘¢ WueEn the term of the watch shall expire, the persons who are to be relieved, shall deliver over charge to the persons appointed to succeed them, and give notice thereof to.every one, and to the Muda Mudas, ‘Ir is the duty of those who dress victuals, (Orang bertupi) to guard against accident by fire, while a Prdiu-is at sea, After victuals are dressed, the-fire shall.be carefully extinguished, and if any person neg- lect to do so, and the cooking place take fire, the law is that after all the people in the Prdhu shall have .put.out the fire, the person through whose neglect it was occasioned, shall be punished. with two siripes from each person in the Prahy, and his master shall be warned to be more ON THE MALAYU NATION. a4g careful in future, in order that the servant may not be guilty of such neg- Ject again ; for of all things fire is to be dreaded at sea. «« Tr the person who is the cause of the fire, is a slave, the master shall cbe fined four Paku petis Jawa. If the master refuses to pay the fine, ? the slave shall be punished with four stripes,” according to the Malacca, and “forty stripes,” according to the Macasar copy. ** And such punish- _anent shall be inflicted at the Zemba Ruang, or place from which the Prahw is‘baled out.” The Laws respecting throwing Cargo overboard. «6 WhueEN there is a violent storm, and it may ‘be necessary to throw -overboard a part of the cargo, for the safety of the Prahu, a general consultation shall be held with respect to the property in the Prahu, and those who have much and those who have little, must agree to throw overboard in proportion. « Ir the Wakhodah omits to assemble all those who are interested, and ‘the cargo is thrown overboard indiscriminately, the fault shall be on the AN akhodah of the Prahu, for such is not the custom. Of Prahus running foul of each other. 86 Tr a Prahw runs foul of a guard or armed vessel (in which case the _ «eyew are liable to forfeit their lives,) the offence may be compounded by | each person on board the Prahu, paying such sum as a-ransom for life, as | may be agreed upon, each paying alike, whether slaves or not slaves, rich ser poor, youths, «nen or women, and no. one more than another. 44 ON THE MALAYU NATION. « Ir during a heavy sea, or high winds,.a Prahu strikes upora rock or on a shore or shoal, or runs foul of another Prahu, by which one is lost, | the law is, that the loss shall not be considered as accident, but as a fault,. because when there is a heavy sea, the Prahu. ought to be kept out of the way from such occurrences. « Tue law therefore states, that whether the parties are rich or poor, the loss occasioned by the damage or wreck of the Prahu, shall be divi-. ded in three proportions, one of which shall be borne by the person’to. whom the damaged or lost Prahu belonged, and the remaining two: thirds by the persons who.were the occasion. of it.” Tue Macasar copy differs in this respect, being as follows :. « Durine the time that there are one or more Prahus in company, and there happens to arise a storm, and the Prahus run foul, so that one is damaged, the fault shall be upon the persons.in the Prahu. that runs foul of the other, and the law is (Papa Gurma) according to what the Joss or damage may be; the amount shall be divided into three parts and one part only shall be made good by the persons in fault, the other two. parts being lost. Of putting into Ports, and the mode of Trading. «© Wuen the Makhodah may be desirous of touching at any bay, coast. or island, he shall hold a general consultation, and if it is approved of _and agreed upon, it is proper that the Prahu shall go where he wishes. — But if the Prahu puts into any port or place without the Makhodah having previously held a consultation, the Makhodah is guilty of a fault. « In like manner, if the Makhodah is desirous of sailing to any other ON THE MALA'YU NATION. 145 place, or of crossing from one shore to another, he-shall first hold a con- sultation, and then if itis.agreed that it shall be so, the ropes shall be put’ in order; and when the rigging and sails are ready, a further consultation shall be held with the Jeru-mudi and Jeru-batu, and the Tukang Agung, in order that the Prahu may proceed accordingly. OS WHEN a Prahu arrives at any port, the Makhodah shall be first al- lowed to trade for four days, after which the Kiwis shall trade for two days, and then it shall be allowed to all on board the Prahu to trade. On the Nakhodah’s going on shore he shall be accompanied by the Muda Mudas, who shall afterwards return to their duty .on board the Prahu. AFTER the regulated period for trading shall have expired, and the Nakhodah wishes to make a purchase, no :person belonging to the / rahu shall offer'a higher price, and if there are any persons who offer to pur-. chase the goods of the Mada Kiwi, or others, it is the law that the Wakho-. dah should should first be made acquainted with the price. «‘ Ir any person on board a Prdhu shall purchase a slave, or any mer= chandize, without informing the Makhodah thereof, it is lawful for the Nakhodah to take them to himself, on paying the original cost.” ‘© Ir any person on board a Prahu purchases a female slave, without the knowledge of the Wakhodah, itis the law, that the Nakhodah may take her to himself without reimbursement to the purchaser. Suchis also ‘the law with respect to:run away slaves, who-may be so purchased.” Accorpine to the Macasar copy, the following is the amount of duty, to be paid by Prahus, at different ports. N 2 JAG ON THE MALAYU NATION. ‘« Wuen a Prahu arrives at Java, the amount of tribute or duty on account of each division of the hold is five hundred Petis, two sails, and one bundle of rattans. Ar Bima, six hundred Petis, two sails, and one bundle of rattans. At Timor, seven hundred Petis, two sails, and one bundle of rattans. At Mengcasar, or Macasar, two Ganiangs of gun-powder, three sails, and two bundles of rattans. At Tanjung Pura, six hundred Peiis, two sails, and one bundle of rattans. «© Wen slaves are purchased at Java, the duty shall be calculated on twelve men, for each division of the hold, and when at Mengcasar at ten men for each division of the hold. «© Anp whatever Prahu goes to any country for the purpose of trading, the duties of the country are:calculated upon each Prahy, having eight ‘divisions of the hold. Of Deteniion. « Tue law is that when the season is nearly over ( Musim Kassis ) and the Nakhodah of the Prahu omits to sail, the Kiw7 shall wait, on his ac- count, for seven days; after which, if the Makhodah does not proceed, and the season is over, the price paid for the divisions of the hold shall be returned to the Kiwis, «Ir the Krwis are the cause of the delay, and the season is nearly ever, the Makhodah shall detain the Prdhu seven days on their account, after which he is authorized to sail without them, (if they are not ready) and no more shall be paid or done relating thereto. ON THE MALAYU NATION. © 147 «¢ Ir the season is not far encroached upon, and the Wakhodah shall be desirous of sailing with dispatch, let him give notice thereof to the Kiwis, _ and enter into an agreement with them to sail in seven or fifteen days, and if the Kiwis are not then ready, the Nakhodah is authorized to leave them behind, and to sail. Of persons quitting a Prahu. “« Ir a Kiwi quits the Prahu (of his own accord) at any place during - the voyage, he shall forfeit the price paid for his division of the hold, and have no further claim on the Nakhodah. «< Ir it is on account of any disagreement or quarrel, that he is desirous of quitting the Prahu (and in order to-prevent mischief,) one half of the sum paid for his division of the hold shall be returned. « But if a Kiwi is very quarrelsome and creates much trouble and dissention, it is proper for the Nakhodah to send him on shore, as soon as possible, and to return him the price he has paid for his division of the hold. « THE law with respect to passengers (Orang Menumpang ) is, that if they quit the Prahu at any time before they arrive at their destination, even if the voyage is only half compleated, it shall be the same as if they had reached their destined port, and no part of what has been paid shall be returned. * Ir one of the crew is sick, it is proper to wait for him five or seven days, and if he is not then recovered, and the rest of the crew shall say, * Why are we to bale out the vessel without his assistance,” they shall be authorized to enquire for a mani for hire, but it must not be one of the 148 ON THE MALAYU NATION, crew that is so hired for wages, because no person can perform the duty of two. If the Nakhodah cannot find a substitute, the wages shall remain in his hands, and he shall divide the sick-man’s share of the cargo, and property in the vessel, among the rest of the crew. === CECEL SIDS SS CHAPTER Il. =i Of persons who may be in distress, or who have been wrecked at Sea, (Orang Caram.) ‘ THESE are the laws relating to persons who may be in distress, or suffer from hunger, in consequence of a scarcity of rice and paddy in their country. _ & Trat atime when, in consequence of its having pleased the Almighty to visit the Rajas and nobles with dissentions, or owing to a state of war, there shall be great distress in any country from the want of food, the | poor and wretched shall say to the rich, “ take us as your slaves, but give ‘us to eat,” and if afterwards the persons who have relieved them, shall be desirous of selling them, when the country has recovered from its distress, “it is the law that they shall give notice thereof to the Orang Besar or principal people, and the magistrate shall direct that the parties be not “sold, because they were distressed at the time of the agreement. The magistrate shall, however, order that the person who provided the food, shall havea claim on the ‘person who received it, to the extent of one half of the amount of his value. ON THE MALAYU NATION. 149 * Ir a slave is not provided with food by his master, the magistrate shall direct him. to perform service for the person who relieved him, -for four seasons; after which:he shall be returned to his master. « Tr such slave dies, while performing service for the person who relieved him, and the circumstance is made known to the proper officers, he shall not be enewer ple for his value ; but if the slave dies, and the per- son for whom he performs service does not report it,.he shall be answer- able to the proprietor of the slave,. for half the amount of his value, for. such is the loss sustained when.a slave dies.” « In conformity to the above, are the laws respecting persons in distress: at sea, or who have been wrecked ;.for: « Tr the persons who: have been wrecked’say, “ take us’and seli'us: yather than allow us to perish:here,’ and the Nakftodah takes them ac- cordingly, he shall only havea claim to their services until the Prdhic reaches the port; when; if he is-desirous of selling them; it shall be his duty to report the same tothe Shahbender, in order that the magistrate may direct, that the NVakhodah: be entitled'to half the amount of their value. What the persons who were wrecked may have said;-shall not be attend- ed to, because they were in. distress: ‘«‘ Ip persons who have suffered from being wrecked, are met with at the time they are in the water, swimming, without a chance of their reaching the land in safety, and at their request are taken up by the [Nakhodah of any Prahu, the Nakhodah shall be entitled to demand on his \arrival at port, the sum of one Pahar (two dollars,) if the party is not a. \slave, and if a slave, the half of the amount of his value, but no more. « Jr ship-wrecked. persons are met: under the lee of an island, where: QO. 2 150 ON THE MALAYU NATION. they have gone on account of high winds, and they shall be in distress, the demand on account of each,-if:not' a slave, shall be five: Mas (two'dol= lars and a half,) andifa slave, seven Mas (three dollars:and:a half, ) each.” ANOTHER copy of the Maldca‘code states: that the’ Nakhodah shall be entitled to demand as follows, on account of the Gantung Layer, or hoisting of the sails. «For all persons who may have ‘been wrecked, met at sea, and taken up, the Nakhodah shall be entitled to demand on account of the Gantung Layer, at the rate of a Tahil (four dollars) each, and if such persons require tobe supplied with victuals, he shall be entitled’te make a further demand at the rate of a Pahar (two dollars) each. « Tur Nakhotah is also authorized to make a similar demand for all persons’ who may. have been passengers, in vessels that have: been wreck- ed, if they have not reached their destined port, according: to their agree< ment; and if they shall land previously, the law is that the demand shall (also) be at the rate of half a Tahit for each. If otherwise (or they shall have arrived at their destination) a Pahar (two dollars) each, which is in full of all that-can be.demanded,” Of Fishermen. « Tr is the law with respect to fishermen (Orang Penga’il,) men who fish with lines and hooks, that if they have lost their Prahu, and are taken up by fishermen of their own class, the demand shall be at the rate of one Pahar (two dollars) for each.. And if they still retain their Prahu, but have lost their sails and paddles, in such case the demand to be made by those who take them up, shall be two Mas (one dollar) each. For such is the law respecting fishermen of this description. ON THE MALAYU NATION. 151 « Tne laws respecting (Orang Menuwas) fishermen, who fish in fish- ing weers, are the same when they are wrecked and in distress, as the laws‘of the sed, ve théy shall be administered Py the Shahbender of the pore Of Troves: “© THESE are the laws respecting any thing that may be found, what ever it may be, whether gold, silver, run-away slaves, or otherwise! . « Wyatever is found ont the sea, whoever may discover it, is Hae pro- perty of tHe Nakhodal of the Pr ‘ahu, who ape give what he thinks pier per to the persons who fourd at. tee Wuarever may, be ronnd by persons sent: onshore te procure wood !>, that the Arabians drew their knowledge of \it frem « DropHantus or c ier Greek writers; and, according to the testimony « of ABULPHARAGIUS, the arithmetic of DiopHanrus was translated into “Arabic, by Manomet-Bin-YaHya-Baziana.” This I suppose is taken from Pococxe’s translation,* but the word which he has explained by o ‘«« interpretatus est’ is ee meaning he commented on, rather than he ft translated. Surely, this is net sufficient:to give rise to a probability, that the Arabians derived their Algebra:from the (Greeks, ‘The Algebra of the Arabians bears no xesemblance ‘to that of Diopnantus, the only Greek writer on the subject who has:ever been heard of. . Inquiries have been made, indifferent parts-of India:and Persia, for the supposed ransla- tion of DiopHantus; but «without success. In the five first propositions of the 19th book of Eucuip, and in the 10th and i1th propositions of Ar- CHIMEDES’ book on spiral lines, and in the gth proposition of the ed book of his Isorropzcs, Wautis thought he saw traces of Algebra; and it is to be presumed, ‘that no farther evidence of its existence, among the ancient Greeks, is discoverable; for, except the above, I do not know that any authors have been directly quoted, in proof of the argument; although there has been much assertion, in general terms, that the works of cer- tain writers do contain traces of Algebra. If there were any undoubted marks of it, in the writings of the ancients, they could not have escaped the notice of so learned and so indefatigable a scholar as Watts. What he says on this subject, appears to result from a prejudiced conviction of the antiquity of the science, and not from an unbiased search for truth. * Diophanti librum de Algebra interpretatus est. i, J y s : HISTORY OF ALGEBRA. 163 If the analysis of the five first propositions of the 13th book of Euciip were (as is believed) by Turon, they could not well be adduced in proof of the ancient (Greeks having a knowledge of Algebra; ‘hecause Tuzon is supposed to have been nearly contemporary with DiopHantus. He could not have been.long before him, if itis true, that his daughter’ Hypartia -commented.on a work of DiopHantus. But, be this as it may, the ana- lysis of the propositions in question is not at all Algebraical. It is the common analysis of the ancient geometers, which is quite different from Algebra; the former being geometrical and the latter arithmetical. Watus’s reasoning, on the three propositions of ArcHimEpEs, to which he refers, amounts to no.more than this. The demonstrations, as they now stand, are.difficult; they might have been done by Algebra with ease; therefore, it is probable they were done by Algebra. We know of no Greek writer.on Algebra, but Diopuantus; neither he, nor any known author, of any age, or of any country, has spoken, directly or indirectly, of any other Greek writer on Algebra, in any branch whatever ; the Greek Janguage has not even a term to designate the science. The instance of DiopHanrus’s. treatise, with some indirect and disputable arguments, drawn, by inference, from works on other subjects than Algebra, is not sufficient. It is unlikely that the ravages of time and the depredations of barbarians should have destoyed all the direct and indisputable proofs, Such causes might account for the deficiency of our information on cer- tain particulars, but will not authorise forced constructions, to argue the existence of a complete science, from its supposed demolition. The ge- neral extent of the literature of the Greeks, especially in mathematics, is well known; and that they had Algebra, can be established only by clear and positive evidence. For the different arguments which have been used, and the authorities which have been quoted on this question, see 164 ON THE EARLY. on one side “V2 \1s's Algebra, Chap. 1, 2,75, &c: with the authors he: refers to; a’. ov the other side, the French Encyclopedie Art. Algebre,,. Application, p.ante by D’ALEMBERT, and Analyse-by DE Castixtow.. See also Mowrcucns.’ Though: Buascara ‘AcHARYA, Who is Comparas- tively a modeiti writer, could not have beer one of the authors’ whom Diorwantus is said to have quoted, it is by no. means improbable that: some Alexandrian merchant, trading: to India, might have learned’a little: Algebra from the Bramins, and instructed’some of his countrymen; or- Diopuantus might have learned from Indians at Alexandria. ‘ Vf there: is doubt of the Diophantine Algebra: being of Greek origi, it is worthy of : remark that its author: had’ opportunity of communicating’ with persons: from whom he might have drawn materials for his work, and’! whom. there is evidence of his. having: actually cited: It‘is objected that’ “Bom-- -BELLI is the only person who has taken notice of DroruaNnTu 3" pbrePence to Indian authors, and that no such’ reference is now.to be found in his: work. But the authority of: Bomsetrr,:on this'poilt, ‘CaNhoe bY overset,. till itis ascertained that the manuscript of the °Vaiiean,' which: he? par- ticularizes, does not'contain'the citations. Otneé would think ‘that’ Bowe. (BELLI’s assertion must have had: some foundation, that it is not’ d mere: : fabrication. ‘Though-it:does not appear’ that'any Sanscrit works on this science, of greater antiquity than the B7ja Genita; have yet ‘been dis- covered, we-are not to conclude, therefore, that there are none; Bagh tite. author of the: Biya Ganita expressly says, his work is extracted” from. three copious treatises. These books have not been found: we know _nothing of their contents nor their dates. The following was the Kee ofna general comparison of the Bzja Ganita with Diopuantus * « ‘The ere S——_=__ Se SES eee > * From ‘ observations,” é&c. above referred: ta.. 6 a a a HISTORY OF ALGEBRA. 165 ~ Bija Ganita will be found to differ much from | (ANTUS’ work. It contains a great deal of knowledge which the Gres nad not; such as the use of an indefinite number of unknown quan’ itics, and the use of arbitrary marks to express them; a good aritiimetic of surds; a perfect. theory of indeterminate problems of the first degree ; a very extensive and general; knowledge of. those of the second degree; a knowledge of quadratic equations, &c. The arrangement and man- * ner of the two works- will be found as: essentially different.as their substance. The one constitutes a body of science; which.the other doesnot. The Bzja Ganita is well-digested:and well connected, and is full of general rules which suppose great learning: the rules are illustrated by examples, and the solutions are performed with skill. Diopuantus, though not entirely without method, gives very few ge- neral propositions, and is chiefly remarkable for the ability with which he makes assumptions im view to the solution of his questions. The former teaches Algebra as a science, by treating’ it systematically; the latter sharpens the wit by solving a variety of abstruse and complicated problems, in an ingenious: manner. ‘he author of the Bzja Ganita goes deeper into his subject, and treats it more methodically, though not more acutely, than DiopHantus. The former has every charac- teristic of an Acciduious and learned compiler ;. the latter of a man of genius in the infancy of. science.’” Tue Greek’ Algebra may. be seen in Diopyantus, who is the only Greek writer on the subject who has ever been heard of. Tue Indian Algebra may be seen in the Biya Ganita, and the Lélavati (by the author of the Bra Ganita,) and as the Persian translations of these works contain a degree of knowledge, which did not exist in any of S Q. 166 . ON THE EARLY the ordinary sources of science, extant in the time of the translators, they may be safely taken as Indian, and of ancient origin. To give some idea of the Algebra cf the Arabians, whereby we may be enabled to judge, whether, on the one hand, it could have been derived from DIOPHANTUSY or, on the other, that of the Hindus could have been taken from them, the work entitled Khuldsat-ul-Hisab, may be taken as a specimen; especially because, as will be more particularly stated in another place, there is a part of this book which marks the limits ef Algebraical know- ledge, in the time of the writer, WE have seen, that the first European Algebraists learnt of the Ara- bians, but no account has been given of the nature, the extent, and the origin of Arabian Algebra. No distinct abstract or translation of any Arabic book, on the subject, has appeared in print; nor has it been esta- blished beyond controversy, who taught the Arabians. The Khuldsat- ul-Hisab is of considerable repute in India; it is thought to be the best treatise on Algebra, and itis almost the only book on the subject, read here. I selected it, because I understood, that as well as the shortest, it was the best treatise that could be procured. Besides general report, I was guided by the authority of Mautavi RosHen Ati, an acknowledged good judge of such matters, who assured me that among the learned Muslemans it was considered as a most complete work; and that he knew of no Arabian Algebra beyond what it contained. In the Sulafat- ul-Asr, a book of biography, by Niz’aM-uL-pin-AH™MED, there is this ac- count of Ban‘a-uL-pin, the author of the Khuldsat-ul-Hisab. “ He was ‘© born at Bdlbec, in the month D’hz’lhaj, 953 Hiri, and died at Isfahan «in Shawal, 1031.” Mention is made of many writings of BAHA-UL-DIN on religion, law, grammar, &c. a treatise on astronomy, and one on the HISFORY OF ALGEBRA, a 4G7 astrolabe, In this list of his works, no notice is taken of his great trea. tise on Algebra, the Behr-ul-Hisab, which is alluded to in the Khuldsat- wl-Hisab. Mauiavi RosHen Axi tells me the commentators say, it is not extant. There is no reason to believe that the Arcbiaus ever knew more than.appears in Bana-uL-pin’s book, for their learning was at its height long before his time. . From what has been stated it will appear, that from the Khuldsat-u/- Hisab, an adequate conception may be formed of the nature and extent of the Algebraical knowledge of the Arabians; and hence I am induced to hope that a short analysis of its contents will not be unacceptable to the society. J deem it necessary here to state, that possessing nothing more than the knowledge of a few words in Arabic, I made the translation, Eon which the following summary is abstracted, from the wivd voce ine terpretation into Persian of MauLavi RosHEn Ati, who perfectly under- stood the subject and both languages, and afterwards collated it with a Persian translation, which was made about sixty years after Baw'a-uL- pin’s death, and which RosHen Ati allowed to be perfectly correct. Tue work, as stated by the author in his preface, consists of an ins troduction, ten books and a conclusion. THE introduction contains definitions of arithmetic, of number, which is its object and of various classes of numbers. The author distinctly ascribes to the Indjan sages the invention of the nine figures, to express the numbers from one to nine. Book 1, comprises the arithmetic of integers. The rules enumerated under this head are Addition, Duplation, Subtraction, Halving, Multi- plication, Division, and the Extraction of the Square Root, The method of 168 } ON THE EARLY proving the operation by throwing out the nines is described under eacit: of these rules. The author gives the following remarkable definitions of multiplication and division, viz. ‘ Multiplication is finding a number «¢ such that the ratio which one of the factors bears to it shall be the s same as that which unity bears to the other factor,” and “ division is: finding a number which has the same ratio to unity as the dividend has * to the divisor.” For the multiplication of even tens, hundreds, &c. into one another,. the author delivers the following rule, which is remarkable in this res= pect, that it exhibits an application of something resembling the indexes of logarithms:’ « Take the numbers as if they were units, and multiply them together” % and write down the product. Then add the numbers of the ranks to nA: « gether, (the place of units being one, that of tens, two, &c.) substract « one fram the sum and call the remainder the number of the rank of f« the product. For example, in multiplying 30 into 40, reckon 12 of the « rank of hundreds; for the sum of the numbers of their ranks is 4, and n- three is the number of the rank of hundreds, multiplying 40 into 500, 6 nN reckon 20 of the rank of thousands, for the sum of the numbers of the 6 A ranks is 5.’ ‘ ~ ; Tue following contrivances have sufficient singularity to merit par- ticular mention. I. To multiply numbers between 5 and 10. Call one of the factors tens, and from the result, subtract the product of that factor by the dif-. ference of the other factor from ten. For example, to multiply 8 into 9. Subtract from 90 the product of 9 by 2, there remains 72. Or add the | I . HISTORY OF ALGEBRA. 169 factors together, and call the excess above 10, tens. Multiply together the two differences of the factors from 10, and add the product to the former number. For example, to multiply 8 by 7, add to 50 the product of 2 into 3. If. To multiply units into numbers between units and 20; add the two factors together, call the difference of the sum from 10, tens. From this result, subtract the product of | the difference of the simple number from 10 and of the compound number from 10. For example, to mul- tiply 8 by 14. Subtract from 120, the product of 2 into 4. III. To multiply together numbers between 10 and 20; add the units of one factor to the other factor and call the sum tens: add to this the product of the units into the units. For example to multiply 12 into 13, add 6 to 150. ‘IV. To multiply numbers between 10 and 20 into compound num- bers between go and 100 ; multiply the units of the smaller by the tens of the greater, add the product to the greater number and call the sum tens. Add to it the product of the units in both numbers. For example, to multiply 12 into 26, add 4 to 26 and call go, tens. Finish the operation, it Is 912. V. To multiply numbers between 20 and 100, where the digits in the place of tens are the same; add the units of one factor to the other and _ multiply the sum by the tens, call the product tens, and add to it the _ product of the units multiplied by the units. For example, to multiply 23 by 25, multiply 28 by two. Call the product 56 tens, finish the operation ; 575 is obtained, T 2 170 ON THE EARLY ‘VI. To multiply numbers between 10 and 100, when the digits in the place of tens are different. Multiply the tens of the smaller number into the larger number ; add to the result, the product of the units. of the: smaller number into the tens of the greater; call the sum tens ; add to: this the product of the units into the units. For example, to multiply 23, into 34, add 9 to 68, add 12 to 770.. VII. To multiply two unequal numbers, half the sum ‘of which is: simple ( Mufrid,) take the sum of the two: and multiply half of it into. itself. From this. product, subtract the square of half the difference of the two numbers. For example, to multiply 24 by 36. From 900 sub=- tract the square of half the difference of the numbers, that is 86. There remains. 864. For multiplying numbers: consisting each of several places of figures}. the method described by this author; under the name of Shabacah or net work, and illustrated by the following example, may have suggested the idea of Napier’ s bones.. Multiply, 62374 by 207. ee v y 5; : aliments : a HISTORY OF ALGEBRA: VW Ow the other, rules, nothing is delivered differing so much from those contained in our common: books of arithmetic, as to require specific men- tion. Boox second, contains the arithmetic of fractions; and book: third, the rule of three, or to find an unknown number by four proportionals. Book fourth, delivers the rule of position; or to find am unknown‘number by assuming one once or twice, and comparing the errors. Book fifth, gives the method of finding an unknown number, by reversing all the steps of the process described in the question. Tue sixth book; treats of mensuration. .The introduction: contains geometrical definitions; Chapter I. treats of the mensuration of rec- tilinear surfaces. Under this head the two following articles are deserv- ing of notice. I. To find'the point im the base of a triangle where it will be cut by a perpendicular, let fall: from the opposite angle. Call the greatest side the base; multiply the sumof the two lesser sides by their difference ; divide the product by the base, and subtract the quotient from the base; one half the remainder will shew the place on the base, where: the perpendicular falls towards the least side.* * Leta be the base, or longest side, b.the middle, c the smallest, and x the distance of the perpendicular. from the least side.. Then x ; a b* =a* #c?—2 az (Eucl. 13. 2.)' 2ax=—a* +c*—b?2 a 6.7, — ¢? os 2 2a But d?#—c* = 64% 6—c L7z ON THE EARLY 2. To find the area of an equilateral triangle. Multiply the square of a quarter of the square of one of the sides by three: the square root of the product is the area required.* CuapTer second, treats of the mensuration of curvilinear surfaces. For the circle the rule delivered in many common books of mensuration is given: viz. multiply the square of the diameter by 11, and divide the product by 14. ! ! ‘CuapTer third, on the mensuration of solids, contains nothing of sin- gularity sufficient to merit particular notice. ‘This chapter concludes with the following sentence. “ their difference ‘is 26° the difference of the errors is 2. Another method, which is easy and short, is this: Double the quotient, (ithe number 7 in the question): subtract: one, aad the result is the num- ber of sons: “ Case the third? Number cqual to Mad. Divide the number by the co-efficient of the Mal; the root of the quotient is the unknown quantity. For example. A person admitted that he owed Zarp the greater of two sums of money, the sum of which was 20 and the product 96. Suppose one of them to be 10 and Shai, and the other 10 all but Shaz. The pro- duct, which is 100 all but Mai, is equal to 96; and after Jebr and Muka- baldh, one: Madd is equal to. 4, and Shad equal 'to 2. Qne of the sums then 4s 8 and the other 12, and 12. is the-debt of Ziarp. \ £89 ON THE EARLY «© First case of Muktarindt.. Number equal to Mal and Shai. Com- plete the Ma/ to unity if it is deficient, and reduce it to the same if it ex- ceeds, and reduce the numbers‘and Shai in the same ratio, by dividing alk by the co-efficient of the Mal. Then square one half the ‘co-efficient of the Shai, and add this square to the numbers. Subtract from the root of the sum half the co-efficient of the Shai, and the unknown will remain, Example. A person admitted that he owed .Zarp a sum ‘ess than 10, so much that if the conane of it was added to, its product by; = what it wants ef 10, the sim would bez2. Suppose thenumber,Shaz, its square is Mal; half the remainder from 10 is § all but half .ef Sta... The product of Shag by this is 5 Shai all but $.0f Mal. Wherefore i$ of Mad and 5 Shai are. equal toi2. One Ma/ and ao Shat are equal to: ¢4.. Subtract half the co-efficient of the Shar fromthe root of the sum of the square of 3 the co- efficient of the Shai and the numbers. There remains 2, whieh is the number. required. - SECON D.case. Shai sR to numbers-and Mai. After completing or Hejecting, siibtract the numbers from the square: of half the co-efficient:of the Shai, and.add the root of the remainder to-half the co-efficient of the Shai; or subtract the former from the latter; the result is the unknown quantity. Example. What number is that which being multiplied by half of itself and the product increased by 12, the result is five times the original number. M ‘ultiply Shat by half itself, then half of Mal added to igis equal to 5 5 Shai. One Mal and 24 is equal to 10 Shai. ‘Subtract 24 from the square of 5, there remains one, and the root of one is one. The sum or difference of 1 and 5 is the number required, Tuirp Case.. Mal equat to number and: Shaz. After completion or rejection, add the square of half the co-efficient of the Shai tothe numbers, HISTORY OF ALGEBRA. 18] and add the root of the sum to half the co-efficient of the Shaz. This is the unknown quantity. For example. What number is that which being subtracted from its square, and the remainder added to the square, is 10? Subtract Shaz from Mal and go on with the operation, 2 Mal all but Shaz is equal to 10; and after Jebr and Radd, Mai is equal to 5 and 4 of Shai. The square of half the coefficient of the Shai and 5, is 5 and half an eighth, and its root is 2+. To this add 3, the result is 24, which is the number required. Book ninth, contains twelve rules regarding the properties of numbers, Wiz. Re ist. Yo find the sum of the products of a number multiplied into itself and into all numbers below it: add one to’the umber, and multiply the sum by the square of the number; half the product is the number required. 2d. To add the odd numbers in their regular order: add one to the last number and take the square of half the sum. gd. To add even numbers from two upwards: multiply half the last even number by a number greater by one than that half. 4th. To add the squares of the numbers in.order: add one to twice the last number, and multiply a third of the sum by the sum of the num- bers. 5th. To find the sum of the cubes in succession: take the square of the sum of the numbers. 6th. To find the product of the roots of two numbers: multiply one by the other, and the root of the product is the answer. X 2 182 . ON THE EARLY “th. To divide the root of one number by that of another: divide one by the other, the root of the quotient is the answer. 8th. To find a perfect number: that is 2 number which is equal to the sum of its aliquot parts, (Euciip, book 7, def. 22.) The rule is that delivered by Eucuip, book 9, prop. 36. gth. To find a square in a given ratio to its root: divide the first num- ber of the ratio by the second; the square of the quotient is the square required. 10th. Ir any number is multiplied and divided by another, the product multiplied by the quotient is the square of the first number. 11th. Tue difference of two squares is equal to the product of the sum and difference of the roots. ieth. Ir two numbers are divided by each other, and the quotients multiplied together, the result is always one. Book tenth, contains nine examples, all of which are capable of solu- tion by simple equations, position, or retracing the steps of the operation, and some of them by simple proportion; so that it is needless to specify them. Tue conclusion, which marks the limits of algebraical knowledge in the age of the writer, I shall give entire, in the author’s words. “ Conclu- sion. ‘There are many questions in this science which learned men have to this time in vain attempted to solve ; and they have stated some of these questions in their writings, to prove that this science contains diffi- culties, to silence those who pretend they find nothing in it above their ability, to warn arithmeticians against undertaking to answer every ques- HISTORY OF ALGEBRA. — 183 tion that may be proposed, and to excite men of genius to attempt their solution. Of these I have selected seven. 2st. To divide io into 2 parts, such, that when each part is added toits square root and the sums are mul- tiplied together, the product is equal to a supposed number. 2d. What square number is that which being increased or diminished by 10, the sum and remainder are both square numbers? gd. A person said he owed Z.atp 10 all but the square root of what he owed Amer, and that he owed Amer 5 all but the square root of what he owed Zatp. 4th. To divide a cube number into two cube numbers. sth. To divide 10 into two parts, such, that if each is divided by the other, and the two quotients are added together, the sum is equal to one of the parts. 6th. There are three square numbers in continued geometrical proportion, such, that the sum of the three is a square number. 7th. There is a square, such, that when it is increas- ed and diminished by its root and 2, the sum and the difference are squares. Know, reader, that in this treatise I have collected in a small space the most beautiful and best rules of this science, more than were ever collect- ed before in one book. Do not underrate the value of this bride ; hide her from the view of those who are unworthy of her, and let her go to the house of him only who aspires to wed her.” Ir is seen above that these questions are distinctly said to be beyond | | the skill of algebraists, They either involve equations of the higher ors | der, or the indeterminate analysis, or are impossible. | | Ir does not appear that the Arabians used algebraic notation or abbre- | Viating symbols; that they had any knowledge of the Diophantine Alge- bra, or of any but the easiest and elementary parts of the science. We |have seen that Bana-uL-pin ascribes the invention of the numeral fig= ures in the decimal scale to the Indians. As the proof commonly given 184 ON THE EARLY of the Indains being the inventors of these figures is only an extract from. the preface of a book of Arabic poems, it may be as well to mention that all the Arabic and Persian books of arithmetic ascribe the invention to the Indians. The following is an extract froma Perstan treatise of arithme= tic in my possession. “ Tue Indain sages, wishing to express numbers conveniently, invent- « ed these nine figures jp f'oyvag, The first figure on the right hand “ they made stand for units, the second for tens, the third for hundreds, “ the fourth for thousands. Thus, after the third rank, the next follow- *« ing is units of thousands, the second tens of thousands, the third hun- * dreds of thousands, and so on. Every figure therefore in the first rank ‘is the number of units it expresses ; every figure in the second the num- « ber of tens which the figure expresses, in the third the number of hun- « dreds, and so on. When in any rank a fivure i is wanting , write a cipher « Jike a small circle o to preserve the rank. Thus ten is written 10, a cs “« hundred 100 ; five thousand and twenty-five 5025.” Or the Indian Algebra in its full'extent the Arabians seem to have been ignorant ; but it is likely they had their Algebra from the same source as their Arithmetic. The Arabian and Persian treatises on Algebra, like the old Eu ‘ropean ones, begin with the Arithmetic, called i in those treatises the Arithmetic of the Indians, and have a second part on Algebra; but no “notice is taken of the origin ‘of the latter. Most likely their Algebra, be- ing numeral, was considered by the authors as part of Arithmetic. Tsoucu part only of the Khuldsat-ul-Hisab is about Algebra, the.rest, relating. to arithmetic and mensuration, must be thought not wholly un- a connected with the subject. Itis to be hoped that ere. long we shall HISTORY OF ALGEBRA. 185 have either translations from the Sanscrit of the Bia Ganita and Lila- wali, or perfect accounts from the originals; and that other ancient Hindu books of Algebra will be found, and made known to the world. But as there is no immediate prospect of these desiderata being realized, the translations into Perszan will be found well deserving of attention. Only let them be examined without prejudice. THERE are principles which will safely lead to a distinction of what is. interpolated from what is original; and it is the neglect of these princi- ples, and not any fair examination of the translations, that may lead to error. iV. - An account OF the funeral ceremonies of a Burman Priest. Communicated > Be Wu CAREY, D’ D: = "Tue manner in which different nations dispose of their dead is one of those circumstances, which have been thought worthy of peculiar notice, by all who have studied fhe history of man, as it is in most in- stances connected with the idea which they entertain respecting a future state. Tuose nations who believe in the doctrine of the resurrection, practise inhumation. The Hindoos and other nations who believe the doctrine of the metempschycosis, and consider fire as the element which purifies all | things, usually burn their dead, .with a variety of ceremonies suited to those religious notions which are peculiar to the different sects. The inhabitants of ZDhibet, differing from most other nations, either totally a FUNERAL OF A BURMAN PRIEST. 197 neglect the bodies of their dead, or treat them in a manner which to us appears highly barbarous. Tue Burmans burn their dead like the Hindoos, though with a great difference in the method and the attendant ceremonies. With them, the wood of the coffin (which is made larger and stronger than with us) is nearly all the fuel used to consume the bodies of the common people. The priests, or Poongees, are like them burnt by the wood of their own coffins, but the fire is communicated by means of rockets. As this is a very singular practice, and has not been noticed by any writer which I have met with, I take the liberty to communicate to the Aszaitck society, ‘the following account of the fimeral ceremonies of a Poongee or Burman “priest, as,communicated by my son, Mr. Frerrx. Carzy, who -resides at Rangoon, and was an eye-witness therete. « Tus man whore funeral ceremowies [ am going to describe, died _ about two years ago, After the death of a Poongee, the body is embalmed in the followmg manner. First, the intestines are taken out, after which the body is filled with spices of different kinds, and the opening sewed up. A layer of wax is then laid all over the body, so as to prevent the admission of air; upon that is put a layer composed of lac and some other ingredients, and the whole covered over with leaf-gold. The body of ‘this person was stretched out at full Jength, with the arms laid over the breast. ‘When one of these people dies, the body is thus prepared at the house where he died. After about a twelve monihs, the corpse is re- - moved to a house built for that purpose, where it is kept a year or two longer, till the Poongees order it tobe burnt. At one of these places Isaw the body ofthis man, about a month before it was taken out for the purpose of being destroyed. It was then placed upon a stage, which ——— 188 FUNERAL CEREMONIES ' was in a house made like one of their Kuims,* rising ina conical. form, and about thirty feet in height. The stage was made of bamboos and wood, and the house which contained it was covered with paper, and over-laid with leaf-gold. By the side of this stage lay the coffin in which the body was to be carried out; this, also, was over-laid. with. gold, and ornamented with several figures, designed to represent eae in a variety of forms. In the court yard two large four-wheeled carriages were pre- paring, one to carry the coffin, and the other the stage with its apparatus. The carriage in which the corpse was to be drawn, had another stage built upon it, similar to the one in the house, only it was larger, and fixed upon an elephant, made in a kneeling posture. WueEn the time for the ceremony approached, the principal people of every street were commanded, each to prepare a rocket, and an image, (the shape of some animal,) to which the rocket was to be fixed. Besides these large rockets, a great number of smaller ones was also prepared, as well as other fire-works. The Burman new year began either on the 13th or 14th of April, I do not exactly remember which, when the festi- val celebrated by sprinkling of water commenced, which would have continued six or seven days, had not the viceroy put a stop to it to admit of the burning of this: Telapoy. On the 17th, the figures to which the rockets were to be fastened, were drawn in procession round the town; and from this day to the end of the ceremony, all the people of the town and its vicinity, both male and female, were compelled to assist.. The — * This isthe name of the buildings occupied by the Burman priests, who live in societies subject to the chief of the Kuim, who is distinguished by his age, or learning. The Kuims are a sort of colleges, where instruction is given to any one who wishes for it 3 but the members are subject to a discipline not very different from that of a monastery. - eight men; last of all followed the men in like manner, singing OF A BURMAN PRIEST. 18 figures. were drawn in ‘procession, one after another, in the following order ; ‘first, six or-eight flags were carried, these were followed by a -number.of dancing boys and girls, then the carriages with the figures, ,some-drawn by boys, and others by bullocks, followed; and after them went anumber of young women, dancing and singing, with an older woman between each row, to keep them in order. Women were never known to attend such processions before, but this was done in conse- quence of a particular order from the viceroy. On this occasion even the wives and daughters of the principal officers of government were obliged to dance, some with umbrellas held over them, and others.under.an awn- ing large enough to shade forty or fifty persons, and supported by six or g, clap- ping their hands, and dancing, with two men between each row to keep them in order. ‘Tue people of each street attended their own carriages, and inthis man- nerproceeded round the town, one company after another. The figures were very large, much larger than the animals they were intended to re- present. Some of them were representations ef buffaloes, others of bulls, lions, bears, elephants, horses, or men. ‘There were not less than thirty, of a very large size, about thirty feet in height, and a great number of smaller ones. Tue ‘next day was spent in‘drawing the body of the Poongee in his car- riage, backwards and forwards, or rather in pullimg against each other. ~All the people, being divided into two parties, drew the corpse, from the “place where it formerly ‘was, to‘an extensive valley, near the hill where it was to be burnt. In'the front of the valley the viceroy had a temporary house erected) from whichthe could:view'the whole shew. Four cables Z 2 190 ‘FUNERAL CEREMONIES were fastened to the axle-tree of the carriage, two each way’; these were held by the people, who every now and then uttered a loud shout and pulled both ways atthe same time. ‘That day neither party gained any advantage over the other, till near evening, when one of the cables broke » and the opposite party gained the victory. Tue following day they discharged the large rockets. Early in the. morning they carried all the figures and their rockets from the town, and = each of these figures was fixed upon‘a carriage of four wheels, and the rockets were secured, by rattan loops, to strong ropes, which passed bee - tween the feet of the animal, so that when discharged, they, sliding on the - ropes, ran along the ground. Some of these rockets were from seven to'« eight feet in length, and from three to four in circumference, made ae strong timber, and secured by iron hoops,-and rattan lashings. The last of them, when discharged, ran over a boy of tenor twelve years old, who~ died in a few minutes; three or four grown up persons ‘were also: much* _hurt. Towards ‘evening a great number of fire-works were discharged, which made a very fine appearance. Tue next day was the time appointed for blowing up the corpse. On this occasion, a quarrel arose between the two parties who had pulled the former day, the party which had been unsuccessful insisting that the ca- bles had been cut, and not broken, by the opposite party ; they therefore presented a petition to the viceroy, requesting that. they might have another trial at pulling. This was granted, upon which, having procured four new Europe cables, from the ships in the harbour, they re-commen- ced their trial of strength; however, the party which had been victorious before won again, and broke the cables of the other. The unsuccessful party was not yet satisfied, butinsisted on another trial of strength, the OF A BURMAN PRIEST, 19} ‘following day. That day neither party obtained the victory, upon which the viceroy issued an order to stop the contest, and to burn the Telapoy the next day, which was accordingly done. Tuat day the corpse was burnt in a temporary house, erected for that | purpose, in the shape of a Kuim, ‘with stage in it upon which the coffin | Was set to be burnt. This was performed with small rockets, fixed upon _Yopes with rings of rattan, so as to slide along them, from the top of a hill, | to:the coffin, which was placed’on the top of another hill. ‘The rockets being. discharged, slided along the ropes, over the intermediate valley, to the coffin, which was-set.on fire by. them, and, with its contents, quickly ” “consumed. An account of observations. taken at the Observatory near’ Fort St. George, in the Hast Indies, for déter- , mining the Obliquity ae the Ecliptic in the months 3 of December, 1809, June and December, 1810, Se —= By Carr. JOHN WARREN, Orb. MH. 338 Reatment of Foot, 1, ALTHOUGH the diminution of the obliquity of the ecliptic be a question of a general nature, and in that respect not immediately within the scope of the researches of the. Asiatick society; yet if we advert to the opinion of a celebrated mathematician,* “that it is only within the tor- “ rid zone, and near to the equator that the obliquity of the ecliptic can” ** be observed with great precision,” the subject may be deemed to fall within their province, and to be deserving of their attention. * Vide Bougaen’s figure de la terre, pag. 230. ON THE OBLIQUITY OF THE ECLIPTIC. 193 2, No observation of this kind has been, I believe, made in India, (or at least given to the public) since Mr. Le Genrtir visited Pondicherry, in the years 1768-9. Nor doI think that any instrument of sufficient power for that purpose had reached this country, until the government of Fort St. George were pleased to purchase and intrust to my hands a cir- cular instrument made by Cary, inthe year 1807; which, being used With _ proper attention, and some degree of skill, proved perfectly adequate to the purpose, This will appear from the consistency and regularity of the observations and results which form the subject of this paper. g. Tuts instrument being intended for astronomical and geographical | observations, in all cases where angular distances may be the object, is on that account somewhat complex. But I shall confine my description to its means and powers for taking altitudes. 4, Tue vertical circle is 18 inches in diameter, and is divided in a masterly manner on the limb to fifteen minutes. In order to read the intermediate parts there are he microscopes, fixed horizontally on Brachi@, consisting of an horizontal, and an oblique ladder bar, meeting at an angle somewhat acute, to where the microscope is suspended, the other ends being screwed against the conic pillar which supports the axis of the circle on that side. 5. Tuis mode of suspending the microscope (though perhaps suf- ficient for northern countries) is rather defective for tropical climates ; for after using this instrument upwards of ten months, I perceived the absolute impossibility of trusting to the level alone for very fine observa- tions, and saw the necessity of a constant reference to an horizontal mark placed at a convenient distance, for accurate results. This irregularity compelled me to. reject the solstitial observations which I had taken in NS 194 ON THE OBLIQUITY December, 1808, and June, 1809, and is to be accounted for from the great expansion to which the intense heat of these climates, subjects every kind of metal. It is true that this cannot be supposed to affect the ad- justment within the limits of an observation, but I never observed twice at the distance of an hour without having occasion to alter by some seconds the mircrometers, when set to the horizontal mark. 6. THE microscopes which read on opposite points of the circle are of the usual construction, and contain micrometers the heads of which are divided toe of a degree, and by estimation read to one. The wires in- side act as in all such instruments, one as a fixed, the other as a moveable wire, _. 7. THERE is but one level which answers for all adjustments. It is suspended on two short arms, projecting from the horizontal axis of the circle, and is exquisitely sensible; the tube hangs freely so that the air bubble remains upwards, whatever be the position of the circle. This level is supplied with the proper adjusting screws -and perfectly com- petent for its purpose, subject to the checks to which I had recourse, _ ae Tur error of centring is very trifling, and is variable. I never observed it at its maximum to exceed 3. The error of collimation has frequently varied from accidents, or other causes; but since I refered to an horizontal mark this became of no sort of importance, because pre- vious to every observation, the moveable wires were always set at ero against the mark. The thickness of the wire in the focus of the telescope, (which subtends nearly 6 ) is considered in the altitudes, 2 by observa- PS tions of opposite limbs. * In place of wires, a large spider’s web, found in numbers in the Coorg country, 1s made use Sof It is exquisitely delicate : it is perhaps extraordinary that it should have been found en a great number of observations to subtend so considerable a quantity... va OF THE ECLIPTIC. | 195 9. THE successive observations were taken as is usual, with the limb of the circle facing alternately east and west, and latterly care was taken, that previous to letting the light in, it should be equally heated, which was done by inverting it from the position it was in during the morning, a short time before the sun’s passage over the meridian. 10. IMMEDIATELY before observing I set the micrometers at zefo, the horizontal wire being on the mark, and immediately after taking the al- titude I renewed the operation. Between these two readings there seldom was a difference above 2. ‘The mean was always registered. ine 11. THE instrument is placed on the center granite pillar in the ob- servatory, and is in every respect perfectly fixt and steady. The tem- perature was always noticed at the time of observation, with a view to the refraction, which was computed (without reference to the tables) from Brapey’s Formula, -and with the constant quantities given in my paper on the declination of stars, published in the XI. vol. of the Aszatick re- ‘searches. ‘The sun’s declination used for the reductions, and also for the latitudes, was invariably interpolated for the exact moment from the tables given in the Ephemerides. The parallax was taken for the month, land day, from Brap.ey’s tables, given in CaLteT’s Logarithms. “49. Tue Brahmin assistant, SANEVASA-CHAIRY, always observed the transit of the sun, whilst I was taking its meridional altitude, which formed also a powerful check, against any irregularity which might have creptin, from the instrument being disturbed from the meridian, when I elevated the telescope. How far these precautions have succeeded will best be shewn by what follows. 196 ON THE OBLIQUITY PARTICULARS OF OBSERVATIONS. 13. I sTATED above, that from want of sufficient knowledge of my instrument, I had been under the necessity of rejecting the solsticial ob- servations, which I had taken in December, 1808, and June, 1809; these receding rather too wide, for deducing from:them the obliquity of the ecliptic. It was only in December following that I obtained sufficient checks over the irregularities I have noticed, for relying on the powers of my instrument. But then the weather proved generally unfavorable, and I obtained but a few unobjectionable observations, two of. which only, were sufficiently near the solstice, for the present purpose, «and om which alone I would not have trusted the fate of the present paper, though the mean result agrees within 2 of all subsequent setts. 14. OssERVATIONS of the sun’s altitude in December, 1809. 90th. 23d. Obs’d Altitude of ©’s Lower Limb, .. 53 13 14.88 53 12 88.80. Refraction, 222.250. 7.558. - 2) = <== — 35.30 _ 35.50 < 53 12 39.58 53 12 2.80 ye Sues eer nene ann #. 1 Ble a ae 53 12 44.70 53 12 7.92 ©’s Semidiaméter, 202 J pe.eo 2 208s « + 16 17.46 + 16 17.60 Cord. Altitude ©’s Center,..-...-- =) 53.29. *.2.10 D3 28. 25,52 90 90 Zenith Distance, ....-- a as See 36 30 57.9 36 31 34.48 os eo MG Tue sun entered ¥? onthe gist of December, at 16 38, to which instant the above zenith distances are to be reduced, by interpolating for the maximum of the declinations, given in the ephemerides for the 19th, goth, gist and ged, and comparing this quantity* with the declination, * Maximum of Declination on 2ist,..-. 23 97 43.136 23 27 43.136 Declination on 20th, ..,..---- BN - 23 26 50.600 23 27 26.640 Differences eee eke eee a 52.536 16.496 ——SS 1s 4 OF TOR ECLIPTIC, © 10%" 5 i mite! i ’ ny ; 3 . ¢ ae Lr aru due to the goth and'a9@ at noon, Madras timte, or 19th and ged! 18 38° 46 Greenwich time. e OBSERY AMIONS ‘Of ae sun is oe in! J une, 18100 -Obs'd: Altitude of ©’s Lower Dimbyo- E Refraction, Cae eee ee Sees oye ANG ee: Pamlaxth wc OSL Wk Sa ee @©’s Semidiatheter, .....-.< VO ee geeseawvaes Cord. Altitude ©’s Center, Zenith Distance, SupDean os Samm oo as ae THE © entered 79 DB. “0 ~-Fe49 esti en : Vth. FOO Q5-41. — 8s — Z. 5 32.70 70.95 94-12: +- 15-46.10 ————_— 10 18. $9.78. therefore proceeding as above we have* Zenith Distances, \ 3210 12) 10) 1 me os Aes se A hares “ Observations. reduced to 2st, Mean zenith distance reduced to the Qs ss LO OS 10 18 99. 78. A-55.92 10 23 35.70 * Maximumof Declination, ee Declinations, Differences jeanne SAR ew ewe ene eno 23 27 42.44 . 23 22 46.52 A 55.92 ae B 3 ) 5 - 79 Al! 90:22. - _Ssao we 22d. 79 20 44.09 weet 119520. 95.09, Bi70- +» pen 1B" 79:90 96:94 + 15 45.90 “79°36 22:84- 90 10 23 37.16 10. 23.37.16 0.16 10 23 37.82 ( mes v 6th. 79 24 15.99 © 8:58 | 79 24 7.41 ongerbicneg) 5 go ——— 799% 8.05” “+ 15 45.60 76°39! 54.55 90 21020. 5.450 : Pyik He? et. gj be saab . gs on the aist of June, at 15 54, Greenwich time, 25, 36.186 23 27 AQ.4a 98.97 AQAA 23 27 42.28 232A: 12:57 eee dy } See ee 0.16 3. 30.07 REN APO Sea i SESE SSE 198 ON THE OBLIQUITY 16. OssERvATIONS of the sun's altitude in December, 1810. Obs’d Altitude ©’s Upper Limb,... 53 46 Refraction) (se 242 20ers ee |B ge OF ae I SI Sg ©, s Semidiameter sect one cena Bde Cor’d. Altitude ©’s Center,....-...- Zenith Distance, : He OM ‘ i THE © entered vj on the gist of December, at 22 31, Greenwich time 20th. 7.30 _ 34.67 53 45 $9.63 cy A,90 53 45 $7.53 — 16.17.45 53 29 20.08 90: ———e 36 30 39.92 21st. p3 45. 19.56 — 34.48 53 44 45.08 mF 4.90... oe 53 44 49,98 — 16 17.50 53 28 52.48 90. 36.31 27.52 ae therefore, repeating the preceding process we have* Zenith Distance. oso acecawte me se Reduction, asepeec RAReomeaae amo mm Ae Mean zenith distance reduced to the 2Ist,..-. 36 31 46.466 SS SSS SS SSS SSS * Maximum of Declination, ......-..- Dechmations 2 2 Coe ee ae Diterences; ce. eee eae mais 20th. 36 30 39.92 1 6.05 36-31 45,97 23 27 41.92 23 26 35.87 1 6:05." ne I ee Qlst. 36 31 27.52 0 19.10 31 31 46.62 23 27 41.92 25 (27 22:82 19.10 99d, 53 12 26.39 LL. _ 35.29 53 11 51.10 “ 5.02 53). 11.56. 12 +. 16 17.55 5328 13.67 — 90 36 31 46.33 a 22d. 36 51 40.35 0.48 36 31 46.81 36 31 46.62 36 31 45.97 23 27 41.92 23 27 41.44 od 0.48 ee eee ? OF THE ECLIPTIC. 199) 17. WE how proceed to deduce the apparent obliquity of the ecliptic from what precedes. Zenith Distance, 2Ist of December, 1809,.........2.......-2. 36 31 50.52 Qist of June, TS10.0 ee eee E10 23° 365k Distance of “Mropies, cscs se joe koes ee AO DO 26.53 Half sum or apparent ovis’ Bethan, eo hic kd.20 Solar iNutations*.2s.gc0 20) 28 ie ee 51 Obliquity for the middle of 1S10,......S.-22.--20...002-0-0--. 23 27 44.17 ——y —_—_—— Zenith Distance, 21st of June, SIO pee seas a os 10 23 36.11 : Qist-of ‘December, 1810). 2.20. oeesos lcs, 36 31 46.28 Distance of Tropics, _. Cuvee Dee TAG, bir. 22 39 Half sum or apparent Obliquity,. sap a ani RS 23 27 41.19 SolamisNutation is: set dole G aoe se 51 - ee Obliquity for the beginning of I811,...........cc00.e020.202. 23 27 41.70 Obpliguity for July (st, (810, No Al. uc... .0. sis. 2 2el 1s...) 23 27 42.12 Dy OWSeIvaviony oso eae ete cece dse al ol etecnsl.. eo Ol; Ee. 17 IME CIC ey cere aL ON IU a ae 2.05 Obliquity for January Ist, 1811, N. A.......22...22.022...,.. 23 27 41.48 by CODER ERNIETT cooler se ay SAN eee 23 27 42.10 Difference yc. jhe otic Ua ieee way Giceam bers + 0.28 * For the solar nutation we have the following formula. Let the sun’s longitude = L. The solar precession = P. The obliquity of ecliptic = Obl. N= the nutation. Then, Sin. Obl. | P py 0S84h. = Sin = 2 N=Sin.? Lx 50 Mia - s TRG x 3”.628=Sin.? Lx 1", nearly, and when L = 90, then Sin,? = 1, and N = i nearly. Doctor Vince makes it 1 in the win- h . . . . he ter, and 0.7 in the summer solstice, the mean of which is 51. Sih ‘ON THE OBLIQUETY. 18. As the mean obliquity of the ecliptic, and, the quantities, of its di- minution, can only be deduced with accuracy from a great number of obs. servations. of the apparent ate taken at different times..and places, and at considerable intervals ;.I shall not detain the reader with this last reduction, but present this paper to astr onomers in Europe, as an in- gredient which may | be combined with others, for the resolution of this important problem; being. at the same time in hopes, that the advantage which I have had of observing between the tropics, may balance the in- accuracies. which (notwithstanding the utmost care in taking the altitudes ) may have crept into my observations. ( Of the Latitude of the Madras Observatory, deduced from 100 observations of the Sun’s Meridional Altitude. 19. THESE observations are given in the tables: at the end, with the — respective elements which have served for obtaining the latitude. ‘The mean limit of the results is 6. The power of the instrument may there« fore be taken at g on each side of the mean, and any observation diverg- ing by more than double that quantity on either side, (6) may justly be rejected’ as affected by some error, independant of the instrument. This I have done j in the course of the present series. 20. Ir will appear remarkable, that the mean latitude derived from 100 unobjectionable observations, (48 of which were taken when the sun. was. either on or near the zenith) should give the latitude of the ob- servatory by 4 43 less than the stars. This difference is further con- firmed by 76. observations of the sun, taken with the zenith sector at diferent times at. the: observatory. What follows will shew-the:com-=. parison. ‘Or THE-ECLIPTICS 208 Wit 1 Major Taare: u Obsbrsdtions ‘within 'S: of the! Bonide Jin 4803p5 0.3 bse ai 5cely gon’s genith, Sector!,¢2d Observations of dos; very near, the Zeniffy, in 41807,3 , 13 4 r 4320, hapee sae 4200 Obseryations the details.of whigh UP, given in : : With Cas DoRtie su a ist > Basa Had mA To ‘ tables, T, Te] I, BOG Vie te cee ee ce jy Osler) apenas Ey HD ae & pie iQ ofl J 1G 399 na (TLE OLO 5 Ct Oy {i i tid Gy vi losqest Mean, by 176 observations. ..-22-.4 ae ean es 13:4 3.50 Oe ae Ee Ce ob aine der) Yaoqcn flrs Wi Latitude by 500 DODeeEyatione of 58 Biare yin 8 of) ae oe With the Z. Sector, 13 4 13.17 OV 12 é ¥ rics Bieri ONS vethe « Zenith, fs = aye e- tate ejo\ale els pb “richie ete a re d¢ wi Ok ai ePiono biee overt Difference. sgevevitey tens P eee wares ae TAG ONT’. = GENriey Wwho® ‘obsérved | thé obliquity of « the’ ‘ecliptie! ati pina ‘He the: year’ oe remarks? ‘thathis: obKaey Ribas! 6f'thel pole stit, ave the Tatitdd® by 4°45 Tess’than thé sun, “whiéli he considers gw proce Of the corrécihiess of the elements He has used in: the reductio# of his observations. ‘With dué deference to’ the ingenuity of sovemthént art astronomer, I beg” to observe’ that the pole star, which is so little elevated aunder the parallel of Pondicherry, was not a fit oblect of comparison, on, “account of the great refraction due to it at 10 and 13) altinde. * el shall Phoppse Regulus in preference, which is on the sun's path, and ine only ye) 1 north of the zenith a the Opser valor yey is not r subject to any sensible $5 9N05 a of A Shy TWA Krk, error of refraction. en econ ee 22. Now it will ee is dabie 1, Of «my paper above te one Regulus gave 13 4.18484 for the letrude of the observatory, and by A a Ye 2 ‘san AY ‘ ies Bg ul j 4 } * [have taken 14 altitudes at the superior. transit of the pole star, with Pan s circle, the limits oe which are 8. 6; that is the extremes 4.3 from the mean. The mean superior al- titude was Bieeceed 51°36. 826, which, by using Bravery’ s ieftaction é: 38.974). gives the latitude 13 4 7/38? ” This result is perfectly consistent with ‘thd’ present observations. But as I had no observation of the iftAor altitude, ‘and as I did not refer'at that per idd to an horizontal mark, I omit for the present giving the particulars relating to it, though | I bes: ray } f Hbhs Ge . lieve the results cannot be far removed from the truth, 7-4 S C 3 202 3: ON THE OBLIQUITY the present, that 48 observations of the sun, when near the zenith, brought out 13 4 6.484. Hence the difference is 6.95; not far different from Mr. Le GenTit’s quantity, but with a contrary sign, so that we differ in this respect by 12: but in the far more important object of the obliquity, it will appear that we agree as near as could be expected. 23. Os the-probable cause why -the sun should ‘so constantly give a lower latitude than the stars; I can only repeat what I have said formerly in the paper above referred to,:namely, that from allowing too much, for the efiects of-refraction, astronomers in Europe, assign probably too great a zenith distance to the.sun, by which excess they place their zenith too far from the ecliptic, a circumstance which tends necessarily to depress the. results of, observations of the sun, taken in low latitudes. ea JOHN WARREN: 4 bf i Ifonorable Company's xe habia Ist of February, 1811. + if ’atotatat a a ene S38 OS vee OSES aoe in ae paper on the declination of Stars, published in 1 the sti Volume of the Asiatick Researches. Tuble Vth, ad column, , corresponding Latitudes. © N. for 15 4 $907 read 13 4 9.879 © 8. for 13 4 4,499 read 13 4 5.403 ° gee Columa Ath. for 13 4 3.323 read 13 4 4, Isl goaded 9 THESE differences arise from. the latitudes having been veadeed: | without interpolating the sun’s declination for the respective days ; which has been done in the present correction. ‘This alteration however, afiects nothing of what 1 have said in the eé6th article of the paper, because T only considered the observed zenith distances and not the latitudes. 7 te O Nt OF THE ECLIPTIC, TABLE prvenew! ° v 203 Containing the Observed Altitudes of the Sun, when near the Zenith of the Madras Observatory, in the years 1809 and 1810: ee es ee Ol mee? | eels | d | o's | @’s | the Obs’d. Altitude, = & 2 | ia Semidia-| — - Latitude. Month, | 3 5 | E Ri iS | S hmeter Declination. 3 GJ — o 3 , oy oO} lad a 5 ‘0 , ” INCHES, ae 4.7) Hane ° a a ° ’ " April 14\E. |S. 85 40 23.07 |29.870 87. 7) 3, ee: 60 |15°57.7 | 9 16 45.500)13 20 27.439 19) 87 26 39.52 |29.844|88.8). 1. ee .342 : 56.3 (EL. 2 577810|13. 20 23.508 May 1/8, |N. 88 6 33.40 [29.758|92.0] 1.743:0.315|15 53.3 /14 57 56:450113 20 21.722 : 51, 87 27 24.27 |29.760\88.0] 2.29110.419]13:52.44)16 8 50.957)13..20 20, 915 j 14/#. 84 32 17.13 129.854)94.0) 4. 628/0.842,15 48.9 |18 32 23.786|13:°20 26.030 j TO \E. 84 3 39.935|29.836/86.0] 5.107/1. .880|15 60.2 }19 1 QO, 6040|13: 20 26.038 N. B. These observations and the following were, taken 2’ without veference to an Horizontal Mark. April 20|W.|3. 88 20. 1.97 25 W. OVW. BW 4) W. iW. 89 59 24.68 N. 87 15 (53.35 86 58 2.70 86 40 27.64 May > 86 6 3.77 | 129.852 87.0, ¢ i — 29,824/85.0} 1.579 0.292)15 | 29.894188.0| 0.229 0.000115 ~ sel F6¥ 15 2.25910.405] 15 2.506|0.448]15 29.820 92.0 29.797'35.0 | 29,746 |92.0| 2.953/0,539)15 Error of collimation, 18 42.067. | aa Affected of the error of centring. or eee: 56.05/ 54.80! 53.90} 52.87| U5 52.65|15 + 52.22 23°41.160 Twelve observations of the San, in April and May, 1809. 13°20 24.275 12 47 48.409 Mean, ed 12.47 4 4 iouaestie. 16 3.648'12 33) 54.850112 51 31.348/12 25 56.557112 50 Meaa, 12 47 45.409 13. 4 6.342 204° ON THE OCBLIQUITY Twelve observations of the Sun, in August, 1809. Article TH. i: Dae aa ate s| | oF | @’s | -the + .| ep Obs’diAldinde. 33 | 6 & | Semidia, EO) och foo Dyatiduder) Month ee i § E | ie | = | meter. Declination. Lo a Lies » a : I LOISE Saw OO deb wate ole ANY aa i INCHES.| _ = | oe ae aac Bait eee Aug. 19/E. |N. 87 57 36.34 |29. 596)88.0 1.89110.298|15 49.9 als 7 7.29 113 20 31.237 14/¥. 88 33 48.73 129.892 89.0! 1. "g94l0.a11l15 49.5 [14 30 51 99 [13 20 29.037 | 17/E. 89 30 10.295|29. 772|91.0) O°69T/0.075|15 50,0 |13 34 32.93 |13 20 32.679 19/F. )S. 89 51 13.63 |29.794|/86.0, 0.343/0.025/15 50.5 |12 55 53.99 113.20 31.178 22 iol ~ 588-49; 68.75 j29. $8087 (8) WZ7O, 0VG834]16 60.1 11; 56-27.85 '}13'BO 40.255 a4|. | 87 39 22.15 129.798/88.0) 2.081,0.341]15 51.5 |1l 15 51.48 js 20. 39.570 aes . 13 20 33.992 | 12 47 39.337 ‘Mean, 13 4 6.6645] { 2 ee iilw.1N. 87 6.46.70 129.884]8s. al 2.135|0,495/15 49.0 115 25 7.67 Ii 47 41.660 13/W.| 87 42 43.92 |99!914|/88.0| 2,161|0,373/15 49.4 |14 49 11.17 |12 47 42.702 1si/W.| 89 16 26.69 |29.798185.01 0.371|0.107;15 50.3 |13 15 20.23 112.47 37.026 | oiW, S. 89 12 0,60 |99.834/86.0| 0.232,0.114]15 50.9 j12 16.27.99 |12 47 36.608. 23\W.] 088 32.47.53 {29:794|88.0} 0.983/0.213|15 51.1 {11 36 15.12 |12 47 37.260 26|W.| 87 -30°26.35 120:770/87.0] 3.810]0,360|15 61.96/10°33 57.62 |12 47 40.770 Error of collimation, 18 32.662. - DO LOiGETOS Mean, - 12 47 '39.337 Affected: of the error of .eentring. SG IA OE Tee | : Ae die prs Tywelve observations of the Sun, in April and May, 1810, | 4 . r = . j Article Vl. a a ee a La ea nc a nS rn gp ne pn rer enn ee ee ee pe pa aE, $._.87.16.49.80_{ 29.736 sr 2.219|0.40 15 60.8 |i as 49.80 {13 | 5.119] 20] EB. | 87 | £8, 27.35 -|29.7 '4/87.5| 1.647)0.3) |l5 56.2 111.48 31.00 |13. 8.787 | 4 4 2018. 88 39 26.85 29.706,86.5; 1.693/0.21 |15 55.6 j11 59 26.71 13 4 5.143 24) ki. N. 89°19) 35:70 (29.668) 87,0 -0.547)0.11 15 65.2 12-39 36.42 113 (4 -5.057 May ..2/%. 87.36.3885 '129:646|87.8| 1.937,0.36 115 53:2 115 11 35.63 {13 4 6.003 A\E. 87° 1.0.92 129.690|89.0. Pesci ee 1552.7 \15 AT 12:666|14 4 4.320 can . 18 4 5.738 1B-°49 7.754 « N. B. “These arsatieue and the. following were taken? : gas i with: reference to an Horizoial mark. § Kee : ‘Mean, 13' 4 “6.746 - ee SS SSS | epee oe aw OF THE ECLIPTIC. D0 Article WL. Continued. Day. of @ ‘ Q’s y eo sb eg ©’s the Obs’d Altitude. | % Bf xB »¢ | Semidia- Latitude. y oO aos) . : Month. | 3 5 5 g ‘2 | meter, | Declination. 3 Bt. | pees a els ca Se ee ae SRI: ela | INCHES.) 4 ees no hae Wala, @ April 19|W.|S. 87-37 49.80 |29.736|86-5| 1,923)-0.34|15 56.4 |10 57 49.80 113 4 5.193 21/W.| 88 18 58.25 |29.702/86.8] 1:371|' 0.26/15 55:8 [11 39 4.32 113 4 11.381 23\W.| 88 59 35.35 |29.684|86.5| 0.820] 0.16/15 55.4 112 19 37.52 113 4 7.430 27\W.\IN. 89 41 47.32 |29,672|88.0) 0.245 “ouodl 15 5414 {13 38 17.73 |13 4 11.475 | ut e Y | 88°31 52.54 |29.708/87.2), 1.194 orate 5319 |14 16 19.52 |13 14’ 4,996 || | May. 87 54 41.39:120,646187.01 1.696) 0.32/15 53.4.114 53 32.6413 4 61054) |Error of Pe cent T.008.-23241 | Le | Mean, 12 (4° 7784 | St | eda cial Twelve observations of the Sun, in August and) ‘September, ‘Isi0, | | | ‘gutite IV. ae | ; if Aug. 2] EB. [N. 84 50 45.47 190. 60)99.0) 4.140). tBONS ear 17.57 34.070/13. 4 4 a » 12) E.|) 87 36 43.89 }29.656)90.2|' 1.930]/0.35|15. 49.1315 11 35.560|13 4 7.000 15,E.| 88 31.23.24 (20.616)88.0) 190; 0. 29 15 49.70)14 16 52.340 )h3 4 4,310 t 4 4 a | v _s . H ‘ TE. 89 9 2.03 |29.629|87.0! oo 0. ais 50.1 |13 39 12.600|13 4 4.180 21| KE. |S. 89 1 23.150/29.568|87.0} 0.700] 0.15/15 50.9 |12 21 21.320113 4 7.820 Q3|E.{ 88 21 14.170|29.546|88.7| 1.330] 0.24/15 51.3 [11 41 13.520|13 4 9.120. 13. 4 6.226 13 4 6.145 {Mean of the four latitudes, 13 4 6.4843. Mean, 13 4 6.185) | NMG ASL 1 Bo eS RSs yAug.’ 1/W.|N. 84°35 43.93'199.549}91%8) 49340] 0.76/15) 47.5 |18 19 37.380/13°' 4! 4.53 1ilW.| © 87 18 53.61 199.646|38.8| 2.170! 0.37/15 48.96/15 °29 29,760113 4° 3.53 14)W.| 88 12 52.80 |29.636186.2| 1.250] 0.97/15) 49.5 |14°35 '21.250/13 4° 2.32 | Roki ‘a 20\W. 1S. 89 21 9.67 |29.634/86.8) 0:540| ‘0/10)15' 50.719 40 8.730]13° 4- 8.80 Hs 24. 88 0 52.73 |29.544/87.7| 1.600] 0.29/15 51.5°H1'20'52.900/13. 4 9.98 Sept. 1/W.] 85 15- 0.89:|29.464!88.8] 3.760].1:05}15 53.2.) 8-31°59.09 |13" 4 7.71 | Brror of collimation, 0.045. Mean, 13 4 6.145 Ds 206 TABLE If. Containing Observations of the Sun’s Altitude, when near the Solstices. —E— a ON THE OBLIQUITY / Ten observations of the Sun,. in June, 1810; Article I. a ES RE NE ENT | i i i ss 14 52.253 Day. of. | ‘ s fw oOo the Obs’d Altitude, | $ | = Month..| 3 | E | 5 or «3 pm} oe oe by INCHES.| 4 June 13\E. |N. 79 37 0.70 |29.560/92.0 15|K 79 30 32.11 |29.472|91.8 17h. 79 25 41.25 |{29.472|91.0 99\K. |. 7920 44,09 129.546188.0 26) fh. 79 24 15.99 |29.504)91.0 28| fi. 79 28 27.81 |29.482|82.9 June -14|WV.|N.-79 33 37:26-|29-520199.4 a5iW. 79 22 46.46 129.528|88.8 Q7\W.| 79 26 12.36 |29.526191.0 q9\W.| 79 3L 8.98 |29.465|87.5 Error of, collimation, 0.42. a ; 5) ES Sols ce | & UE rreortl| O33 8.40 |1.51 sale 8.55 |1.54 1 8.70 11.55 8.58 |1.54 8.67 |1.54 |g-44-|1.52 1 §.66 {1.55 | 8.56, 11.54 [e.bd.| 154 | Semidia- ©’s meter. 45.6 45.6 |23 ©’s | Declination. 25 41.71 }23 22.17.95 Mean, 17 15.88 - iso) Ten observations of the Sun, in December, 1810; and January, 1811: eA atl Dec. 13)B. |S: 54 4 42.16 .|29.672)81.5 Qik. 53 45 23.22% |29.714153-1 26K. 53 48 29.44 !29.654)/80.2 i811. 28). 53 20 A4.50 )29.670|78.0 Jan. 3) hh. | 53-45. 12.25 |29.668/81.8 6IB. | 9 54 36 36.00.|29.814|78.0 ttitte 1. 34.150| £86 34.48014.90 34.490] 4.89. 35.180]5.01 34.28014.90 93.95U\4.74 + 6 17.75123 17.77 17.72 16 16 - 16.9 17.5 LZ.7 1 7° 58.22 Q% (22.82 24.12.97 2s: 23 23 19: 39.47 54 46.71 36 8.72 22 22 13774 6.1 13. 4: 4.79 13: 4. 4.89 113+ 4e 8.45 13t 4e 7.63 13, 4 2,49 13.4 5.676 OF THE ECLIPTIC. 207 Article I. Continued: fe Day of | g # Peet 3 O’s Q's | the Obs'd Altitude. | 8} 3 | ¥ | Semidia. Latitude. Month. | 3 5 | E ¢ be | @ meter, | Declination. vo cs a lel ie aie . SUlOneatiearen TPSTSh E028 : On ssrA o 2 4 Dec. 10 W.|S. 53 47 1.94 |29.680 81.1 34, 57 ih 16 Nee 2273) 2299 INS A 8319 1811 22\W., 53-12 26,39 |29.682'81.2/38.29°) 5:02/16-17.55,23-97-41.44 413 4 4:89 - Jan. 4 W 54 23 36.56 |29.772|79.0134.06.) 4:80116 17.75|22 49 0.96 113 4 9.49 7\W.- 54 10 49.10 |29:786178.0|34.43. | 4.84116.17:70;22 29. 8,94 lee 4 10.68 13. 4 8.295 13. 4’ 5.676 Mean latitude, in December, 1810, and January, 181f; 13 4 6.985° Mean latitude, in June, 1810, ....cccwseoneeecserese 1B /4, 6.575 Error of collimation, 1.307. Méan, 13 4° 6.780 DARE TABLE Ik. ‘Containing the Observed “Altitudes of the Sun, when: on:or near the Equator,.in. the Year 1810. a. ; p Z tne Sept 3} F. sie 84 28 23.44 29.428 30.0 4.386 0.2115 58.70 7 48 16.82 |13 4 4:879 | TIE. | 83 0 26.82 |29.542/91-2} 5.634! 1.03/15 54.70} 6 20 24.68 [13 4° 7-764 ; 9| KB. $214 31.50 |29.496)9150| 6-248) 1. 14]15 54.20) 5: 3419/86 |13 3- 59.268 121k. 816 4.81 !29.564/90.5} 7.179) 1.31115 55.95] 4 26 2.43 [13 4 7.539 | 15{K. 79 57 3.52 }29.551191.0} 8.100] 150/15. 56.75] 3 17° 3/94 {13° 4 10,270 . 17|K. 79 10 48.18 [29.554]90.0| 83714}/1)60]15-57.27|. 2 30:46:81 |13 4. 7.474 Mean: latitude by face E. 13° 4: 6.1156 a Sept. 4|/W.] . 84 6-14.20 |29.476|88.0| 4.766! 0.74] 15, 53.951 7 66.18.83 |13.- 4 11.706 1O}W.} 81-51 46.58 129.526191,8] 6.555) 1,19|15 55.45) 5. 11.39,99 |13, 4 1.625 14, Ws | 80° 20-12.23 129,564|90.5) 7,793] 1.42)15 56.47) 3 40 alia 4 5,013 Mean latitude by face W. 13 4. 6.1143 a E18) 4 C1156 Mean latitude, wo | | | | LLL LALLA, LLL ALLTEL OLA DOLL LOCC LLL LLL LLL ALD| LLL ALLL LALLA LLL LL A, A, 208 ON THE OBLIQUITY TABLE IV. Containing the Observed eae of the Sua, at~various piace between the Tropies; in the Yeor 1809-10, Bs) ¢ mae c=) ard WT rele re ipiibeae | ceric, 0G ol on Os | be the i Obs’d Altitude a eI es i Samia Declination, Latitude. Month & | 2 | 5 | & | f meter, N. = Ce ee ee 1809 et INCHES.| ° is tay ; ita | DEA o oy 4 Dec:~ 20)E. | “3°13 inte Spa ies 0/35.30'1'5.19|16 17/4 12326 50.60 13 A 7.30 fo. S0\/E, | 53.27 44.94 |29.744/79.8}35.13 5.09|16 17.7 [23.12 19.52 |43 4. 7,88 Hee ae | Be ei hu: {March 31/8. 80 35 30.70 |29.716.86.2| 7.74 | 1.1416 1.2 | 3 55 34.63 113 4 9.030, ‘April --6/ Bef © 82° 53° 33:50-129.710187-9|~5-801| 4.06]15 -59-9-|-6 13-36.76- 113 -~4 -8.101- 8iE. 83 38 48.70 129.728/86.5] 5.200] 0.95/15 59.4 | 6 58 50.28 {13 4 6.430 10|K. | 84 23 25.50 |29.654)87.0} 4.570) 0,84|15 58.8 | 7 43 30.25 |13 4 9.680 May 4|E. 87 1 0.92 |29. .690]89.0 2.416| 0.45|15 52.7 [15 47 12.666113 4 4.320 38/E. 35 53 4.64 |29.586)88:.0| 3.325} 0.61/15 51.8 |16 55 13.067|13 4 6.792 10\E. 85 20 46.28 |29.628|89.2|- 8.762}"0.69|15 51.3 |17 27 37.467|13 4 11.975 17|E. 33 36 54.30 129.584185.6)-5:2111'.0.94115 50.0 }19 11 24.696/13 4 4.725 Q2ik. 82 32 24.96 |29.502/85.3} 6.085] 1.10)15 49.0 [20 15 55.176/13 4 4.151 . Mean by face... 113 ‘47/307 Mean by face W. 13 4 7.858 “Mean latitude, 13 4 7.582 1809. af ee CONES eS Pek, bo AGRE Dec.- 23]/W.| ~ 53 1-14.88: |29.780|80,0]35.50 5, 19116 17. 60/23. a7 26, 64 113.14 7.840} « 09 9a|W.1- 9258: 31 AB. ie 29.780|80.9|35.26 | 5, W {16 17.70|23 8-17.37 |13 4 7.050 111810 he Reh Sy } ~ 4 i Bl j | i|April: 5 Ww. 82 30; 43. 60. 29. esis, 5 6.094 BL 16 0.201 ‘5 50. 50. 56 j13.14,-11.744 | ooeoe DLW.) 84245248. 9: 29.694|87:4| .4.271| 0.78) k5 58.60| 8. 5 45.19 13 4; 6.181 | 13/W.| 85 29 40.90 |29.648]86.51 3.670| 0.67|15 58.00] $ 49 40.98 113 ‘4 5.080) 15|W.] .°86- 92 55.58 129.708)8617| 3.085] 0.57/15 57.60] 9 32 57.30 {13 4 6.8155 He - $6.55 42.95 ee 672 86.5] 2. eu 0.43/15 57.0 {10 15 48,60 |13 4 10.721 May | 3/W.| 87 18 '48.98 |29.675|#8.0) 2.179] 0:41]13 63.00/15 '29 31. D50l18 4 10-770, C7.) BIW. <-86°43° 40.10 |29.638/86. | 2.661) 0.49/15 42.50/16 4°37.065|13' 4° 7.494 | 7iW. 86 9° 33.71 |29.598183.0) 3.166] 0:58/15- 2.00116 (38! °39:267|18'' 4! 2.391 | sre eae 201 Wes 85 36-44.3_ -|29.620188.9| 3.551] 0.65/15 51.6 {17 11 34. 557/13 4 7. 556 . Q1)W.| 82 44 44,46 }29.533/83. ‘0| 5.940] 1.70]15 49.3 {20 3 41. eal 4 10.658 | Mean by face W. 13.4 7.858 | LH e i oon Se VI. On the notions of the Hindu Ajtronomers, concerning the precefion of the Equinoxes and motions of the Planets. eee Sent et ne ee Sao Se By THE PRESIDENT. Feeomeey Ix an effay on the Indian and Arabian divifions of the Zodiack, inferted in the Ninth Volume of the Afatick Refearches, I adverted to a paflage of Budscara, onthe preceffion of the equinoxes, and intimated an intention of further noticing this fubject in a feparate effay. * The paflage, which I had then in view, occurs in Budsca- ra’s defcription of the armillary {phere. t It appears tome deferv- —- * As, Res. Vol. 9. P. 363. + Géladhyaya, C, 6. V. 17 and 18, Es 210 HINDU ASTRONOMERS. ing of diftinét examination for the information which it contains, the difficulties which it prefents, and the variety of topicks which it fug- gefts. I fhall here quote the original and add a verbal tranflation. aQa ASAI PATNA || ASNT AT DAWIY TAT ROY BwawsaIT RS eee | ARNT it MITIGATE | PRS * Tue interfection of the ecliptic and equinodiial circles is the Cran- ° tipata Or interfe€ting point of the fun’s path. Its revolutions, as nA * declared on the authority of Saya (Sauréélah), are retrograde three a ‘ myriadsina Calpa. ‘This is the fame with the motion of the folftice, “as affirmed by MunjAta, and others. But, according to their « doctrine, its revolutions are 199,669 in a Calpa.” Tuis is the very paflage, to which the commentator on the Sarya- fidd hanta, cited by Mr. Davis,* abhades. where he fays “ the means | “ing of Budscara ACHARYA, was not that Strva, [in the Siirya * fd@’hanta,]- gave 50,000 as the revolutions of the places of the colures, “in a Calpa; the name he ufed Bee Saura not Surya, and applied « ¢9 fome other book.” “Ir is certainly true, as here obferved by this commentator, that BaAscara’s quotation does not agree with the text of the Surya fidd’h- anta, which exprefles, “ The circle of the afterifms moves eaftward ® As. Res. Vol. 2, P. 267 4 ‘ON THE EQUINOXES. alt «¢ thirty [coresina yuga. Multiplying the number of ¢lapfed days by «that, and dividing by the terreftrial days, [which compofe the 66 cycle], the quantity obtained is an arc, which, multiplied by three, “ and divided by ten,* gives degrees (ans’a) termed ayana, [or the «* place of the colure. |” uaa aaa Qa Aeiegreudatsar saath hj Hers the number of revolutions is 600 in a yuga, anfwering to 600,000 in a Calba; and not as flated by BuAscara, 30,000. But the commentator’s mode of reconciling the contradiction by fuppofing a different book from the Sérya fidd’hanta, to have been intended, is incompatible with BuAsc€ara’s Own explanation of his text, in the Véfanabhaéfhya, containing annotations by himfelf on his owntreatife. He there fays in exprefs. words, “ the revolutions of the interfecting * point of the fun’s pathare ftated in the Surya fidd’hénia, as amounting « to 30,000 1n a Calpa.”"t =] = seep hy THISR | TAAL la ATMs 4 wea: Sytaa ala raf HS sti’ |] His commentator, Muniswara, has therefore recourfe to other expedients for reconciling the contradiction between Bus * Ratio of 27° to go? + Budscara’s Vafané Bhifhya on the aftronomy and {phericks of his Sidd’hénta sirémani. ‘This vo- lume of annotations is commented, with the Sirémani, by Neristnua in the Va/endé Védrtica, as proceed. ing from the fame writer; and is exprefsly acknowledged to be a work of the author of the text ( 1 + . af . . ° . {, nnr?e actually purports) by the Scholiat Muniswara, in this very place, where he is endeavouring to tuppo his own interpretation of the text, again the apparent and natural fenfe of a pafluge in 212 HINDU, ASTRONOMERS. cara’s quotation .and the text of the Surya fid@hanta. Some, he obferves, have propofed to read nzyuta “a hundred, thoufand” for ayuta. “a myriad.”* Others have fuppofed the calpa to, be-a twentieth part. only of the period ‘ufually fo denominated, -The.commentator further fuggefts the refolution of the term vya/léh,tranflated “ retro- grade,” into w for venfati “twenty” and aftah, which he makes to fignify ‘ multiplied,” and expounds: the. phrafe “ thirty: thoufand multiplied by twenty.” But diflatished with this and with another expofition, by which trayam “ three” is conftrued into, * fixty,” he gives the preference to an equally {lrained interpretation, which divides * the fentence inte two members: “its. revolutions, are declared by ** Surya, and [according to a different ete are retrograde three * myriads in .a calpa,” However unfatisfaétery thefe explanations of the text may be, they prove the concurrence of the commentators of both works in the re- ceived interpretation of the very obfcure paflage of the Sdrya-fidd'hanta which is the fubje@ of. their difcuffion. That. interpretationis fup- ported by correfponding paflages of the Séma fidd’hanta, Laghy Vafifhtha, and Sdcalya-fanhiré, in which the number of fix hundred revolutions is explicitly flated: as weli as by other quotations, which * He alludescither tothe Véfand vértice, in which that emendation of the text is a€tually fuggefted by the annotator Ne ¥sinwa, or to fome eaglier commentary in which ¢he fame conjectural emendation may have been originally propofed. + gmeqrangusag faded y nga stiemmsaasey: | Sémafidd'hante PI CuR Eis TUASATVIaagiafasqenh \ Sécatyafanhita. 1. 286—291. STs: sega age U ET \| Laghuvafi~ht' ba Sida’ hantacited by DApDAB i bd and Narisinza, on the Surya fidd’hanta, ON THE EQUINOXES, 213 clearly demonitrate, that a libration of the equinoxes, at the rate of fix hundred in a juga, was there meant. For, in all the pailages. quoted, the revolution, as it is termed, of the equinoctial points, confifts in a libration of them within the limits of twenty-feven de- grees eaft; and as many. welt, of the beginnings of Aries and Libra: and that fuch is the meaning conveyediin the text of the Sérya fdd'aanta, is diftinélly fhown by the commentator cited by Mr. Davis, *as well as. by, the other commentators..on that work. Tue fame doétrine is-taught in: the Pardfara-fddhania, as quoted © by Muniswara;.and, if'we mayrely, on the authority of a quotation» by this author fromthe works of ARyasaarTT a, it was alfo main- tained by that ancient aflronomer: but, according to the firft men- tioned treatife, the number of librations amounts to 581,709, and, according to the latter, 578,159 ina Calpa, inftead of Goo,coo: and « Agyanuat ra. has tated the-limits of the libration at 24° inftead. of > 2349 de _ BuAscara himfelf, adopting the-do&trine for which he quotes the - authority of Munjaua, in the pafiage above cited, mentions a com- plete revolution of the places.of the colures through the twelve figns Il HY, WW OV Vi of the Zodiack at the rate of 59 54.2 31 12 per annum, or 199,669: complete revolutions in.a Cala. Having. computed upon. the fame - * As Res. 2.-p.. 267... The commentator is Nrifinha. bat tO. SR $ wqfanat sans AU A’ryagnar't’/a, in the Arydbtas‘ata; quoted by Muwiewara. Iris *efpecially neceffary to ditine guifh the particular work of this author to which reference is made: for BranmMecuera reproaches him for his inconfittency in affirming revolutions of the nodesvin the d’ryéfras‘ata, which he: denied in the Datagiaca, It is therefore probable, that the libration of the equinoxes (confidered asnodes) for which» the firit mentioned work is quoted, may not be ftated in the other, E.3 214 HINDU ASTRONOMERS. Buns the quantity of the preceffion in his own’ time at rev 1 Il Wi. 70I1 Vv 91,189 © 10 54 35 23 55 40 43, he thence, for the fake of facility in calculation, aflumes in ‘his practical treatife, named Caraza Cutihala, the actual preceflion in whole numbers at eleven degrees, and allows the annual motion to be taken at one minute.* The time, for which this computation was made, is the fame with the epocha of the Ca. raka Cutihaca ;+ which is the year 1105 Saca,t thirty-three years after the Serémage was completed | BuAscara’s authority, fupporting that of Munjxa, and counte- q » . : . manced by Visunu Cuanpra’s,§ has-not availed with Indian aftro- momers, Even his commentator MuniSwara, rejeéts the notion of a complete revolution; and, in his own treatife entriled Sidad’hanta Sér- vabhauma, afferts the do€trine of libration, and attempts to refute the other opinion, not indeed by argument’, ‘but in deference to the: Siryae fidd *honta and other authorities to which it is oppofed, ‘Upon the fame ground, Camardcara in the Szdd’hanta tatwavivece fays, “ The * degrees of the colures, as {tated by MunyAta, and taught in the * Mu nicwiha, in his commentary on: the $i rbmanic + The Grabaldg’ hava, written in 1442 Saca, deduits 2.444 fiom the expiredoyears of the S’aca, and dic vides by 60; reckoning the preceffion 2t.a minute a year. «This agrees nearly with the Carava Cuthhalas. for, if the famé number (444) be deducted from the years expired, 2" 105 Saca § ‘the temainder Beit one minute above 11°, the quantity there afflum:d by Budscara, 5 Rémacuanpra, who in the ‘Calanirnaya fates the quantity of preceffion as amounting sain O. ‘anisrehs kons the preceflion at aminute.of a degree, a year, feems alfo 10 have fol lowed thes fante authority. Fe _ may therefore have written about fixty years fubfequent to. the dite of the Carai. ‘a Cutibala; or Soca 1166. "This afcertainment of the age of RAMACHANDRA ACHARYA is a ftep towards inveftigating the age of wri. ters ia other branches of feiencey who have ee Ce author er who are cited by him, ‘They are’ nu. meicus. Cua t Fatzr; inchis taiiliden of Bhéfeara’s Litgvatt. 4 Wor it ‘was Gaifhed when the aathor was thirty-Gx years of age ; and he was born in 0 4036 Saca: ag be informs us. § See next pages ON THE EQUINOXES. 215 & Sirémarti, contrary to.what is declared by Arca (Surya) and others, * from not rightly.underfianding what was by them declared, muft « be rejected: bythe wife.” He certainly. here exprefles the pre- valent opinion of the Hindu aftronomers, which is decidedly in favor ef alibration of the places of the colures. Besipes Munjdza mentioned by Budscara, the only other ancient author, whofe name I find quoted for acomplete revolution of the equinoétial and fulftitial points, is VisHnu Cuanpra,* from whofe works apaflage is cited by Prair’nu’pacaswamt,. declaratory. of a folftitial yuge, or period of the ayana, The text is corrupt in refpect ef the lowelt digits of tae number; and, having found no other quo- tation of it, I fhail not attempt to {tate the period from a conjectural emendation of this paflage. Iv is neceflary to obferve, that fome of the ancient writers on aftronomy have not admitted a periodical motion of the equinoxes. This is adverted to by Buscara himlelf,t who inftances Bran- mMecupTA. The reafon of that omiffion or denial is, fuppofed by Budscarat to have been the inconfiderable quantity of the deviation er preceffion, not then remarkable, and confequently: unheeded by Braumecurra; fince whofe time it is become fenfible and there- fore itis new taken into account|} Badscara next inquires * why Teen Tn nn nnn EEN ® Author of the Vo/yo?ha-Sid’hanta, a ditin& work from the Lagsu-vafyorha cited by Dava pu s'i, and {under the title of VafbCha-Sidd’bénta) by Naistnua. + In the Péfand bhajbya, tf Ibid. | ata TNE Plage faata SARA AIA La awG ITA BAVA UATayarT | 214 HINDU ASTRONOMERS. Pages the sca of the preceflion in his own" time’ at 1 D0 Grea 069 Caine 91, 3189 © 10 54 95 23°55 40 43, he thence, for the fake of facility in calculation, aflumes in his pratical treatife, named Carazta Cutihala, the actual preceflion in whole numbers at eleven degrees, and allows the annual motion to be taken at one minute.* The time, for which this computation was made, is the fame with the epocha of the Cas raka Cutihaia ;+ which is the year 1105 Saca,t thirty-three years after the Szrémage was completed || Budscara’s authority, fupporting that of Munysva, and counte- manced by Visuanu Caanpra’s,§ has-not availed with Indian aftro- nomers. Even his commentator MuniSwara, rejeéts the notion of a complete revolution; and, in his own treatife entitled Sidd’hinta Sér- vabhauma, aflerts the doétrine of Jibration, and attempts to refute the other opinion, not indeed by argument, ‘but 1n deference to the- Suryae fide ‘hénta and other authorities to which it is oppofed. ‘Upon the fame ground, Camardcara in the Sedd’hanta tatwavivecs fays, ‘ The « degrees of the colures, as flated by Munjdta, and taught in the ® Munifwara, in hiscommentary on ‘the nant + The Grahalag’bava, wri itten, 10-1442 Six deduits 5.444 from the expired! years of the S‘aca, and dic vides by 60; reckoning the preceffion ata minute a year. This agrees nearly with the Carara Cuithalas. for, if the famé number (444) b: deducted from the years expired, °"(a tas Soa s) the remainder gives but one minute above 11°, the quantity there afflumid by BuAscara. R&éMACHANDRA, who in the ‘Calanirnaya fiates the quantity of preceffion as amounting to.12°, and rece kons the preceflion at a minuteof a degree, a year, feems alfo to have follow ed the fame author tity. He _ may therefore have written about fixty years fubfequent to. the date of the Caraia Cuthbala; or $aca 1166. This afcertainment of the age of RAmMacHANDRA AcHARYA is a ftep towards ‘inveftigating the age Of wrie ters in other branches of fcxence, who have quoted ne author er who are cited by him. ‘They are’ nu. IMCICUS. : ps gad’ 3 Fatzr; inchis fteatilacion of Bhéfeara’s L##gvatt, “ For it was Gnifhed when’ the aathor was chirty-fix years of ‘age ; ond he was born in 1 1036 Saca : ae ‘be informs us. § See next pages ON THE EQUINOXES. O15 e Scrémazt, contrary to what is declared by Arca (Surya) and others, “ from not rightly. underfianding what was by them declared, muft 99 « be rejected bythe wife.” He certainly here exprefles the pre- valent opinion of the Hindu aftronomers, which is decidedly in favor ef alibration of the places of the colures., Bestpes Munjdia mentioned by BuAscara, the only other ancient author, whole name I find quoted for a complete revolution of the equinoctial and folftitial points, is VIsHN U CHanpra,®* from whofe works apaflage 1s cited by Prir’nu’pacaswamt,. declaratory of a folf{titial yug2z, or period of the ayana, The text is corrupt in refpect ef the lowelt digits of tae number; and, having found no other quo- tation of it, I fhall not attempt to {late the period from a conjeCtural emendation of this paflage. Ir is neceflary to obferve, that fome of the ancient writers on aftronomy have not admitted a periodical motion of the equinoxes. This is adverted to by Budscara himflelf,t who inftances Braue MEGUPTA, The reafon of that omiffion or denial is. fuppofed by Budscarat to have been the inconfiderable quantity of the deviation er preceffion, not then remarkable, and confequently: unheeded by Braumecurra; fince whofe time it is become fenfible and there- fore itis now taken into account|| Badscara next inquires “ why * Author of the Vafacha-Sidt’hdnta, a ditin& work from the Laghu-va/yai’ba cited by Daoa pud'i, and {under the title of Vaf/rha-Sidd’bénta) by Nristnua. + In the Véfand bhajhya. £ Ibid. | nia EME Pivgaly feria SARA AIA; Lala wa NI TH: RATATAT AIT |) 916 - HINDU ASTRONOMERS; Braumecurra and the reft did not neverthelefs flate it on the ftrength- of authority, fince it had been. declared in the Saura fidd’hanta; in- like manner as the numbers of revolutions, the periphery of epicycles, | &c.?’* He replies “ In mathematical {cience holy tradition 1s autho- rity, fo far only as, it agrees with. demonftration.” He goes. on to: fay: .« Such motion, as refults from the ailigned revolutions, by which, places being calculated, agree with thofe which. are obferved, muft be admitted. whether taught by a hely fage or by atemporal teacher. . If then the fame places. are deducible from other revolutions, which ; of the afligned motions isthe true one?» The anfwer is, whichever. agrees with prefent, obfervation. muft be admitted... But, if in pro-. cefs of time the difference become great, then men. of genius, like - Braumecupta, will arife, who will acknowledge fuch , motions as.. agree with prefent obfervation and compofe books {5‘¢fras) contor- mable thereto. Accordingly this mathematical {cience has.no end in. eternal time,” Bur BRAHMEGUPTa’s commentator, expounding a-paflage of this... author,t which he confiders to be levelled againft. thofe who. affirmed . a periodical revolution of the folftitial points,and which does deny. fuch a revolution, and declares.the folftice to be invariable, becaufe the longeft. day and fhorteft night occur conftantly at the end of Mi@huna - or Gemini, adverts in the courfe of his expofition of . the text to pafla.. «© Why has it not been ftated by Branmecurra and other fkilful aflronomers? It was not perceived. by them, becaufe it was then inconfiderable. But it is. perceived by the moderns, becaufe it is now confidere able. Accordingly it is concluded, that there is motion, [of the folftice.”] Badscara in the Véfand-bhd/pyme.: % ag aaquasereeriar TATA yea TAT lh t-Che, Bly. ON THE EQUINOXES, al ¢. ges which place the fouthernand northern folflice refpectively in the: middle of 4sléné, and beginning of Dhanifht'hé; and proceeds to re- mark ‘this ouly proves a fhifting of the folftice, not numerous revo- ‘lutions of it through the ecliptic.’ His notion. appears then to have been, that’ his author was aware of the fact of a change in the pofi- sons’ of, the foliltitial andi equinoctial points, but did not admit the in- ference that the motion mult be periodical. Frow all that) has’ been faid, it appears; that fome of the: molt _¢elebrated aftronomers, as BRAHMEGUPTA, have been filent on the fub- ject of a change in the places of the colures, of have demied their re- gular periodical: motion. That others, as Mun janacdand Ba a’scara: (we may. add Visuw’u Cuanpra) have afferted a periodical revolution of the places of the colures. But that the greater number of celebrated. writers, and all the modern Hindu aftronomers, have affirmed a libra~ tion of the equinoial points.. Tue earlieft known auther, who is cited. for the fupport of this: doftrine, as far as prefent refearch has gone, is ARYABHAT rT a, who is undoubtedly more ancient than BRAHMEGUPTA, for he is repeatedly: quoted in the Brahme Sphwta-fiddhania which is aferibed to Branme- Gupta; and which. there is.every reafom to confider genuine, fixce the text of the book accords with the quotations from.that celebrated: aftronomer to be found in treatifes of various dates:: I puRPOSELY Omit in this place the Sérya-/fddiinta, Soma, Sécalya, Vaffht’ha and Par@fara, becaufe their authenticity and age are fubjects. of queftion or of controverfy, G3 230 | HINDU ASTRONOMERS { nave dwelt the longer upon the hiftory: of this. opimon, becaule it appears to me deferving of attention on more than one account’: »ALB&- rant isthe earlieft of the Arabian. aronomers. who improved upen Prouemy.~ (For ALrarcAnr, who wasa. century earlier, is not: cited as correcting the Greek aftronomer. en this point:) It was he then, who firft, among the aftronomers of the Weft of Afia, computed tite motion of the flars at a. degree in 66-years; whichis almoitthe fame. with. the: rate:.of the miotton of trepidation according to the’ Sérva- fidd’hanta, and the herd of Hindu aftronomers, who reckon a degree anda halfin acéntury.* Heisthe firft alfo, as.faras- can be dif- covered, in whofe works mention is made of: a motion of trepidation, and we may be permitted to conje€lure, that the earlier~ aftronomers alluded to by him were Indian; fince we find: A’‘RYABHATT’A, an author. feemingly ofan earlier age, quoted for a: libration of the equi- oétial points within the mits of twenty four degrees, atthe rate of one in 78 years; and fince we know that an- Arabian aftronomer, an- terior by nearly. a century to ALtsArawi, had compiled tables: in. onformity: to rules Giail OupHEy apparently Indian, t- We may.then fafely. conclude, that, on the fubje@ of the preceffion of the equinoxes, the Hindus had. a theory, which, though erroneous, was their own; and. which, at a fubfequent time, found “advocates : among the aftronomers of the weft. That they had a knowledge of a Ie A * This is the rate refultiag from the quantity of the motion in trep'dation fated in the Surya fi !d banta : and the fame sefuits from-the rules of calculation given in the BA&scati-carana of SATANANDA and ia the YLacdrnava improperly afcribed to Vandwa-miniza, They both cire&t the number 421 to be deducted from: the expired years. of- S‘aca, and the one deduSsa tenth and reduces the remainder ints: degrees; the other adds half and divides by a hundred, Another rule, prodvcinz ‘the {me refutr, is - mentioned, in: Bairuy’s Aft. Ind. p.. 76, + Ad Regulos Send Hend.” (Sidd'bdat?) Abolfarag, Aik, dart Pe UDG and 167, CgsTARD "g: Aftronomy,-p, 157. and Montucla Hit, des math,-p. 244, vA ON THE EQUINOXES. | gay the true doctrine of an uniform motion in antecedentia, at leaft feven- hundred years ago,* when the aftronomers of Europe allo were divided on the queftion. That they had approximated to the true rate of that motton much nearer than Proremy, before the Arabian aftronomers, and as near the truth as. thefe have ever done fince. From this we may perhaps be led to a further conclufion, that. the af-. tronomy of the Hindus merits a more particular examination than it. has yet obtained, net indeed with any expectation of advancing. the. {cience of aftronomy, which needs not fuch aid, and can derive none from the labors of aftronomers who have recorded no ob/ervations; but for the hiftory of the fcience, and. afcertainment of the progrels. which was here made» and that, with this view, the works of Hindu. aftronomers, whofe age is precifely known, and in particular thole of Bucscara, which contain a complete courfe of aflronomy and of fciences conneéted with it, fhould be carefully perufed ; as wellas thofe : of BraumeGupra, which are full of quotations from earlier aftrono- mers, asA’RYABHATT A, t VARAHAMIMIRA, [ SRIsHENA, || VisHN UCHAN- pra,§ and fome others, who are cited by him for the purpofe of ex. pofing and correGting their errors. Iy regard to VaRaHaminraa and the Strya-fidd’ hénta, bc th fepa- rately quoted in the Brahimz.fpiutaddhinta of Braumecuera, I may here remark, that a book entitled Sérya-/idd’hénta is men- tioned by VArAnaminiga himfelf, in his moft undoubted work, the treatife on aftrology entitled Varahi-/anhitd, where, defcribing * BHAscana, who quotes MunyAta, completed the Soman’? in 1072, Saca, or As De 11§00.. + Aathor of the Das/agitica and Arydfbia fata. ( } Named with cenfure by BrauMecuPTa, { Author of the Romaca-fidd’hanta, : § Mentioned sa.the author of the Vafhr'ba fidd’hdnta. H 3 222 HINDU ASTRONOMERS the qualifications requifite to form an accomplifhed aftrologer, : he fays “ the aftrologer fhould be converfant with divifions oF * time and geometrical figures as taught inthe five Sida'héntas, or ** fyftems of aftronomy, called Paulifa, Rémaca, Vefifhrha, Saura, and “© Paitémaha.” * Va'RA HAMIHIRA, as appears from the quotations of his own commentator Buat’r’orPata and many other aftronomical wri- ters, Is likewife author of a treaufe entitled Pancha-fidd hanticé, in which the five fy tems abovementioned are compared; and, as far as can be gathered from quotations, their egreements and difagreements noticed. - A paffage of this treatife, as cited by Buarrérpata, is fufficiently re- markable to be here inferted, fince it bears relation to the fubjeG@ of this paper. It corref{ponds in import to a paflage quoted by Mr. Davis, and Sir W. Jones, + from the 9d Chapter of the Vérahi/unhitd, but refers the actual pofition of the colures to the afterifms inflead of the figns of the zodiack, saa % raretgianiagtet freeing) J qn aaACAAIgAR Sigs e i °¢ Wuen the return of the fun took place from the middle of Ag/éhha, * the tropick was then right, It now takes place from Punervafu.” Tue fame five fyftems of aflronomy, from which Va’ra‘wac MIHIRA Is underftood to have compiled the aftronomical treatife jul now quoted, and which are named by him in the paffage of his aftro- & + naaeaihil feetvaafeddinmtuiesiohegraggrnletneTENR 3 SAAT Raa slfaar SyMsfeqa aaqaAITGasy Vay | +t As. Res. 2d, vol. p. 3910 ON THE EQUINOXES, 223 dogy before cited, are mentioned by BraumeGupTA allo as flandard \ authorities, and enumerated by him in the fame order: and his names, which are precifely the fame with -thofe in VA&A AM AMIHIRA’S -enu- meration®, are explained by Baar’ OTPALA, as intending the Pyliga- fad hints, Romace-fiddhanta, Vetifhhafiddhanta, Sérya-fidd’hanta, and Brabme fidd@ hanta. Aut thefe books are frequently cited in aftronomical compilations: and are occafionally referred to their real or fuppofed authors. The firft is every where affigned to Punisa, whofe name it bears. The Ro- maca-fidd’hénta is afcribed by the {choliaft of Branmecurra, and by a commentator of the Sérya-fidd'hanta, to Sriétn a or S'ris'wen’a (for the name is varioufly written.) The Vefifhi'ha-fidd’hanta is by the fame authority given to VISHN UCHANDRA. Both thefe authors are repeate edly mentioned with cenfure by Braumecurta; and it is acknow- ledged, that they are entitled to no particular deference, Tue Brahme-fidd’hénta, which is the bafis of Br AHMEGUPTA’S work, is not any where attributed toa known author; but referred in all quotations of it, which have fallen under obfervation, either to the Vifhnu- dhermottara Purdta, of which it is confidered as forming a part, orto BRAHME (alfo called Pipa’ MAHA), who is introduced into it * UPAAUA TAMER LIMA Y GAAAASSAAAAMSA ASATA! | This paffage, in which the Faylifbe, Rémaca, Vaffotha, Saura and Paitémaha ate {pecified, is intro duory to a divifion of the lunar aflerifms (for aftrological purpofes, it fhould f{eem,) in unequal portions, by allotting to fifteen of them a quantity equivalent to the mean diurnal motion of the moon in minutes of a degree (790 35”); and half as much more to fix of thofe afterifms (1185’52’) and fo much Iefs to the like number of nacbatras (395' 17°) and affigning the complement of the circle (254 18%) to she fupplementary zacbatre called Abhiji’, ((&r The numbers here fet down are copied from the fcholiaft Buar’ro’rrana, and from Bris. CARa’s commentators; being fated by them atthe neareft fecond : for phe moon's mean dally motion according to Betnscuens and BRA aCARA is a little lefe than 79° AGE 994 HINDU ASTRONOMERS as the fpeaker in adialogue with Buricu; or it is acknowledged tobe the work of fome unknown perfon.* The true author it may be now impra&icable to difcover and would be vain to conjeéture. Tux Sérya-fddhénta if the fame which we now poffefs) is in like manner afcribed to-no certain author, unlefs in the pallage cited by our colleague Mr. Bentiey,t who fays, that “in the commentary on. the Bhafwatr, it is declared, that Vs ra‘ was the author of the Sérya- Hag tanto Pi and. whe pack that: * ae the author of the Pion ges he wrote that work.” m THE concluding remark alludes to the following verfe of the Bhgf wati-carand. suyaea tafe Radar, rege fear IR SATE i “Next 1 will propound fuccinély, from Muinira’s inflrudion, * {this fyftem] equal to the Sur yf fidd A@nta.” It is preceded ‘by an introductory couplet; which will be found quoted atthe foot-of the page, { or is omitted in fome copies: but the cotre& reading, as appears from collation of text and {cholia, re- “tains both. ® Da‘pa’pua‘i, in his commentary on the Séryafidd'bénta, fays fo. Va Ae SIC RUPEE Ghat ufeg wef} + As. Res. vol. 6. p. 57% tare ont fa TR AAVAMAL TRIE: soarettfieafm dare BUC IC LAGE EY yReall oo Having Lowel, to the foot oF the foe of Mus a, the fortunate Sa TANANDA propour on forthe benefit “of ftuderts, the Bhafewa'’ , in the Saca year 1021.” The author Sardnanpa, ashe himfelf informs us-in the clofe ‘of the book, was an inhabicamt of Pursfoer 7 eA ON THE EQUINOXES. 223 Apuirtine then its authenticity, and fuppofing, with moft of the commentators, that Va'raHAmMinira is here intended, by the fingle word Mihira, which however isa name of the fun, and may here allude to the fabled dialogue of Su’rnya with Mzya, as is obferved by the {choliaft Bacasnyapra;* ftill the paffage is not unambiguous, It does not neceflarily imply oral tuition, and may refer to inftragtion de- rived from the works of Vara‘'Ha; efpecially from the Pancha-fidd’han- tice of that author, in which the Sérya-fidd’hinta was explained concur- rently with four other treatifes termed Sidd‘hania. To return from this digreffion. It appears from what had’been be- fore faid, that a work bearing the title of Surya-fdd’hanta is named as authority by Va‘ra’HAminira, in whofe time, according to his affertion, the place of the f{ummer folftice was at the beginning of the fign Carcata and in the afterifm Punarvafu. A treatife under the fame title is fimilarly mentioned by BraumecupTa, who has likewile noticed Va’ranaminira himfelf, and who is fuppofed by Bua'scara to have lived when the colures had not fenfibly deviated from that pofition. | Ir may be queftioned whether this teftimony be not overthrowg by proofs of a more modern date (between fevenand eight hundred years ago) drawn from internal evidence, as fet forth by Mr. Bantry, in his ingenious effays inferted in the 6th and 8th Volumes of our Re- fearches.t he 3 a i tama, (the fite of the temple of Fagenndt’ha): and dates his work there in 4200 of the Celipuga. In the body of the work he directs the difference of longitude to be reckoned from the > meridian of hare fstiame cfocira. * His commentary is dated in 1465 of Vicramavatras more than goo years azo, % Vol. 6. p. 5725 and Vol. 8 p, 2065 LIN 226 HINDU ASTRONOMERS Wituour entering at prefent into any difcu fition on this. fubjedt, or difcung the accuracy of the premifes; but ecceding generally to the pofition, ‘hat the date of aft of aflronomical tables, or ofa fy flem for the computation of the places of planets, is deducible from the afcertainment ofa time when that fyftem or {et of tables gave refults neareft to the truth; and granting that the. date abovementioned ap- proximates within. certain limits to fuch an afcertajinment.. I fhall merely .obferye, that fuppofing the dates otherwife irrecencilable, flill the book, which. we now-hayve under the name of, Saxya, ar. Saura, Sidd’hénta, may. have been, and probably was, modernifed from a. more ancient treatife.of. the fame name, the-later, work borrowing: its. title from an earlier performance of,a. different.authar. We have an inftance. of this practice in the kindred, cafe of the Brahme-fidd’hanta;. for we are, acquainted with no.lefs than, three. afltronomical_treatifes bearing this title; one extracted from the Vifhn'u.dherméttara,. another termed. the, Sécrlya, and, the third. the Sphutajfiddhantaof BraumMe- GupTa3;.and an equal number of tracts entitled Vuffhtha fdd’bants may be. traced in the quotations of authors;. one, by; VisHn vCHANDRA; another termed. Loghu-vafiftha, which from its name fhould, be an abridgment: and the third, apparently an ample treatife, diftinguifhed : as the Vridd’ha-vaf fat'ha, This folution, of the obje€tian ao is.entire- ly. compatible with the tenor of the references to the Saura, which. have been yet. remarked 1 in the works of BraHMeGurTa and Va'k AHA- MIHIRA ; none of them being relative to points that furnifh arguments . for concluding the age of the book from internal evidence. “At all events, witatever may be thought of the Surya-/ddhénia, we - have. the authority of a. quotation from Aryasuat t's, to fhow, -thag. the Hindus had aflcertained the: quantity of the precefiion more care. rectly than Pro.emy.; and had: acceunicd for it by a motion in librac,. ON THE EQUINOXES. 220 tion or trepidation, before this notion was adopted by any other aftros nomer whole labours are known !o us, Ir appears alfo from a paffage of Bk aumrcuprTa’s refutation of the fuppoled errors of that author, and from his commentator’s quotation of A’ryapuarT a’stext, that this ancient aftronomer maintained the doctrine of the earth’s diurnal revolution round its axis. ‘*. he. {phere of the flars,” he afirms, ‘‘1s ftationary; and the earth, making a res volution, produces the daily rifing and f{etting of. {lars and: planets:* Braumecurra anfwers ‘If the earth move a minute in a prana, then whence and what reute does-it proceed? . If it revolve, why do not lofty objeéts fall?” +. But his commentator Pr IP HUDACA. SwAmr, replicsy ‘* ARYABHAT-T A'S Opinion appears neverthelefs fatisfactory, fince planets cannot. have.two.motions at once; .and the objection, that lofty things, .would.fall, is-contradided.; .for, every way, the under part of the earth isalfo. the. uppers fince, wherever the fpectator flands en the. earth’s furface, even that fpot. is. the uppermoll point.” ae We here findboth> an ancient : allronomer.and .a later com< mentatort maintaining, again{L. the. ne of . their. countrymen, . the rational doétrine which Heraciipes of Pontus, the Pythagorean Ecruantus, and-afew-others among the Greeks, had affirmed of old, but which was abandoned .. by the: .aftronomers. both of the eaft and of » * Tat Pata gage apie aR ASEAN a ea TARA A’nvasnat Tr A cited by Prir’nu! DACA. . Tal Tain REE Riis 1 susfaaligaranieggea: Src 1 Brahme-[phuta-fidd’binta, - + The commentator wroteat-leaft-feven centusics ago; for he is quoted by Buascana in the ‘ext~- and notes of the Siré.nan io ' 220 HINDU ASTRONOMERS the weft, until revived and demonftrated in comparatively moder times.* Braumrcurra is more fortunate in his reafoning where he refutes another theory of the alternation of day and night imagined by the Fainas, who account for the diurnal change by the paffage of two funs, and as many moons, anda double fet of ftars and minor planets, yound a pyramidical mountain, at the. foot of which is this habitable earth. His confutation of that abfurdity is copied by Bua’scara, who has added to it from Prit’Hu'paca’s glofs on a different paflage of BRAHMEGUPTA, a refutation of another notion afcribed by him tothe fame fed, refpecting the tranflation of the earth in fpace. Tuis idea has no other.origin than the notion, that the earth, being heavy and without fupport, muft perpetually defcend: and has there- fore no relation whatever to the modern opinion of a proper motion of the fun and flars. Part of the paflage of Bwa’scara has been quoted in a former. effay.t What regards the further fubjeét now noticed, is here fub- joined, © Tue earth flands firm, by its own power, without other fupport, “in fpace,’ : « If there be a material fupport to the earth, and another upholder of that, and again another of this, and fo on, there is_no limit. If ® For anoutline of A’‘eyasnar’r'a’s fyftem of aftronomy, fee a mote at the clofe of this flay. + As Ref, Vol. g. p. 3226 ON THE EQUINOXES. 990 Snally felf, fupport muft be affumed,. why not affume it in. the firft inftance ? why not recognife it in this multiform earth? « As heat is in the fun and fire, coldnefs inthe moon, fluidity in water, hardnefs im iron; fo mobility is in air, and. immobility in the earth, by, nature. How- wonderful are the implanted faculties ! * Tue earth poflefling an attractive force;* draws towards itfelf any heavy fubftance fituated in the furrounding atmofphere, and that fub- fiance appears as if it fell. But whether can the «arth fall in et aticl {pace which is equal and alike on every fide ? * Osservine the revolution of the ftars, the Bauadhast acknows ledge, that the earth has no fupport, but as nothing heavy is feen to ree. main in the atmofphere, they thence conclude, that it falls in etherial {pace. § Wuence doft thou deduce, O’Baudd’ha, this idle notion, that, bes caufe any heavy fubftance thrown into the air falls to the earth, there= fore the earth itfelf defcends.$’ He adds this further explanation in his notes: ‘ For, if the earth were failling, an arrow {hot into the air would not return to it when the projectile force was expended, fince both would defcend.—Nor can it be faid, that it moves flower, and is overtaken by the arrow; for heavieft bodies fall quickeft, and the earth is heaviett.’ DORON aS A ear eS * Like the attrattion ofthe luadfune fur tewue Maricbi on Rudecana- + Meaning the Fainos ; ag appears from the »uthor’s owa annotation on this paflige, } Strémani Gélad’hyaya, Ce 3. Vs 2. 4. 7. and g, 3 230 HINDU ASTRONOMERS : Ir has been obferved ina former part of this effay, that BRAHME- cupta’s treatife of aftronomy is founded on an anterior one entitled Bréhma-fidd’hénta: and the authenticity of the book extant under BrRAHMEGUPTA’s name has been relied upon, and paflages have been freely: cited from it, as the genuine performance of that ancient aflro- nomer. Thefe matters appear to be of fufficient importance to des ferve a more particular explanation of their grounds. Tue fource, trom which Branmscupta drew, is indicated by the author himfelf,in his introductory couplet, cited by LacsuMipdsa in the commentary on Budscar&;* ; eee ayarEntearenarenaAle aay | Shreiaamena fay Bray | | which, in a literal verfion, will ftand thus; ‘* The computation of « planets, as declared by BrAuma and become perfeét by great length “ of time, is perfpicuoufly. (Sphuta) explained by BRanMecurra “fon of Jisunu.” Tue ambiguity imputable to this paffage is obviated by the more explicit terms of the initial ftanza of his 11th Chapter, where Br AME GUPTA announces a refutation of opinions oppofed to the Braéhma- jfadhania. we pe bas ies AN 6 eae FRAT RS Uas Hlacimiearare | Ta GMCHEls] SIA ITS II a no ~_ ee ® The Géuita tatwa Chintamani, dated in 1423 Sacas or 1501 A. Di me ON THE EQUINOXES. 231. - J will refute the errors (ref{pecting the yugas and. other matters) | of thofe who mifled by ignorance maintain things contrary to the Brahma fidd’hanta.” «Waar the work is, to which Bk anMecupra refers under the title {pe< cified by him, and corre{ponding to a fubfequent mention by him of the Paitémaha-fidd hénta (both titles being of the fame import) is explained by the {choliafts of BuAscara and of the Szrya-fdd@hanta. Nrisinua, a-commentator on both texts,* affirms that BraumMeGuprTa’s rules are formed from the Vi/hiud’hermottara-purdza in whichthe Brahme-fidd'hinta is contained ;f BuAscara’s commentator, Muniswarat remarks, that BrauMecurra, having verified by obfervation the revolutions ftated in the Brahma-fddhania of the Vifhnu-@harméttara, and having found. them fuitable to his own time, adopted thefe numbers, rejecting the revolutions taught by Sarva and the reft. In other places the com- mentator cites parallel paffages from Braumecurra and the Bréhma (alfo termed by him Paitémaha) frdd’hénta of the Vifhiu-dherm tara sh ® Wfe is author of acommentary onthe Sérya-/idd’hanta, and of the veers Vartica on Bu&scara’s text and notes. It is dated in 1543 Saca, or i621 A. D. t As. Res. val Bil D. 242. t Author of the Marichi on Bra‘scara’: s Si irémani, and of a diftinG treatife of aflronomy, the Sid’ bute Sdarvabkaumae “The eacdiett copy of the Marichi is dated 3 560 S‘aca (A.D. 1638), which is not:much later than th: date of the work itfelf; forthe Emperor NOruppin JeHanctr is mentioned at the clofe of the bo k, ashe alfo isin the preface of a commentary on the | Shryanfidd hania by the anther’s father Rane GANAT HA. j Take the following as examples ; aft. The number of Sidereal days in a Calpa, (viz. 1582236450000) which the Paiedmaha-fidd? bénte? of the Vifonud’ berméttara cued in Marichi che 1,) exprefles by thefe words, —Sralfe BM fad Fae TR AHA EMS: WA AAATaT: and PranMmecurta senders by the equivalent terms, Uf aA ASTIN ary TATaIA SE Sirat 2d, The commencement of the Calpa, on Sunday, 1% Chaicra, at the moment of funrife.on : meri Mian of Liancad which che Bréhma-fidd' banta of the Vifon's a’ hermotiara-pudna (Marichi, Ch, 2.) thus ex 939 HINDU ASTRONOMERS and thefe with numerous quotations from Branmecupra in the Chin- tamani and in ether commentaries on BuAdscara, as well as in the author’s notes on his own text, are exactly conformable with the Brahe. me-fphuta-fidd’'hanta now in my poffeffion, and which is accompanied by the glofs of BRAHMEGUPTA\ S ee commentator Cuaturvipa Prit- HUD ACA SWAMI. “[f appears then from a collation of the paflages fo cited, that Brae mEGUpPraA’s work is, at leaft in part, a paraphrafe of the BrauMA or Pair4MAHA; Containing however, additional matter: and it is accord- ingly termed by one of the {choliafts of the Sérya /fid@’hénta,* a com- mentary, on the Pastémaha ; and Cuaturvipa’s glofs is denominated by the fame {choliaft, an interpretation of the Paitdmahi.bhafhya. In fupport of what has been here faid, I fiall adduce a few inflances of quotation on fubjects poflefling fome degree of interett.. Tue firft is one in which BuAscara vindicates a paflage of BRAHME= supta from the objeCtions of his commentator, quoting the paflage itfelf in his notes, and there naming the {choliaft, Coaturvipa: From which, be it remarked, the commentary is afcertained to be anterior ~ pris aataarealy anhagn ikea efgaehaRe VET TREAT and BranMecurta by the following couplet Pah aaMiaiie arryIU BEAT | wWeyle leery SATS ALS Ul © Diva'snay, ker. 29. ON THE EQUINOXES. 233. to Budscara’s work: I have a further reafon, however, for citing the paffage, as it furnifhes occafion for fome obfervations on the Indian theory of Aftronomy. Tue Hindus, as is well known, place the earth in the centre of: the - world, and make the Sun, and Moon and minor planets revolve round it, apparently in concentrick orbits, with unequal or irregular motion. Fora phyfical explanation of the phoenomena, they imagine the pla. nets driven by currents of air along their re{pective orbits (befides one great vortex carrying ftars and planets. with prodigious velocity, round the earth, in the compafs of a day.) The winds or currents, impelling the feveral planets, communicate to them velocities, by which their mo- tion fhould be equable and in the plane of the ecliptick ;_ but the pla- nets are drawn from this courfe by certain controlling powers, fituated at the apogees, conjunctions and nodes, THESE powers are clothed by Hindu imaginations with celeftial bo« dies invifible to human fight, and furnifhed with hands and reins, by which they draw the planets from, their dire path and uniform pro- erefs. The being at the apogee, for inftance, conitantly attra&ts the planet towards itfelf, alternately however with the right and left hands. The deity of the node diverts the planet, firft to one fide, then to the other, from the ecliptick. And laftly, the deity at the conjunction caules the planet to be one while ftationary, another while retrograde, and to move at different times with velocity accelerated or retarded. Thefe fancied beings are confidered as invifible planets ; the nodes and apogees having a motion of their own in the ecliptick. L 3 934 HINDU ASTRONOMERS. Ture whimficeal fyftem, more worthy of the mythol.gifi than of the aftronomer, is gravely fet forth in the Swrya-/idd’hantz: and even BHASCARA gives into it, though not without indications of reluctant acquiefcence ; for he has not noticed it in his text, and only briefly in his notes. | 3 To explain on mathematical principles the irregularity of the pla- netary motions, the Hindu aftronomers remove the earth from the cen- tre of the planet's orbit, and aflume the motion in that excentrick to be really equable, though it appear irregular as viewed from the earth. Another hypothefis is alfo taught by them; according to which the planet revolves with an equal but contrary motion in an epicycle, of which the centre is carried with like but direct motion on a concentrick orbit. , Ss Buiscara remarks, that both theories are equivalent, giving the fame refults in computation: but he maintains, that the planet's motion in an. excentrick orbit (frattmandaia) is confonant to the truth; and the other hypothefis of an epicycle (nichéchcha-uritta) is merely a device for the facility of computation. Born theories, with certain modifications, which will be fub- | fequently noticed, fuffice for the anomaly of the Sun and Moon. To account for the itill greater apparent irregularities of the five minor planets, the Hindu aftronomers make them revolve with dire& motion on an epicycle borne on an excentrick deferent. (In the cafe of the two inferior planets, the revolution in the excentrick is perform- ed in the fame time with the Sun: confequently the planet’s motion in its epicycle is in fact its proper revolution in its orbit. In the in- {tance of the fuperior planets on the contrary, the epicycle corref- ON THE EQUINOXES. _ gag ponds in time to a revolution of the Sun; and the excentrick de- ferent anf{wers’to the true revolution of the planet im ats orbit.) - So far the Indian fyftem, as already remarked by Mr. Davis in his treatife on the aftronomical computations of the Hindus,® agrees with the Ptolemaick. At the firft glance it will remind the reader of the hy pothefis of an excentrick orbit devifed by Hiprarcuus; and of that of an epicycle on a deferent, faid to have beem invented by Aro.ionius but applied by Hirrarcnus. At the fame time the omiffion of an equant (having double the excentricity of the deferent) imagined by Protemy for the five minor planets, as well as the epicycle with a deferent of the centre of the excentrick, contrived by him to account for the evection of the Moon; and the circle of ano- maly of excentricity, adapted to the inequality of Mercury’s mo- tions, cannot fail to attract notice. | ; ‘Tue Hindus, who have not any of Proremy’s additions to the theory of Hipparcuus, have introduced a different modification of the hypo- thefis, forthey give an oval form to the excentrick or equivalent epicycle, as well as to the planet’s proper.epicycle. That is, they af- fume the axis of the epicycle greater at the end of the (/ama) even quadrants of anomaly (or, in the line of the apfides and _conjunétions,) and leaft at the end of the (wjhama) or odd quadrants ( 1ft and gd), and intermediately in proportiont. This contrivance of an oval epi- Saiaiiiheamemesee aed ® As. Res. vol. 2. po 2506 + Rad: Sine of Anomaly °: Diff, between circles defcribed on greateft and leait axis: diff. between cir- cles defcribed on greateft axis and on the diameter of the epicycle for the propofed anomaly, Whence the circle defcribed on that diameter is determined ; and is afed for the epicycle in computations for that ano- maly. Since circles are to each other as their Radii, she proportion above ftated anfwess to she following ; 296 | : HINDU ASTRONOMERS. cycle is applied by certain aftronomers to all the planets; and by others, is reftricted to few; and by fome, is altogether rejected. Arya- pucr’s’a, for example, and the Sérya-fidd'hansa, make both epicycles of all'the planets oval, placing however the fhort axis of the proper epicycles of Jupiter and Saturn in the line of mean conjunction termed by Hindu aftronomers their quick apogee (Sighréchcha). Braume- aupra and Bu&scara, on the contrary, acknowledgeonly the epicycles of Mats and Venus ‘to be oval; and infift, that the reft are circular. The author of the Sidd'hinta Sdrvabkawma goes a ftep further, maine taining that all are circular, and taking the mean between the numbers given in the Stirya-fidd’hanta, DIMENSIONS OF THE EPICYCLES IN DEGREES OF THE DEFERENT. © € Sr ean ee ae g 4b Epicycleof Anomaly. Brahmegupta. 1$ 40’ 31° 36’ 70°+6 40 + 38° 33° 11° &9e {| 30% Bhascara, — — — —_ —_—- — 50 Circle described on the great axis of the oval epi- cyle. - Sirya Sidd’banta, 14 3¢ 75. 30 33. 12 49 Circle described on the less axis, i . 18.40 31. 40..72 _--28 32 Il 4d Proper epicycle. Brabmagnpta, ==: 843 4046 40t 132 68 258, {| 40 Oorcle onthe peestiest ge : | ae ircle on the great axis : of the.oval side (Surya Sidd’aanta) ate B35 172 not io Circle on the less axise- - = 332 132, 70 260 33 fernitraneverfe axis: diit, between tranfverfe and conjugate femiaxis °° ordinate of the circle : a fourth proportional ; which is precifely the difference between that.ordinate. and an ordinate of the ellipfe for the: fame abf{cifs. Hindu aftronomers take it for the difference between the Radius of the circumfcribed circle and the femidiameter of the ellipfe at an angle with ehe axis equal to the propefed anomaly; and, ie aa ellipfis very little excentrick, the error is {mall. + The epicycles of Mart, according to Baanmecurpra and Bufscara, are increafed in fix figns and diminifhed in fix other figns of anomaly, by a quantity found by this proportion; fine of 45°: fine of co-fine of anomaly (whichever be che lea) ::-6° 40°: correction additive in fix firlt figns, and fab tractive in fix. lat. | The epieycles of Venus are oval, and the circles defcribed on the tranfverfe and conjugate axis (cir cles circumferibed and.inferibed) are bere fated, ae ——————— :| ON THE EQUINOXES. 97 A #uRTHTR Ciflerénce of theory, though not of pradice, occurs among the #:ndu alironomers, in’ regard to the curvature of the exeentrick deicrents, and the confequent method of computing on the equivalent hypothefis of epicycles,. A reverence to Mr. Davis's effay® and to the diagrams which ac- company it, will render intelligible what has been already faid and what mow remaims to be explained. It is there obferved, that it as only in computing the retrogradations and other particulars rele pedting the minor planets, that the Hindus find the length. of the Carta € Oct (or line drawn from the centre of the earthy to the planets place in-the epicycle), In-other cafes, as for.;the-Anomaliftick : Equae tion.of the Sun and Moon, they are Satisfied to,take hc as equal to the Sine 4 f (that is, the Sine.of mean anomaly, reduced to its dimenfions inthe epicycle.in parts of the radius.of the concentrick, equal to the $ine,of the Anomaliftick Equation). .The reafonis fubjoined: ‘* The eifference, as the commentator on the Sérye-/idd'hanta obferves, being nconfiderable.” | ‘Most of the commentators on-the Szrya-fidd’hante do affign that rea- ‘fon; but fome of them adopt Braumecupra’s explanation. . This -aftronomer maintains, that the operation of finding the Carvia is rightly. omitted in refpect of the excentricks gr equivalent epicycles of all the ‘planets, and-retained ‘in regard -to the proper eptcycles of the minor planets carried by the.excentrick deferents. His hypothefis, as briefly Antimated by himfelf, and as explained by Budscara, fuppofes the . a a eS -™ As. Res. vol, 2. po 249. .¥ As. Res, vol. 3, p. 250 Diagram fig. 2, £ Ibid, M 3 298 . HINDU ASTRONOMERS epicycle, which reprefents ‘the excentrick, to be augmented’ in ‘the proportion which Garzia (or the diftance of the planet's place fromthe the earth’s-centre) bears to the Radius of the concentrick; and.itis on this: ‘account, and not as a mere approximation, - that the finding: of the Carga; with the ayaa pees to which it Is. aE 1S: apa with.* GeLks ass id tet a5 ts Li SQd BO BS a ds z Tae {choliaft of Brdnweéupta objeéts to his. author's do&rine om: this point, that, upon the fame principle, the proce(s.of: finding the Carria, with the fubfequent employment of it to find the Sine of the Anomaliftick Equation, {howld in like manner*be omitted in the proper epitycles of the’ five’ Mitior planets; and he concludes therefore, that: che ‘Smiffion ‘Of that procels has no other ground, but the very incon-- fiderable difference of the refult in ‘the inflance of a: {mall epicycle.. For as retnatked by another author,t treating on the fame fubje&, the Equation itfelf and its Sine are very fmall near the line of the apfidess. and-at a diftance from that line, the Carris and Radius approach to: equality. Bua'scara, in the Siromani, quotes fuccin@ly Braumecurra’s doce- trine, and the Scholiaft’s objection to it; and. replies to the latter: and: ® For Rad: Periphery of the epieyele 2: Carne: augmented epicycle.. - And Circle: Sine of Anomaly ;; augmented epicycle: Sine of Anomaly in augmented epicycle,. Lafily Carda: Sine of Anomaly in augmented epicycle 2: Rad's. Sine of poem nce Equation, | Cara =: Rad. Sine of Anomaly : Whence Periphery 2¢ ——- 9€ ys , Radius Carna Circle- = Sise of Anomalitick Equation, Sine of Anomaly And). abridging, Periphery 3¢ == Sine of Anomaliftick Equations. Circle Wherefore Circle : Periphery of epicyele $3 Sine of Anomaly :. Sine of Asomaliftick Equations hes + In the Marichio ON THE EQUINOXES, 239 in his notes in the Vafand-bhafhya, cites the text of BRAHMEGUPTA and Cuaturve'ba’s reafoning,; ‘which he ‘tries to’ confute. His quotation agrees perfedtly withthe prefent text of the Brabme-/phuta-fidd'hénta and commentary of Cuatuave pa PaitHu paca Swami, which is an- nexed to ite. ne Tae paflage, which has required fo much preparatory explanation, i is” itfelE fhort. ret , ! fPrameniuiiqaastioqenc. sees teereng WHAATAS STA ° THE Coa or longett fide of the triangle, 1 multiplied by the Peri- phery of the epicycle and divided by, Radius, becomes the multiplier of: the Sine and Cofine of Anomaly: The fame refult, as before, 1s ob- tained by a fingle operation in the inftance of the Anomaliftick epicy- : cle: $ and therefore Carna is not, here eeplayeds Ae ~ Buaseara’s words i in- the irémani are: thefée- «Some fay, that in this fy{tem, in the operation of. finding the Equation of Anomaly, the Carna or long fide of the triangle is not employed, becaufe the diffe- rence in the two modes of computation. is-very inconfiderable. But others maintain, that, if the Caria be ufed, the Periphery of the epi- cycle muft in this operation be corrected, by multiplying it by Carna. and dividing by Radius. Wherefore the refultis the fame as by the former method ;.and.on. that account, they fay, the Carriais not-em- ployed. It isnot to be objected, why is not the fame method uled: in the Sighraepicycle? Forthe principles of the two differ.’ 240 HINDU ASTRONOMERS In his notes on this part of his text, be cites,.as befare.obferved, ‘the. precife paffage of Braumecurra which has-been imieried above, and a portion of CHaTuRvépa’s comment om it, and pames the author. in another inflance Bakscara quotes in his Stromast BrauMEecurs va by name, and the commentator by implication, (and fuller quotations of both occur in the notes ané commentaries,) for adifagreement in ree gard to the latitude of ftars and planets meafurcd from the ecliptick both ona circle drawn through -its poles, and on one paffing through the poles of the ecliptick, :the ‘latter termed Sphut‘a or apparent and the other A/phut'a or unapparent.* Budscara remarks, that Braumee cupra has dire&ed the latitudes of planets to be computed’ by one mode, and has given thofe of the ftars in the other, but has ftated no rule for reducing the latitude of one denomination to the other, or for reCtifying the true latitude from -the meafure given on the circle of declination. The reafon he confiders to"be the little difference between them ; (which i is true in ref{pect of ‘the planets, though not {fo in the cafe of moft of the flars;) and the frequent occafion in aftronomical computations, for the declination of ftars, while their proper latitude is not an element 1 in any calculation ; whereas, i in the cafe of the planets, both are employed on different accafions : : he adverts to a firdined inter- pretation propofed by the commentator to conttruc Braumeourra’s rule as adapted to the fame denomination of latitude which is employed by him for the flars. BuAscara refates: that interpretation, and jul tifics BRAHMEGUPTA’S text taken in its obvious and natural fenfe, ® Afphuta Sara is the true lativade of a Rar of planets Sphui‘a Sara is ita declination declination ef the point of interfection in the ecliptick. | | | | a | ON THE EQUINOXES. 241 Tars paffage ef the Sirdman'i * confirms what was faid by me, from . other.authority, in a former eflay, + concerning the Hinds method of _determining a ftar's place with reference to the ecliptick, by the in. interfection of acircle of declination, and by taking the latitude and longitude of the ftar to that point of interfe€tion, inftead of employing a perpendicular to the ecliptick. Tue only, other paflage, to which I fhall draw the reader's attention, js one of confiderable length, in which Braumecurra, although he haye rightly given the theory of Solar and Lunar Eciipfes, with the af- tronomical principles on which they are to be computed, affirms in compliance with the prejudices of Hindu bigots, the exiftence of Rahu _as an eighth planet and as the immediate caufe of eclipfes, and repre- hhends. VARAHAMIHIR A, A/RY ABHATT’A, SRISHENA and VisHN’UCHAN- _pra for rejeCting this orthodox explanation of the phenomenon. The _paflage is quoted by Bu Asc ana’s commentator in the Chintamani, on the occafion of a more concife. text of the S‘remaz: affirming the _agency of Rahu in eclipfes, A THIS quotation: from the Br We fi dd’hanta, comprifing feven Cou . pletsin the Chintamazz, has been verified in the text of the Brahme-/phutGa- _fid@hanta of BkaumecurTa.§ aUMRiaaamaa Ee: | femdsasemfammeafe y aera (RSMAS AAS: || TH BUCE GIR EWE CIS CE ke, Célédbpaza 6, 8, vo.ns &e, t As. Res. vol. 9. Hg Part, 2, ch, 7 Vv, 10. ,) Geladhydya, N 3 349 : HINDU ASTRONOMERS Aut thefe, with numerous other inftances in the annotations, and. commentaries of the S‘tromazt, which I refrain fronv adducing, left the - reader’s patience fhould be tired, have eftablifhed to my entire-convic- - tion the genuinenefs of the text of the Sphuta-fdd'hanta : founded on aprior treatife entitled Brahme-fida’hania,' | I am not wnapprifed, that, under a feeling of great: diftruf orun-:- willingnefs to admit the conclufions which follow from this’ pofition, a variety-of ‘hypothefes might be formed toa different effect.” BRAHME=:- cupra; fuppofing him to be entirely an original: writer, may have re-‘* ferred to an imaginary work: to give that kind of authority to his « performance which the Hindus molt fancy; or-he may have fathered © on a purddaa fynopfis of his own-dodtrine. for thé fame purpole; or fome. other writer, from whatever motive, may have fabricated a » pretended extract of a purdia containing: the heads of BRaumeEc uPTA’S ® fy{tem, and have given currency to it on the ftrength of the: reference « in that aftronomer’s ‘treatife to an anteriér: work... Thele and other + fuppofitions grounded on furmife of fraud and forgery may be.form=*. ed. I fhall’ not difcufs. them: fer:I have no-eoncern but with the facts: » themfelves. BuAscara, writing 650 years ago, declares, and fo.do.: all his’ commentators, that he has followed BaanmecusTa as his guide,:*. They quote numerous paflages from his work; and Bua‘:cara affirms: ° that Branmecurra took the numbers of revolutions affigned to the = planets. in the great. period termed Cala from an earlier authority.” The commentators, who wrote from two to four centuries ago, Jaffert, : that: thofe numbers: were taken from a treatife in. form of aaaoiese between: BHAGAVAT. (or Bra‘uma) and. Baricu,’- inferted in’ the:- Vifhiu-d'hermottara-puréza and diftinguifhed by the title of Brahma or © Paitamaha Sidd'hinta, They cite Parallel paflages, which do in. fa& ON THE EQUINOXES. (243 exaétly accord in fenfe and import. They occafionally quote ob- ‘fervations on Braumecurra by his fcholiaft Caarurvéna Priruu- paca Swim. A book is extant (a copy, partly deficient however, having:come into my pofleflion with other ‘aftronomical colleGions;) | and which confifts of a text: under “the title: of Brahme-/phut'a-fadhanta | accompanied » by a continual commentary by™ CHATURVEDA Pri THUDACA SwWAMi.:’ The text contains the fame aftronomical doctrine which BH Ascar a teaches, and which he profefles to have derived from BRAHMEGUP ie and. paffages quoted by him ‘in his text, or at more length in:his ne or by his’ commentators, or by ‘other aftro= nomical writers, as the words of BRanmecurra, are found verbatim init. I confider it therefore as'the ‘genuine textof the treatile ufed by» Buascara, as BRaHMecupTa’s ; and feeing no reafon for fufpi- cion and diftruft, I auote it as the authentick work of that celebrated : altronomer, * As theevidence which has been here colle&ed with reference to par- ticular points, bears alfo upon other queftions, I fhall now ftate further conclufions, regarding the hiftory of Indian aftronomy, which appear 3 to'me to be juftly: deducible from the premifes. - Thofe conclufions will be mapper when neceflary, by additional references to autho.» rities, 3 : Branmecurra and Vara HAMINIR«, though named at the head of aftronomers by Baa’scAraand Satananpa and by the herd of later } writers, are not to be confidered as the’ authots of the: Indian fyftem of aftronomy.- They abound in quotations from more‘abcient aftrono=' mers, upon whofe works their own are confeffedly grounded. In ad- - dition to the: names beforementioned,* thofe of Prapyumnas, LALA * Page 22fe 244 HINDU ASTRONOMERS Sima and Liv’ HAewARya may be here fpecified. But the Brahme-fad- @hdanta and the works of ARYABHAT TA. are what principally engages BRAHMEGUPTA'S attention: and the five Sidd ‘hanias have been the parti- _ Cular fubje& of Vara‘udmiuira’s labors. He appears to have been ante- rior to BRanMecuPTa, being actually cited by him among other. Writers, whofe errors. are expofed and corrected, ) -Ma'ra‘waminind; conftantly .quoted asthe author of, the Vardhi fan- kita and Pancha-fdd’hanticg, muft be judged from thofe works, which are undoubtedly his by the unanimous content of the learned, and by the teftimony of the ancient {choliat Baarvotpata ; ; 0 4.59 15.53 2 t 36. 7.44.35 f) 3627) 43°39 136° 7:43" '6 ON 36° 7°48" O48 h O.-2 0,22 52 20 752 0.292. 53 WO 2 OL 33,31: 30, 9.4 G),55..38 3n this comparative Table computed to fourth minutes, it will be remarked, that the Mindz altronomers mofily agree to third minates ‘and differ in the fourths. They difaoree with Protemy at the thirds, and give’in almoft every inftance flower motions, than he does, to the planets, and ftill flower than the truth. {n the moon’s fynedical motion, however, they are very nearly corre@. . On the other hand, the Equation of the centre deducible from the epicycles (page 238) isa nearer approximation to the truth, than refults ftom the-excentricity affigned by Protemy to the Ozbits of the Planes. °° Re AN For inftance; ‘ ayn Excentricity of the Sun’s Orbit : pa Pee Sirya Sida’hanta and Brakmegupta, (Radius of the epicycle,) ‘ ARR Hipparchus and Ptolemy (Alm. 1, 3..c. 4.) in parts, of which Radius contains, 60. Albatani (c. 28 ) SS a pe AS i! . ae Greateft equation of the fun’s centre. ; [ae Oe) Stirya-fidd hdnt, &c. (computed by the commentators.) rs « es 2 Prolemy (Ricc,.A'm. aov.' megane nese - a . (2 Albatart = (Rae = elit a x = oY Alphonfine Tables. — « s ° < & & a 2 Kepler, &c. - « « “ 2. és z 2 a e e I iualande (3d Edit.) = a Z ON THE EQUINOXES. . 247 the {fubject of this paper, they madea\ nearer’ approach to accuracy than he had done, and muft~therefore have ufed other. ‘obfervations - befides thofe which he has recorded, THE Arabs adopted in its totality Protemy’s theory of the motions of the planets; which the Hindus have only in part, But the Arabs improved on his aftronomy by careful obfervations: a praile to which the Hindus are not equally éntitled. Apa rani difcovercd the motion of the San’s apogee, and fufpetted from analogy a motion of the’ ap« fides of the minor planets*. The Hindus furmifed the motion ofthe apogee of the Sun, and nodes and ap fides of the planets, from analogy to the Moon’s;s+ but were unable to verify the conjecture by obferva- tion ; and have in faG merely affigned arbitrary numbers to the. fup- poled revolutions, to bring out the places right, (or.as nearly fo as they — had determined them,) relatively to the origin of the ecliptick in their fphere, and conformably to their aflumption of a grand conjunétion of the planets, nodes, and apfides in that point of the ecliptick at a valtly. remote period. Buascara, when treating of the manner of ves rifying or-of finding the number of revolutions of the planets, &e, in -agiven period, teaches the mode of ebferving the planetary motions, ‘but confiders the life of man too fhort for obferving the motion of _ the apfides and nodes (the Moon’s excepted); and certainly the re- volutions affigned to them by him and other Hindu aftronomers are too few, and the motions too flow, (the quickeft not exceeding 7 de- grees in 100000-years ;) to have: been affumed on any other ground but the arbitrary one juft now ftated, Yhe aftronomical infiruments employed by the Hindus, of which Bu’ascara defcribes nine, includ- '.ing one of his own.invention, and. comprehending the quadrant, femicircle and entire circle, befides the armillary {phere, .horary ring, * Miontucla, P: 349. “+ Bua‘scaaa in Vasandbhdfya, 248 HINDU ASTRONOMERS gnomon and clepfydra,* were too rudely executed, whatever may be. thought of their defign, to enable the aftronomers to make very delis cate obfervations; and they were not affifted, as in the precefaon of the equinoxes, by, the: memory ofa former pofition recorded in their ancient writin oS. NOTE REFERRED TO. FROM PAGE 228, -According to, A’RyanHa Tra as quoted by Baaumecupra and his: {choliaft Bia , ! Priv HU DACA SWAMI, One Yuga contains. Yeéars 1,080,000 One Mabé-yuga = 4 Yugas 4,320,000 One. Meuu-yuga = 72 Mabdyugas . 311,040,009 One Calpe: = 14 Menus: 1908 Mabajyugas 4,354,560,000 » €or The Calpa began on Thurfday af Coaitra suela, at the. moment of fun-rife at Lanrg. Years expired from the commencement cBakd Calpa.. to thes war of the Badrata or beginning of the Cali age. ° = 1,986, 120,000 > Add expired years of the Cajz to the S‘aca era, = = 33179 Years from. the beginning of the Calpa to the commence- ment of the Saca ewa, | ~ ° = 1,986,123,179 » Years expired from the commencement of the prefent Mada-yuga, to. the beginning cf the Cali-age, when there was.a conjunction, 3,240,000 - ‘Revolutions of the earth round its. own axis, ina quadruple guga, or Mabi-yuga, © = = © = 1,582,237,500- Hence, dedu@ing revolutions of the fun, — ou a 4,320,000. » Remain, Nycthemera, or Savana days, in a Mabé-yuga, 7 -15577,9175500 - (Rrra SED posmmermereerss & Géladhyayac che Qe A ON THE EQUINOXES. : ~249 ace Length of the fiderea) year-is. theredas HMC : blo noletuamoas <6, u a a as | fore according to ARYARHAT Ta, mS 365 tig) 51 1p or 936509 & 1 w20 130 N. B. A’RYAB BATT A. taught the ‘earth’s “diurnal revolution round its axis a doflrine which Branmcurra controverts “but to which: his fcholiat Prir’iy - paca Swat inclines, ee hea & ie LA ae os to the Paulrsa Sida’ banta cited” vy Brat +sl6 io A on VARAH AMIE. RA’s Sanbitd, and by Paiz’au'paea-Swa Mion BRAUMECUPTA'S. Sidd' bénta, Crita-yuga, 4800 divine years = 1,728,000 Tréia, 3,000 =e 1,296,000 Dwapara, : 2,400 = 864,000 ue 9,888,000 Cals, 1,200 | a att 432,000 ey Maba-yuga, oe ; 4,320,000 Qc7 This author's computation of the Calpz has not been found in any quotation. But he is cited as reckoning. its commencement from midnight. ne : Years expired from the commencementiof ihe prefer Maba-yuga to the firft conjun@ion of the planets, in the Crza-yuga, 648,000 Interval between that and the la{t conjunttion, at the beginning of the Cali-yuga, = ne 3,240,000 Years expired to the commencement of the Cali-yzga, e s 3,888,000 Mean folar (Saura) days, termed by other aftronomers Sdvana 3 days; in one Mahba-yuga, © 1)577,917,809 a Length of the year, according to a g a a0 a hh a a1 the Paulisa-fidd banta, 355 15 31 30 or 365 6 12. 36 N. B. The difference of 300 days in the computations of Aryas’natta and Puuisa, gives one day in 14,400 years, as is remarked by Braumacurra, Lengeh of the year according to : d gE. a wr wan By a the Sarya-fidd hanta 365 15 31 31 24=365 6 a2 36 33 36 =——— according to BRABME= wae Uiny g a ail ava a h Ey ak a GUPTA 2 365 15 30 22 30365 6 12 9 P83 oo a ON THE EQUINOXES. Pie computation of the yuga and calpa, according to thefe authorities, is well “known; sand need not be exhibited i in this place. They make i it begin on Sunday ; thie cone at midnight, the other: at funsife, | on, the meridian of Lanca; and the -velapfed years to the beginning of the Cali age are 1,972,944,000. (To which Braumecupta adds 3,179 vears tothe S‘aca era.) The Saryc—fidd'hanta dedu&s -1$7,064,000 years; making the epoch of a fuppofed conjunétion of planets by fo many years later than the beginning of the Ca/pa REVOLUTIONS or tue PLANETS..- eh According to Putis’a According to the According to. quoted by Buarréteata, | S#rya-fidd’hanta,, BRANMEGUBT A, — . In a Mabé-yuga. In a Mahé juga. Ina Calpa. Suu, = © 4,320,000 4,320,200 4,320,000,0CO Moon (Periodical,) 575753336 57:7 59330 57575 3»300,000 Mars, aie - 2,296,824 2,296,832. : 2,296,828,522 Mercury, = ¥7,937,000 - 17,937,060. 17,936,998,984, Jupiter, =) _* * 364,220 264,220. 364,226,455 Menus, oo sh Woes Cae, 3800 7,022,376 » © 7,022,389,492 Saturn, ae 146,564 146 568°: 146,567;298 Days 1,577:917,800 1,577,917,828 1,577,916,459,000, And Vay ~ ace A’ryvasuar’r’s flates the revolutions of Jupiter at 364,224. -RA'HaminIRA’s rule for the cycle of 60 years of Jupiter ts” founded number. The periods. affigned: by, thefe. two. authors to other planets have nct | been afcertained ; except Saturn’s aphelion, reckoned by A’RYAB HAT’T’A at $4 revo- lutions in a calpa. A’ryap’uat ’a’s numbers are faid to have been derived from the Pardfara fidd'hania.,. (As. Res. vol. 2s p. 242.)) on that | On the height of the HIMALAYA MCUNTAINS.. By THE PRESIDENT. | W HEN I prefented to the Society the narrative of a yourney per - uw formed ‘by ‘Lieutenant Wess, and Captain» Rees to explore the fourcés of the Ganges, I had: occafion to notice the obfervations » mentioned to. have. been made,for determining geometrically the altitude - of remarkable peaks.of the fnowy mountains, and the inference which appeared'to be fairly deducible, that this chain of mountains is among - the moft elevated in the known world, neither furpaffed nor rivalled by any other but the: Cordillera of the Andes.* “I fhoa'd have been juftifi- | ed by the premifes in; faying mor:: but | thought it rigat to {peak thus guardedly ; not having been then enabled to examine the particulars of the altitudes taken, the diftances meafured, and the calculations ® Ase Reg. ie Po 445:. 289 ‘ON THE HEIGHT OF THE founded on them; nor to procure barometrical meafurements tending to confirm or to correG conclufiens drawn from thofe grounds. But having been fince furnifhed with further obfervations taken by Lieu- tenant Wess, in profecution of the fame inquiry, and having compared them as well with thofe before made by him and by the late Lieute- yant Colonel Coresrooxe,:as-with Lieutenant Colonel Crawrorp’s labours in the purfuit of the fame inquiry ; | confider the evidence to be now fufficient to authorize an unreferved declaration of the opinion, that the Himalaya is the loftief, range-bf ‘Alpine mounteins whick has been yet noticed, its moft elevated peaks greatly exceeding the high- eft of the Andes. : Tus had been long fulpe€ted, or rather had been very generally believed in India, upon lefs conclufive evidence than will now be fub- mitted to the public. It was remarked, that this chain of mountains ' confiantly covered with fnow is vifible from the plains of Bengal at the diftance of iso miles* (it might have been faid at a fill greater “ diftance). This faé&t demonftrates great elevation. For the peak of Teyde or Tenerife meafuring nearly 12,000 feet + is difcernible in clear weather at a diftance of 120 miles, and appears’ like’ blue vapour fcarcely darker than the {ky ;'and Chimborazo, the higheft peak of the Andes, afcertained to be more than 20,000 feet high,t' is: feen ata -/— > diftance of little more than Go leagues, the reft of the Cordillera of the Andes being then concealed from view: but the Avmadlaya chain of mountains is vifible in the horizon, as a continued line extending through more than two points of the compals, at a diflance equal to » Rawwaw’s Memoir of a Map, p. 302, (ad. Edit.) + 1,904 French toifes, $ 3,220 French toifer, HIMALAYA MQUNTAINS,:; 253 that laff mentioned, appearing in clear weather hike, whith Gli Wiha, very, diftinétly defined outline, 3. 0°. soit ' il To 8 jetti the; EN dite fihes the ditange, es sa! the: Chain: ‘afi fnowy, mountains continues fo:be. vifible, exceeds 150 miles, it may © be fuffiicient to mention, that it is-feen. hearifg: Eafterly af North, from +: Paina. and from. other . {tations (as, Bhagalpir, &cs). em the: en bank of the Ganges; N ow, the latitude.of .Paing by, aftronomical ebe: fervation is,25°. 36';* and thatjof Cat/mandé, nearly; duecnorth;ok: it} is 27° 4a +. the difference, bging 126.: geographic: or:;about):14602 Englifh miles. But the neareft of the Aimedaya, mountains aye yeti; diftant in a horizontal line above 25 miles, fromthe dak «mentioned + | town; more than one valley and intermediate ridge being interpoleds.: | fome of which, to a diftance of ten-miles,, shave been ‘vilited, by. Euro: | peans,., without approaching, within. Several. days travelling, diftance of; _ the foot) of the Aimalaya.t tort at aldinie3lib visisd ad 08 Jost 000,88 yoko alot 4 | bat mt jisl ted) es sonsdlib s iss1g Of 38 THE Bsskensan: of the cone en of enemies ‘ag rian Pivtéoos : from Tibet, and is diftinctly vifible from the plains ok: Bengal... Captain: Turner and Mr. Saunpers, on their journey to T7/holumbo, after tra- | verfing ‘Butan-and crofling the frontier o& .Tzh¢é; foundsthamfelvesmear a tange of mountains, -coyered with-everta fitag : dn ow; whicl: fecmed: ' | to be. but two, muiles,diffant rom their routes, «a Captaim Tx:) partienlar ly’: | noticed a con{picuous,peak beld.inhigh lvenefiationby: ‘the findus) and » | named: \Chamalaris i} Both, thé »travellers\ were datisfied,. the: one: from : the remarkable form of the: peak):the other! fronn the height and: beaf-’ — PAT OR RUBEN Bue pows + Lt. Col. Crawrorn. { Geol, Kirerareicn’s accounhof the Kiogdont.of Nepali i.) sos 4 Q3 ett nie. = 254 ON THE HEIGHT OF THE ings of the range, that the mountains, which they then viewed, are the fame which are feen from Purnea, Rajmahl, and other places in Bengal.* Now, according to the furvey of Captain Turner's route, Chamalari is placed in Lat. 28° 5’ Long. 89° 18';'a pofition no lefs than 165 geographic miles from Purnea; and 200 from Rajmahl, which is fituated in Lat. 25° 9’ and Long. 87° 44° by obfervationt From a commanding eminence on the frontier of 7ibet, the travellers had an extenfive view of the mountains of Butan, covered with verdure to the very tops; andit appears from what is faid by them, that Butan contains no mountains on which fnow continues during all feafons of the year, and few on which it remains until the middle of fummer. Thefe circumflances feem to eftablith beyond quetftion, the faét, that the {nowy range, of which Chamaldéri isa part, is that which is feen from ftations in Bengal, diflant 165 and even 200 Geographic miles, an(wering to1g1 and 232 Britifh miles. Now it requires an elevation exceeding 28,000 feet to be barely difcernible, in the mean {tate of the atmofphere, at fo great a diftance as that laft mentioned ; though a much lefs eleva- tion, it mult be acknowledged, may fuffice under circumftances of ex- traordinary. refra€tion, Tue préfumption, which was however raifed on thefe grounds, was to my apprehenfion corroborated by obfervations, which I had myfelf the opportunity of making twenty years ago; and which gave, accor- ding to the note I have preferved of them, 1° 1 for the ufual altitude of aconfpicuous peak of the Himdlaya viewed from a ftation in Bengal, which, according to the conftruction of R exnex’s map, was not lefs ® Captain Tuawar’s narrative, p. 203 (2d Edit.) Phil, Trans, vol. 79 + Ravesn Bunaow. HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS. 253 diftant than 150 Englifh or about 130 Geographic miles. If this dis- tance might be relied on, the height to be inferred from that obferva- tion of altitude, after a due allowance for terreftrial refraction, would confiderably exceed that of Chimborazo, being not lefs than 26,000 feet above the level of the plains of North Bengal. But, as the diftance was not afcertained with fufficient accuracy for the purpofe of confi- © dently grounding on it a calculation of this nicety, I propofed to deter- mine it by obfervations of the bearings, of the fame peak from: two places diftant enough to afford an adequate bafe, the length of which might be found by correét furvey. Not having had the means. of com- pleting the inquiry upon the principle here explained, I recommended it to*the attention of the late Lieutenant Colonel CoLesrooxe, by whom it was profecuted during his furvey of Rohikhand, and it has been further purfued toa fatisfactory refult by his affiftant Lieutenant Wess, during his journey towards the fources of the Ganges, and finally during a furvey of the province of Gorakhpur. CotoneL Cotrsrooxe’s. notice was alfo drawn to the fubject by the communications of Dr. Francis Bucuanan and Lieutenant Colonel Ceawrorp, who both vifited Nepal in 1802, and who were convinced by the information they received there, from intelligent’ perfons, that the fources of the Ganges are on the fouthern face of the Himalaya, and” that thefe mountains are of vaft height. He had likewife'a knowledge of a furvey by Lieutenant Colonel Crawrorp exccuted in 1805 along the northern frontier from Behar to Rehilkhand; in which bearings were taken of every remarkable peak of the fnowy range, which could be feen from more than one ftation ; and’ confequently the diftance of thofe peaks from the places of obfervation, and their geographical pofi- tions relatively to the plains of Hindu/lin, were determined by the in- 255 > ON DHE HEIGHT OF THE terfe€lion of the bearings. and.by, calculation., Colonel Carawrorn: had alfo taken altitudes) fram, which the. height.of, the, mountains might-be+ computed, and which, gave, after due allowance for refradion,, the elevation, of conf{picuous. peaks, atleast, equal. to,,that, abovemen- tioned, But, the drawings and journah,,of, this, survey have been.un,. fortunately. lost. righ i) C wissio ytoalg se @ a ao QniOMuoyy yiinab Tue obfervations inftituted and ,completed by. Lieutenant Colone}: CoLzeBRooxE, whilein Réhilkhand, were two: one taken at Pilibhit, where : the elevation of a peak diftant 114 Engluh miles, according to bearings: from two flations, the diftance between which wasmeafared, was founds tobe 1932753 the other at Jel hpars. where the elevation of the fame peak, diftant go. Englifh miles, Las, QD feryed..to _be/2° 8. I find among: his: papers numerous other obfervatjons, of ithe bearings, and- appeatance: of the chain of {nowy mountains,as feen.from.many fucceflive flationsi/ But the only altitudes, which: have, beeni:preferved, are thofe above mentioned. HY ot nwetb-olls sav Apion 2aNonr esa 1snOIGH ee acne one mies bh nce of altitadecallowanne was: firk.. miade for refraction(at the; fame,rate\as for celéftial: objedis:ofathe: fame} apparent altitude: .and, from, the obferved)-elevation fo corredted: was ' deduced a. height of 20,919. feep for the. mountain as: wewedi from ) Pilibhit, and.. 20,598) for the fame:as feen from Fethpur,: or:20,3085 feet: on.a medium, of both.obferyations..But.the allowance for refradipn., being. much. too great, amounting to. +ths of. the contained. arc 1m ,One'} infiance and =3;ths in the other, the computation, was, again made, al-, lowing, 4th of the intercepted. arc for ,terreftrial refraGtion, and, the’ refult fhowed a height approaching to’ 22,000 fect; em tes devel of ; the plains of Rohilkhand. . Mike do anislqe ed) of yloyvasior cao Gam y DHOLAGIR M., : 5 | ia { 7 : t 7] Ei SE j a See mmm ee LA TPR ————_ TMM ALTE VTA TTTTRTT 7 as rere UIMITTN) u —_—_— — = , Ktcwod Cnr Vig ps | | ee Of Part oft’ ae M. 4 LIEU? 7 WEBB's | . a i ) : = | | SAG ae SPO ea _ a ae f | is ahs tHe Cas | | | OUDE a B \* | } , if h- Nilew | ; — eee ee o - > » > ee ae - Sonar Turgena Dukes ber of mn, ; Bebras, Rca | an, | %, antes —_ eh Halas a! aaa / Murda, fe? B Kbulkulo S x rab as Ukar + - Dervethu Nr ' tei ons b “Sruleale Pupura \, 5 5 Secgurh y \ D | Bheputperr oi Leak ose a The jelbemune Kiarmringer + 4 Blings “— Doel %, Weiner - » gVewuNewate Denedews ' 1 phpdefdbetivetha Rapti RE wall HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS. 257 ; Howevre this allowance of an eighth part of the contained arc {till exceeds the mean of terreftrial refraction: as appears from the trials conducted by General Roy and Colonels WittramMs and Munpce,* and efpecially from. thofe of the laft mentioned obferver. They found terreftrial refraGtion fubjeét to great variation, amounting to no lefs than 4d of the contained: arc in: fome inftances,. and fo fmall as ,-th of the interceptediarc, and-even lefs, or abfolutely o, in others. But, in the numerous. obfervations..of thofe gentlemen, the extreme in{lances are few; and the range of variablenefs is. commonly within narrower limits, from: }th-to-2,th, being on a mean either th or "th part. The trials, moft to be depended on, being thofe which were conducted by means of. corref{pondent and contemporary obfervations,, -give a mean of ;;th.. It appears alfo, that the refraétion i is leaft variable where the ray pafles through the air at a:confiderable diftance from the furface of the earth, for the greateft part of its course: which is eminently the cafe in the inflance under confideration; and efpecially in fome which will be. fubfequently noticed, where the altitude of the mountains was ta- -ken from elevated {pots: and, in all, the ray mult pals for a great part of its-courfe through a ftratum of the atmofphere of much lefs denfity than in the experiments of General Roy and Colonel Muncs, to which reference has been made. Ir follows from thefe confiderations, that the mean terreftrial refraction fhould not be taken at. more than ,',th of the arc contained between the object and:flation, This allowance agrees with that which DELAMBRE direéts to be made::it exceeds what: was found | by Lecenpre, (Viz. sth) ; and it approaches very near to Maskertyne’s eftimate of th PRAM a oe ol lied eal Dail need eases ease ee a a ee ee a armas * Phil. Trans. vol. 80, 85, and 87. | R:'3: 958 ON THE HEIGHT OF THE But from Major Lamston’s obfervations in’ the peninfula of India, ter- reftrial refraction was found to vary from ith to .,th*, or ona medium ith of the contained arc. As this mean refra€tion may be thought more applicable to the north of Jndza, than that deduced from the trials made in the climate of Great Britain, I fhall compute from al- titudes reduced by thisas well as the preceding correction for refrace tion, and contraft the refults with fimilar calculations in which ‘the re- fraction fhall be taken at the utmoft quantity eae ay ae ere could juftify, viz. +d of the dre, * : To compute frem the data, we have, in an oblique plane’ triangle, the angle (B) at the bafe of the mountain, which exceeds a right angle by half the contained arc; or ( which is the fame thing ) by half the angle at the earth’s centre ‘fubtended by that arc; the angle (S) at the {tation of ebfervation, which is the fum of the obferved altitude ( corrected for refra€tion) and half the contained are; and one fide (A), which is the chord of the contained arc, or diftance between the bafe of the mountain and fkation of ob fervation, ' differing but a few feet, in the cafes before us, from the circular arc itfelf. The angles and one fide of the triangle being thus known, the other two fides may be found; one of which, fubtending the angle S, is the height of the mountain, or perpendicular from its fummit to ‘the middle of its bafe. The obfervations at Pilibhit and Jéthpar, cal- culated upon this principle, a and with an allowance of goth for refraction, give 22436 and 291.46, for the elevation of the peak obferved from thofe {tations ; or. on a mean 22291 feet above the level of the plains of Rohilkhand ; or about 22800 feet above the level of the fea. noe: RT oc NOR ® Page.100 of this Vulune, HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS. 050 In the fame manner may be calculated the height of the peak, fitua ‘ated according to the information of the mountaineers near the fource of the Yamund, and meafured fromthe fummit of Négén-ghazi, neat Dalat, under an angle of 3° 17, and from that of Chandra-badani, un- der one of 2° 50. The pofition of the mountain, deduced from ho- rizontal angles taken at both ftations, is fettled by Mr. Wess in lat. g1° 23, long. 78° 31.% The latitude of the flations, determined by aftro- nomical obfervations made at the next places of encampment,t is 90° 32’ and 30° 20; and the diftatices, taking the longitudes as inferred from furvey, are. 54.2 and 63.2 geographic miles refpectively. Whenee, allowing ++"" for refra€tion, we Have 20895 and 21856 feet ; or, with an allowance of 1, 20503 and 21920 feet; for the elevation of the mountain above thofe ftations. Their refpeétive heights are yet unafcertained: but Chandra-badant was by Mr. Wess thought the higheft, contrary however to what the refult of the prefent calculation indicates. The height of Ndgén-ghdit was eltimated by him at 5000 feet; and this guefs is corroborated by a trigonometrical meafure- ment of a mountain called the Khanjar near Bhuwan.dévi,t feen the preceding day, and found to be 3297 feet above the valley. It is diftantly fupported by barometrical meafures of mountains in a diffes rent part of the fame chain, as will be noticed further on. Tun elevation of the ‘famundvatar: appears then td be not lefs than 45000 feet above the valley. It is however right to obferve, that this meafurement of the height of that mountain above the fummit of the pafles from which the angles were obferved, is not entirely to be relied on; as the diftances are not determined with fufficient precifion, being * Afiatick Refearches, vol, 11, p. 442. + MS. Journal. f It is to be regretted that more frequent opportunitics did not occur for fimilar meafurements, 260 ON THE HEIGHT OF THE dependent on the relative pofition of the flations in longitude, cons cluded froma furvey performed by means of a. route, meafured by time in a very uneven country. Ir might be expeCted, that ufe fhould be made of numerous other obfervations, which were taken from various elevated fituations among the lower mountains, efpecially thofe which exhibited much, larger angles ; on the prefumable ground, that the height of any felected point among the numberleis {nowy peaks of the Hindlaya, would be beft afcertained by angles taken at the neareft pofitions. approaching it, No doubt fuch would be the cafe, could.a furvey be leifurely perform- ed in the mountains, choofing the fittefi {lations upon a previous view of the country, and fatisfaftorily ideritifying the point to be obferved, But a hafty journey (more was not in this inflance praCticabie) among mountains nearer. to the object, afford lefs means of au accurate mea- {urement than a furvey carefully conducted at a remoter diftance in the champaign country. Inftead of keeping in view, from day to day, during the progre{s of furvey, the fame felected point, and being fully affured of its identity by the uniformity, or at leatt the very gradual alteration of its appearance, the traveller through the mountainous {kirts of the Indian Alps lofes fight of thofe objects for fucceflive days as he proceeds along the vallies, and finds it impra@ticable, when he emerges to higher ground, his route leading him over fome mountain, to dif- cern from its furamit the loftieft peak now perhaps intercepted from his view by one nearer though of lels elevation; or to difcriminate and recognize among innumerable glacieres which have varied their afped with his change of place, the particular {nowy peak before contem- plated by him from another fide, in a different point of view, and with another afpect. : : HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS. 261 _ Ow thefe confiderations, and after carefully infpecting Mr. Wezss’s journal, in which.J find obfervations of unnamed {nowy peaks {een from the ftations of Réi’hal* and Bahmencét’hit under angles of nine and ten degrees ; with others, from more diftant ftations, of mountains fuppofed to be known, as the peak near Gangévatdri feen from Ndgin-ghaté and Chandra-badani,t and Cédar-nai’h from the laft mentioned ftation;§ I do not deem any of thefe points to be fo verified as to be made the certain grounds of a correct meafurement of altitude. The horizontal diftance of the near glacieres appeared to the travellers, in more than one inftance, to’be only ten miles ; | but this, being a mere guefs, cannot ferve for the bafis of corre& calculation. Employed as a conjeétural meafure, it gives gooo feet for the height of the objeéts above the lofty {pot whence they were viewed. Tue pofition of Céddér-ndt’h is not confidently ftated, the: materials for determining it being infufficient. Suppofing however that of, Gangavatdri to’ be more nearly correct, the pyramidical peak in the vicinity of that celebrated place, if indeed the fame which was {een and meafured from Nagén-ghétz, is 17784 feet above the fummit of that pafs efteemed to be 5000 feet high. Bur leaving thefe conje€tures and doubts, let us pafs to more cer- tain obfervations and more exact meafurements. To Colonel Craw- rorD Iam indebted for the communication of obfervations made by ® 10° 18. 9% 55/¢ 9° 4z. 9° 19. 8° 19 bearing refpsCivcly Ni 62° 49°. N. 59° o4/°F. N. 54° 56°E. N. 49° 42’. N. 45° 287E, and further diminifhing as the bearings grew more Northerly. + 9° 55% 9° 34’. 8° 17° bearing N.' 43° 35° B. Ne 39° 12K. Ny 289 17 EB, refpectively. + 49.3“ and. 2% co. * 39 1" and-2% so. § 2° 34 yj Afarick Refearches, 11. p, s1¢ and 552, 4 Ibid. pe 442. 262 ON THE HEIGHT -OF THE him at Ca?Ahmandz Another fet, much more numerous, was-taken by him during an extenfive furvey along the frontier, but it is not at pre- fent within his reach. If not a€tually loft, as was believed when a pre- ‘ceding paragraph of this eflay was written, the journal of his obferva- tions is probably in England, and when there found will confirm what is here {tated upon-other grounds. Ar prefent what we poflefs of that laborious furvey, is the protac- tion of it, fhewing the pofitions of the mountains as they were deter- mined by crofs bearings taken from a great number of {tations between Pirnea in Bengal, and Balrampir in Ayudh. This document, however, is invaluable forthe purpofe of the prefent inquiry. Co.onet Crawrorp, during a long fojourn at Cat’hmdndd in 1802, took the angles of feveral fele€ted points, of which he determined the diftances by trigonometrical meafurement, having taken the bearings from various ftations in -the valley of Néfa/, the relative fituations of which were afcertained by a tiigonometrical furvey proceeding | from a bafe of 8523 ‘feet, carefully meafured four times and verified by another bafe of 1582 feet meafured twice. The pofitions of the fame mountains were alfo fettled by obfervations of them made from the plains of Behar in the progrefs of the great furvey which has been mentioned. Tue angles of elevation of the mountains above the flations of Samlhé and the queen’s garden near Cat’Améndu, were taken with an aftrono- mical fextant and an artificial horizon. Among the moft remarkable is an obfervation of a mountain pointed out as mount DAazsun. . It was feen under an angle of 5° 4’ 21° and afcertained to be diftant 354 ¢. m. The elevation calculated from this meafure is 20140 feet above the fla- HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS, — 963 ‘tion from which the altitude was taken, and which is itfelf more than 4500 feet above the level of the fea, as concluded from barometrical obfervations to be f{ubfequently mentioned. Another feen undera fi- milar angle, 5° 3° 58, but lefs diftant by four miles, exceeds the eleva- ‘tion of the ftation by 17819 feet. Both thefe mountains are but little to the eaftward of north, from Cathmandu. Tre following are as little north of eaft: viz. one nearly mthe pofition of the Cala-dhairava,* diftant 59 geo. m. with an altitude of 2° 48 6; and confequently 20025 feet high; another in its vicinity, with an angle of 3° 23° 6, dif- tant 48 g. m. and clevated 18452 feet; and a third, as much more re- mote, being 68 g.m. with an altitude of 2° 7 21’, and a confequent elevation of 18662 feet, above Cathmundu. Art thofe mountains are perceivable from Paina: the firft or the fuppofed Dhaibin, at a diftance of 162 g. m. and Céla-bhairava, or the mountains in its vicinity, at-that of 153,150 and 145 g.m. Thefe are the neareft of the Himalaya which are vifible from that city. The moft remote are feen in the N. E. quarter at the prodigious diftance of 195g. m. afcertained by their pofition which is determined by bearings taken by Colonel CRawrorp from ftations approaching within a hun- dred miles of their {cite,. ‘Mount Dhaibin, or at leaft the peak which was indicated to Colonel ‘CRAWFORD under that name, and which is not furpafled by any of the points meafured from Ca:’hmdndu, was viewed by General Kirxpa- Trick, 1f indeed it be the fame mountain, from a pofition ten miles nearer to it on mount Bhirdandi:+ and his animated defcription of the * Genl, Kiexparricx’s account of Napa? + Account of Nesé/, p- 138 Itissight to ohf rve that the map annexed to that publication places Dhaibin and other mountaivs as Dbéacha and Ghirkhé, much neirer to Cathmandé, than they are by Colon] Crawsorn’s furyey, The latter is however moft to -be depended on, 264 ON THE HEIGHT OF THE fublime profpecét contains prefumptive evidence, that the remoter gla- cieres of the Avma/aya are fill more elevated: for he {peaks of a neigh. bouring mountain not lefs ftupendous, yet furpafled by one of the pyramidical peaks of the fnowy chain feen peeping over its towering fummit. It may readily be credited, that the more acceflible moun: tains which approach Cat’hndndu, as Fibjibic, Dhaibiéin and Dhinché, may be inferior in height tothe abrupter peaks in the chain of the Himalaya. _ Aone the loftieft in that chain is one diftinguifhed by the name of Dhawala-giri or the white mountain, fituated, as is underftood,* near the fource of the Gandbac river called inits early courfe Sélagram? from the fhiftous ftones containing remains or traces of ammonites. found there in the bed of the river and thence carried to all parts of India, where they are worfhipped under. the name of Sd/agréma ; the fpiral retreats of antediluvian mollufcas being taken by the fuperflitious “ndu for vifible traces of VisHNnu. | A uicH peak, among the moft confpicuous of thofe which are feen from the plains of Gérakbpir, and on that account feleéted by Mr. Wexns fora meafurement, conducted by means of obfervations taken at different itations in that province, was pointed out to him as recognized by the mountaineers to be Dholagir / Dbawala-giri). Mr. Wesp took the bearings from four ftations, and altitudes from three; and the particu- : lars of his obfervation; are as follow. | “At flation A, fituated near Khetér, bearing of the ino Beak P, correéted for Riseneric)s varlati- = Kise enenice: Nepal, Siélipiane. fons are found in great abundance near Mucting:’hy and moxe fparingly at Dé dher chxd (ill nearer to the fource of the Gaxdace Colonel CnawForp’s MSy. HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS. 265 on ani error of adjufment’by an azimuth obferved PAGE AITME Si ceeliucecc stn seccscseevne tect tose ‘vtascecce N26" ‘12 'E: MMIC Os eee chc ors ea edcernecedeceaecsess- senses 2° 48’ At flation B, Nowd newddad on the Rafiz. BedINS OLE ee losers shee s venecasusecttesete eee cberse 'N. 49° 30’ E. At ftation C, two furlongs W. of Seiigaoz. : Bearing of P. .......c000 SEE LB cbOoe aE uU CHR URE EMBER DEE N. 35° 49’ E. Petes go.y deel SAGAS h RRA Bas eles : 2° 19 At flation D, two figrbstigs W. of bhéperpur. Bearing PIP ek Gao sees esses are cnacsaens . ON. 66°" 1° E ETN 6 eh) SAS Sabo) osodoo = aaa e ncaa Moe capC Ope nGaeE oe 1° 22’ Bbearsfrom A bythe furvey, W. 2° 5''N. diftant, — 43.4 B. M. D bears from A. 102k RECN 5 ONG » 7335. Be ON. The bearing of C from A, is not ufed, the fide AC meafuring only’: 10 “16,3 B. M. C to B 2° Day: 13° 54 N. diftant — 29.4 B. M. C to D ib.ocls Wy 15? New i 60 B.M. B to D L WOLE 3° Nest "30,5 B M. _From.thefe data Mr. Wess computes the diftance of the peak (P) from the ftations-A, C and, D* .at the numbers undermentioned: viz. From the ftation A, by the triangle A P B, 89,6, and by the triangle A. PD, 89,1; meaniof both computations 89,95 miles or 471758 feet. From the ftation D, by the laft triangle, 135,9,and by CP D,136,8 ; mean of both, 136,35 miles, or 719928 feet. From C, by the laft of thefe trian- gles, 103.4, and by C PB, 102,3; mean of both 102,85 miles, or 543048 feet. He remarks that feveral other bearings of the fame peak were taken from different Hahlonse and that, by. laying off the rhumb- lines of * Wee the peat mp. Aap 266 ON THE HEIGHT OF THE bearing on the map, they interfect at very inconfiderable diftances from the pofition of the peak as, deduced from thole which. were fe- leGted for calculation. Ler us proceed to compute the height of Dhawalagiri (vulg. Dhéldgir) with the foregoing meafures of diflance and the obferved altitudes. Ar the ftation A- we have the diftance 471768 feet, 77,85 geographic miles,* or in parts of acircle 1° 17 51"; the chord of which in feet is 471753... The altitude obferved being 2° 48’, and the refraction being taken at. + th of the intercepted arc, the angles are S 3° 20 26” 15” and P. 86° ry 38” 15”, with the fide SB 471758; whence we have the fide BP, or height of the mountain, 27558 feet. By a fimilar calculation of the altitude of the Emelp mountein obferv- ed from the ftations C. and D; viz. 2°.1g'and 1° 29', or corre@ted for refraction 2° 11 ' 92” ahd 1°-12' 6%, with the diftances above found, which in parts of acircle are 1° 2g! 36":36" and 1° 58’ 48", and, ree duced to the chords of the arcs in feet, 543031 and 719893, the height comes out 279¢0 and-27573 ; or ona mean of the three; 29677 feet above the plains of Gorakhpur ; and reckoning thefe to be 400 ‘feet above the mouth of the Ganges as inferrible from the defcent of the ftream of rivers, the whole height is more than twenty-eight thoufand feet above the level ofsthe fea. i * The geographic mile, or fixtieth part of adegree of a great circle, is here taken’ at 6060 feet, The I-ngth of the meridional degree in different latitudes, accor ing 1o the'latNorth #8isar . towards ; Cav hmandé in Népal, the ba- rometer was noted: on two -days at an interval of more thin.a month (23d February and 28th March 1793,) and,both obfervations gave the {sme length of the column ef mergury 24:63. »On one of :thofe days the barometer was.obfcrved at a {pot a little more elevated, near the cold {pring which gives name to the place,* 24.43: and the tempes rature fhown by the thermometer 1s alfo given, 65’ Faurenueit’s {cale at.g o'clock, -and 67° at 11-im-the forenoon. ‘A meteorological jour- nal was kept by Dr. Fy BUCHANAN at Cal’hmdndé, for nearly ten months (April 1802 to February 1803,/f and the mean: height of the barome’er in that period is 26. 2. *The greateft: height ‘being {in May) ‘25:62-s and the leaft (in Augult) 24.83.46 Ona minute infpection of it, the changes, though obfervations were made ° ey ts) Gs: City of Cat’hmandu, 3 2 . = < 4784 Anp (by a trigonometrical meafurement of mountains encompalling the valley of Népal,** feleGting from it mountains fouth of Cat’hmén- di,) Chandragiri M. above Cat'hmandi 3682 feet, and above the fea,tt ° : a - 8466 Palchu M. (above Cat’ hmandi 4210 feet,) ° e 8904 Ir does not feem then, that the elevation of the pals of Nésin-ghat/’, whence the mountain near Famungwatari was obferved, need be thought overrated at fo little as the loweft of thefe heights which com- mand a fimilar extenfive view of the Aimalaya. To: recapitulate the refult of this minute examination of meafure- ments of the Indian Alps, the following are ftated as differences of ele- vation which may. be received as near approaches to a correct determi-. nation of the height, and as fully fubftantiating the pofitien which. was advanced, at the beginning of this paper. | Dhawalagirt or Dhélagi'r ; above Caaiipur, which is eflimated to. be 400 feet above the fea; 4 Ibid, p. 334. ** Colonel Crawrorp, MSS. tt ‘Phis mountain, by General KinkparRicr’s doubtfal obfervation of the baremeter (22.5)>. is 7989. feet above the plains of Bengals, HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS. On a mean of two neareft obfervations and at the loweft com- putation, - < s - - Englith feet On a mean of three obfervations with middle refraction, ' Above the fea at the loweft computation, - . Yamundvatéri, or Famautri’; above the fummit of Nagune ghati, which is eftimated to be 5000 feet higher than the fea, Above the fea, = o 0 : : o A mountain fuppofed to be Dhaibun; above Cat’hméndi, which appears by a barometrical meafurement to be at leaft 4600 feet higher than the fea; - - - - Above the fea, = - 2 2 s i x A. mountain not named, obferved from Pilbiit and Fer'b- pur ; above Robilkhand, which is eftimated at 500 feet above the lea:. Ona mean of obfervations at both flations, 22291, or more exactly, - - fe = a x Above the fea, -. ~ ~ - “ z A mountain not named, obferved from Carhmandé, and fitu- ated in the direction of Célabhairavi ; above the valley of Népal, 4600 feet higher than the fea, “ : = oi ‘Above the fea, 2 S < os - Another near it ; above the valley of Nepil,. - 7 Above the fea, . 2 mA ro) é A third in its vicinity; above the valley of Nepal, 2 Above the fea, a : - we “ 20140 24749 266 £ ON TEE HEIGHT OF THE I rake this opportunity of adding to, the former communication of Captain Raper’s account of the j journey to Bhadrinath and to Rétal, and Béi'hars on the route towards Gangawatdr?, the narrative of the profecu- tion of the journey towards the fource of the Bhégirat’hi by the Munjhi, who was fent foi the laft mentioned ftation to explore that fource, and who aétually penetrated feveral miles beyond Gangawatari. It is en from the field book which was kept by him, and of which the original has been delivered to me by Lieutenant Wess. The route is laid down from this journal in Lieutenant Wess’s map of a furvey of the Ganges within the mountains, infer ted in the laft volume of the Afeatick Refearches.* Ir will be obferved, that the Mdufh/ crofled the Ganges feveral times on Sangas, or bridges confifting of one or two fir trees laid acrofs from bank to bank. The breadth of the river, or, which is the fame thing, the length of the bridge, was, in the firft fuch inflance which occurred, &6 paces. At the fecond bridge the breadth of the river crofled was 46 paces ; half GE which confifted of rocks in the middle of the river, and the other half only appears to have been the breadth of the flream. In | the third inflance the diftance from bank to bank was 51 paces ; but ene-third of this was rock, leaving two-t thirds only or 35 paces for the width of the ftream. ‘The fourth bridge was 54 pa- ces long; but the fifth, 28 only: and the fixth appears to have been no more than 2s paces. This was below the confluence of the oe OS TE Vol, SL Pa 447 HIMAL AYA MOUNTAINS: Seer Bhdoirathi with a rival ftream named*Kédérgangd ; and’ confiderably fhort of the termination of the Min/hi’s journey, He has not fpecified the breadth of the river where laft {een by him : but, at Gangaéwatré, an expanfion of the ftream is defcribed -by him to be 40 cubits wide and 2 deep; with fcarcely any current. The river was traced 3 miles further amidft the fnow, . Sunday, iff May 1808. cofssi- very near.". Afcent. Ganges 400 ar‘500 » 150-1 paces diftant. Defcent.. Ganges 250 paces: a off. Over rocks néar ‘the river > : LOR extremely difficult. A fmall tream from the moun- it: taain Falls into the Ganges, A grotto refembling-a veranday, 55 near the road, 268. ON THE HEIGHT OF THE Left hands. Bearings by Come Right hand, - pals. Paces. . Torrents, fifty or fixty paces. 857 wide, running with great violence towards the river, 200 paces off. Bn grotto capable of contain- 135° ing ten or fifteen perfons: River, as before. _Afcent. 80° Level road on the high: ground. Ganges 400 paces dif- tant. A village in fight, 4. cofs. off. Afcent. Ganges #cofs offi. 540» Level. River as before. 200%; Qver. rocks; very. difficult. 320% A grotto capable. of containea. 240% ing 25 perfonss Road level. River ftill as be- 408 * fore.- Defcent:. to the bank of Rg. 309» soar. Crofs R. Soar, by a Saunga. Lhe The water touched the bridge and flowed with rapidity, Gane ges i cofs diftant. Ma. Murar. in fight on an eminence, Afcent.: QR Road along. the fide of . the mountain, 1208: A large vi'lage, Salang,~ and river of the fame-name; . diftant 4 cofs, HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS, __ 269 Left band. ees Bearings, Raghi hand. | Comite. _. Paces. Delcent.® _ 320 Road along the fide of the. : 4378 mountain. re roo Defcent to the bank of the 569 Cichian N, : Be NA Rordofthe CarbidaNe 5 Afcent of mount, R’ bonta-t North 3 points Eat. 848 “Road: defends. 704 < Afcends again.” fi 2 a 128 Defcends. 205, Ford of the Taur N.§ Op od qt 2 Road along-the fide of the- 907° mountain. ||: Level. pooN.. 2 pts. EL 59% Alfcent.of mount Tuwaré.f 2264 Defcent. » N. g pts: BE. 176 Afcent. Alarge grotto feen, oS 168 “Deéfcent’ along the “fide of the i. Soe mountain tothe banks of the Tiar. R. Ganges 4 cofs off. TS OS SS ® Ganges. 500 paces off. 7 + Ganges { cols off: The village of Cachian in Ghe _on ibe Biehl. _} Name of the place Agrikhé. Ganges Deak diftant. a § This ftream comes from North 7 points Weft. Ganges (till 4 cols diflant. Rained at noon. | We eat ‘bread on the bank of the ftream. - || Lower down, a grotto capable of holding 25 perfons. t Village of Tuward in fight. A {mall grotto, Canges 4 cols diftant. U3 870 "(ON THE HEIGHT’ OF “THE Leit hand, Bearings * Right hand, DY, Compafs. _— Paces. Ford the Tiar.* fu Neg pts: E. 43 Road level;aliule undulating.t 1283 Total — 26,865 paces. Monday, od May, proceeded. ae Road leads over rocks of Ne3 pts. E. £88 River Daéai in fight 3 cofs the Ganges. Sireamdiflant500 diftant.. Ic comes from paces. mount Kailgs. N. 6 pts. E. Afcent of Mount Capar Kbola, 1248 Flows with great rapidity. Ganges % cofs diftant. Road level. Afmall grotto. .N. 4 pt. E. 464 Ganges + cofs diftant. Road undulating to the banks 496 of the Kbé:méri. Ganges cofs | ge diftant. Ford the ftream.t 3 Afcent. N. 2 pts E. 112 ue oe Road level on the high ground. 208 . Water of the Ganges ap- Along the fide of the mountain. g60.-. peared like mud. .- Ganges 4 to Z cols diftant. : Croffed the Rér7;§ $ Defcent along the fide of the 2 1336 , mountain. Ganges 1 cofs diftant. Afcent. Ganges 400 paces off. N. 6 pts. Ee 355 # The ftream comes from N. 2 points E. + Ganges 500 or 600 paces diltant. Stopped for the night in a large grotto or place fheltered by rocks, Rained the whole night. + It comes from N. 1 point W. Falls in a catara& of 20 cubits high. § It comesfrom S, 7 points E. Ganges lefs than 1 cofs diftant. Halted at noon toeat bread. It rained. @ - “PIMALAYA MOUNTAINS. art Mund. fe Bese oar ig Right hand. i Ghee. Paces. Along the fide of the mountain,® 1280 : as Road level. Ganges 200 pa- N. 2 pts. W. 1486 R. Nar i cofs diftant. ees diftant. an ae : Comes from N. 2 points E. ale Mote A : | A catara@ 7 cubits high. iRoad level. 2) gcciA <«t N, 3 pts. B - 193 Road level. A grotto. fcen. 200 “Ganges. 500 paces off.” Road level. 0607 888 R. R&nké,1 cofs diftane, Roadlevel.t 42 N.7 points E. A hot fpring. Road levelto the banks of the 349 from the fide of the mountain Calyani. called Rérficund, on the bank Crofs the Rivulet. 2 of the Canges. Ganges $ cofs diftant. | A Dbermjalaat Banghéi.Some N.7 pts. E, 214 The Malécha falls into fields of cultivation. Ganges the Ganges. It flows from G00 paces off. N. 7 points E. Level, Ganges 500 paces diftant. 266 Afcent along the fide of the .N. § pts. E, 1110 mountain. Ganges { cofs diftant, Defcent by a fimilar path. BIS4 Ganges 200 paces off. : Ford of the Banghélz N. if It flows from N. 2 pts. W. | Road level. { | | 280 Road level to the Ghat. 186 Croffed the Ganges by.a Sang N.7 pts. E. 56 ah eG ha biog doin eso) mio Ae _ * The Rérffalls into ‘the Ganges. This is 50 paces [wide}. + A {mall ftream from the mountain’s fide falls into the ‘Ganges. Z Adeferted hut of herdfmen. Ganges 300 paces off, 972 | .ON-THE HEIGHT OF THE Left hand; Bearings Right hand. : "Cok pale Paces. | or {par bridge 2 £ pace wide.*® | iy " | : 128 Afcent. Ganges 800 paces diftant. if 320 ~— Road level. $0 Along the .fide ‘of . the mountain. bsos Soo Same. “A° torrent croffes the road. 249 Level, along: the edge of the Ganges:t Lyin 480 Road level.f -R. Kanéla in fight, a-cofs dif- 152 tant: comes from N. 3. pts. W. i S00 Road level? a-grotto.feenz ‘Ganges 200° paces diftant. 1280 Road level.§ 3 “ya0.° ‘Road level. 4 Total. © > 17,609 - Paces. Tuesday, 3d May. ‘ON. 2 pts. E. 25 ~ Road level: to Déorini a Rivulet from’ N, 5 ‘pts. E. . 3. ‘Forded: the” Deore * The pcan was 30 cubits below ie bridge, The Séngé. confited of two or three fpars with.a few pieces. Ag wood tied on them, It was not a » fafe bridge. Having croffed, have now the Ganges on the left hand. + A fir tree, which had fallen: in, refted again the bank, {A grotto | feen: might hold 50 people... ee SS as § A torrent from. the mountain _-paffes clofe to the. road. : g, Stopped for the night at a. large grotto. capable of containing 40 pesfowy, 200 | paces fron the Ganges, Slight. rain, all night...) HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS. : 279 Left hand. Bearings , Right hand. by Compals. ” Paces. i) t N.5 pts. E. 378 Road to Déordni ghat of the Ganges. : 46 Croffed the Ganges by a Sdnga or bridge of {pars.* Afcent. St N22 ,pts. Wi; 40 Level road. 400 _ Defcent. x tere) Level. 688 Over the fnow. 182 Road level, i N. 2 pts. Ee 48 Afcent.. 40 Level. A {mall grotto feen,. 120 Croffed the Ganges at the 51 Ghat Léhdrindg by a Sanga or. : 958 Road almoft level, over rocks. bridge of {pars.t | 59 Road level. N. 4 pts» E. 1095 Road level, along the ' mountain's fide. Ganges 100 | paces off. 1g Crofled the Létgarh by a | Sénga confifting of 4 timbers. Beh cary ueinee a aMapars aiid wast \a pace-wide ; very dangerous and terrifying. Went over it in a fitting pofture fliding along. The wooden part 24 paces, of which 11 very dangerous and 13 more eafy. The relt (22 paces) omrocksin the Ganges. The flream 7 cubits below the bridge. tT 2 paces wide, and five cubits above the ftream. Wood 25 cubits. Rock 12 cubits.» Wood io, Rocks 5. Ganges again on the left hand. { It was 2 paces wide, and was touched by the water, which flowed with great rapidity, This ftream comes from Himachal N. 7 points E, HAA ae WE ON THE HEIGHT OF THE Left hand. Bearings — Right hand. by. Compafs,. Paces. 480 Over rocks on the edge of the Ganges. 296 Over fnow, which had fal~ lenon the bank of the Ganges, Noy pts. E. 184 Proceeded over rocks in the Ganges. 464 Afcent of the mountain, which was very fteep. Climbe ed, holding by the grafs and {mall fhrubs. | : 88 Defcent towards the Gans ges: went ina fitting pofture. 16 Read level. 40 Afcent; very. feep and: difficult. 104 Level. 48 Afcent; very difficult. Overhangs the Ganges, a12 Level. Ganges 200 paces off. 131 Afcent;fteep and difficult, 56 Defcent; extremely. fteep. 462, Afcent. Ganges 250paces, off. o72. Level. Ganges. 150 paces ; diflant, 64. Over rocks .on the edge-of : the Ganges. } 458 - Defcent from rocks; very fteep. ) HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS. Left hand. The Felarz R. in fight, one cofs diftant, comes from N. 7 points E. and fnowy mountains feen N. 7 points W. diftant one cofs, Afcent, along the fide of the mountain. : | Along the fide of the moun- ain to S#4i7. Ganges one cofs | diftant. Bearings. : Compals, N. 4 pts. E, N. 7-pts,.E. N. 7 pts. W. ING Jhptsaues Right hand. ; ~y Paces, S2ky. Overrocks, of the Ganges: but lefs difficult. 1544; Road level; over fones -4in the bed of the Ganges.* 156 Level. ig2 Afcent. 232 Defcent, 2450 Over the rocksof the Gan- ges: very rough and difficult. 192 Afcent. 320 ‘Level, along the bank of © ‘the Ganges, 96 Afcent. £00 Defcent. 653 Over rocks of the Gane - ges: Extremely rough and difficult. 11. CrofstheBhéld by aSéned.t 135 Level. 54 Crofs the Ganges at the — Ghat of Sukhi, by a Sansa. 659 1654 * A ‘cave or grotto fcen, and a {mall one capable of containing 50 perfons, The ftream cgmes from S. 1 pt. E. | Five cubits above the water. ‘t One pace wide, five cubits above the water. down and anew one had been recently erected. in croffing was over rocks, viz. Rock 26, Wood 17. The old one had been broken The greateft part of the diftance Rock i, 2750 276 ON THE HEIGHT OF THE ) Left hand. Bearings Right hand, by Compafs. — Paces. | Along the fide of the mountain. ) | 840 Bh if P Afcent. # 55? a ae Defcent. Ford the Choraki N.* 1248 Road level. Ford the Pak- 523 chahar-t hun Road level. Ford the Gangé- 117 tri N. This flows from N. 7 Mi points W.., Afcent to ¥h4ld; which is 13 4 100 paces from the Ganges. Ath May.—Preceeded at noon, when the snow was a little cleared away. Road level, oe » NJ o pts. We’, 406 | / Ford the Niddni N. It comes. Lt from S.7 points E. Ganges 200 paces off. Along the fideofthe mountain: N.7 pts. W. 640: ro Defcent. Ganges 2 to 300° 699. paces off. fy (ee, Road level. N.’5 pts. B.405. Crofs the Shinén by aSdnga§ 32 Road level, 40: In the Shallow bed. of the 70° ‘ Ganges. 3 | | * Comes from N. 7 points W. Ganges 200 paces off. Te! i ; ne bi ~ It comes from-S-1 point-W.- Ganges_1+09 paces off, _ _ * Slight rain, Snowy mountains on-all fides and apparently very near. In thie e middle of che night much fhow fell: Inthe morning the whole foreft and the furface q of the ground, and roofs of houfes, were covered with {now. Halted till noon of next day. § The flream comes from N. 2 points Wo. “HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS, 277 Left hand, ei “Right hand, | Comat Paces. Over ftones in the Ganges. 37 | In the fhallow water of the 59 river. My 2 Over ftones. 35 a “In the fhallow water. rn "Over ftones along the edge of 562 a the river. oo 3 In the fhallow water.* 48 Along the banks of the Ganges.t N.2pts.E. 396 -Afcent, 48 Along the fide of the mountain. 528 Over the rocks of the Ganges, 1000 very rough and difficult. Crofs the Gong! by a Séngé. i 22 Road level, pee ago eae! oe N. 7 pts E. 534 . Crofs the Harjila by a Cae § - Road level, Village of Cachérd, Afcent of the mountain hear Cachéra. Level road. Continued afcent of the fame mountain. 14 280 160 220 424 * Two channels of. the>river here unite. + The melted fnows defcending from the mountains: + The Water’ touched the bridge. Stream comes from ‘NI 5 points Ba § The flream comes from N. 7 points E. aR 0 ON THE: HEIGHT: OF THE _.. Left hand: ges Right hand. : Compafs. Paces. Defcent.* 1024... Road level. : 368... Afcent. along the fide of the 256 mountain. | Defcent. Along the fide of 533 the mountain. River very near. Crofs by a Saugad near Dherdli. + 14 Level road over the rocks of, the 144 Ganges. Crofs the Ganges by a Séaga..} 28 The deferted village of S#kbia_ 96 Level road to the temple of in fight acrofs the Ganges. . 7 Mabédéva. § ae KheraN. defcends from Cailas. 96 Arrived im. the evening at Dherélz in Pergunna Tacnur ff Total goo2 5th May.—Proceeded from Dherali. S$. 5 pts. E: 160° Afcent. . 400 Defcent. Ganges 200 paces: On. : 416 Level'road. A ftream from. the mountain croffes the road. * Aftone reprefenting Mabédéva, on a mountain faid to be Cailas, was in fight 3 from-Cachéra,-bearing N..5 points E._ tT 5 Cubits above the water. t At the Ghat of Dheralz. The water rifes-within vsicubits of the bridge. The Ganges is now on the left hand.- yom pals _§ Containing a ftone./énga to reprefent the deity. It was buried in thefand. The temple faid to have been founded by Sameguécharya. Other houfes to the number of five or fix. | Containing near 25 huts, of which only 5 inhabited. HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS.) ~ 279 Left hand. Bearings; by | Com patss ¥ S. 5 pts. E. Right hand. Paces. 792 Over rocks on the edge of the river. 14 Croffed the Gangafartt by | a Sanga.* 1000. ~— A ftream from the mountain croffes the road. Ganges 250 paces diftant. 320 Road level: but over rocks. -96 = Level: over fnow. 864. Level: over rocks. Ganges 300-paces diftant. 160 Level: over fnow. 480 Level: overrocks, Gano ges 200 paces diftant. 80 ~=Level: over fnow. 400 Level: Ganges 200 paces diftant. Ns i5-pts.-E; 480 ~ Afcent. 320 Level: Garges. 400 paces. diftant.. 496 Defcent: Ganges 300 paces diftant. R. Gimgiim in fight, one cols: 80 Level: Atorrent from the diftant.? mountain S..1 point E. 160. Level. 249°), Overfnow.. A ftream- from Changthanga: * The ftream is yery rapid -and comes from Mt. -Cai/és,.S. 3. points E. - + Comes from N, 2 points. Is‘crofled by a Sang@ onthe road to Bhde (Thier. PLOT f ] 280° ON THE HEIGHT OF THE + Left hand: Bearings by ~ Compafs, | N. 6 pts. | is Right hand. Paces, 240 Level: Ganges 300 paces off. 488 = Level. 80 Over fnow. 533 Level. A ftream from Changa croffes the road. 445 Level. Ganges 4 or 500 paces diftant. 1064 Along the fide of the moun- tain. 14 Crofs the Laconga by a Sangé.* 7 240 Level. ago Afcent of Mt. Ratunii, g12 Level: over rocks, a20 .. Afcent. : 96 ~—_ Level: over rocks. 64 Level: over fnow. a60. Level. Ganges 300 paces off, 64 Afcent. 560 Along the fide of the moun. tain. YR. Jabni-gangi from the Hi N. 5 pts. E, 1588 Level: over rocks, machal mountains, Comes from N. 6 points E. Flows with great rapidity ; and joins the Ganges, A Sa’nga' over it, Yeads' towards °° 184 Level: over rocks. 512 Road undulating. Defcent by means of a fhort ladder. 16. Level. mountain croffes the road. A fiream from:the pre Bbét (Thibet.) WEAN, oo: : ETS ee ee oe ee # Ic comes from Mt.. Cailas‘S. 5 points-E. ° Ganges200 paces off. ¥ Cal-bhairo: a: mere heap, of ftones, with no idol... Walnut~ trees. Ganges £0 paces off. . : | HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS, - 281 Left hand. Bearings - Right hand, campus es Crofsthe Ganges by a Saa- ga at Bhairéghasi.* A figure of Bhairolal.f 168 | Afcent.f , 144 Total 15032 : 6th May.—Proceeded on the journey. Afcent by means of ladders, N.7 pts. E. 299 Afcent of the mountain. § 400 Level: over rocks.|] 1080 Level: a plain. 80 Level: over rocks.g 1035 Level.** 336 Along the fide of the mountain, N. 6 pts, E, 840 _ Level tf | 400 Level. Over rocks. Ganges £000 400 paces off, ® The ftream appeared to be 500 cubits below the bridge. + Carved in the ftony {carp of the mountain, Two idols of ftone, daubed with minium. Pilgrims make offerings here and proceed. se Halted in a grotto which might contain 100 perfons. § A temple of wood, containng an image of Bhairélal, 3 f) A ftream from Bantago croffes the road in three places, towards the Ganges. Comes from S. 7 pts. W. Ganges 500 paces off. q A ftream from Mount Matwéri croffes the road. ** Halted in a grotto of Matwari. Ganges 400 paces diftant. ++ A fiream near the deferted village of Himin, from the mountain, acrofs theroad. Y 3 282 ON THE HEIGHT CF THE * Left hard. Bearings Right hand, Chae - Eevel. Over rocks.* 752 Level. A ftream from Terd/i, 452 eroffes the road. Level. Halted in the grotto » 576 of Terdlz. Fir trees. Ganges 400, paces diftant. : ) Level. if ON. 3 pts. B40, A flream from the fnow om the other fide of the river Diftant 5 cofs. Level. Road crofled by a Ait ftream from the mountain. ; Level. Over rocks. t : : Add Level: over rocks. f 1392 Level. A ftream from Ot/are — $18 eroffes the road. Level: over rocks.§ 1064 Level: over rocks.| 1120 Tevel: over rocks, 3200 4 A ftream near Bhandra (formerly.a village), comes from the mountain acrofs~: the road. : : Grotto of Oz/aro capable.of. containing 20: perfons;.. Ganges 300 paces off: ‘ Many torrents from the mountain crofs the road and fall into the Ganges. River 250 paces diftant. | : § A foaming torrent crofles the road called Megmeré or Shirai. Falls into the Ganges, ] A grotto capable of holding 10 perfons. Ganges 2g0 paces of... I A torrent paffes near the road. Falls into the Ganges. The river 200 paces- diftant. ) HIMSLAYA MOUNTAINS. — 983 Left hand, : Bearings Right hand, ' Compats "Paces. Level: over rocks, . 104 R, Bho from S22 points Ey | Diftant 3 cofs, : Level: over rocks.® - 1104 Level: over rocks. t 584 Level: over rocks, Télaléut.f 176 Level: along the edge of the 1443° river.§ Level. Arrive at Gangdwatii |] 580 Total 20,839 ® Patagni, where the Péudus are faid to. have setae oo a facrifice, Ganges: 200 paces off. + A torrent falls into the Ganges. Paksva and Cachori: a {pot furrounded. with red marks; where the Pandus are faid to have prepared their vi€tuals. River 300 paces diltant. { A fpot named from falt and oil which might formerly be perceived; but not: fo-now. ee : § Gauricund, a pool in which the water colleéts, and whence a ftream proceeds, Confluence of Kédarganga from S. 5 pts. E. with Bhagirar’ hs or Paes from N. 7 pts. E. Hindus fhave and. bathe here preparatory to vifiting Gangawatr |. Onthe bawks of the Ganges. A, wooden temple containing the foot{tep of Gangé on a black ftone Sis yacund, Viflinucund and Brahmecund, within the Ganges, being names affigned to difiin& portions of the river: where pilgrims Bathe, The lat is - 40 cubits wide and adeep.. It is the pure Ganga unpolluted by water of any~ other~ fifeam. Bbagirat'hi.siig; a large’ rock in the river, on which the king Bhagirat’he worfhipped the deity.. The riven comes from N. 7 pts..E. and. has very little- current, Scarcely any trees, bur the Badjpaiy (birch?), On all fides fnow. A large temple roofed with wood, con:aining an image of Ganga in red ftone, a {mall female-figure of filver, images of Mahadéva and Parvbai in red ftone- reprefented with the human form, Bhagirat'ba, Annapurna dévi, Vifonu, Brabmd and Ganés‘a in red. ftone. A Bradbmen, who is an inhabitant of Dberdiz, attends here during three months, Vai/ak'b, Jy eh and Afar. Scarcely any but Bairagis and Sannya/is come here: the road being in the higheft degree difficult, and the-place amidft fhow moft inhofpitable. EE ast ON THE HEIGHT OF THE Left hand. ‘Bearings Right hand, by : Compafs Paces. dh May —Proceeded onwards. Road level: over the rocks of N. 7 pts. E, 1320 the Ganges. Road level: the river might 1416 now and then be perceived amidf the fnow. Road level: on rocks in the 496 Ganges.* The Ganges might nowand the 968 be perceived under the fnow.t Along the bank of the Ganges; 760 over rocks. Over fnow, filling the bed of the 3 2640 Ganges.§ * The breadth ftill lefs than at Gangdwatr?. On one fide the road is pra€ticae ble. Onthe other a perpendicular wall of rock. In the bed of the river fawa rock 2 or 3 paces wide and 5 long, bathed by the river on both’ fides, and over hanging the fiream; the depth of water being very fmall, This rock exhibits a fimilitude of the body and mouth of cow, It is called Gao-muc’h. $ An image of black ftone might be feenin the fnow; but could mot be ap< proached, for fear of being buried’ in the fnow. The road was over the fnow of the Ganges. jt A large cavern quite capable of containing 100 perfons: confifts of feveral apartments. § The river was not once feen, nor was any found of its currentheard. The faow being foiled appeared like the earth of cultivated ficlds, HIMALAYA MOUNTAINS. 285 Left hand, ~ Bearings " Right hand. re Gavel Paces. Over rocks along the banks 5,20 of the Ganges, which here fhowed | I ifelf.* Lele are “Sth May. Set off to return by the fame road towards Dberdli: there being no other praéti- €able route. . The fequel of the field book is kept in a fimilar- manner: but it is thought t wnneceflary to tranflate it, b * In front was a fteep mountain like a wall of rock, from an argle of which the Ganges appeared to come, Beyond the prefent flation was nothing but fnow, no# any road, but that termination of the valley. From dread, none would venture into the water of the Ganges) The fhowy tops of “the mountains appeared of various height; and not the leaft fign of vegetation: nothing but fnow, maffes of which were falling fromthe mountains, As the people in company were deterred from advancing, and there appeared mo road by which to penetrate, and further progrefs feemed full of peril and of terror, I was under the neceffity of returning to | Gangawatri. VII. Anaccount of dia abide an Arc on the Meridian extending from. Pakuiie. 10° 59. ‘49. to. 15°.:6-05 85 | North. oe Mazon WILLIAM LAMBTON, Fe le REGIMENT QF, FOOT. |, is with much: fatisfa€tion that Ihave it in ip power to flate to the Society, the fuccefs which has attended a further extenfion of the _ grand meridional.arc, and the. conclufive refults from another feries.of aftronomical obfervations.at a‘ftation near Gooty, in latitude 15° 60.65. I am thereby enabled .to fet afide entirely thofe doubtful obfervations at Dedagoontar, fo often mentioned in my former communications; not however without fome regret at the neceflity of fo doing; becaufe _ I wifhed to have noticed the progreflive increafe of the degrees on the ay iS XY n& S RD) 2 2! oe oD : a Fi a 3] ka S| i (3) i S o Le < Pee fo} Is xe) (| 287 than two itis fully ifidered as ne, which [ 44°, the ry (in the The other f the for- r latitude 0 latitude 10ms. So 3, and for rr latitude uced from eding my langles, “in. rracondah, niles Weft ication to ure feries tat has al- lumber of particular as. already -ourfe it is taken up | thward to ly to Pau- Sep wogeeayen K epose as mrewenIa LIT PROYUN GMAT, O aq Suvavy “Bq Suregung © AI mtte qownan yy Humes unueniae gs Syl Puen IWHTVS 9 HS NV MeEPTEMd ro OTOOON Ail eT O—_ = vad wun @ panera WISP UUOT % Torney qPrxoasnpo Z~ Cyrene % Zh : ogc (nedoxy yrnoordyy © X yRNooureyLoey Sep WW 29722409 CT. / bs ay WA \ Kiarg bsryup ~, \ as voafbama EL, aes a “Sq Thomuyo 3aanoG _apfarfucobop feeb} rn a Set aS H +908? NF aravpo Ey: = 2 >. do TAunsvasy Ss oa SH 18427799 = Squvemkyo Peep one Fg Sore do qo 3a 4epu VALLTY Yee sy oS qyepacs Padtpep 7 PA OGIUaAN pur Oy) —) ; WL. vypolrpyyy OL Ady BS Way AHL ye Yolyith “a Ad VTTINP! mys, fi NV 'I MEASUREMENT or an ARC. on tHe MERIDIAN. 287 meridian, as I advanced ‘to the northward, by arcs not more than two degrees in amplitude. However as the cafe ftands at prefent, itis fully fatisfatory. The whole arc is 6° 56 22”.25, and.it may beconfidered as -confifting of two feGtions; one of 2° 50: 10".5, the -fouthern one, which gives the degree 60473 fathoms nearly, for the: latitude'g® 34° 44”, the middle point of that degree, as appeared from my laft paper,»(in the “commencement of the prefent volume of the Refearches.) The other {eGtion is 4° 6 11'.28 in amplitude, and lies to the northward of the for- ‘mer.. This gives the degree due to the middle point, or latitude 13° 2 55 equal 60487.27 fathoms. Alfo the degree due ‘to latitude 11° 37’ 4g’, the;middle point of the whole arc is 60480.42 fathoms. So “that for latitude .9° 94° 44” ‘the. degree ‘is G0472.g1 fathoms, and for ‘latitude 11°37°49 the degree is 60480.42 fathoms, alfo for latitude 213° 2.55 the degree is 60487.27 fathoms. Thefe being deduced from _.-a€tual obfervations, afford.a oe an=the: ‘increale exceeding my moft fanguine expectations. Tue recent meafuretment, is a continuation ’of the former triangles,“in. »1805, and 1806, commencing on the diftance Paughur and Yerracondah, and: terminating at the tation of obfervation about three miles Weft ‘from Gooty, wheré a’ bafe line'has been meafured asa verification to ‘the prefent,:and a foundation for a further: extenfion of a future feries sof meridional triangles. “And to render ‘this account of what has al- ready been done complete, Ihave here included the whole number of triangles; fromthe bafe in» Cosmbeteor, to:that near/Gooly. A particular --account::of; the meafurement of the bafe near Bangalore, has already been given intheoth:volume of the 4fatick Refearches, of courfe it 1s not neceflary; to, repeat it here, © That bafe is therefore only taken up | as;anew datum) from which) the triangles are, carried fouthward to . the ftations Ponnaffmalli.and Kumbelarine hill, and northerly to Pau- 288 “LTO MEASUREMENT or an ARC ghinand Yerratondah, and then recourfe is had to the lat meafured ‘bafe near.Geoty; Hence what is given ‘here, together with what ap« -péarsoin' the) aothe and sprefent volumes cf the ‘Refearches; will Aurnith am entire:account ef the whole are in ‘its prefent! ftate of pro- grefs, and: its future: extenfion .will, I hope, be more ‘in’ the order of ‘time, ag:a meridional feries will berchiefly attended to; and at may be gratifying to the inteHigent reader, who is interefted in fubjects of this nature;.to. know that thefe operations are to be extended through the Dekkan ;-which, if no local difficulties. occur, may. be carricd to the northern confines of the’ Nizam’s dominions, confiderably beyond the latitude of 20.degrees. It however may be doubtful as. to the practicability of extending it fo far, in the prefent flate of that country, but |-hopeI fhall have no difficulty in penetrating as far as the latitude of 18 degrees, and perbaps my next obfervations may be en the banks of the Goodavery. Jt is {carcely necellary to mcntion here, that the number of years elapfed fince the commencement of this are in 1805, has been owing to the time taken up in extending the furvey, over the whole Peninfula. The bafe near Gooty has. been the foundation of a (erics of triangles conneéting Muafulipatam with Coa, which I expe& will be completed in 1819, and after that my whole attention will be direfted to the northward, where having only the meridional feries — to attend to, my progre’s, in that direCtion muft confequently be more rapid, Besipes the purpofe of extending this arc to the northward, there is another object of equal importance, which is the meafurement ofa perpendicular arc, ina latitude as far north as itis poffible to pene- trate. It is from thefe perpendicular arcs, that_a f{cale is obtained for computing the relative: longitudes; and when this furyey is carried. ON THE MERIDIAN. ).10 289 through the Circars, it will be..of great’ importance to, determine the pofitions of places along. the: fea coaft.. Some of , thofe places, accord- ing to Major RennevL’s account, are: laid.down from obfervations for- merly made under the :direction of. Colonel. Pearse, }0n his route from Madras to Calcutta, in 1784; but:his route was chicfly inland after, croffing the’ Kifiva, touching the coast ‘insverysfew~ places; and. his pofitions are laid down’only- in. latitude...;Others' are fixed from Major SrepHEn’s:f{urvey ;\ butthe data feem to. have been:infufficient. , Even aftronomical obfervations are incompetent to fix: the relative longitudes of a number of places within afew miles of each other. To deter- mire the meafare of a degree perpendicular to the meridian’ affords ‘the only correé&t ‘means :and. thefe:low datitudes with great nicety in:the obfervations is neceflaryo it therefore :becomes.'an: important defide- ratunr to ‘obtainy amiaccurate! feale for computing longitudes, and the ‘more northern os Agora the: ae Rolie BONA ib oa) [ lage asersbn aed that thefe eiaivindl operations were begun in 180g. |The bafe near sBangalore, meafured in 1804, was thee firlt foundationj:andiits heightsaboye the ifea:was determined froma feries Of striangles broirght i fromthe Coromandel coalt;: and commencing from a bafe near: St.» Dhombsis DMount.| The, perpendicular “height above ithe fea of every great taridn,:-wasidetermired in the’ ufual manner) by fing ‘the contained:\arcs between! two flations, a method fo>well known, thatit lis, needlefs :to explainoit heres: “An account” of thofe heights, with the terreftrial refraction.as obferved at every flation in going direct from fea to fea, is given in me 10th volume of the Afiatick Refearches,y sd, ,earorgs): et a Ty 1805, On my- return from the Malabar coaft ;"\ the meridional trian- As gavin 290 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC gles were begun at Paughur and Yerracondah, (fee the plan), and brought down to the bafe near Bangalore, from which other triangles had been extended foutherly in 1804, for the purpofe of obtaining fides of a ereat length, for meafuring a perpendicular arc, but which anfwered exceedingly well for the meridional feries. ‘In the. beginning of 1806, that /feries ‘was reaflumed, and carried: down to: the Cozmbetoor country, where a bafe was meafured, and aichoice colle@ion of zenith diftances obferved, an account of which was given in’ my laft communication, which gives the particulars of the fouthern feCtion' of this arc. “In 1811, the triangles were again taken upiat- Paughwr and Yerracon- dah, and carried up to Gooty, for détermining:as ufual-the height of that bafe above the fea; but» when :that: meafurement was: computed and reduced to the level of the fea,: the ‘triangles were computed back to the diflance Paughur and Yerracondah, differing: from the fame diftanee brought from the bafe near Bingalore 1,4, feet, which, proportioned to the meafured bafe néar Gooty, will make! adifference «of 3.6,inches, {uppofing it to have been computed: as a: fide of the laft triangle, brought-out fromthe bafe near: Bangalore. | The fuperintendence of thefe-triangles was Intrufted, to Lieutenant RippE£11, ‘of the: Company’s Service, while I-was meafuring the bafe, and obferving.zenith diftances ; atid: thus terminated) thefe operations; afumimary‘account of which I thavethoughtat-neceflary to. give; becaufe. they: have -been carried: on ‘atintervals only, afd in point of time, bear butia: de goatee! te ftias ae mune oe Spot Tealesor Isitiiovie2 = ik the ol anes 7 thefe Rearclies: I have given the gene- ral formule for determining the figure and dimenfions of the earth, -taking:my.own meafurements ‘as {tated inthat Sccount, and the different — meafurements in England, France) and at the Polar Circle, from which a é, bk ON THE MERIDIAN, | : sor mean refult is had, for determining the rates of the Polar to the equas torial diameter. | Tue prefent degree in latitude 11° 37°19 compared with the Englifh, French, and Swedih meafurements, will give an ellipticity of ziesz, but I forbear making: any deductions till J have done all that I mean to dointhe meridional meafurements, and until I know fur- ther refpeCting the operations. carried On, in England. —When_ thefe arcs are extended as far as it is practicable, fome final conclufions may then be drawn with refpect to the figure and dimenfions of our earth. For what has been done:by. thole- eminent men fent out to different countries in the laft century, feems to have left the queftion more in- volved’ in uncertainty than’ it was before... Boucuer appears to have been the moft correct, and had he taken any: other meafurement made in the northern latitudes, rather than that of Mavrertuis, to compare with’ his own, his hypothefis might have been: near the: truth. —The ‘degree given by the Asse” be La Carus is.as. inconfidtent as that of “Mauperturs; and he draws aconclufionequally, inconfiftent with the “doétrine of rotatory ‘motion, viz. thatthe, meridians. in. the fouthern ‘hemifphere have a different curvature’ to-thofe in the northern, or that the degrees’ of fongitude’ in the» fame’ latitude, are-different -in the two ‘hemifpheres. ‘Liwilh'to fee that meafarement put to,the tet. Maupertuis has been found’ By the’ members of the’ Swedzh: academy, to be out upwards ‘of 200 fathoms; ‘which circum{tance;cannet, -but tend to leffen our confidence in the Abbe’ 5 a, at the eee y Good; arate tw the Hebue of ‘this: paper, I have! added, asin. my lat, a table, fhewing the perpendicular ‘heights of the-ftations above the level of the fea. ° The'bafé lines ‘are all on the-tableland, and it may be curious to notice their comparative heights. «:Vhe;table.Jand in the neighbourhood O28 MEASUREM iT ‘OF. AN ARC we of Bangalore; and towards: oe is upwards of .30co fect above the fea. The table land, or rather the general height of the low country in Coimbetoor (for itis much undulated) is about goo feet. Towards Tinnevelly it falls to Between four and five hundred feet. The fall’ to the northward of Bangaloreis very rapid after palling Nundydroog, and. the fummit of Paughur, which rifes ‘high from its! bafé, is nearly upon a level with the table land near Bangal-re. “The mean ‘height of the bafe near Gooly is 1182 feet, which is nearly ‘the mean height of the flat’ country extending round Gooty and ' Bellary from. which plain. the mountains and hills rife like °iflands from ‘the fea.’ Phefe facts, being eftablifhed, it is ‘not ‘difficult: ‘to account ‘for the’ different tem- peratures in the different diftri&s,’at the fame, and at-different feafons ‘of ‘the year. In carrying: on my geographical operations: -I have, been ‘particular as to the’heights,; and the” general ranges: of mountains, for ‘they form the mott ‘prominent: features of the country, and.fuch in- formation thight ‘aid’ thé refearches of intelligent. medical, men, in,their ‘inveftigation ‘of the cauifes of thofe difeafes, which: are-fo;fatal, in fome “parts of the: Peninfulas “Theré are fome: remarkable. falls with refpeé ‘to the country to the weltward of Bengalore:.; vAfter pafling the range ‘of hills; in’ which. Savendroogy Paughur,:and,: Several, other. Aations are “fituated, the: country’ has. a fudden:: defcent, and continues. low, confi- ‘derably fo the weflward of. Seringapatoms. where, it begins, again. to rife “towards thé mountains calléd° the weftern. ghauts, which are An general from two to’ three ‘thoufand! feet: higher’ than..thofe which form the eaftern” ghauts. “Seringapatam. therefore, and. all the country. north and north- eafterly towards the ceded diftriéts, is a valley, upwards of a thoufand feet’ below the. table land round, Bangalore, . defcending as we advance to’ the northward. |-The Savendroog- range forms a kind of barrier to the eaft, but a more: complete ‘one is. formed. to, the weft- : ward, by thofe‘tupendous: mountains .which form. the, ghauts, a numc -ON THE MERIDIAN. 203 ber‘of which are from five ‘to fix thoufand feet above the fea. The ‘countries of Canara and Malabar lie immediately below thefe ghauts, ‘and the fea is every where in fight. Thefe countries are low, but ‘broken, and much interfperfed with back-water, rivers, and extenfive ‘ravines, fhaded with foreft and jungle, and filled with population ;, for ‘the upland is’barren, ‘and it is in thefe ravines and on the banks of the “rivers, where all the inhabitants refide. In the month of February the low country becomes exceffively hot, and the vapour and exhalae ; tion fo thick, that it is difficult th fee to the diftance of five miles. I have viewed this curious laboratory from the tops of fome of the high- ‘eft mountains, where I was {carcely able to bear the cold... The heat. increafing during the months -of March and April, a prodigious quan- tity of this moifture is colleGted, which remains day and night in a float- “ing ftate, fom:times afcending nearly to the height of the mountains, where it is checked‘or condenfed by the cold, but immediately atter defcending it Is agam ratified, and becomes vapour before it. can reach the earth; and in this Rateof floating perturbation it remains, till the fetting in of the weftern mionfoon, when the whole is condenfed into rain, fome falling on the low country, fome among the mountains, and ~ what efcanes is blown acrofs the Myfoor, and immediately-over this val- eley, which I have jut mentioned.’ © This accountis:foreign to my pre- - “fent purpofe, but Prat i thall be pardoned for the:digreffion, as it 1s “a ftatement-of fiats! relative to a part of ‘the country, which has becn a grave both to Europeans and Natives, ever fince the fall of Seringa- patam. “TY aavealfo added'a fhort table" af the latitudes and longitudes of places, depending “onthe meridional are! It isnotimy intention here “to animadvert onthe gedgraphy ofthe Peninfula,.as we have had it B 4 5 a MEASUREMENT OF. AN-ARC handed to‘us'in ‘the printed maps. Thefe it is true, are erroneous, but when we confider the materials from which they have been compiled, and the total’ impoffibility of procuring better, we muft allow that great credit is due to.thofe genticmen, who have had the perfeverance and induftry to compile them. 1 can now fpeak with confidence with relpeét to the Penin{ula in gencral, in which, in the courfe of this and the next year, every place ef note will be laid down from Cafe Comorin, to Goa on the weft, and Mefulzpatam on -the eaft, including allthe interior. Ihefe which fall within the limits of the meridional triangles, will ferve as a {pecimen of what has been done elfewhere, ‘and the reader can compare ‘their pofitions with those in the printed maps. I only hope ‘that the next maps ofthe Peninfula, if any fhould be pub- lifhed, will be conftructed from .other:materials befides what are fur- ‘nifhed by military marches, and perambulators. Thefe may doin the: hands of a Quarter Mafter General who wants the actual diftances that troops have to march, and not, the diflances reduced to. the chords of arcs; nor does it matter to him whether the. armies march onthe furface of a fpheroid, or of a fphere, or onaflat. But when fuch materials are intended for geographical purpofes, it becomes neceflary to have the outlines atleaft, of ageneral: map, on, correé&t principles, fo that his diftances, however'crooked -and winding, ,may be adjufted, and fitted to thofe laid down-with mathematical; accuracy. Under thefe limitations, the materials furnifhed from military marches may be ‘eminenily ufeful. Tsuatt conclude by exprefling my earneft hope that nothing will happen to prevent my fulfilling what I hayehere-held out to the learn- ed reader: and were any incitement -wanted to accelerate my exertions, it would neceffarily arife frem -reflefting on the liberal and flattering ON THE MERIDIAN... -,,; 295 treatment which! have experienced | from, this, and the, fupreme Govern- ment; and, which mutt ever continue to a aiale my 2 zeal ; and. excite VT the maf heey feelings -of gratitude. Bellary, Nou. 17; S2gregtolie TRIANGLES conneéting the Rafe in COIMBETOOR with the Bafe near BANGALORE. In the -pr fent Voluiné; page 44, the diftance from Hallagamalls to Yaelmatoor, is brought out in the ioth triangle from the bate jine.—This diftance is the bafe for proceeding northerly. onan ANGLES. At. Hallagamalli: Station... BETWEEN AND pertaelt MAtion coowecroce Waclmatcar ation... ...esse0e 78 at ve | . 51-5 st %y Shennimallifiation sossssccooes Lhittamalli fationssrer.000000§9 20 59-5 59 Si.e5 7 60.3 61.5 J a At Shennimalh Station. Hallagamalli ftation -++rs+eeeee0 Thittamalli fation.recrrorrres 84 00 13.5 16.5 296 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC “At Shennimal' i Station (¢ continued. Jia hes “BETWEEN : AND ns Wacrachimalli Raton Yecwwatace fadanes du ee. 51 Kumbetarinemalli ftation....53 22 ee At Yaelmatoor Station. Shennimalli ftation ...ccosceee. Woorachmalli flation....o« 093 31 Hallagamalli {tation 2°9S6Q ge e0ece Thiitamalli Ratione.cccoceeeoe5 lt 55 At Thittamalli Station. Shennimalli ftation ..... testes » Hallagamalli. Ration. oie ois oe 36 38 Hallagamalli Ration .....4..3... Yaelmatoor ftationss..cee-000055 53. Shennimalli ations <.242.0¢ oees WoorackinsNi Aatipn veyeeves OL EQ Woorachmalli RallOn.ccecoococee Laelmatoor {atiONsos.0o. cooneG® 5 (baa Woorachmalli Lation....0.0:o0¢,Kumbetarinemalliys ys. s+e09¢87:23, he ha 36:5 28, Bape SEK 28,5 129) e e . b® wi Hs. OO 05 a NEN ED ey Uo Grew yore Game Le - ON eetn nua wv cn pia BS eo tO me © OO YS 36 oe 35°75 35:75 89.08) 34.37 11.37 46.37 2.25 93.66 7:4 ON THE MERIDIAN. At Woorachmalh Station. BETWEIN AND By Shennimalli flation ........066. Yaelmatoor ftation ....... - 29 36 Kumbetarinemalli...... sisein ses 3I7) WAT Thittamalli flation ....e..e¢e++ Shennimalli flation ..... ree 59 43 Kumbetarinemall!........0. oeoeee Thittamalli lation .......6 a7 8 Monittamal|d Ration, accc. aos <0 Yaclmatoor flation ........ 80 20 Paylamalli flation .nco0ceeeecoe Kumbetarinemalli...... ase n Ora 4 At Paulamallt Station. UC uuibetarinvermmaiki flations.... Woorachmalli flation......... 65 49 Ponnaffraalli tation. .....40000¢2 Kumbetarinemalll .......6. Qi 22 At Kumbetarinema'h Station. ‘Ponnaflmalli Mauion.. ..scsseeeeeees Raulamalli ftation ..... soos 43-49 CA 207: 45 08 46.4 58.68 43 97 298 “MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Kumbetarinemalli Station (continued). BETWEEN AND ° is TVs Weorachmalli ations os Padlaialli ftation 28. 6:38.75 1 ) 39-254 % | 38-75 7. 37 85s 87:55 4 35: ° J Thictannalhsy; ations. c.ic..acee5 5 32" 29058 22 57 sree 21.57 ; At Ponnaffinali Station Kumbetarinemalli ations ace Paulamalli £ tation 8 0.9 0.0:0-0% 44 49 36.04.) 35 ans 34°73 33:04): PRINCIPAL FRIANGLES: Hallagamalli from Yacimatoor 130600.5 feet. 8 Observed 27 eg = Avgles for | Distances z{ TRIANGLES. | | See = Fl | Angle iS s Ze fe =| Calculation. | in Feet. DSU E Se Jd ' & “ ” Hallagamaili station,...........- 72 1! 51.95|—1.4 72 $1 49:5 | |Yaclmatoor stations. ...6.. 0 dow eee 555. 1I 387i — 1) | §1 55 09.75 | 4|Thittamalli station, ......cccce00+-| 55 53 02.25 —I1,14 55 53 00.75 ; gs “ ! i | 180 00 04 s*|. |3.65| a.\'29 180 00. 00.00 , Wallagamalti'stations ........0.. | 124171.3 Thittamalli: from ; Yaclmatoor station, ............ | 150195.2 Hallagamalli from Shennimalli station 74520.2 fect. | tathagarali station, Hea 59 21 00.2 | 59 20 59.751 Shennimalli statiod,cscccceecese--| 84 00 15. 36 6, 84 ; 84 00°14.5 g Thittamalli GtalION,.-. caoesoresroes, 36 38 46.37 —OQ 50 36 $8 45.75 : / lig0 00 62.24 | esl arse 180 00 00.0 | ['80 00 62.24] | 1.88] +0.36/ 180 00 00.0 | Hallagamalli station. ..cecceece aa 124168.7)> | 1 & Thittamalli from Shennimalli; station, 020+ 0.000+08 cy 107 $09.6 The. above Base will be found in the commencement of this volume; in the 7th triangle. ON THE ME RIDIAN. £99 Shennimalli from Yaelmatoor :.-60265.1- feet. | | Observed ' g iF oe 2 Angles for | Distances =| TRIANGLES.’ bondi i582 | eae Ee Angles.” A S lee] t.- | Calculation. | in Feet. |: Gs Bookie | 8 a ee EE ane ; ne oO a a ~[Shennimall stalion, SWE icy oat eye nese Tl pole sa ie ee 51 35.4 | Yaelmatoor station, ttee se neee ee 93-31 34. 37| —0.78)- 93 31 33.6 | Kj Wvorachmalli, . piers 918 80'ebu02b-4s oes 0 29 26 56. 65 a 35 4 39 26 51 my Z| | liso 00 06.77| R He 32180 00 000 Wiss rachiialli hn (Shennimalli [oo ee Seg aaa tas. + @ kaelmatoor HE ae Te eaieay | L | This Base is in the 9th triangle of the same Researches. Coen een Shennimalli from Thittamalli station 107409.5 feet. |shennimali piatlOMe meee Mice avd. | | | 67 56 51.8 Thittamalli station,......eccoes--| 61 19 23.66|/—0,95| . | 61 19 22.7 4| Woorachmalli station, coves cows) 90 43 46.4 |—0.871 « : 50'43-45.5 I | | : | | re | 120 00 061 coulet etiam ti a Shennimalli station, ee laairsa ico reaimer i aation! tom ao Station, swseuss.esus |128592.8 — Shennimalli station from Woorachmalli 121724.6 feet. Shennimalli ee en ani eh rie | | | | 67 56 51.8 ma sf Woorachmajii station, .,,4, ....! 50 43 464 |—O87; | | 50 43 45.5 4 -| | Ubittamalli station, ..cecceveees, 61 19 23 66 210395]! | | 61 19 22.7 | | | | aol | g A lteocos 00 00.0 | ay 107 409 « 128592.:} | Thittamalli station from J Pennimalli sation, cose see. eeney | Woorachmalli ‘statiou, .,.. mee Yaelmatoor from--Thittamalli station °150195.2 feet. \Wactinataee station, Bee sl Ao Soars ‘ | | | 57134 11.75 Thittamalli station, ......65 ese,| 42 O05 07.4 | —0.84 42 05 06-5 6| Woorachmall Station, sc recesecssa,! 8 | | | B80 20 41.75 | | | | | |, 80 00 00.0 | : Bossa F »€ Yaelmat tion )2 Woorachmalli from )2¢!matoor SIANANS oe sie dees ance! LOB Phittamalli station, | 198 300 “MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Thittamalli: from Woorachmalli station 128592.8 feet. | a | cmt i Observed 3 \g a s Angles, for | Distances| =| TRIANGLES, aie G)s.s 2 = | Angles, @ {ecl a Calculation. | in Feet. Zz, 8 Sab es ; Ao a | a] Br ae TY Pio hee | rnittamati Station jiocs esse econ Sl 23 43.7 (aa 36] aa i 87 23. Al. 75| | oer nmallustatton, sees coos | 37 03 58.68(—O:73, | 1 | 37 08 57.25: v6 Kumbetarinemalli, eee been oose 55 32 22. | 55 $2 22.57) — O 76 | 55 32% Al. ‘00! as 00 04. | 120 00 04.94 ~ 12.85) 42.1 leo 00 00.00| ' | : : : )Vhittamalli-station, ..e.- | 9400.4 | ~ Kumbetarinemalii station from Hee eee Stadion 5 ‘geome ts ‘ 29.8 /0'8)) % The above Base is the mean disiance found in the three triangles on the following different Ba- ses, viz. Shennimall: from Thiltumelli, Shennimeili from. Weora hmallé_avd Yaelmetoor hill from Thittamall station ; differing in the extremes only one foot. Shennjmaili from Woorachmalli 121724.4 feet. | Shennimalli sta/ion, ..cccececeee | 53 22 29.0S|—1.1 i | “1 53 99 98 i Woorachmalli station. sco sccccserce) 87 47 45.08|—2. 16 | SI a7 4:3 g|Kumbetarinemaill, .ccaccersceess LEG eee 38 49 49 sae || | | f 80 00 00 aes _Kumbetarinemalli from aa sec ceeececescocas lias at | oorachmalli, oe ($5801.68 IB et oe Sar al NA e007 GS ind ai ANE \—fhe side Shennimalli from-Woorachmalli is the. mean distance found in the triangles, Cennimalli. ‘Yae'matoor hill,,.Woorachmal!i and Shennimaili, Thittamalli, Woorachmalli — W oorachmalli from Kumbetarinemaltli 155801..6 feet. i SAAS LETS ORT a a OE a I ERE TE a |Woorachmalli station, . .+4..4. | 86 04 22.5 |~0 75 | | | so 0102 | ‘Kumbetarime station, .o.cccceccec! 28 06 oatal-ora : 28 06 37 9 Paylamealli plations SERCO EO tiG ne 65 49 02.12);—O.84 | lias 65 49 O1 : | iso. 00 03. ie laos ‘op. 0 52/180 00 00° | | ‘Paula alli: from: ir sechiaatt, eG 80470.8" | 7 ; mnt Kumbe tarinemalii. rine | aaa Kum betarine from Paulamalli 170388,5 feet, T i ] 7 3 ————$ $n Kumbetarinemalli, feed 43 48 34 15)—1.63 | | 43 48 39.5 Paulamalli S€MIOD, wcccoeveccesse, GL 22 YI12—3.45 } (1 OL 21 54.5 ,¢|Vonmasemabit SLALIUN Flee eee oe 4149 34. ae 66} =| [a1 a 30 | 44 49 33.0 Jis0 90 10.98] lea 44.9410, 00 00.0 shiso.00 ¢0.0 | | Ponnasszalli statioa from Kambetarinematli,. ©0060 40 a os 9 \ a Paulamalli station, ..sseeesacee ros 6 ie - ON, THE AIERIDIAN.. go) _ DESCRIPTION..OF. THE GREAT STATIONS. “Hallagamalli_ A hill with a pagoda on the top, about feven miles S. W, from, Shennimell’. The ftation is on the platform of the pagoda. Ucsenmnn hl near 4 re{pectable village of ‘thatname’ on’ the! great road from Ferode to Daraporam. ‘The flation is on the higheft part of the hill, a few hundred feet N. W. from the Beeoee It is marked as -ufual with a platform at and fone. ie qe Yasin: oun A well known hill about fix miles E. N. E. from’ Shen- nimathi, with a pagoda near the top. The ftation is on a ftone platform a little way tothe N. W. of the pagoda, on the higheit part of the hill. Thittamalli. A {mall hill with a sedis near the top, and lies about thirteen miles S. caflerly ‘from Sattimungalum. |The, ftation. is ona rock, aboye: where the pagoda flands,. and a little way north from it. Woorachmalli. A peaked hill about two miles N. E. from Bhavany on the weft bank of the Cauvery.. The flation is on the platform of the aaa on the ane of the ae Peer oak very a mountain below the ghauts in the north- ernediftri&t ‘of Coimbetoor. The Cauvery river runs a little way to the weftward of it. This mountain is well known, and is a few miles northerly from Bhavany, where-the collector refides. On the very fummit there is a pagoda, and) the flation is on the platform of that pagoda marked. . D4 304 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Kumbetarinemalli.—Another prodigious meuntain in. the northern diftriGt of Cormbctoor, about feven miles northerly from Sattimungalum,. The mountain is well known there, and the road afcends from that. fide. The ftation ison the top of the peak near a {mall pillar and a- place of worfhip. Itisin the middle of a platform built ef mud and ftones. | Ponnaffmalli.—A great mountain well known in that part of the coune © try. It has a double top, but the ftation is on the northernmoft one,. and cannot be miftaken. It is on a platform with a marked ftone im the middle. Allambaddy lies about feven miles eaft from this moun-- tain. : TRIANGLES taken up at the Bafe near Bangalore, and: continued back to Ponnaffmalli and Kumbetarine.. ANGLES... At the N. end of the Bafe (near Bangalore.) BETWEEN. AND | @- $. end of the Bale ..cc.sssocee Muntapum ftation cocass00020089 19 21-6 19-75 20.85 2165 At the S. end of the Bafe. ata BETWEEN AND. i oh ; N, end ok the Bafe 2000000900-98 Muniapum flation giadie n/a-eia 33 43 60.4 ») a Stat Bie7c Sos 60.43) ON THE MERIDIAN; _ ‘At the S. end of the Bafe ( continued. ) BETWEEN ; "AND. el Gao Muntapum Ration .o00.000¢06. Bonnairgottah flation .cacecce 100 09 SRT LTE TN i _ At the Muntapum Station. Ni end of the Bafé wi1s...:.c00 S. end of the Bale .ccccccecees5O 56 S: end of the Bafe.......0,..«bonnairgottah flationes.csereee.35 2 Bonnairgottah fration orews 90 80006" ‘Tirtapully flation oagaoroea 97 26 At the Muntapum center.. Bonnairgottah flation. 0000000000 Tirtapully ftation aaeapeen t 97 28 Ab 96.257" 39-76 36.5 38.38 J: 55-75 } 54.85 55 55:5 Savendroog flation...sssveows69: BO 45.25 At Dodagoontah Station, . Savendroog fationsreers0.0.0.Bonnairgottah fations.....-.10..61 34 47.75 e 46.8 Bet MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC At Podeasooniah. Station ( continued.) BETWEEN AND of Re Hag wvecctocePeececcsees pSavenciaee Bao, ose 104 4 200 iP Ta Seo ag! “Js taal a7g | 29: 8 ao05 | i 28.5 4 Referring lamp ccseccescess osee Pole tars Weelong. 19th ....1 31 53 1805, July 22d -.....-...0 56.25 Bes Dt Dew ccaeye verve 51.95 MOLY, iiss eee 48.5 Wy As OR aU +46.2 SOU cere Age : SOU ease Ais EAC YO Pa 455 261d soa. 6043-5 SOD 44-5 sa et At Bonnairgotta Station....... S. end of the bale sesseesseces Muntapum ftation ...sccccsee 238 46 30.02) 32.28 3145 Muntapum {lation seco sees cove Tirtapully (ations si ccsessee Sky 37 53.2 : : 53.8 ¢ 54.62 57 Tirtapully fiation..,.coosespeceee Muntapum flations. cocesoscoeh a 5 i. imme wera 56.55€ 6 | 59:55( 2 9 . 54:9 Muntapum COMET GeesedereencaeeSAVENdro0g {ationeerserereeee70 5% 25.06) 5 : 22.97 3005 Dodagoontah ftation cseececvescedavendroog fation aoe wees 83 20 14.75 : 17-5 16.17 16 25 At Tirtapully Station, Muntapum Ration ooee sees coos Bonnairgottah flationssssee 31 25 15.03 Jee 4 17037 ON THE MERIDIAN. 595 At Tirtapully Station (continued.) “BETWEEN AND pe acapam Chntet lp ws Bopnanteotal ftations..csooedt 26 S 07 ae 96 9°95 : | ‘Deorabetta PESO ect sae nee oes Savendroog ationscesse+, “46 42 26.25 : | 22.75. 845 een, At Deorabetia Station. Savendroog’ eg aittapully, Radon: -eq ogg eed 79 40 54 5925 | 55.5 Bundhullydroog ...c00s+e0ce0008 Ponnaflmalli Ration..c..... 36 19 24 24 7 4 [ > Savendroog ation seosvesroove Bundhullydroog.,scoscssoves 97 47 58-5 \ #3 } At Savendroog Station. Muntapum. COLT eseeceeees eoesoeo Bonnairgottah ftation -seo 39 16 50.257 5°-75 | 50.25 0,88 g1.25¢ 5 51-75 | | ‘ §1.05 J Tirtapully ftation. eqecavacenere Deorabetta ftation..cecccescee 53 36 48 i . 48 47-25 49.75 | Deorabetta ftation covsvseveooa Bundhullydroog ftation . sowe AL 4141.25.) | 40-5 49-75 41.5 > 49093 40025 | 43°75 40-5 J 4725 | E4 306 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC At Bundhullydroog Station. BETWEEN AND : Ory ony Savendroog Matidnesoesseeceee, Deorabetta ftation.scc.eveeele 37°30 28.5 \ 2 31-75 Deorabetta ftation By oe Ponnafiimalli ftation........ 66 43. 3:75 3:25 | 3.25 3 4 Fonnafimalli lation coscossseee. Kumbetarinemalli: ..eoveee 85 12 57-19 | At Ponnaffmall Station. Deorabetta ftation...0seesseee+e2+ Bundhully ftation hes 76 57 35 34°25 Gundhully. ftation ooosocccoegeooes MUMbEtarinemalli rn eiGy 13 36.7577 Tide iain 9075 "| 37-5 “06 Be: r 35-9 33°25 4 36.25 J At Kumbetarinemalh Station. Bundhullydroog oosveceseoerener FOnNAMmalll ftation.s...000 27 34 34 ?} 3 | 34=79 35:5 7 35-96 37 37:5 37-5 J _ON THE MERIDIAN. 307 PRINCIPAL TRIANGLES. a N, end of the base from S. end of the base 39793.7 feet. °o re) 4 4 ; CERES 4. Nievendtolittie bases js/siad clean I89 19 20.78|—0.12| S. end of the Dase,..ee--ccerseee! 33 44 00.06] —O 06 Muntapum station, ca UR Ee 56 56 41.42} —0.06 | §6 56 40.7 \ Uh 7 [180 00. 09,231 loa 4 991 180 00 000 N. end of the base, eee $9 19 20 33 43 59.3 Hs | She | a Observed 2 3 : Angles for | Distances :| TRIANGLES, | Pie Homedeene [ 2 | Angles. | = [ee cj 6 |: Calculation, | in Feet 11 Muntapum station from 2. | f P a Sendiofii the base, (cats sseesoreeler S. end of the base from Muntapum station 47475.03 feet. sual | S.end of the Bate ee Mige 09 37.79| = 0.3| | 106 O09 35. 9| Muntapum- station,...... ceaweccil $503 56.05 |—O,081<" 35 O03 54,5 '9) Bounairgottah station, ee ea 38°46 $1.15}—0 on | 38 46 29.6 | 4 | | | | \ 1180 00 04.92 | os7! 44.48] 180 00 00.0) peo: , eee Mla i S.. end of the base... cece eee | A355! 7 | y Bonnai gottah: station from tea StAELOM, igo ocisiee' selelere eae Ls7. Muntapum station from Bonnairgottah station 72811.7 feet. Muntapum station, .............: | 97 26 53 39|—1.07| | 97 26 539 | | Bonnairgottah Staton reer room| SLeO7- (54762) 0. 37, ; | 51 07 512! 13| Virtapully. hillstation,,,......e.e0|. 31 25 16 ia aoe | | | 31 25. 11.9 | | 80 00 .04,. i6| | -85|42.31/ 180 00 00.0 | le | | eye y Muntapum station, s.00. cseyecce| | OR7I6_%| | Tirtapally station: froin Decca ces eth Station, .... Sliced Bonnairgottah station from. Tirtapully station 138492.9 feet. Se ee Bonnairgotlah station, .... 2... \ sa 05 56.91|—0.4 ‘ Tirtapully station, ........ fer St 25 08,96] —9.4 | | 3r 25 09 | (4|Muntapum center, ...cescccence.|, 97 28 55.27) —1,1 07 98 54.5 | 80 00 o1.14| | 1.0\_0.76l120 00 90.0 7281 5.8 Sa eM See a foe eh { Bonnairgottah station, 4... re Mirtapullysstatiogs, ss cecccece | L08705.1 ! Muntapum center. from ; 308 ‘MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Muntapum center from Bonnairgottah 72815.6 feet. : | : Observed 8 |§ & eS Angles for | Distances rN TRIANGLES. a ane aes : 7 Angles. te joe! wz Calculation. | in Feet. S @ \s 4 a We ie vt | tantapum center, 0° ®2 @@08@ -90¢0 69 50 46. 5 |28 6 | Bonnairgottah station, .... .cc60e 70 52 23,911|—0.6 is|saveudroor stauion, -8.8-00 00:00 8806 39 16 50.88 = =O | | | 39 16 50.5, 16 ae | 180 00" 1.29 a Muntapum center, , cess fo Bonnairgottah-station, mei 107968.7 ‘Savendrovg station from $ ‘Bonnairgottah from Savendsoog station 107968°7 feet. — |Bonnairgottah Station, ais-c-cSeracose ce lss 20 16.17 _0.79| §3 20 15.4 | Savendrong StatiOncececoesoeen: “| SR aed | 35 04°53.8 | 6| Dodagooutal Station, coccaceccces | G6! 34 51.299]—0.52 61. 34 50.8 | | | |. | Tea. 00 000 Bonnaé yollahe clei ha oe ronees “Dodagoontah station from Goes Station ee ee fe «| | | | With the sides Muntapum center from Tirtapully hill 108705.1 feet, and Muntapum center | é ah from Savendroog 10866\.6 feet amd the included angle at Muntapum center 107 19 29.5, the | side Savendroeg station from Tirtapully hill is found 2160389 feet. [savendroog station, , eecenereee| 53 36 47.5 ees {3s 35 36 45.5 5 | Virtapully station, ..cescceooee-.| 46 42 24.5 |—1.9 ; 46 42 99.5 7| Deorabetta station, .. fe 79 40 52.9 |—9.8 | 79 40 52 | |:80 00 04.9 | las [ 1.7 |. 180 00. 000 Deorabetta station from fSavendroog station, .., 20008608080 1598928. 8 Tirtapully station, .....:..--66 [176775 8] f| ON THE MERIDIAN. 309, a o “A 1: a Aogles for | Distances Angles. & 1[22{ S| Calculation. | in Feet. Lee Seay ee Opel 4 { ait Pe | Savendroog slation, .......+. «o.] 44 41 40.93/—14 | A4 41 395 Deorabetta station, .....c6e--.e--| 97 47 57.75'—4 _ pep | 9724752 18 SN ED: ‘station, ...0.5.- | 37-30 30.12)—15~ | 4 3% 530.2805 Hf wo} 480 00 08. af IS.9 boa 1.9180 00 eat Savendroog station,... po: ee b hansore Deorabetta station, 5..... Ae ee 184620.5, ot aa ee from ; es Deorabetta station from Bundhullydroog 184620.5 feet. | Naaanar a aa mae a ST ee IT (ane nena mae Deorabetta aniiot peat tal. 36 19 93.33|—1.25| | | 36 19 ae | i Bundhully station, ..sscees Bele tl OOn4's.03525 mye } 1 66 43 03 5 19 Poomassmalli station, 200000000800) 76 57 34.5 —1.78 76 57 34.5 | 1180 00 a1. las | +8 42! 180 00 00.0 | | | Deorabe tta station, iy bh NET T 7 | Ponnassmalli station from sPepeantia sat sith, gos nen. ck Sables Bundhu'!lydroog from Ponnassmalli 112251.8 feet. | Peicnanuliydcdoe stsigaes ve. e, | 85 19 55.4 |_-2.66| | : | 85 12 52.5 | Ponnassmalli station, ....000.-...| 67 12 35.96 —I.71 i 67 12° 33.5 90|Kumbetarinemalli station,........| 27 34 35. 96|—1. 54 | | 27 34 34 | Ines 00 07.32 | on ia 1 at i80 00 00.0 | Bundkully station, ...00+.. 0+0+/923551.4 Ponnassmalli statio0, .o..00es.-|%41637.7 | Kumbetarinemalli from ; Here appears a difference of 4.5. feet, iu the distance from Ponnassmalli to Kumbetarine hill as given by the triangle, from whence it may be inferred, that-had the base been computed from bringing the triangles from the northward, it would have exceeded the measurement by 7,2; inches. DESCRIPTION OF THE GREAT STATIONS. N. and S. end of the bafe line, near Bangalore are both defined by fquare mafles of {tone mafonry having each a circle anda point in the er B10. MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC center of the mafs, The firlt is near the village of Banfwaddy nearly | a quarter of, a, mile S, eafterly from it. The fecond lies about half a mile S. cafterly from a {mall ‘village named Agrarum,’ which 1s Up- |: | wards of three miles N.E. from Beygoor. | Muntapum flation. There are two {tations made afe of, the one is in the center of the Muntapum, and the other.a few feet to the weft of it, | but isnow defaced. The Muniapum (a fmall Hindoo building on four pillars,) lies ‘about foil miles north from Bangalore, a little way to the © weitward of the Nundydr 008 road. olt: ds-amoted objea@ and feen ata great diftance. sictoag Ione, ae Dodegoonice fiation. This is ‘the great flation oF shen vation at which the pofition of the meridian line is” racicrmined. It lies half way be- tween the north end of the bafe Anith thé Muntapurn, and is marked by a large well built ftone platform of -a circular form, a and -about~ten feet in diameter. Its foundation 1s about two feet and a half under ground, ~ having a large ftone at the bottom,» with a circle whofe. center cor ref- ponds with the center of the circle ‘above; ‘over which the plu: nmit of the inflrument was as fulpended curing the ob fervation, Hen ation. A {mall r roaky hill clofe. racthe village of that name, lying about ten miles nearly fouth. from Bancalore. The ftation is on a platform of clay_on the top of the hill, ‘with a marked ftone in the middle. Tirtapully flation. A fmall hill, upwards’ ‘of feven miles E.S. E. from the Eedgah near Oofeottah. It is well known in that neighbourhood, and the fiation is on its fummit, Being a platform « of clay ‘and flones with a marked ftone in the middle, It is clofe to the road leading from Oofcottah to Malloor. : OON THE MERIDIAN) 0.2 Bikro ' Deorabetta fration. This, is a fmall hill upwards of feven miles fouth from Annicul witha pagoda on the top. .The ftation is on Be « Blatlon of the Pagoda, mirked by a fmall mill tone. ds : Cae drodg Gijon The flation is on the fummit of the eaft peak — of the droog, about forty ‘or fifty feet north eafterly from the Muntapums The circle is inferted on the rock. Bundhullydroog or Eekrumgherry fiation. This is a large mountain fouth of the Cauvery river, in the northern diftriét of Cozmbctoor, upwards of thirteen miles nearly eafl from Sattiagul. The flationis on the plat- form of a {mall building on ‘fhe higheft pinnacle’ OF ‘the ‘droog. © “There is another building clofe to itto the weft. Acircle is marked on the building ‘over which the inftrument flood, but there was erccied a _ | pyramid of brick feveral feet high to ferve as a mark to be taken from "the other ftations, and which may probably remain for many ale The village ‘of: Bundhully isa little'way to‘the eaftward.- _————oee TRIANGLES taken up atDeorabetta and Savendroog, and continued to the fide Paughur from Yerracondah. ANGLES. At Déorabette Station, BETWEEN 2.08 O8 LY vesseeeeree AND ren nerorrnay 9 Le Savendroog fMlation ..esceseee ‘» Allafoor flation ....secseees 47 20 36.68 } 38.18 | Fi 37:93 7 38.73 38.93 | 41.93 J 912 MEASUREMENT. OF AN ARC ence “At ‘Savendroog patos BETWEEN. old nae aA AN TDN OMe x BB bad tYie QMS INI Deorabetta Ration cesseosecces Allafoor bill $3 Moi edsysomed LDS tare At ae gece see 47°25 47-5 : : nee a OS ae | Allafoor hill Ration oocsccccscee Cheetkul hill ftation.......5 55 41 36 ee bi ee 35-5 : 34098 33°25 At Allafoor Sta'ion. Deorabetta ftation .ses,seesee. Savendroog flation ...+.... 53 41 39.87 Savendroog flation esessessceos Cheetkul flation .sceccssseee 62 10 7st : 437# Cheetkul {lation .scsorcosesecsee Kulkotah flation ..ecccesoees 60.45 47-°75_ At Cheethul Station. Savendroog flation .sersseesee Allafoor hill fation ......46 62 7 47753 ie ‘Allafoer hill flation ....0s0s.06 Kulkotah flation ....soscs00 19.62 Kulkotah Mation e.cesesearernees Bailippee flation ooebeceverve yA 36 29.25 26.75 > 27.54 27,04 25-75] ON THE MERIDIAN, 313 At Kulkotah Station, BETWEEN AND ; ; / a Cheetkul hill ation .ssesevveee. Allafoor Kation ..cccvsvssos 76 54 54.75 Bailippee {tation 200009980000 53 34 3 Bailippee {tation ...+020e00000000 Yerracondah ftation .ess.008 59 20 5e 37.4 Ss At Bailippee Station. Kulkotah TUALTON co seis ctosstorsie abieco? Cheetkul MatioNs..0ccersees. 54 49 32 75 a 35:75 ev ae 6 35.12 Yerracondah ftation .....00. 72 20 57-5 ; 585 59:75 aE ON 54:25 Yerracondah fation, re Paughur ftation ...s0c000.54 7°38 Al 6 39-:75¢ 379 B95 57°5 | At Yerracondah Station. Kulkotah (ATO saa ccs Reena ibs Bailippee Statlonarcsvccsses 43 i8 29:75 1 . 31-25 & (389 37 30 12 G4 1 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC GS At Yerracondah Station (continued. ) BETWEEN AND Bailippee fatiOnersseriesessern Paughurdroog fations...eee 63 20 45, 5 ie 44-25 } i" 45 ey 45-15 44.251 ° 49.75 J At Paughurdroog Statin. Yerracondah ation ....+..+0000 Bailippee fiation.....ersceess 62 91 43-751 As | Pee eee] Ose x A075 ee 43-75 | 2.25, PRINCIPAL TRIANGLES. a seers Savendroog from Deorabetta station 159328.8 feet. :| Observed 2 is i z Angles for | Distances} = i! Mm =| TRIANGLES. Z Date = ; = | ee & jacl g Calculation. | in Feet. Z, Lend iJ 9) Z, a | : : alist ' e / ghee Savendroog station, ..cnecceececs 73 57 47. 5 |} —%.26 78 57 45.2 Dearabetta Staton. eee Ce OS eh 40 20 3857.3 — Wo 47 20 37 21 Allaseor ee 53 4 39. 59 —t. 69 f 53 AN 37 9 - |is0 00 OR: sa 6s 40. salt 80 00: 00,04} ae ae Deorabetta station 194662.8' SoG 0-9-0 @ 0 @ a crop ae AMTascoeatl toon on Stations: you ae 145859 1 Savendroog from Allasocor hill 145859.1 feet, ee aiioas station. Ns 55 41 34 02 1.3 | | 55 25|Cheethal station a a ele tel bne eisieCo Miers o'e'l (ODI OWA Serene | | 55 “41: 32. 62 30 41. 2) Cheetkul StatlONycacccccveoepecece, 62 07 47.87 —1.4 62 07 5, \ _ je ee IL wl he OS Ee |:g0 00 06.5 | | 4.2 |b. 3 | 180 00 00.0 | cae Trp ee Allasoor Station, coeecevieeece onl hooguees ' Cheetkul station from ea station, ew, 145024, 8 | ON THE MERIDIAN. 915 Allasoor hill from Cheetkul hill 136292.3 feet, e ; \ re Observed 2 gg a Angles for | Distances a oT RAW GL BS, | & ise ce : & Angles. =I a | ry | Calculation. | in Feet. ell a5 | a {0 ‘ ; Visage station, ewove@oeee2 e000 9800 60 ‘5 48 7 OF 8 | | * 60. 45 482 iy Cheetkaul SEATON a leleleie eve cree eel 42 19 19, Opes —0O, 8 | : A2 19 19. 8 23 3) Kulkotah étation, POCO DIG COLIOUI| 76 54 52 ! 121. 76 54 52 a 59 59.63 Ig.6"| hast 9 00000 | | Allasoor station oi i 19 94211. 8 ¥ i t WO 0 OBO ea poo oO eb oeLe . | Bulk Soh hill feom Se Station, 2). sos esa errs | 122100.6 4 ; : j : i Cheetkul hill from Kalkotah station 122100.6 feet, j Cheetteut padomsniscorenat: Jb 7 436 wid le 1.2 4-0 | 71 36° ‘8.8 Kulkotah sta i ran, ecco - +> eb eeasee 53 34 03.07 al . 53 34 01.7 24 Baitippee Btati Ove wedel6Os O20. 6 54 49.35.12 oa L iB ih Sa 59) ne |. ice Ord tm H ehh iaat bh eects East los6 00.6 b | : : “Baill t ree Aho haetical station, be here 120180.9 | Wise siel eh _¢Kulkotah station, | 141745 TT a b lee A FC Ta a wy SPT ‘ "’ tthe Eas £ biw ok Kulkotah station from Bailippee station 141745 feet. pe : til RR Jaih? BRS LoS PRA Gs Sarasa hs Le. £ « ys } 0) 3 * abi ae oid : eee IKulkotah station, OP iad as | 59, 20 37.1 ie | é | | 59 20 35.3 ie ute Bailippee station; segs ota] 12 2025S Dea.B LA JA ee OC REPOPOWV'D | 25 Yerracondah Milidaysecvestess 48 18 30.37 |—1 6 48 18 29 ’ oy LACT ; ys > | ay {} 42 aa SSW LEG i Rent hes ' l1s0 00 are | valalovastyan 00 00.0 | m ' PRT ‘ : Jin GA ; LIC} F 14 ui ow 4 10 Tip | ! : Tay ! €Kulkotah station, a ce'e'neisieee pares | 1! 80883,3 | WY ai sion bos rake jacondah ffom g Ballippee station, © ORR te JY sil 163990.5 Ty a iG TES oli 1 e or a 1 Ti —— Bailippee station from ap evade ocean 163290.5 feet. > laa k Man wOone llow! Whey Ob. eis! STRAY ART | Bailippee Haas hom oan Aj ra: 7 wy v3 Ser '§ ip aaa 54.7 37 | Yerracondah station preyed t siniece |y Br 20; 45. 18] 4.8) ir ; ‘) AH68 20-423 me /26| Paughurlsia Cseees escuane vole | 62 31 43.29] —1.8 | 62 31 40.5 an oF : : barsetgiog! | ona Hreitvs Eas ¢ is ‘60 da .00 5.2} +2. 8} 180 00 00.0 | for borinol talwotio JYsors! ort (orate rH Ps - Baifippee stat | 164484.0 Paughurdngos « side § ea Ee sS We ion mk ae tyre ae ; | a tl OFF 2OOrisr Of sor ed Merragonlah pLAtTONS Bod.» ess edo) Fai} rook 316 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC DESCRIPTION OF THE GREAT STATIONS, Allafoor Station.—A_ rocky hill clofe to the Nundydroog road, near. twelve miles north from Dedagoontah. The ftation is on the higheft part of the rock to the weftward of aimall hollow running acrofs. the top. The circle is on the rock. | Cheetkul Station.—It is a hill about a mle to the S. W. ofa large village of that name, lying on the road from B. Ballapoor or Davaroya droog. The flation is marked on the top of the rock. There is a very large flone clofe to the fouth of the rock. Kulkotab Station.—A hill near a village. of that name, near {even miles: N. W. from Nundydroog. The ftation is ona platform at. the fummit,. ' clofe toa high rock with a pillar upon it.to.the S, E. of the platforms. A flone with a circle defines the flation. Bailippee-Station.—A hill in the jungle, upwards of five miles precifes- ly. eal from Mudgberry. The ftation is on its fummit marked as ufual.. Yerracondab: Station. —A hill in the ceded diftridts, about twelve miles: | S$. S. E. from Pencondah. There is no village very: near. it, but it is. well known ; the ftation is om the higheft part, and is. on a large, __ platform built of loofe flones. and mud, witha flone and circle in the middle. The afcent is on the eaft fide. | Paughur Station.—A large droog, well known on the northern boun= dary of My/oor.. The flation ison a circular. platform:on the top of a: fquare mafs of building where the flag flaff food, and is in the center’ of the Sultan's battery, the largeft circular fortificd rock on the top: of the droog. A-circularftone with ahole in it defines the flation.. ON THE MERIDIAN. 317 Meafurement of the Bafe Line near Gooty: EXPERIMENTS MADE FOR COMPARING THE CHAINS. { PREVIOUS TO THE MEASUREMENT. | AFTER THE MEASUREMENT. Excess of the Old Chain.| e Excess of the old Ne ' Chain. REMARKS, | REMARKS. 1811. A. M. | P.-M. A. M. a | re rene ee DIVISIONS, DIVISIONS DIVISIONS, | April 10th,} 31 30 May Alth,}| 38.25 30 30.5 37.5 30 30 38.5 , 30) 30 39 31 31 Mean tempera- 39 aa On SU tam ae Mean temperature du- ure during ‘these d ‘ 31 | a ane 38.5 ring these experiments 10) 29.5 exer 38.5 periments, ° 3k 30 39 ro WaBovee ovba crus. S96) ST OMe AL Mi. [SO Sas Be 31 Dy andi am 37 30.5 Pi Mecca £OL.6 37 ot Mean | 30.62 30,2 33.27 TABLE containing the particulars of the Meafurement. t f £ 25} whe C3 a lc > ae 3 ue Chae as 3 ~ % | Perpendicular. ommencement £ ae 53 25 & @ 3 from the last, te! S.2.( _2)| fae -e 8 ~ ¢5/ REMARK SR} ee eee eae | = f a E <8 3 Es Ascents.| Descents.! Above.| Below. s , faa ps FELT, | FRET, ET+ 1 1300} 01230] 0008: re Mao eae > 93.9| Com dig 7 2 70010 2 491 .00091 0.55 Slee IEC a eam 3 900} O 22 33 01935 5,90 10.8 103 7 4 | 1100/0 30 57} .o4466 9.90 12.3 | 89.6 ae 80010 15 541 .00gs6 3.70 96 318 | MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC — ¢ © AS w @ : Commencement 5 = z 32 6 5 S Sis 3 Perpendicular. from ie last. E | etna Ne ofa} oe 4 folie Ses pees |.S oe al So: lon REMARKS Be aue ho eS eye S | = 2. FSA'S PSA As S Ascents. Descents.jx\bove.| }elow»| 1 A Go Ni BETO SEE ES FEET. |INCHES.|(NCHES.| ~~ F 6}. 50010 14 00} .00415 2.04), 10,8}, 101.4 74 A00I0. § 37] .00052 0.65 15.9] | etaleiae =| 22 8} 800](0 215] .00016 0:52|——-g-—|—-— 95.2 9} 800) § 5 00 00088] 1.16 100 8 10}, 900/09 23 Og]. .02043 6.06 1Q5 92.1 § Alps GOOD O9.O9F .00210 6.60 A LOme 12} 700/0 31.45}... .02986 1.47 16.1 3:3 13} 800}0 30 QO} ..03048 6.98 13 104.7 14} 40010 28 57}: .01420 3.37 8.5). 114.5 15] 70010 34 12] .03465 6.96 81.5 161 700I0 23 06 01582 4.70 Wb Saag 17] 90010 23.5742 .02187 6.27 Bly 92.1 18} 90010 95 15}>. .02421 6.61 15.5 96.6 hj 19} 8000 21 03},.\.01504 4.90 5 98.8 20} 9C00 15 57|. .00963 4.18 4.6 89.1 21; 800)0 14 12] ..0068C 3.30 3.7| 98.1 : 22). 9000, 12 30} .00603) 3,27 2:9 90.1 23| 7000 O1 15| .00004 0.25 4.5) 110.8 \ 24) 7000 19 15} .01099 3.62 89.2: 25} 9000 10 55 00450 2.86 5.7 96.4 26| 9900/0, 08 06} 00252 2:19 100.9 } 800]0° 07 OO} .00168 1.63 12,1 $8.2 V 1000}o 18 22/ .00760) 3.89} 9,9 110.3 | 600/016 27). 00684 2.87 5.3} 89.3 9001/0 23 54} .02178. 6.26 10.7} 106:1 | 31| 3800/0 17 49]. 01022 A.15{ 14 92.5 | 32{ 7000 00 45)... 0.15 8.3 107.1 { 33 700/0 Level B22 99.8 341 1600.0 12 44) .04104} 5,93 E> 53314" 104.9 35} 8000 Ol 08 “Go0ee P 0.26 8.5} 103.5 36} 6000 08 33} .00186 1.49 1.8 104.9 | 37) 13000 13°27] » .01001} 5.09}: 5.7). 108.9 38) 9000 17 12 01125 4.50} 13.0}; 81.8]! —39t-—-2000°° 01-35} .0000Z}" ~~ 0,09 : 99.7 | gm: 40| 7000 17 24] .00896 ahi. oebA 18.71 | 110.8] Completed 4th 4i} 5000 20 00} .00845)0 2,9] 6.51 80.4 | May 111. i Descent from the termination of the Base to the grouud.| — 2/ 0 | | oe Tot.] 32600] __ 43673) | 7 6.92] 138.6] 106.7 | "239.2 | 97.13] Ne-end- of-the- bet above S.-end-of Oe Base in perpendicular Ree | eae feet. \ 1 ¢ i iB t ‘ ; Po if A 8 2a b > ee sy ‘ « x * 3 Ar thé commencement, the old chain exceeded the new one 3c.41 divifions of the micrometer equal to .o1a18 fect. ON THE MERIDIAN. Therefore: 326x100.0218 feet, will be the meafure in terms of ‘the new chain equal - ------+-+--- es Ar the conclufion the old chain exceeded the new one 938.27 divifions of the micrometer and had therefore increafed 7.86 divifions, equal to .ocg15 feet. Hence 326 <0.00315=0.5133 feet, the correction for the wear, which ACAS eS Gar ers eve Oe wou) Tie fum of the deduGtions from col. ath, is 0.43673 feet which being increafed in the ratio of 100.01218 feet will be 0.48678 which fubitract - - - - - + = Hence the apparent horizontal diftant will be - - « Tue correction for the expanfion and reduced to the ° © 9) (97-1350) X.0074—-(62—50}3¢.012479 flandard temperature of6> WIDE emu wi avis e %32604.0472. will be 5.4429 feet, which. add et Hence the corrected meafure of the bafe for the tem- perature of Ge WIL Dewieeta: cer Rae RAL SE EN Coe Wuicu being reduced to the level of the fea by taking the mean height of the bafe, and which is 1181.5 feet above the level of the fea willbe - - - - - - nen 319 FEET. 32603.9707 “10.5133 —0.4368 32604.047%. + 5:44208 32609.4901 32607.6000 320 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC TRIANGLES taken up at the Bafe near Gooty, and continued back to the fide Paughurdroog from Yerracondah, ANGLES. Att the N. end of the Bafe. BETWEEN AGooty droog ftations seers: Sooes sees ca of the bale. adsass ©02¢.00 87 27" OL 5 $,.end of the bafe 09008! 900’ @tegdons Paumdy. flation 908 B At the §. end.of ihe Baye. ‘i EB 4] 20.5 ‘ Goot ydroog fhatioMesrreseseges Ne end of the bafe.corseseoocete 27 13 59 A Doli 65.5 i J > (ON THE MERIDIAN, ©” 32% At the S, end of the fl ie continued. , | BETWEEN AND, | ae nbn ft bnoode: N. end of the bafe . iene .«° Paumdy HAS tii Dios 2 ae 4 BP5) 64 | 65:5 , 62.5 ° Gye 69 | 682 5h .k | eo -J Gootydroog ftation vecsoeesseee Namthabad Nation cecrenee ) D7) fe Sou Namthabad flation ....... eee. Paumdy ftation sea 105 09 BG | eee. end ofthe bale ......-. Paumdy ation ............ 165 3 05.19 \ | 4. Gootydroog ftation ........ N. end of the bafe ........ 27 14 02.64 4, Paumdy flation ..e0....++0. Gootydroog ftation ccss.oes 12217 07.83 , At Paumdy’ Station. Ne) end of the bafe oo... «00 -. S. end of the bafe ....0000 39 52 ROLE | 7 | Ape. 49 i 50 49°75 SOT BOW) J Namthabad flation ...eooscvesssaos N. end of the bafes:..s0.. 0 28 53:5 } HES LPL Y 65-5 ? 5A 54 | 53-5 J Gootydroog Mtation coccessronee Oe ENd Of the bale srerrreornee26 26 19 7} 20.5 18.5 20 si, > 19:59 215 18 5 | 18, 14 32% | MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC At Paumdy Station (continued. ) BETWEEN ; AND ; ous Konakoondloo fiation ......-. Gootydroog flation .....e0 78.44 50 : ‘\ : 52. 59-5 52 a 5225 & 51.64 52 Gootydroog ftation .. cocooeeess Guddakulgooda flation .... 838 42 29 Ye N,. end of the bafe eave etie ss Namthabad Ration... .0034.c0 ‘South end of the bafe........ 99 52 49.5 eer. §. end of the bale .o.rveeseee. Namthabad ftation........060640 21. 43,6 At Konakoondloo Station. « Gootydroog ftation ..... aceite Koelacondah ftation ...... oe AL 20) N60 Paumdy Mation .ccercosese Gootydroog fationercesserssesecee36 OL 43 ‘Kanakoondloo fiatiowm soeserces ON THE MERIDIAN. At Koelacondah Station. BETWEEN C) »Gootydroog ftation secrseve Guddakulgooda Ration .cwoove 72° » Gootydroog flation.... 58 - CSN At Guddakulgocda Station. (ean trods flalion..».+se0rsesOoderpudreog RaHONeessss. 008 ‘Paumdy fLation ..s00%s2es..Gootydroog ALOHION ooo vcs oko 24 At Guddakuleooda Station. Gooatydroog flation seceeoceoee Koclacondah flation «s+... 30 r4 12 Ce ned 323 $24 MEASUREMENT (OF ANCARC At renee Station). BETWEEN , N. end of the bale ~B.9.0.0.96:0.96-0.06, Ss, pa "of the bafe’ ‘eG Od C000- 65. i$. igh ; ¥ 35:5 44.5 ae AT ” 47 Plog cee 39 33 Ag 32 J 7 Paumdy fiation 0.7 060.00-06.0.0.0 S. end of the bafe DiNrelotaloveracieieres eth 16 32.75 32.65 Konakoondloo Rae ue Keoelacondah ee Nectueee: 49 37 38 4317 f | J N. end of the bafe..ccoceseooe Namthabad flation .....00. 2% 31 59-5 7 | > | J 1 UY | M6 { J | Koelacondah fation coccccsseceseesy Guddakulgooda .ssrs008 97 47 72-5 64 59 uddakul sooda Matiowcscovgocs sas Paunidy MatiONccéseseccees OF 2087 Be 50.17 4 52.5 ~< ON /THE MERIDIAN.” 925. At Gooigareng Station (continued. ) BETWEEN AND f ayy, pereeaqreuk flation ... weaeveases GUAGAKUI OOD As «ites sseeee 1 37. 48 | 49-5 Davurcondah flation ..o.s.0. Ooderpudroog fiation sssesee. 46, 27 Namthabad 000000805000 N. end of the Waller se cciiecwnee vectves 2 31 68.5 N. end of the bafe........S..end Of the bale. rrionieereree-a165 18 41.19 ®. endof the bafe.\....+.Namthabad: .2...s.issesecereosevess 07 50 39,69 TED RES peer a SD A At. Ooderxpudroog Station: Guddakulgoods ftation....4.4++..Gootydroog ftationsseseres 65 Bevo eat 53 | i ° K 4 320 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC At Ooderpudroog Station. BETWEEN AND Pa Gootydroog fiatione.seccoreees Davurcondah ..o.ccccccovcooe Fl 17 Davurcondah flation ..sssceceess Condapilly ftation ,,,.0000 51 25 | At Davurcondah Station. Gootydroog fation eetcescosese Ooderpudroog, flation .... 62 24 Ooderpudroog flation ooeoeoeoCOndapilly ftation PASE AG poe BQ 4 Condapilly flation,.ossccocseoresOOracondah flation .r..c000 53 14° ~ 19:5 = = fw t wD ww w DANK OT Oe NN nan wT or An ann On aa an DANAAA DAD 88.0 PNW & (ones ae arcs pomraememeh t eremsnee —S ON THE MERIDIAN. : 327 At Condapilly Station. . BETWEEN | AND Pita Davurcondah ftation.....5500 .. Ooderpudroog ftation .... 69 29 34 37 Ooracondah ftation........ »»osDavurcondah ftation...<.. 84 4116 7) / Paughurdrong flation...0........ Ooracondah ftation........ 52 40 Aprs ones WMmon oon ON Gi Oot een At Ooracondah Station. Paughurdroog flation........+++ Condapilly ftation ......0¢ 7 Condapilly lation .o00++e0css00000Davurcondah ftation .... 42 eo Ny oO or 328 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC At Ooracondah Station (continued. ) BETWEEN AND o / Yerracondah flation .csteeeseeasPaughurdroog ftation......+. 70 58 | At Yerracondah Station. Paughurdroog flation .....ce0000¢+ Ooracondah ftation.....005 55-32 {sienna Al. Paughurdroog Station. Ooracondah TAU Oss ciigece cece Yerracondah fatlonicy sss, 53 28 Condapilly flation. cecsceessees Ooracondah flation...comos 47 45 28.5) ‘ON THE MERIDIAN. 329 PRINCIPAL TRIANGLES. | N. end of the base fiom S. end of the base 32067.6 feet. et | Observed 3. ce «| Se | Angles for Distance: i “TRIANGLES. | 1s [2-3 £ shew er 4 = Auples | tS | fa Calculation. | in Feet. _o # 7 PROS On Ls N. end of the base,..sseeeceres 35 04 5.9 —0.03| | $5 04 5.7 S. end of the base,. Ppatveletasiein sl ee 105-03 5.19; 0-15 105 3 4.8 f 27|Paumdy ac meee 39 52 £9. 75|—0.04 39 52 495 ui P + 5 Anz i |180 09 00 00. val aie ats aal +0.6| 180 00 00.0 | N. end of the eon neem 49110.4 Paumdy station from rf endof the base,....e. sees oe ae | ae Pees | |. end of the Le eae eae 87 27 16.45| —0.07| | | 87 27 16.3 | 5. end of er os renine not 27 14 02,64) —0.03 97 14 2.6 | 8|Gootydroog station, occrec0e..-.| 65 18 41.19! —0.03 65 18 41.3 | Low. 00 na hone iouelae 00 aren | N. end of epee ae 23.3 | Gootydroog station from af SW GUS AN eS | 28 eo S. end of the base from Gootydroog station 35852 7 feet. , S. end of the DASeserisis cloiciedstele vere 132 17 7.83|—0.29| [is2 17 7.9 4 | Gootydroog station, ......seece+| 21 16 32.65/-+-0.04 21 16 32.7 99 Paumdy station, ro 26 26 19.69 ai 36 26 19,8 hii 00 aa} al ~ }o.19\—0.09| 180 00 00.0 | | 4 Ge end of the base, @oeeoseseosend 29218 .7 | Paumdy station from Les ce station, ane aaeth | 595718 |s. end of the base,/......... et 27 14 02,64) —9.03 | | ii NA 2.61| Gootydroog. station, ...,..-...4...| 67 50 39.69| —0.04 67 50 39.65) O|Namthabad station, orcsceccvecs é : | 84 55 17.74| | | | | | |180 00 00.0 | 5. end of the base,.... Sere et $3336.93 Namthabad from Gootydroog oe aaa | 16471.8| | | | nS L 4 330 MEASUREMENT OF AN. ARC feet. J f the base from Paumdy station 29218.8 3 | Observed e ig |= TRIANGLES. & |e: | = Angles. 2 es | Calculation. | in Feet. = (RE RR TENGS NT Misa we S; end of the base, 2000 S6RG ease 132 17 7 83 Paumdy station, caves oree Coveoe 26 26 19.69 Gootydroog station, cocecremcoeoe| 21 16 32 65| 4.0.06 | too | l | & Raman Distances is | } { 21. 16° 32. in Ne Tes Ree . lo.tol¢oa 180 00 00.0 | ae S, end:of the: base, soap eeoessoes | 35852, 9) Gootydroog station from tie StatiOD,eoooeecrgoce ae 59572.7. | | 180 00 00.17} los og 5.04 | 40 21 43.45 34.35.1151 Paumily station, .coosscersccevce--| 40 21 43.5 | S. end of the base, a a! 03 5.19 L015 Namthabad Station, ©0000 coos eel 30 ° © e | : | |. | | 120 00 00.0 | 1 | Se, end of the base, @2086CEGOO HOG 6 33334.9 Namthabad £50, 9 paitndy station, ace ascc cosec | 497074 RE SS a Ee nie ee Gootydroog station from Paumdy station 59.572 feet. Gootydroog station, 2202000000 p 008 65 13 o7.83|—0.41| | 6s 13 27.5 Paumdy StaliON, weecccec---> 0000, 79 44 51.61 —9O.5) 78 44 51.2 — (33! Konakeondloo Staliolis poo sis 36 01 41.58|—0.36 | | 38-01 41,3 | | iso 00 01.02 | \:.28|—0 2olie0 00 00.0 | | Konakeondloo from ee Station, e800 eielsist 99334.6 | Paumdy station, gcososccecees+-| 91959.1 TS 0 SEUSS | Gootydroog station, ee ol 67 02 56.17 0.50 | 67 02 55.7 | ; Paamdy Stations coe. 02000068 0800 88 42 29.35| —0.91 ‘ 8 42 28.5 E *4| Guddakul Station, pcec avcs svee| 24 14 36.17| —O ye | 24 14 35.3 liso 00 01,60| | 1.89|—0.20/ 180 00 00.0 ee ae Gootydroog Stations. debe sack 145044.1 Guddakul station frem ee Station, ose ©0200 000020008 | 33596. ON THE MERIDIAN. 331 Gootydroog station from Konakoondloo 99334.6 feet: Observed ry Angles for | Distances TRIANGLES, ~) Numbers. —e ee SSS Angles, Calculation. | in Feet. Differences ® e Y ! 7 | Goolydroag statiom, ore cccecses| 79 37 43.17 —0.75 | a0 37 42. 2 | Konakoondloo station... ose. coos} 41.26 18.57|—0.49 ; 41 26 17.8 A 35\Koelacondah tation, ccscereesve 58 56 00.8 |—0.54 58 56 00.0 | | | |180 00 02.54 | \78)24.0.76) 180 00 00.0 | | r 4 i ¥ Gootydroog Station. ecco | 76749.4 y : Koelacandah station from pices Station, .ccccccece | 114073.3 Geen droog station from Koelacondah 76749.2 feet. a 77-48 5.4 bet .00| Roclaceith. station. falelaiatelelsiereieieys TN 59 Vk. 15] —-O, 39 71 59 10.5 36|Guddakul atation,. 200909009 00090 30 12 45 63 —0,69 i ‘ 30 12 45 | 180 iG 02,18 | | 2.58! 0.40 180 00 00.0. | | 7oatydroog station, occccssceccc! 1450438. 5 ee station from Siasetaotic: station,.. nteseeee| 149075,.9 —— Gootydroog station from Guddakulgooda 145043.8 feet. |Gootyaraog station, taal 44 37 48.5 ear 06 | | A4 $7 47.4 | Guddakulgooda station,.. ccveccecs| 69 26 QI 63) 1.30} «> | 69 26 20.4 |37|Ooderpcedroog station, .......0.s1 65 65 53.3 |—1.24 65 65 69.1 | | (isis 00 03. 8.481 ; [3.60|—o.17| 180 OO 00.0 0 | | é {Gootydroog station, .. ..csecee | 1487561) { Ooderpeedroog statien from {ootsdrog st station, cee. vee Bd The distance from Goo/ydroog to Guddakulgooda, as a Base in the above triangle is a mean distance obtained by the 34th and 26th triangles. TA TE Ooderpeedroog fram Gootydroog station 148736.1 feet. | tare ee station, ..,.ece6 as 71 17..19.5 |_1.pa a if | “i 17 18 | Gootydroog station, Oor0 2000 0000 46 WA 50.68, —1.20 | | 46 17 49.5 $3 Davarcendah BLALLON 5:00 00 ecovvece|’ 62 24 53.75 1.34 62 94 52.5 | : | ' \ 180 00 03.081 la o6|—0. 1s! 180 00 00.0 | , Ooderpeedroog station, . . RS NS { | Davurcondah from Scenics Station, ererereen 158943 i| Sa ee ere ee cern os ei le a tae | 2 932 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Davarcondah from Godmpeddrans station 121317.2 feet. re i . Observed $ sei os | Angles for | Distance} j= TRIANGLES, ©. Us Sistah all {5 he Angles. & Jaci & | Calculation, ; in Feet . 12. 5 |" 4 | Oe Yom 3 ] Davareondah station,oc.c.ccoseccs| 99 4 14,62 —0.70}. .. 1 59 4 13.9 | {Ooderpeedroog station, ....0..+++{'51-26 4.5 | 0,87] . 51°26> 3.8 43qjCondapilly hill station, oe. -2oe] 69 29 43.14] 0.04] -}.--_ | 6929 42.3 180 00 02, 26) | 5 Le, 24 180 00 00. ,0.0| | sane aone t Condapilly dtattorw froww * Loateration station, ....1101273.8 | Ooderpudroog ie co) 4 Davuiconiah f frem = Condaily station 101273, 8 feet. Davarcondah station, .....c0.0+¢0| 53 14 40.1 bute _| 5314 39.9 Condapilly station, soeccseeocee| 84 41 16.25 —1.32 84 41 15.5 0 Ooracondah station, €.0.6.0 0.8.4 0 eet 8/0) 42 4 4.81 —0.78 | , 49 04 4.6 | [80 00 01.14 oe 2.29 ~1.74]180 00 00.0 | Sc TR FINE SP TERE A NEL) LINCO ter | aire on, §Dawarcondah station, ,,., |150503.1 | Oeracondah station from ‘ {Gondspilly station, 2... [191102.6 Condapilly station from Ooracondah station 121102.6 fect. |condapitly station,. o.ojew ables a 52 40: 02. 31 eee oz} 4 ’ | 52 40 a). Ooracondah station, Gel aL 79 34 38.17 ([—1.56) [ 79 34. 36.9 i Rauglintecor station, conor cege, 47 45 21.7" 103] A7 45 21 L 60 00 02.68 | |s.8| —1.0) 180 00 000 a mn ‘Condapilly station, ,...|190880.4 Paughurdroog from POstas abet Station, .. 4 Paughurdroog from Ooracondah station 130073,9 feet. | | 53 28 59.75) 70 58 30.6 gael. | “170 58 28.6 6 55 32 33.44/|—1.1 55 32 31, a Paughurdroog station, eee rei] §3 29 01.5 ey: 4 Ooracondah station, Jo... 0. cee Yerracoadalx ‘StAtION, cosecveercoee | | 80. 00 05.541 Ola ohne SR 00 00.0 . m2 Purracondan station fit ear station, eel 3}. Ooracondah station, ,. gee 4 ON THE MERIDIAN. 333 Tue diftance from Paughurdroog to Y erracondab, will be found common; by referring to the 26th triangle, it will appear, that there is a difference of 1.2, feet, in the fame fide Paughurdoog from Yerracondab from whence it may be inferred that had the bafe been computed from bringing the triangles from the fouthward, it would fall fhort of the meafurement by 37> Inches. 7 For the purpofe of reducing the tereftrial arc, the following angles, with their including fides, have been ufed to obtain fides more con- veniently fituated with the meridian of Dodagoontah station to which _ the whole arc is reduced. _ Tue angle at Bonnairgotiah, between Dodagoontah and Deorabetta | with the including fides, from which the angle at Dodagoontah ftation | between Boonairgottah and Deorabetta is found 14 48 36.6 ; and alfo the direct diftance from Dodagoontuh to Deorabetia is 135931.3 feet. |The angle at Dedagoontah ftation is then correéted to make it as an ob- ferved angle which becomes 14 48 34.77. — DESCRIPTION OF THE GREAT STATIONS. Bafe near Gooty.—N. end;—In the flat cotton ground about three miles welt from Geoly, and near the village of Namrhadad. It is fituared ona rifing ground, marked by a circular platform of brick and chunam M 4 i 334 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC with a ftone and circle, the center of which afcertains the extremity of the bafe. S. end, lies nearly amile north of the village of Eeranapully and’ is fimilarly marked, with the former one. Under the mafonry of both thefe platforms, the extremities of the bafe are alfo. defined by ftones: with circles, fixed when the foundation. was laid. and: correfponding. with thofe above. Namthabad Station—Lies about feven hundred and twenty five feet: nearly north, from the North end of the bafe, being exactly in the fame: line, with the extremities of the bafe, and marked. in the very fame- manner, to define the {ftation.. Paumdy Station.—A long hill‘ running nearly: eaft'and weft and about: two miles north of the village of Pawmdy and the Prana river.. The- ftation is ona platform, and the center marked 1s as ufual. Konakoondloo hill.—This hill is about a mile N. W. of the large hill of ~ Pullycondah, and about two miles fouth of the great road from Gooly to: Ballary, a village of the fame name fituatéd at its fouth fide, The flation . . is on an old baftion, marked bya ftone and.circle. . Guddakulgooda pagoda.—On the platform: of the pagoda: marked as: ufual. The village and hillare well known, being about half the diftance~ between Gooty and Bal/ary.. Keelacondah.—This hill is about fourteen milés north from Gooly ins the Chinumpully talook, and two miles from the village of that names. On the fummit of a large detached flone.marked as ufual. . ON THE MERIDIAN, | 335 Gootydroog.—On the higheft point of that celebrated droog. While obferving the flag {taff was removed. It was afterwards replaced and marks the flation. Ovderpeedroog.— A {mall well known hill fort on the road from: Hundee Anantapoor to Ballary. The ftation is on. the center of a {quare platform, marked by a ftone and circle about ten yards eaft of a ruined. pagoda. Davurcondah.—A {mall peaked hill with a rugged fummit-about three miles eaft of Hundee Anantapoor on the great road to Gooly.. A thin: {fone pillar to which the flag bamboo was attached, was the interleéted object, while the inftrument was there this pillar was removed, its center’ marked by a:{mali mill ftone, over which it was again erected and a {mall circular platform of {tone and chunam built roundit. The hill: derives its name from a pagoda about thirty. yards weft of the fummit. Condapilly hill.—It is on the fummit of a confiderable range running nearly north and fouth. It derives its name from a village of fome extent about a mile N.W.. of it.. The place where the inftrument ftood is marked by a circle on the rock, and is a few feet from the ftone pillar’ on the higheft point of the hilly. Ooracondah.—This hill is on the northermoft of the Pencondzh range, and weit of the village of Chinnakataplly on the great road between Gooty and Bangalore.. On the other fide isa village called Nammudtella, The ftation is marked with a platform, a large flone and a circle over: the center of which the inflrument was placed; - 335 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Pole Star obfervations at Dodagoontah Station, and the pofition of tts Meridian. ——— pe oes Apparent Polar| = eae bemeen Angle between the North aa = Azimuth HCL A Pole and referring : = : and he o Month. Dace: 4 referring Lamp. Joule Of) Pe 8/) IED / RLS Ones 1 July 19 | 1 43 58.2 1 46 42.16 L313 O 14 419.16 22 1 43 57.57 1 46 41.7 Ty 3d) 56.25 O 14 45.45 Aug. 8 1 43 54.07 1 46 381 Wied een bag a) O 14 46.85 12 1 43 53.05 Se 1 46 37.06 1 31 48.5 O 14 48.56 17 1-43. 51.7- “oO (A 46 35.67 1 31 46,25 O 14 49.42 18 1 43 51.44 = 1 46 35.4 1 31 47.5 O 14 47.9 19 1 $432 D116 th 1 46 35.1 1 31 45.5 O 14 49,6 23 1 43 50.04 1 46 33.97 1 31 45.5 OQ 14 48.47 26 1 43 49.09 1 46 32.99 1.31 43.5 O 14 49.49 27, 1 43 48.83 1 46 32.73 1 31 44.5 O 14 438.93 Angle between the North Pole and referring Lamp, O 14 48.31 N, Lk Angle between the referring Lamp and Savendroog, | 104 4 29.68 angle between the North Poleand Savendroog station, | 103 49 41.37 N. Wy: In this paper the latitude of Dodagoontah, which 1s the great ftation for fix'ng the pofition of the meridian line, is laid down by reducing the terreftrial are between Putchapolliam and Dodagoontak, to degrees and minutes, taking the mean degree as given by the obfervations at Puscha- polliam and Namthabad near Gooty, which is 60487.27 for latitude 13 02 Br not differing much from the latitude of Dodagoontah. This gives an arc of 3 } 14.72 which added to the arc between Punnae and Putchapoliiam gives 4 50 25 26, and this applied to the latitude of Punnae, viz. 8 9 38.39 gives 13 00 03.65 for the latitude of Do- dagoontab. This latitude exceeds that determined in 1805, by a4. | Therefore if this quantity be added to 13 4 8.7, the deduced latitude of the obfervatory (Afatick Refearches, vol. ioth, page 374) we have Y h 5 : 13 4 12.44 the latitude of the obfervatory as correéted from the prefent operations. $37 1 @ ON THE MERIDIAN Se ee eS eS — = . mt) atendin _ ‘9EL «6S GS6FPLL | AN P'90SFS |" 69I9Z1 ori 2G Ig eg ii Scaring “wer jodeqozng sree fs BUYyoesO0 AQ | 9 S°69PES |'S BSG6EEG | | 9°sZz9I P COGSPe lA § 6E°bS Gp € |"*** **** Gyemmoesooy|**** ***4 “1Jeusseuuog SLGIL |S OLPGELI | 94199 |4 LLOPL1) “| Soees TE SI '* 888" “TeuMsseanog|*e*e eet eee *eyaqeioag OGIG [SE OCGGET | HE OIG Js°1e6e1| “| SEpgo ET oO [°° ********sepoqes0ag|eert +4 *ye}uoosep FS OFESLEL | AA PS 1'988%s¢ |° a a FS 6°L28608 | S S086g81 "LEAs °LETA °LUgs “LOag “LAGI r) 1 °ABy ie i | < - siiast ‘oilsie UP IPHe IN, “noipnedsag |. BeIPHSTAL snoipuadsagy K ‘Honv)s yejuOose; | ( i} “yey Seas B “0 Jo UvIplIay ay *S9DE[ JO SOUE AT q@ swoneg [-aoOSepog wiry s9ouvySI( 9Y} UO sedULjsIC 8 0) pesojea ENTS a Est | .Wabeso’ | PPA Siees aid ecerass | wioodtoe me Oe ee y ~ Teou wore ay} pur. ‘cone uvivooSepog jo cisipbeea bi iy sisthBhededunoo o oat 3y} Jo daira attr “sup ywrtyfasiag ayy fo y.Suay 91] tooo of | ‘ypyuoo Sopot fo UDIptLayy ay) 0] SOPGUDIL ‘7 JouoIpiiapy at) jo sapyf ay} fo UOUINPI + wt MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC F£2Ze8 \ GZ eoooccooocos cocvovlcenegenimMEAy pur Woes “eLOUNy G00 16801. 2 oe ee a moneys avaun pue meres taeyiodenoind, Geziesrl °° gece eegeeeoets ‘peaeinmen bae ‘uote mnerjodeyoing \ a AS 9 PEELEL ceelader yooe Sanpefpodeqoing: pne wOye}s jejuoo8epoq - : ye a! =. 99993 S°SBLI9Z AE 222080 (pequyjWEN Pue Boles yequoosepog Jo “sprteaed omy 924jod sony LEISiIIS DS} ——_—___ ._ ner tne a | ni } * AP SBBLIQL tM BLbO c.f 18) SLEES oP MP SPIST, “STIZEOL. LAN <8) 13208, ,€F OL vaso epeqeinmTeNy nore p 7 gaorphjoo5 tN oraeeiog| “a srol0g TN eivosat | a Uk |v enaseh | GoueO fae cesta Oo |e oe eaeouaica -u pre2gog| “A s'goe¢ = |'N Brgezenl| “A ToggFt | V'sos0s! | “N09 26.9 [STS UPBUODINIEG iy iinet "N B'O8ESGF | “M 9'FFED “ME g*giggat | ‘mM GOl9gE |. s°s82oel | MN Ore Hh ae RRO ult Atha *\] 27299288 | “Hl 69986 “NI G°6L6GL1 | “H G'OgOST | 8°E8808t | “A "N oo'6h £6 G fo yepaoress1a X “UN wept iN reote | aA goes “BHeqELOO : iscacwle@® steht poo NEES IELTS fil cagaa ‘LITT : i Q ses | a pereeri yet ea oan We { CMeLPE IAL ssaejnoypuadsag |. °uRIplayN vapinorpuadseg by -)#uoHes Yemoosep | | Scere esseaa ——|— : ———} -saouvjsiq | od 30 HEPA OU osa0B]|q jo samen _ ye sueneis, *qeymoosepog wo4y sourjsiq(:} 8) uo s9oueysiq: bee possesos sduleog | “spogvyjuoy copecertfoaninn os oar Sera uorvig ay) pun ‘yojuooFopog {0 syayosnd aya u990ny2g sung Oe > . ON THE MERIDIAN. 930 ZENITH diftances of Stars, obferved at Namthabad Station, with the corrections for preceffion, nutation, aberration and the femi-annual folar equation back to. thé béginning of the year 1805. Obfervati ons at Namthabad. } it 2 LEQNIS. ©: | Nearef point on the Limb, 4 20S 18lt. 4 Olsemed Correct Thermometers. , Cerrection. vali Month. Zenith distance. Zenith distance. Wpper| Lower © , " 4 / ° ’ 7] i) April 18 4 21 913 109.11 4 19 20,02 86 86 20 4 21 19.53 109 00 4 19 3053 83 83 21 4 21 10.38 7}. £0895 vy} .4 19 21.43 84 84 22 4 21 18.26:i)7 108.90 | ~4 19 29.36 87 87 24 4 21 8.63 108,80 4 19 19.83 91 91 25 4 21 20,13 108.74 4 19 31.39 )» 9 92 26 4-21 9,63. 4 - 108,68 A 19. 20.95 94 93 27 4 21 39,18 108.63 ‘4-19 30.50 96 96 28 4 21 9.63 108,58 4 19 21.05 O4 loa 29 4°21 19.26 108.52 4 19 3074 | 98 93 30 4. 21 9.63 108,47 4 19 (21.16 92 92 May 2 4 4°19 ‘31,02 . 78 7 21 19,38 -108,36 340 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC. hie aes tat LAAs & 181i. : Observed Correct Thermometers. Face. Correction. oe Month, Zenith distance. Zenith distance, Upper neean OTL jak OL) if ° ° April 18] W, #212 47°51 4 115,48 | ° .2 10 52,03 86 86 20] EK. » 2212. 58.89-.:.:| 115.36 } 12311 103,53 84 84 21 Ww, 9 12 45.76 115.99 210 50.47 83 83 22 RK. 2 12% 59.89 115.33 211 64,66 86 86 23; W. @ 12 44.76 115,16 2 10 49.60 83 83 24| E. 212 58.89 “} 115.097 |+ 2 11 03.80 | OL 91 25.1 Wi 212 44.87 ‘| -19503-1* “@ 10 49.84 91 91 26 E. 21% 58,94 114.97 211 03.97 93 92 27 W, 2 1% 44.74 114.90 210 49.84 95 94 28 10} 2 12 58,87 114.83 211 4.04 94 94 29! W. 2,12 46.87 < -}- 114.77 «2 40 59.10 93 93 3o| E. 9°12 57-62: | tyae7r? f° 8 ib 2.98 92 92 Mean. 89.25 a 89.08 April 20|°E, | 9121 29.96 196054 || ©5:203 36.80 | |“soj °F go. fogs 81 | ew. | 1. 21 40.26. $9645 “-9-83 46,71 | 82 “Be 32) BR 1 21 28.13 126.35 1 23 34.48 | $5 85 ~ 934° °W, 21 40.13 126.26 || 1. 23 46.39 | 82). 4 31 24>) -E. 1 91 28.98 126.16 1 93 34,44 89 | SO 251 W. 1 21 43.13 126.07 1 23 49.20 88 | 83 26} FE 1 21 30.13 125.98 1. 23. 36.11 QL 91 “ 97) W. 1 21 40.13 125.88 1 23 46,01 93 G3 93/1 EK. 1 21 29.63 125.79 1 23 35.42. 93 93 29} W. 1 21 40,51 125.70 1 23 46.21 90 90 30} EB, 1 21 29.13 125.60 | 1 23 34.73 90 90 May 4 w. 1 21 38,76 125.23 1 23 43.99 90 90 Mean : 87.75. ON THE MERIDIAN. 341 6 LEONIS. Nearest point on the Limb, 0 30 Observed Correct Thermometers. Face. | Correction. Haaoul ans: Zenith distance. » - Zenith distance. Upper. | Lower. ‘ Ona we o.! J ra) a April 18 W. O 31 42.13 129.88 O 33 52.01 86 - 86 20 E. ® 31 33.76 129.68 O 33 43.44 79 79 21 W. 0 31 45.51 129.58 O 33 55.09 82 $l Gd KE. QO 31 33.63 129.47 0 33 43.10 84 84 23 Ww. © 31 47.26 129.38 O 33 56.64 $1 81 24) FE, 0 31 31.38 129.28 © 33 40.66 87 87 25 W. 0 31 46.01 129.18 O 33 55.19 88 88 26 E. O 31 33.03 129.07 O 33 42.10 90 90 S7 W. 4) 31 46.26 128.98 O 33 55.24 92 92 28 FE. O 31 35.13 128.88 QO 33 44.01 92 92 29 W. O 31 46.51 128.77 O 33 55.28 90 90 30 E. 0 31 33.13 128.66 O 33 41.79 90 90 « VIRGINIS. : ve , - Oo y Nearest point on the Limb, 3 5 S. 3. 7.9.13 124.85 3 5 4.28 -87 86 3 7 23.39 ° 124.75 3 5 18.64 90 90 3 7 12.13 124.65 35 (7.48 90 90 S$ 7 20.26 124.44 3 5 15.82 pets} 838 3 7 13.01 124.34 Shi Hater 838 88 S 7 20.76 124.01 ee) 16.75 cys $2 342 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC > SERPENTIS. Nearest 5 point on ‘the Limb, 3 55S. 181i. Qbserved | Correct Thermometers. —| Hace. ue _ + Correction. Moitth: - Zenith ‘distance. Zenith distance. Upper. (neler ¢ c o 4% ie ie ‘<) 4 a o 9 May 17° E. 3.55 15.13 77.56 3 53 57.57 81 81 mn 3 WwW. 3.55 6,5 FF29 3 53 49.21 81 81 Ay EB. 3 55 14 7T7A5 3 53 56.85 79 79 5 AoW. 355 4 77.01 353 46.99 8l $1 74° 8K, 3°55 15.93 76.74 353 58.39 84 84 9 po W. 3°55 4.75 76.46 3. 53 48.29 86 86 15 KE. 3-55 11.62 75.61 3 53. 56.02 85 85 if Mean 82.13} 82.13 _% SERPENTIS. fa j oO: , Nearest point on the. Limb, 1 10 M.. May 1| E E11 10.63 67.83 1 12 18.46 81 81 3 W 1 11 17.51 67.51 1 12 25.02 81 81 4 E 2 11 11.88 67.35 112 £9.23 78 78 5 W. 2b. 11 19.76 67.18 1 12 26.49 81 81 7 |B ¥ 11 10.38. 66.85 1 12 17.23 84 84 1B. Jou, We 1-11 21.01 66.69 Lb 12 27.70 86 86 9 BK. 1 11 10.63 66.52 4.12 17.15 86 86 ~ 15| W. 1 U1 21.13 65.48 1 12 26.61 84 84 4 Mean 82.63 82.63 ON THE MERIDIAN, 348 @ HERCULIS. ° Nearest point on the Limb, 0 30 S. UB aEe ik Observed : Correct Thermometers. | Face. } Correction, | Minti: _ Zenith distance. Zenith distance. Upper [Low en Pen) fp ona, /y ve Orie 2 i) April 26 K. 029 5.37 O 28 37.63 83 83 27 W. 0 28 55.4 0 28 27.85 83 33 28 i. 0.29 3.87 — 0 28 36.47 83 83 30 W. 0 28 57 O 28 29.91 82 82 | May 1 EK. 0 29 3.87 O 28 36.93 80 80 2 W. 0.28 55.75: O 28 28.96 75 76 fr 3 KE. h OF 29)0%5 0:28 38.36 80: 79 4 Wile 0. 28 57,87: O 28 31.40 79 78 5 K. 0 29- 5 O 283 38.69 81 81 Wl W. O 28 55.12 0 28 29.14 83 83 ts 8 K. 029 4.5 O 28 38.68 84 83 ‘ 9 Ww. 0 2854.12 O 23 28.47 83 83 | Mean B1s33l-<~-B1.17f- ez OPHIUCHE, Nearest point on the Limb, 295 S. April 25 W. 2 23 18.37 18.55 2 22 59.82 82 Sl 26 E. 2 23 30.87 18.42 2 23 12.45 3 83 27 W. 2.23 21.99 18.28 7s Sas A 83 83 28 FE. 2.23 33.87 18.14 2, 92 1.5.7-3-5 83 83 30 W. 2 23 22.74 17.86 2 23: 4.§8: 82 82 May i i. B23 32.24 17.71 2.23 14.53 80 80 2 W. 2°23 20.74 17.57 BIBS: 3: UF 75 76 3 FE. 2.23 31.37 17.41 2 23 13.96 79 79 | A W. 2 23 20.37 17.27 2 23 3.10 79 7 Oa 5 BE. 2 23 31.12 17.11 2 23 14.01 81 81 7 W. 2 23 20.74 16.80 228 3.94 83 83 8 I. 2 23 29.37 16.63 2°23) Le 83 83 Mean 81.09 $1.09 ee ee eer er ee aS 344 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC : AQUILA. Nearest point on the Limb, 1 30 8. ne a aS 1811 Observed Correct | Thermometers. Face. Correction. © Zenith distance. Zenith distance, Fe Month | Upper. | Lower. ’ bene in we VON OME iy) ASS ° May 10 W. 1 30 15.5 E 31.48 1 30 46.98 82 82 - 14 E. 1 30 24,38 32.16 1.30 56.54 77 77 15 WwW. 1.30 16 32,30 1.30 48.30 82 82 “Al ; ; Mean | 80.37{ 78.03 y AQUILA. i.) oO , Nearest point on the Limb, 4 59 S. pau aN ES Ye + May al E. 4 56 9.13 52.44 457 j.57 73 83 2 W. 4 55 58.63 52.57 4 56 51.20 76 76 4 E. 4 56 8.63 52,86 4 57 1.49 77 77 5! W. 4 56 2.63 53.00 4 56 55.63 1} 80 80 7 K 4 56 9.00 53.29 4 57 2.29 80 80 10 Ww. A55 5913 *— 53.75 4 56 52:88 80 80 rN 3 456 8.63 53.92 457 2.55 81 30 124. W. A 55 59.63 54.07 A 56 53.70 34 83 15 E. 4 56 7.13 54.56 | 4A 57 1.69 Bl 31 | Ae Mean 79.67 80 ATAIR. 8 / Nearest point on the Limb, 6 45 S. a a May 5 W. 6 42 57.24 58.02 6 43 55.26 80 80 7 E. 6 43 10.12 58.31 6 44 8.43 80 80 8 W. 6 42 57.74 58.46 6 43 56.20 80 8G 9 KE. 6 43 6.24 58.61 6 44 4,85 80 80 10 W. 6 42 54.87 58.76 6 48 53.68 79 79 11 E. 6 43 6.99 58.91 6 44 5.90 81 80 12 W. 6 42 54.25 69.08 6 43 53.33 84 83 15 EK. - 6 43 6.37 59.56 6 44 4.93 81 roll | és Mean 80.63] 80.37 ‘ON THE MERIDIAN, 345 s DELPHINI. ~ Nearest point on the Limb, 1 10 S. 1811. Observed Correct Thermometers. lace dake me Correction. eo pea 4 Zenith distance. Zenith distance... | 7. Mouth, sien Oe sy oe hi Upper. | Lower. . Ow aha Mian? ute Qf ° c May 94 .F. nL2ig gs? 7412 "1-10 25.49" 79 79 QO} W 1g 31.87 tT AUC T al 10 16,14 79 79 12 tN. 1 9 14 «74759 “9 10 28.59 83 | 82 14 Ww, 1 9 4.62 71.91 1 10 19.53 77 77. j 15 1 1 9 10.37 75.09 1 10 25.46 : _ 80 | 80 Mean 79.6 79.4 Means of the zenith diftances, taken on the right and left Arcs cor- rected for refraction, equation of, the fectorial tube, and. the mean é tun of the micrometer.. ie eoseecet REE | as Zerit d fenies at Namthabad. o . LEONIS. 1811. 1811. | ——| Left Ares |—— Right Arc. MEAN. Month, Month. 9 / “ O° i. / April ..20 4.19. 30.53. April 18 4 19 20,02 SCRE RS 3 OCR IR we Ae 1D DOs Ae 99 4 19-29:36-.].. at 4 19 21.48 Wefraction, &c. v..... + 4.24 ®-95 tr 4'19°31,99 24 419° 19183 | 27 419 30,50 26 419° 201905 | Zenith distances. .....4'19 29.91 ) +9 F% 4 49.30.74 28 4 19! 21:05 SS ae May ve 4°19 31,02 30 4°19 21.16 j ‘Mean 4 19 30.58 Mean 4 19 90.74 — ne Ot en ee nr, | vai P 4 946 | MEASUREMENT OF AN,ARC CEE REGULUS, | 1811. % DT 181 ,8suh i shh so Left Arc. +—|p Right Ares: 9).. esp A EUAN, i Monthcone as, Month. Uascme sae recreate eh, iieo A 4 ! : ity MER DA aPOS 8 April 20 | ..2, Ul } 3.53) April 18:1] 210 59.03. |} Mean, .......01....0-2 10 57.18 22) 211/466 | 21 |) 2 10 50,47 | Refraction, Ge &eese- 1.98 24/2 il | 3.80 323 |; 2 10 49.60 5 pee? 26 fia 11 3.27, ‘ , 25 ) 2. 10; 49. 84 Zenith distance, Pees oe 2 10 59.16 ge 28 | GIL] 4.04 FO, 987 |1-20h0) 40,80 ail ee BO} 2 11 \ DOs y I ;29 | 2: 10; 52, 19 | Mean '| 2.31 |,3.70.. |. Mean | 210; 50.65 i. | —— | ————| | See TS “99 2014 jis! bosider edi co mode? ,zo0msilib ciines oni to 2n2 ser crt bes dui lsnoel Aad eousups omsiles | Ss LEONIS. : TOISMIGTION i ae 21 1 23 46.71 April 20 b Sao. 808 | Mealy s ayoicicite hale saesul, ee AON Oe 23 1 23 46,39 222) SV 23. 34248 | Refraction, &c....... + 1.29 25 1 23 49.20 24 1 23 34.44 a Sai SO JE 27 1 23 46.01 26 1 23 36.11 | Zenith distance,...... 1 23.42.08 29 1 23 46:21 Sie 98 1.23 35.42 oe May 4 1 22 43.99 80 41 BS 34.73 | 1 23 46.42 Mean 1 23 35.17 sea PRG otras Tay FR SIEEHMNTRTE Fe ION : . + ? aye if A ra § . r r rf . \ >a Os 9 Fi a i . ‘ April 18. AB LL O 33 52.03] pis 0! | 0138: 48144 Mean, he ope: od aro Se ai Ts 72 211 0-33 55.09 92 || 0°33) 43.10 Retraction, &eete°ey's A 00.45 0. 23'c: 0.33, 56 64 sds 24 |! 0033°40/66 2.928 Ct 9510.33 55.19 26 || 0°32°42.10 Zenith distances... Q 33 49.17 °7| 0 33 55.94 ag || 0 133°44.01 | so. ee, 29| 0 33 55.28 30 |\--0-33-41.79 | ee | ph NE ser see ‘ Pee ibe CHa 1 Fy Mean =O" 33" os-ot “Mean | ~ 0°33-42752 ae a ——e £ se 1811. | Month, | so April 26: (29 Left Arc. ° 1 ie 3 518. “~3 5 15.82 3 5.16, May ; Mean —_—- 3 5 17.07 4 SES [May 1] [Ns ae a 15° Mean 3 53 57.21 SSO Oar ys) 53 50.8.5 _3.°83°58.39" 3 53 56.02 - ON THE MERIDIAN, « VIRGINIS. + SERPENTIS. 1811, , | Right Are, MEAN | Month.} 4. i oO A oO. 7 I, | 64 | April 25 ESO Atom NICaN cies ena Ot Dl LOM og | 8" 5Er7es4 Mefraction Geo ..cc > (4-293 | 75 30 | ° 3" 5° °8%67 a Ss Rae ama | Zenith distance, .... 3) 5 14.87 Mean ne 581 | -| Adindetes | ae Bok 3.53 49.21. PNIGAN, geo eT O85 35.59) G9, |, H 5 {| 3.53 46.99 Refraction, &e s.6. +- 3.89 Lsieiik ala Aa OR Wins orn. ee: UEC To wae ae she ELSES ae ’ Zenith distance, ..., 3 53 56.58 1 AN Poe eo Se cg Meant’ SB 5 3 ASA 6 A a r aeatt -1-42-18.46— '-May—--3 —i— 2-25.02 | —~May-—-4 -LMiean, eee ececece oodso 1 12- -99; 29 5 | 1 12 26.94 4| 1 1219.93 | Refraction, &c. .... + 1.12 8 1 12 27.70 7 Yo 12.17.2932) 15 1 12 26.61 9 4°°1 12° 17.15> | Zenith distance, .... 1 12 23.41 HEN aay ES LAP RO ees me es eet | Mean | i -1@- 26, 87. : Mean es Ee SER O2" | { Pay | a cnt toe April 26 | 0 28 37.68 | April »27 b ae B7 BOA Mean, ......cccceece 0 28 33 55 28 | O 28 36.47 30 | 0 28 29.91 | Refraction, &c. 4... 4+ 0.54 |May. 1,| 0 28.36.93... May. 2 | 0.98 28.96 meus 1 S| 0 28 38:86 oils 4 [0 2831.40) | Zenith distances 4... . 0 28 34:09 ‘ m5 O 28 38.69 © 7 0 28 29.14 — f or.2¢S4 60 28 38,685nib) 9 0.28 28.17 8 Se . ——— : ie ‘Mean | 0-98-8780 4 -—-Mean: 0-28 -29.29- 248 2 MEASUREMENT OF AN: ARC - OPHIUCHI. | 1811. | i8li. Oe ee Ns ate Are: —| Right Arc. |-| | MEAN, Month, | Month. s a ta \ \ : \ (aN (et Ey Oa ial nie eo NE ELSE MEE | | : | ¢ bee ses bids Oo proasns atin 0! 7-7 |. | Aorit 26 OQ F3° 79°45 April 25 22S IO BO INCAS, seleisieleldclsiccs 2.93 85.0 \ 28, 2 93 15.73 27 \"o.2,934°3.71 1 | Refraction, Soe. ss ito 24.9) | May 1 2 e304'4. 53 30 |. 2.23, 4.88 —_—— St 2: 23*13:96 May 2 | ~2.23, 3.17 | Zenith distance,a: 2 22 B3-10;99 Gajer? 23.14.10 A.| 122303310 | —— 8 | > 2 23-12.74 7.1 ,2.23-°3.49 ! \ - é ; Rae 2) , if ¢ ; Mean 2 23 13.90 Mean 993)" .3..1.0 ‘° AQUILA: (May 14 | 1 30 56.54 May 10.[.1°90°46.98 o) Means °s0:6....,..,) J 40 paloonn 15-|---A- 30-48;30,—} Refraction, ktcssaes es e198 bp eo ¢ ——— eee! — | io Meaw 1 30 56.54 Mean 1 30 47 64 Zenith distance... oc. 130 53.62 ITE, - cy | Y AQUI Aen | ay | | oMay 1) 457. 1.67 ( May. 21° 4 56 51,907 | Mean, ...ccc00ssss. 4 56° 57008 Sal 4 87 1.4941 5 | 4 56:55:63 | Refraction;&es ...40 . 4 4.91 7 | 4 57 2.29 10 | 4 56 59,88 payee 1 4. 57: 2:55 12). 4, 56. 53.70. - | Zenith distance, va... 4 57 2.54 15, 457 1.69 1 ety. oe Mean 4.57. 1,92 Mean 4 56 53.35 ASB ATR. T May 7 | 644 3.43 | May 5 | 2643.55.26 (| Mean ..!..us.a0-0:- 6 44 00.32 9 6 44 4.85 }- ee 6.43. 56.20 —)-Refraction-&er or... + 6.87 ]- 10 |. 6 44 5.90 i 6 43 53.63 cause, | 12 6 44 4.93 15 6 43 52.33 Zenith distance, ....... 6 44 7.19 | Mean 6 44 6.03 Mean «- 6-43. 54.60 ¢ DELPHINI. ; May 10 i UO iO.L+ 14 110 19,53. cE: 1 a RS OL JO 22.18 May 9 |. 1 10 25.49 | ) Refraction, &c.°.... +. 1.92 12 | * 1 10° 28.59 5 110 25.46 | a ‘Zenith distance, .... 91 10 23.40 1 10 17 84 eet Mean 1 10 26.52 ON THE MERIDIAN. $49 AMPLITUDE Of the Arc between Punnae and Namthabad. Zenith diftances at STARS. ae earn ia AMPLITUDE, -Punnae. | Namthabad... |~ 1 0 Leonis,...+.00eee0s overeovee | 2 36 52.07 N. | 419° 29:91 6 56° 21.98 | Regulus,,oscsovcsecverercees 4 45 2406 N.]-2-10-59.16-S.|-6 5623.22 STLeonis,.....esccsevenvecses © | 8' 260 9.44 Ni [4-29-4208 .N. 1.6. 56521.96 Be LEONIS,\ovevcciescseveeees ese | 7° 90°11.59°N, |-0.-39°-49.07-N. |. 6:56:22: 42 E\VITQINIS, or ersceveecreres coca 13°51) 15195 Ni | 9.5 -14:8%- S. |. 6156) 20.82 BYSETPENEls, 4» 2SaGsdwte ce even er 3 2.25.36 N. |.9.53--56.58.S. |: 6) 56) 21-94 v Serpentis,......e00. secveres | 0 8 46:97-N. |, 4,.12.29.41 N..| 6 256::23.56 igo Herculis, }. 80s. h6 27 48.395 N. |.0.28.94.09.8. |. 6,56. 22.44 @ Ophuichi,.. co ciisdcousess |. 4 93.11 862 Ne |. 2, 29..10.99. S..1 .6,056'/22.85 PAQUIN, 10227. Cledeen cote 15°25) 29,252 Ne {1.90 .5,9.02.,5..),.6, 581022. 87 MwA Guiles. .0c5. 0.508. 2.04 NMS 5° TZON. |. 4.57. 2264-8. |. 6156)! 20.91 ee AUEATE erent, osc tee eenceve wo {0 12 14.69 N.}] 6 44 7.19 S.| 6 56 21.88 PeDWelahini,) .eiees..c.cccass 110.45. 69-29-N.] 2 10 29.40 S.| 6 55 21.69 22.25 Celefial Arc between the parallels: of Punnae and Namthabad Mation,.,..r:cccceverecrseveeees 6 56 22.96 Wenreitral Are... vex cbecevesrectepeseccseen 2510229.4 feet: Mean length of one degree,.s.csveseoveees 60480. 42 fathoms ° Latitude of the middle point,....,.ccesss0000 21 37 49 Q4 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARG 559 AMPLITUDE Of the Arc between Putchapoliam and Namthabad. a Zenith distances at STARS {—___--- AMPLITUDE. } Putchapolliam, Namthabad. O° LeONiS,.cce-ccccrcece eccccees fe) 13 18.16 S. 4 i9 29.91 S. 4 6 1.75" Regulus,...iseceroes me caecevel, Wh ot2-09 Nel) 2.10,59:190 Sac]. 4n0iaeng 3 Leonis,., .s.ce's vice serecievecss 5 29.54.26 N.| 1.29 42.08.N..J.-4.6 12.18 B Liconis, c+ cole 86x svee cesses) 4°39n-59-4°N5] 0 .33,.49-07.N..1,.426 10.23 3 Virginis,..cceccesscrseess wept 1/00 ,55.20. Nell 3..5 214.87. Sed. g.:8) 00, OF 9 Serpents,..er+.c00iceeer+eeies | Ot2 14.15 N-) 3.53 56.588...) 4 610-73 % Herculis,.ccesee. wba cih Beets | 3 37 3858N.}\0 28 34.098...) 4 6 12.67 @ Ophiuchi,.,.sc.isecececerccies 1 43 00.69N.} 2 23 10.99S. | 4 6 11 68 E Aquilz,c «02 dGestercdes =| 235 16-44N.| 1. 30 53.62.S..| 4 6 10.06 y Aquile,:....%. We ee og ..| 0°50 50.745. | 4.57... 2954 S.. |. 4 6 11 80 Atatiy, 0s. eeoSoed pesecseeee] #37 54-135. | 6 447.19 Ss |. 4 6 13.06 (6 Delphini,....ccpscenescoeeves| 2 55 45:08 N.} a 10 23.405, | g 6 9.08 | 2 | Mean [4 6 1898 LDPE RET EE OES OT eee Te OTe Raa ee Celestial Arc between the parallels -of Putchapolham and Namihabad, .occsosscossoves 6 11.28 Perefirial Arc.) i.3.0., Mean length of one degree, 4 @096600600608 800 @8 e000 20000080 4 6000000 @eoees al Latitude of the middle point, ae 255i. 1489122.9 Feet. 60487.27 Fath. ON THE MERIDIAN. 351 Ir will fcarcely be worth while to make any dedu@ions until my re ‘ridional operations be finifhed, and thofe in England extended fur- ther. I fhall only obferve that if the degree in latitude 11 37 49 28 have brought it out, be taken ‘with the Engl if, French, and Sah meafures refpeétively, and applied tothe formulz: in Art. 2 in the Ap- pendix to my laft paper, the ratio of the polar'to the equatorial diame- ter of the earth will be‘as 1:1 00321 83, 1: 1 0034688, andi: r. eegeos I, relpeétively, whofe n mean is 1: 1. 0033247 or an eel oe al : LO! : _Awp if this mean ratio, ont td 0033227 be uled with the degree in 1 97 49, aie the other degrees in . latitudes 9 34 443 13 2 55. com- puted according to the formulz in Art. g in the fame Appendix, they will come out 60472. 6 and 60486.47 refpeétively, differing only 0.24 and 0.63 fathoms from the obfervations, and thefe differences would hold sood, where the three latitudes are fo near each other, in any hy pothefis of the Earth’s figure that has refulted from the recent mea- furements. So near a coincidence of the obfervations with the elliptic theory, I muft own has the appearance of chance However if a feries of obfervations two degrees further to the northward, fhould prove equally regular, the accuracy of the whole may be in a great meafure relied on, and I fhall then feel defirous of repeating the obfervations made at Dodagoontah in 1805; for to all appearance no part of the country could be more favorable, and it is poffible, that | at the commencement of my obferving with the zenith fector, there might have been fome overfight in ufing fo delicate aninftrument. I am not however aware that there was; but if the irregularity was oc- cafioned by the attraction of denfe matter to the northward, the mat- ter muft have been nearer to the place of obfervation, than I have hitherto fuppofed it to be. 952 MEASUREMENT OF AN ARC Ir may be neceffary to notice here, that in Art. 2. of the Appendix to my laft paper, there has been an overfight in taking the mean of two computed degrees, 60465.5 and. 60498, which mean is 604813 in place of 604853; or 60482 to latitude 11 6 24 which muft therefore affect all the refults given in that paper. But as the principal ones are Computed according to the prefent meafurement, it is unneceffa- ry to recompute thofe formerly given. By ufing the mean ratio of 1: 1.0033227, with the degree ri 37 49; equal to 60480.42 fathoms, the degree of longitude at the equator will come out 60858.47 fathoms and the length of the equatorial diameter of the earth will be 6973866" fathoms, from whence, by proceeding as in Page 98, of this volume, the quadrantal Arc of the elliptic Meridian will be had, equal to 5468170.8 fathoms, or 3937082976 inches, which divided by 10.c00000, will give 9c.37083 Englifh inches for the meafure of the French metre meafured at the temperature of 62 which differs only stth part of aninch from that meafured by the French mathemati- Cians at 32 and reduced to the fame temperature. Of the great stations, and some “principal places as deduced from the * Bundhull Sattiagul, . © Deorabet * Bonnairg * * * Tirtapull Colar Fo | * Yaélmatoor 1 We aris aie domi ae ames ne aint 11 12 16 30 12 77 A8 18 | Eerode, (S-. We angle af the Fort,). . Ciao is 11 20 27 31 36 77 46 54 * Thittamalli, ...0...... Mee teroter Ne leve voller skeveies ors 11 20 49 53 49 77 24 Al Bhavany Pagoda,..~....»s Rie ol eRigeyernteen oasis . 1b 25 45 34 19° 77 44 11 PivGorachmally, 1.2... 08 eis cic ® a Ace cin 6 ie 11 28 37 33°43 77 A AT N iSamkerry dno ory i. los. once oss auelche: elie « er's of Qa 28.5 23°44 77 54 49 Sattimungalum Easodars Spode alle ieee toccteetes a= 11 30 17 00 38 he Melo pakeumibiatarite, Mill mess he ome. s jailer, Wels lltally os 11 35 31 58 57 77 19 33 Salem, (9. VW. langle of the Fort,):. 11 39 9 5 49 78 12 Al Per sbagat AMMANIY LY job. ite cfis elect ole Ja/ste «ate! ole dens Ui 11 4) 39 31 77 A7 30 Womooloor, highest cavalier, Hae oloate Bidlos Cauverypoorum, ayes iWosngsogen Hsinases Darampoory, ........ Beto eciictobetinite We iea|iaiiat oat PDD AGTA are. win) e:cheveye ele: teleeake eh aiie erie AllamBaddy, oi... ioc. wes vie © Boy SAGo alba: * Ponnassmalli,..... IB as ae a See SOS ohols UNTER TVAULG Osh wsininre g's Siemin ate winless Stee bo Gopauldroog, «4 Fe 5.00 Soe eee a Se Ryacottah, C Flag SLU) wiecwis' wleihin Bes Sys ee Denkanicottah,...0..... a Rape) ad onan te BSUSEMABNOITYs\6 x 0 chs cieSeieisre je sielehe o:teve sna S's Anchittydroog,, (Muntapum,)... AP nine) a Annicul Fort,...,....... Bee et ahah 12 42 33° Oossoor hill and. Pagodah, ; Sieiplans fe anata, Meteilte 12 43 34 Spee sReten saree baboroieis gs wobateks nie ahciehs'te 12 49 36 Dbdagaontale Mas acrhoneaupbacar apn dete ot ae 13.0 4 Muntapum center,...... oO OS I Be 13 Goonicul, Oosscottah, Mosque,.........0.22058 ats ¢ 13 By rare git sicigeyie se SrcPtGam ia shavers 'cicalaie ste 4 13 Longitudes from NAMES OF ‘PLACES Latitudes. wy bi Madras ‘ Greenwich Ff. | Observatory W.] ory, Ip i ia v lor / tf MP EAAM ARAMA. due. ccce's ln os eenace fis Rauwrevere ote 11 0 -52-- 48 54° - 77 29 36 ON THE MERIDIAN, 953 Latitudes and Longitudes Meridional Are, .. ne aaa hates Busts & corce Boel skate las te ei et eS ae OE ar hee ante. e odo noe o Sesion 3 12 48 43 6) J Wa PULL si aye dhedonsteattewishauaptiocels, ose seve eve Vea 525 4 5 8 WCE POG) ire hicitiats eka dicele < ib 13 fo! NS) @ eo or WANN WNHWNHNWNHENYVWONYWUNDWNNHWWNHWNHNHNWHNHNWNWHNWDHWDHHONWNWNHWWHWWl - ww: DO IN OK ROAOSOXES = os : wo or OO I RE IEE I INI NN = or Qn (so) Ow 3 a em a RS YE PR NES pn RS as SER a ee NAMES OF PLACES, Latitudes. re) yoy A Masoor (baliesls cic eve asots ake. ¢ ssqerelebeieroie tes se 13. 9 42 Shevagunga wRapodas #60 Mise. latieatere sees 13::10'.°9 PS OUCM i ctecreismya cas ox om sevele Sears Cevsiajeieke 13- 4 59 BD. Dallapoors Medsalies i sic. tase) cl evahelans 13 18 24 *.Cheetioul hillsides Soa e solo Sa ete tie, = 13 19 16 fis ER VSL TO Of 5 8 o2118 1s sa eebional fate! e le ofa b alnte, old ainds 13.21 17 PANIGMGVGLOORs ,clclo vices iass ores nfo sdarslatevets tee ic | 13°22: 12.5 He eDevaroy drOOgs s.0.. sdeteeters oss e's «ayers ovis ets ole 13 22 25 Frctulicotan: HAW bss. ects, bse ele sate abehela sieateiel ate 13 25 14 MEA chy dnO0 si kyes esi steve bie etoveig ores bale US 2558) Aly Minchiculdroogs . 27.5). -jses) foie) ois stone Sheds ative’ s a 13 27.27 # -Baelippees billy totace aycin sg, «ere jo 0: odes a, deabe aes eke 3 39. 7 Mudgherry:droog,” oo... b:05 «ays ees > nah aate iets 13 39 7 Goodeehuadal iy cts Poe sSe(ocse er ee ete V32AOL 3A ope Busmung yGroogs2 2 sme sic 2 660 ais. ote e shetaccisce abe 13 44 24 Serahi.. (Hilao SCO.) emisls on sient oi ahele iui ole 13 44 39 Meddagashiedroog, 2 .(.. ois2.010 oe + tale dist ole 13 49 54. Modicondayy .dcjs, «aieias aye oheness (ale + shee Qi as 13 49 49 eo Verracondal,, . a. i. isigusits, cies nce is Maer se ae 13 54 59 Mruddukseralt, 2: Wy ES -00N THE MERIDIAN, - 3 rion Elevations and Depressions, Contained Arcs, and Terrestrial Refractions, together with the heights above the level ofthe Sea, of the principal stations, _ Apparent % | 2. Blevations: above the Sea. | Lisi pia i Elevations| -& @ zr j ee § Stations at. _| Stations observed. ie i. E E | E . ~ Depressions. | S 2 Stations. - Heights. | P o 2 qe. é fin ; Y 7 Tr 0 X/ 4/ DN id | ’ FEET. | Yerracondah;....! Tirtapully,.’.....! 0 16 19 D. ii rad | Tirtapully,...... Yerracondah,., . 01/0 6 39 D i idl el Oc 3 Utes WIE > i fenssetenaaet? | Tirtapully,...... | Bonnairgottah,... | 0 % 16 D. {J ie at ee) | Bonnairgottah, .. | Tirtapully,...... 0.13 20_D. ; 22 \49 | 2. | Bonnairgottah,.. | 3305.1 | Bonnaircottah, .. |S. endof the base, | 0 25 38 D. we “ patel ie | S. end of the base, | Bonnairgottah, . 018 49 E.. ; Ce Os eee end of the base, | 3023.6 | Bonnairgottah, .. | Dodageontah,..:.| 0 18 10 D. 11 40 | 4, | Dodagoontah, ... | 3037.9 | Bonnairgoitah, .. | Deorabetta,..,--| 0 0 O : = i | Dea bett i Deorabetta,..... Bonnairgottah,...|/ 010 6 D. 11 35 | ae Saar aang as | 3108 | Savendroog,.-... Bundhuliy,...... 015 Ai D. : : ‘i | Bundbully,...... Savendroog,..... 022 17D. 42 59 | 3 Bundhully,...... 4254.5 | Bundhully,...... | Kumbetarine, . 0 3 26 EK. Z us Eis at Kumbetarine, ... | Bundhully,...... O 36 23 D. : oO) Oslin SUSE ae) ae i Deorabettah, .... | Ponnassmalli,....| 0 17 18 E. , \ Ponnassmaili,.... ) Deorabettah,.... | O 42 45.D, ; Ce el acsearle i t a0e8e Ponnassmalli,....! Paulamalli,...... O 16 46 DP. |: ete , Paulamalli,...... | Ponnassmalli,.... 1 013 1D, , 27 40 | ¢ | Paulamalli,..... | 4958.8 Paulamalli... Woorachmalli,...| 2 34 47.Di 1 sa aut g Woorachmalli,... | Paulamalli,...... 2 22 49 ¥. 13.18 | 4. | Woorachmalli,... | 1472 : Woorachmalli,... | Shennimalli,..... OFT) 6. D: c sem mgs fl Shennimalli,..... Woorachmalli,...; 0 17 58 D. t 207 | ao SESE Go 8 1788:8 i Virtapully hill,... | Allasoor hill,.... | O 140D. NS el Allasoor hill,.... | Tirtapully hill,... | 0 14 38 D. t OMG erga cee UTES oe at esc Allasoor hill,.... | Kuikotah hill,... | 0 6 17 D. : ue Kaulkotah hil... | Allasoor hill,... | 0 8 11 D. (6 15 34 4 de ) Kulkotah hill... | 3106.6 | Kalkotah hill,... | Yerracondah,....| 0 23 45 D. 1) > Yerracondah, .... | Kulkotah hill,... | 0 2 30D. : rd) ae Mea Yerracondah, ve. | 2848 | Yerracondah, .... | Paughurdroog,...!1 0 6 9D. Ane Paughurdroog,... Yerracondah, ener) OF LoS 51D: t 24 34 | z; | Paughurdroog, .. | 3052.6 Sarondreoe serie Cas See .| 0 26 33D. |. 24 7 | 4, | Cheetkul hill,.... | 3329.3 Sheetkul hill,... | Bailippee hill,... | 0 25 34 D. oy, : z Bailippee hill,... | Cheetkul hill,.-.. | 0 6 59 By | 19 52 | ar | Bailippee hitl,... | 2760.6 Yerracondah,.... | Ooracondah,.... | O 24 35 D. Ooracondah, ...- } Yerracondah,.... | O 9 19 D. t AOSD T 7a |) Corseondals vs | 2228 Ooracondah, .... | Davurcondah, . 017 4D. | Dayvurcondah, ... | Ooracondah, ... OnE 23D: t 24 53 t Davurcondah, . ous 1876 | Davurcondah, ... | Gootydroog,.... | O 4 27 D. | ‘Gootydroog, . Davurcondah, ... | 0 17 16 D. t a6 TM) 3 ['Gootydroog, ..:. |’ 2t7t Paughurdroog,... | Condapilly, ..... | 0 26 19 D. Condapilly, Paughurdroog,...| 0 6 387 E. it 26 35) + | Condapilly,...... 2282 Condapilly, ..... Ooderpeedroog,.. | 0 17 OD. an Ooderpeedroog,.. | Condapilly hill,.. | 0 9 39 FE. ' 18 22) ¢ | Ooderpecdroog,.. | 1852 rr = Apparent Stations at Stations observed. Ele Jaa | f ‘Depressions. f ; Osi g: heres Ooderpeedroog,.. | Guddaculgooda, . | 0. 3 44° D> | Guddaculgooda, . | Ooderpeedroog, .| O 8 25 D. | Guddacul, .. .Paumdy hill,. 0-12 2D. Paumdy hill,.... | Guddacul, ...... 0 4 1D. Gootydroog, .... | S. end of the base, | 1 42 53 D. 1S. end of the base, | Gootydroog,.... | 1 41 44 FE. Paumdy hill,..... N.end of the bee, 0 37 34 D. N. end of the base, | Paumdy hill,. O 33 3a E. Paumdy hill, .... Konakoondloo,. . 005 11 BE Konakoondloo, .. | Paumdy hill,.... | 0 15 19 D. Guddacul, ....... Koelacondah, . 0 6 17 D. | Koelacondah,.... | Guddacul,...... : 0 11 59 D. Contained Paumdy hill, S. end of the base, -Nend of the base, Konakoondloo,, . Koelacondah, . ols ols cS wes ‘pe Ore Refraction. Stations. = Guddaculgooda, . Elevations above the Sea, ‘Heights. ' Feet. 1918 1762 ‘ALU 1253 2036 2042 aM: (7S FEET ETP a aT Tranflation of a Sanferit Infcription on a Stone found in Bundelc’ hund. By LIEUTENANT W. PRICE: To H. T COLEBROOKE,Eso@ PRESIDENT or rue ASIATICK SOCIETY, SIR, : A FEW months fince, while on duty with my corps in Bundélc’ hand I obferved a ftone, containing a Sanfcrit infcription, lying at the foot ef arocky hill in the vicinity of the town of Mow, about ten miles dif- tant from Chatlerfur. As it appeared to me, on a curfory infpeétion, to compromife a genealogy of princes that might tend to’ illuftrate fome doubiful pointsin Jndian hiftory,. and, on this account, to merit prefervation, [ caufed it to be removed with the intention of examining 5 4 ‘TRANSLATIOS OF A Gtata future period, I have latly fucceeded in decyphering the greae te{t part of the ixfcription, and now beg leave to prefent the monus ment to the Afatick Society, and to lay before them a corre& tranf{cript ofthe original, in the modern Devandgari charadler, with a literal tranilation. Tue ftnne meafure 9 feet 6 inches in height, 4 feet 7 inches in width, and about 64 inches in thicknefs. The natives were accufiomed to fhar- pen their knives and ¢alwars upon it: from this and ether caufe, it is much mutilated; confiderable portions of the iufcription are illegible; and of the laft line, in particular, which probably contained the date, not a leiter can be traced, The chara&ter does not materially vary from the current Dévandgari, excepting fome few letters, which are formed in a very unufual manner, and approach nearer to thofe ufed in the Dek'hid, tran to any others with which 1am acquainted. Irreret my inability to offer any opinion regarding the antiquity of this memorial: and the oldeft refidents of Mow could afford me no ins furmation, farther than, it hadlain: where I difcovered it, during theic recollection, and that of their parents. Ina metaphyfical and theologi= cal drama, entiiled Prabod’ha Chandrédaya, or the rife of the moon of cintelle&t, CiattivarMa is.introduced by the author as the King’ before whom it was firlt reprefented; but I will not pretend to determine whether he is the fame with the prince of that name mentioned in the in{cription: and indeed if they could be indentified, the circumftance would lead to no fatiffa€tory conclufion, the age of the palp being equally involved in doubt. ) I wave only further to obferve, that fome paflages of the original are very obfcure; from the context being cHlaced, and admit of various SANSCRITIN SCRIPTION. BSG interpretations. Ia thefe inflances, I noted down the different fenfes in which they might be rendered, and {cle cted that reading which appear- ed to be the moft cligible and confiftent: and where any doubt attaches to a particular term, I have ufually {pecified it in the notes which ac- company the tranflation. remain, Se Ue Sag ‘Your obedient Servant, WILLIAM. PRICE, | Lieut. Regt. | Bengal Nat. Inf. | CALCUTTA, \ | aft September 1813. | | ; La —— — ee -acaienidamaa . ayaa PAA Ane Taga—_—_—__—___——___—_. EY, PRESLEY ~qaaaladte dr Saesaaracieefssvailaaiar Rane! arataiarela > = Halfrataaeanaaracecata Meet: Sapte te] i Tameka. l- “nigaqdaaraasiatsantafatatsra Giaasaas | 3h Sees ee ey aafusa: Ul 7 WEASNAASAtaAadge: Wy il AMA TIAT IAAT q BAAR: || sifegrated! — OT areas NW ssifatesearrenreal era saa 362 TRANSLATION OF A Taga fl a ae “eg Toot We yo Saale wa Reaare4 slaalfiaaedt il ~ awa ~~ -~es— a quae sama ll © © | fadaic — — ~~ aeaalcit aa taiane = aguguaaag canarleagiiary | sera at Th smifaatanga — 7 Cea Salar sae aice tqncaine!|t! War TTT fsanargquatsate eat TO waza: || atesaRr Ale eee raraitat weEnawwganaiaiia: ~~ rafyar We tl aaitegirasinteagqanayemna cqMage a OT fier |) TTS Sinn atRaRAMWA aswel Bats yarataatata Alaarytara easy ! aS L.-T AAT AT ti maaan SAAS AAI Il TAVAMIAGALAZ AAT co 15r ~~ zat tal sfemuuan sina q Heusacse ll BIGalagaatmsuticuwd: wz ll winaggaumataia: wafaaatregrenee faeac adie faacen | arene ffeamreancaaiaaadaasica Raicarat el orafanzarabatn, afauaatasataarat sre i YTAAAASTATH AS EATS ARS A I bh wy | xitaeraasyy: RATT ita GaraiaeaT TEE, SANSCRIT INSCRIPTION. 461 IMAM AVEC: | SareRauAa Vas eyay AAMANA laa Halas Sra UY th ASA MIM ACTA S a CALSTT YM VATA TAAT ST ATG PAA TAT MIT | Hardisiza gic unlciarcatateeeiiaas AAT FRA TAMALTATS FATAL ll Ag ll AGUA Baraca ya ARIATaT: | SaTaafa esis a SUATIAT || WO || Cale qHT wRETAA AAA TASH wTAATAAA ale GiakiaaR: | geAaienefaaryeante aa VIN TSGAT MNT aia sAAMS a aaeS MAA Gl aA | eqalanreaceay gsaZg eae ll gahafevcrwaA | midhsgreantearfawes | Wd weVeIreyeracseMa aes RAIPUR TA wadcanT aed | agEAaveA izes | FeRASedaacrgaaala aA AAS REIT AAS Ul Bo Il | Hisfgaratmaisaaa: || ATTA TE EZ ruveasasigenae || RU Georg Aa awa o> atal uNaeITIanigainazeataTat || RMI | aea yaaa Hal VaWiaaa aUIaMIyA fairanta: tl | _ sisiftuaiaaetta 7 oT > > aeestaaedtfercaraarat ti | Bl SerraralraMg yaaa T Elsa — -~——afed ll samisifegreraraiaaaralaneaie? Rata tiawiare | LY ll eV TEATS yeas > 362 TRANSLATION OF A wiMirewErATARyeayT || frradaatairaie | alg eae ganai hs aatracra aaa tl BY tl wife qae earguciatsaraatiuedn | afaragaahaa fraagefeunaiactan l RE J 7-7 eeriaer AGE | AMRTAAITT Sasa Ul RO ll SAB FRMIVAA AA ACSAT | auaaaalata: = To wage Was | cpeqfaniqinaind erwayqaeaaasas faastfremaricat li isa 7 fe ae Mya as A asagMS AMMA Aa vA aR aAAAA lt Ae dahlsartea VaRehscwlenTAsaEE —— MRIs J ~ aarg aq ~arer | fsa —f Poo: hike 3 aze AAALISUS Wares faa SITET Ll Be | GARY aay aaimataageyg ares were eRSgU Ae feta ll akesuatsanrafa — ; cs pbs: qatar fearia > aan TT eit aie oyetartcmineietcent nyse aataeq Gt 7 faa 7 fraaragtia— > walgrerra TAIT ~~~ HRT Sal Se aa ll sagashaRqaics— OY — l fevientaar nyse eR aaa l sane Tn eek wet nom HAY || TAA SANSCRIT INSCRIPTION, aiiuhrmaeigaaina il Sy im ~ eeaitiesesicn Sr aaa ~~ — ETEWaNtaNE — — aT ~~~ atmufairaytaemaggag ——- 7 — ort Be (~~~ fayarfaer 1 care SRR TTT ae Saag Asie a we FUT CAA AT | 20 lsaugEqeai~ ~~~ wn um ise ate —— lel e son alain iaafearcicreasiaan |] evar | aeaMATATE SY Saas Secs sy se CaM | BESUal gO ll feral —-—- —— aie Sera BT | oo at aaa feng gargsansll wrqrtantatrasratah aAiswaatcraaagiaaniaargiaea fag: tj Bo UHreTe Way aeait wrS eS Sa Aa wre RATT | eens We "oR STE =n ee: G3 Oy oO Berane cater —-—=~— ~~ yea | atferereatar | angeicgaineaaghtyggurdatst | Flared aaa qaqareusgeg vara —— |] BR I — aa afafawd ANAT asa Are AMAT S rg asta aaill mafia wraiate —-- aa = Weg aa aMRqagiaaseast | val HAA VHAAIAH TCT claude W— eiaagquaadat—— yO 364 | TRANSLATION OF A QaWAaa Maa a afaaigaeinay peor cer lee lg sfhacfagrerrearagusines ian ll wMNerandTah Rear at Gaara | By ll qSrqh AST SAME ITS TATE AISA ve —qqgafaarate ya Oot Sig> —: dreaefenentgeaaimaiia Wve Prererafa Wea ge aRent Vaasa ewe fagecyywans a ep ll RASAZ, AMARA AAsy — SP Tegra ff SESS age, Tigre APO er ee au | ufentaanawa gag > — TRIAS TAT! WBS agai — ~ wea — —f— lleavaivatstarg———— [ee RE ee Ree ray ® This, and the following ftanz, comprife an invocation to Visunv : they hae not been v Souplceh ues cyphered, and it is therefore unneceflury to infert a tranflation of thot. portions, which, . being ‘legible, appear in the copy of the original, ‘ SANSCRIT: INSCRIPTION. 365 smen® fo named; who, having avercome the king of Canyacubja,t chief -amongft all, in battle, obtained exalted fovereignty. 4. From him fprang Gano’a véva, fkilful in punifhing his enemies, -whofe arms were two ftaffs to crufh their pride, and who was monarch -of the four quarters of the earth. ; 5. From him was produced the fortunate Vipydp’HaRa DEVA, whofe beautiful lotus-foot reftéd on the heads ofall kings . . .-. ® e e 2 e “ -6. Or that prince was bornthe warlike Vij ava PALA, a duteous fon, -- eminent from wide-f{pread fame, and purified by virtuous deeds; by whom all the wicked were exterminated ;*by whom all the good were rendered happy . « ° & » “8s e BoP al) 6a ° ‘7. “Hus fon was Cirtriv-vaRMa ‘DEvA, ‘Of wood Yerfown, . -: e 2 et. eh whi eel tlle wt a asuf -virtae had defcended in a ‘human form; whovanquifhed . . . . . . . +». through’ the aid of his fix allies;{ and, by juftice, daily promoted the feven requi- fites‘of regabadminiftration§, This prince, extraéting the thorns of the world, and removing the impurities of the Cals age, was famed unto the fea fhore, ane ‘® The name ef this prince is not tegible inthe infcription : but from'the 2rft verfey 1 judge D’uanca moft be here mentioned, : + Volgarly called Cannouge . Jayacnanpray the celebrated Hindu foverrign of India, held h's feat of empire there at the time of the My/2/man invafion, when his government wis fubverted, } The original wend is ‘ antarangaihy whih I have tranflatet in it’s: meft pr bable fife, «The tem veil) however admit of other int? ry retations. § They are thus enumerated in the 4mera cia: 1%. the king or lord; 2d. his counfellor; 3, a fiiend or ally y 4th, treafure ; sth, territory; 6th, a fliong hold; 71h, au army, Ua 1D». 306 _ TRANSLATION. OF A g- Huis fon-was the fortunate.. ... .% Varma péva,a king andruler . . . . . . . whofe foes from a dread of his prowefs never flumbered; who was at the head of thofe verfed in the facred {ciences, a friend of the. good, a treafure of the mechanic arts, an abode of moral conduét, and the all-produdtive tree of the poor: who, having taken vaft riches from his enemies, diftributed them amongft his fub- TECES,, 6s Cie Se whee le Bee hs hele ato SONEOVER, Its whole aflembly there was no.difference whatever to be perceived be- tween the tributary princes and his other dependants, from the fimie larity of their glittering ornaments of gold and jewels. th. JAYA VARMA pEvA was born his. fon, the refidence of virtue and power, from the rifing: of whole fun of majelty, other kings, like lamps, fhone not & @ co) @ e. Re e. 12. Tue fortunate SALEACSHANA VARMA Was the uterine and young- er brother of this lord of the earth: afterwards, the prince Prit’Hvi VARMA, equal to. the tafk, fuflained the burden of the hereditary govern- ment. 19. Averse from the vicious, having a great efteem for the fociety of fit perfons, defirous of taking lawful wealth, and then beftowing it _ according toform ata facred {pot, carefully prote@ing all fentient beings, and receiving wholly with humility, he thus. greatly. benefited: his intereft in this life, by praétifing virtuous deeds, 14, From him was born MApANA varMA,f. the proteétor of the ~@ Four letters which compote his name are here effaced, $. In whole reign it would appear. this memorial was. compofed.. - SANSCRIT INSCRIPTION. 367 _- earth, whofe vaft power is celebrated throughout thé three worlds*: the flory, of the extent of his.extraordinary might 1s credited by 5» thofe who have witneffed the ftrength of his-arms-+. From whofe name ‘even, the king of Chédi,t vanquifhed..in the fierce fight, ever quickly flees; and the prince of Casz,§ through dread, by his ‘conciliatory condué always pafles his time in undifturbed tranquillity: by whom the mifbehaving lord of Maélava|| was in the fpace of an hour exter- minated; and at whofe court, other monarchs, by an increafe of con- fidence, obtain peace. | 16... Tue field of battle being ploughed by the trampling of the hoofs of his horfes impetuoufly charging, irrigated with the blood gufh- ‘ing from the throats of his enemies, fown with pearls, bright as the pale-beamed luminary, from the heads of the elephants@ of his foes, yielded; glory, the creeping plant, which, being {prinkled with the. wa- ter of lbation,** overf{pread the aflembly-houfe of Him+t fprung from: »the lotus. vic 4 : : . 17. ‘Tue venerable lineage of the minifters of thefe princes, the fupporters of the weight of government, and of upright conduét, is now to be detailed. u7) Rei : : | ' a ae ee ee ee * Heaven, earth, and hell, + Itis here to be underftood that-he was a prince of great athletic accompl fhments, $ The fame, I bel evs with Caampase (as the nameis written ia Major Rewwec’s Atlas), S.-Es of ths province. of Bundéle’ hand, § Benares,. ‘The original term, Cg réjey’ may however beaflumed as: thr: proper-name of fome other obief;. for it is notanunufual ones |} S. W. of Bundéle’ band. I The Hindus imagine that the fineft pearls sre t>. be found in the heads oFelephants, ** Solemn gifts are ritified by pouring water into the hands of the perion rce ving themg- ~N Baauma, who fprang from the lotus which arofe from the navel of View mans 19, 868 . > TRANSLATION OFA 18; “Txe defcendant of the Creator-of theuniverfe® was Anciras, worthy the efteem of the whole world :» in his:Jine was born the divine fage Gautama,t atreafure‘of {cience, an opponent of the followers of the Mimanfa fyftem;} who from anger in difputationdhewed an eye in the fole: of. his: foot,§° as S’ams'nu || difplays: it on ‘his forehead. Whofe praife does. not AcsHapapa merit in this world, who, quick in expounding the Ayéya Séfira, having -confuted wicked doéirine, proved the omnipotence of Iswara? 20. ‘In the increafe of the race of him réfting in the tranquillity of devout aufterity wvas born the-wife Praw’aasa, the fole abode ‘of vir- tue, and the refidence of a multitude of excellent qualities; who: was enlightened by the-embraces of exalted Sarasvati,f and whom pious men vifited as.a holy-placefor-their moral good. -That skilful one, at the head of those who are pure from tried fealty, having been exa- mined, was appointed chief of all the minifters for conduéting.abftrufe politics by the monarchs D’uanca, and Ganpa Diva. 22. Tus tree.of loyalty, whofe-roots were firmly fixt, being watered with ; . . . . » « grewup, and ever produced to thefe two princes the fruit of the three human purfuits.** 9) of). yy, 23. “From him was born therighteousSivanamatt equal to D’ats'a- ea eee ee ee * Brauma. According to the Hindu mythology, Anciras was bis ‘prea'odrandfon. + Author of the Nydya ox fy ftem of logic, the do@rines. of which» are ¢ fad ‘40 correfpond with thofe of en ik ¢ + Founded by Vy4sa, and generally fupposted by his pupil Jarmainr. ‘Their feveral fyftems are diftins gvith hed by the titles of Parva and Onaray or fire and fond Mimdnfa. Bat § Hei ig hence named Acsnardba. ‘She legend is, howeves, didesently re by ore WIUCTS) ~ , Sivas He q The Hindu goddefs of wifdom. 3% D’ karma, Cama 2nd Ari’ba; oF duty, ake and wealths ” ytt Miniter of £ ene SANSCRIT ANSCRIPTION. s 399 Maya * in underftanding, | and knowledge of the numerous S'rutas st who filled farrounding countries with his glorious lame won os » . by the afflemblage: of his foes in baitle, , es 24. How: can the “qualities of this juft one be fufficiently applauded ? ° le ae upright, exalted counfelicr ee gra- dually fo improved . the government of the prince Vipydv'nara, that all the fovere cigns of the. world were rendered tributary, and it be- «came fupreme on Aaasale | 250 aout him fprung Maen ay grateful to the eyes of mat kind, as the moon produced from. the ‘pure fea of milk; § beautiful, ‘of ele- quent {peech, who fulfilled the purport of his word by truth, that of bis underftanding' by all beneficial aéts, and the intent of es wealtl th by facrfices, and deeds of pious liberality. | 262. “Unraovsten, uftaining ne ‘weighly burden of the important _ affairs of the. prince Vijs yar&ta, he, whofe bravery was united to irreproachable morals, became regarded as the objeé of comparifon - among virtuous. minite rs, 27. ArrTerR him was born the learned Ananra, of infinive excel- ~ lence, capable of fupporting the weight of the world; whofe bere was always MSO: es Viriuous ane Cas Phat liryily ‘ eW oe preceptor of ihe Gann + The S éfras, { The original here exhibits ¢ yacapa’ which conveys no meaning : and the fecond fyllable, moreover, is inaccurate with refpeét to the metre of the ver‘, § The moon was produced at the churoing of the ocean, The legend is wel known, » % Such as, digging ponds or wel's, making gardens, ereing temples, &c. W 4 ‘a 370 TRANSLATION OF A 28. His younger brother was ey , the feat of numerous qualities, as the fon* of SumitRA, Of Rima. Sk kk eT ro Naga a | 29. Wuar fuperiority over other men is not recorded of that righteous, magnanimous ANANTA? His anceftry had been repeatedly termed pre-eminent; he was of the illuftrious Bribmen tribe; he pe- rufed the Véda, and pure S'ruza; his profperity imparted good ; his pro- wefs was ever irrefiftible in battle, and his {peech pleafing but fincere. go. In what affair was he, the faithful minifter of CiIRTTI VARMA, mot employed ? His counfeilor in juft and important politics; his in- telligence in, fecretand confidential matters . . . 2. . - + - . bie ea ol netinm isera eo ie) AY poucueeiake kent Oe CONGUETOL OROGS yy suis 2» e « « the fole chief of heroes. gr. Is hepoffefled the qualities of the firmament, if his wnder- ftanding was charaéteriftic of his race, and he was a ruler with appro- priate duties, {till his eminence was inferior to that of his prince. This chief continuing to give counfel, the monarch Cirtri VARMIAS He. Ole. ¢ wiplewies Wer see peeve cee e byYshis fame, ‘conduct; and wealth. + S2ee.. Rew iG ae Sine of all the peacocks, who miftook for clouds, the volumes of moket {weeping the mi. 0 CS ee DRA, 2 portion of the facrifice . + his moral 1 virtue was reckoned abies oy from his other eS ra iyi naam aoks i * LACSHMAN‘S, younger br other: of R& wv + The original verfe is v«ry obfcure; and is am not certain it is correaly Galitth: of! + Arifing from his facrifces : peacocks are faid to dance from j joy. during cioudy weather, See the Méghe Duie with tranflation. SANSCRIT INSCRIPTION. 371 & 99. 6 2 © + oe @ «+ 6AsarvdA*' by name, fprung from an iliuftrious family, venerable from her virtuous conduct, as Anastya, ofthe fage ATRIF © + ee es ee es 34. Hus fecond wife was born of noble -parentage; well behayed,, patient, anddifcreet . 2 2 2 6 6 se wes OR Li we as Vantin Glues] VaTsal\by name, artes: like the dignified Sunétra feated inthe aflembly of the gods . . . ofa pure mind, corre& demeanour, a fea. of nobility §. eGo ue Pat ene thee heroic, fleady in his courfe, of the Brahman clals. .-. 4 ew we ws 2 ». e - atreafure of excellence, a.friend of the good. Va™Mana ANGLE RAD MOMMA foc ol suelo ye: hellish oi serie 58 woe both, caied O~ scnecon feels inclinations;hay- ing been afcertained, they were all employed bythe fovereign ruler SaLLAcsHaNaAd in Offices fuitable to wife, juft, and valiant men.. 38: Now, SALLACSHAN'A.VARMA .. -» + «) «. .. aGain in the country of the Autayuld Serene OL ee hn eee SO ee a le a ee mane 4 WETe utterly defeated by the impetuofity of his bravery, and obliged to pro- ftrate themfelves at the feet of his mafier. Having cleared the country * Who it would appear was the fir wife of the minifter ANANTA. + Awasu'va’, wileof Arpt, is celebrared for her conjugal affection, + Awanta’s fon, perhaps, by his fi.ft or fecond wife, § Inpea, chief of the asities it is here probably intended : I donot, however, recollee having before m him under this title. , | The younger brothers, -paflibly, of Varsas { I know not how to reconcile the apparent irregularity of this mention of SALuacsHaNn‘a before ATA varMA, otherwife than by fuppofing. their fither, wh» may have borne this name, ie here alluded te ** The Dédbs or country between the Genges and Yumua tiverss | met with 3 “YRANSLATION OF Ac ay “of thorns, and didipated the fears of the people, he governed them w = or an increafe of wealth and pewer. 40. » « »« « « « having abandoned his body to the waters of the daughter of theifun,® the meritorious Ananta became incorpo- rated with the fupremes “Hence thes. .0 4573.) Seis of the chal- tifer of his foes was employed in the guardianfhip-++ by the chiettain Java varma, who dévoted:his foul to faith.t | qt. ‘Ora refpeGable origin, “foruns from a virtuous family, {potiels, pol Mefling a clear intelleét,’ verfed in the facréd’Yciences, eloquent, fa- gacious, prudent!’ acquainted ‘with the management of elephants, vhorfes, and chariots ;§ fkilledin archery . ot eh.” mingled with ‘affe€tion, and other qualities. On being ea he was afterwards ap-— pointed prime minifter by ‘the au{piciolis monarch PRIT’HY1 VARMA, 42. Tat wife one bleffed the government of his prince with all the requifites of royalty ;°and was afterwards. <°°.'°. in the mimftry of Mapana, the protector of the earth.” Having reduced all kings, bya well-timed application of the fix expedients of defence, ll he graduaily -extended his fuptemacy over the earth. —* Krom the context being effaced, it remains uncertain. in. what. manner bis bay was abandoned to the river Famva; whois the daughter cf the fun, acccrjing to myvhology.: ‘The original term Pratibdrica, which hos been tranilated « guardianthip,” generally fignifies the office of oe formerly, perhaps, a refpe€tzble appointment in the fervice of a king, Another fenfein which it is ufed'is here wholly toapplicable. £ Mezning, probalty, that he abdicated the government, 2nd led a religious life, § ‘Thefe were former'y «fteemed high accom) lifhments amongft the Hindus, |) ', ¢. Pacification, war, a progrefs or a march, a Ae or the maintaining of a poft, adonble refource ora Rratagemy and recourfe to pro'etion, ; SANSCRIT ANSCRIBTIONTAIEVALT 7g Bgaswos De @ ve ablelikewile, pofleflingya multitude of excel»: lencics, illu {trious, .of whom peopleare:accuftomed to fay. * this.is truly: Ganio’nara!s*: Who humbled thecfea by his profundity,and, = .. SI Sone an a even, by his underftanding : is not‘therefore duch fame folid? Ade His wife is for the procreation of offspring ;#. his knowledge of the Sg/tras, for the: due performance of religious duties ; { and of the Yedas,for . » % « his wealth is for the-benefit of allmen,. . . : “S . *. “from the virtues of that benevolent, one, i 5, s- believed by. the people that the Cal’§ age has pafled away. Awe OL 4s. Hts fons Skin ara, VIDVAD'HA RA, aa the reft, from their abilities have become conquerors Of the world’: hence he is efteemed the es mene ee ee oe ee ae ngs 4 pious munificence, are th erouhation of many good deeds: this temple, therefore, was: ereGed, together. with eee a by thabrevercd ONG Gh. 5 8 ee ck ess Se Sse tp to, . the’ wealth of the ereat ought. certainly to’ be employed in acts-of piety. Al. He moreover, with his lawful riches; caufed a vaft 2 7 . ® Gapa’p’nara isa title of Visan’u; and it probably was the name of a fon of the minifter VATSA, to whom this, and the fubfequent ftanza, appear to selate, + i, es not for fenfual enjoyment, £ i, e, not for the parpole of dilputing the doGtrines they contain. § The prefent finful age. ]] A mound of confiderable extent, compofed of large ice regularly piled on each other, and placed fo as to form fteps down to the margin ot an extenfive lake, terminates at the {pot where the monument was difcovercd. It evinces great labor, and is, Limagine, referred to either in this, or the fubfequent verfe. I do not, however, r collect having obferved any where in the vicinity, the leaft veftige of the temple, mentioned in the foregoing ftanza; and, as to the other public ats of the minifter, which appear to be record. gq in this part of jhe infcription, I can offer no conjecture, K 4 874. TRANSLATION or a SANSERIT INSCRIPTION. to be carefully made with many large flones, on the boundary: of the village of a ne and.onthe banks of theexpanfe 9... 2. o # 8 Su be we ee we be wl a os) OFNaments entirely~ of {tone, not lia- ble to bel broken, ; ABs heise er ek seni Se. Inaplacecaufedto bemade with a heap of hewn ftones' . . . ». . . whofe water is limpid. 49: A Brébman’a named Cébit . . > ~ Nee aS By, the fkilful D’Hanféa t,o. ee ® { made pasticuler enquiries sates this village, when on the ae but they were unfuccefeful. The town of Mew may. have formezly borne this.name, 4 The poet, probably, by whom the infcription was wormporrds Ly ‘The astifty perhaps, by whom it was cut. io ae A Fourney to Lake Manafarévara in Un-dés, a Province a? little Tibet. By WILLIAM MOORCROFT, Esa. | ee Bae NOTE BY THE PRESIDENT. li HAVE much ¢ gratification in being enabled to lay before the Socicty, an extract from the journal of our colleague, Mr. Moorcrorr, on a journey to explore that part of little T2det-in Chinefe Tartary, where the fhawl goat 1S paltured ; and to vifit. the ‘celebrated lake Manafarovara or Mepae in Which the Ganges was ue fuppofed to take its fource, Unper TAKEN. from motives of dublin zeal, to open to Great Britain means of obtaining the materials of the fineft woollen fabric, the ardu- ous and perilous: enterprize, in which Mr. Moorcrorr accompanied by Captain Hearsay engaged, and which was profecuted by them with indefatigable perfeverance. and admirable intrepidity, undifmayed by the difficulties of the way and the dangers with which the jealoufy 376 INTRODUCTORY NOTE BY THE PRE SIDENT. . sik gieaieiactaieea caaeiaaiaiegneaeaseaamaeeanae of the Ne ae befet them on their return, and. andeterted ae fa {hips and privations, and in Mr. Moorcrort’sinftance by frequent 1llnefs, has in the refult not only accomplifhed the primary objeét which was in view, but has brought an inteféfting acceffion of knowledge of a country never before explored: and has afcertained the exiltence, and approximately determined the fithation of Mana/arcvara, verifying at the fame time the fact that it gives origin neither to the Ganges, nor to any other of the. vivers. reputed to: flow fromat, ..Mr. Moor¢ ror; ‘as will. be feen, found reafon to believe that, the lake has no outlet. His flay, however, was too fhort to allow of his making a complete circuit of it: and adverting to the difficulty~of-concerving the evaporation of the lake’s furface in fo cold a‘ climaté to be equivalent to the influx of water in the feafon._ of thaw from the furrounding mountains, it may be conjectured, that, although no river run from it, ner any outlet ap- pear at the level at which ‘it was feenby Mr. Moorcrort, it may have fome drain of its fuperfluous waters, when more {woln, and at its greateft elevation, and may then -pethaps communicate with Rawan lake, (in which the Set/e7 takes its fource) conformably with the oral information received PHP our SERS 2 tr Tae journal. ae the entire route from: their departure from ae ae ij if frontier.in Rohilkhand,. to their. return, being more copious than would confift with the limits. of the yolume of our. refearches, I have ufed the liberty of feleétion, which Mr. Moorcrort has liberally al. lowed,.and confined the. extract of the journal to that part of the route which i is wholly novel; cat the fame time curtailing the narrative, though with regret for the unavoidable exclufion of many interefting paflages. Iti is proper, | however, to obferve, that no other freedom has been ufed; and that the narrator 3 own words are : [crupulouii ly retained, +i f ai e "A JOURNEY TO LAKE MANASAROVARA, ~~ a9 JOURNAL, May 26th.—Ar Fofhi-Mat’h we left the road to Bhadrindth, which crofles the Dauii a little more than a cés above the town, At the junc- fion of the Vifhnu- Ganga with the Daul/, both rivers lofe their names; and the united ftreams form the Alacananda, the courfe of which has been before mentioned. As the road to Fé/hi-Mal’h is known by the furveys of the gentlemen deputed by Colonel Cote- BROOKE, [ have not been very particular 1 in defcribing it:* but, as the road to Nitd and onwards is new ground to Europeans, I fhall fol- low it with more exaétne{s. Tue principal part of the minutes of our route is taken from the note book of Mr. Hearsay, who carried the compafs and brought ‘up the rear accompanied by Harxu Dev, and who engaged on fetting out, to execute this part. Harxu Dev Pandit was directed to ftride the whole of the road at paces equal to 4 feet each. | | Our road lay along the left bank of the Dauli, but generally at the diftance of at leaftacés. The road was pleafant but the heat was greater than might have been expected, feeing that the fummits of the mountains very near us were covered with {now. Tue road was frequently crofled by {mall {treams of water, of which feveral iffue from ftone cenduits now out of repair. We faw people fowing the Lal Sag or Amaranthus eungciicis, a vegetable apparently much uled by the mountaineers. | ee aE ee ORs ee se oe Oa he We 2 ok es Pa ea OP * For the fame reafon it is omitted in this abridgment. C. ; t+ The Pandit’s meafure of the road would probably have been more> correét, had he been direted to ~- Rep his ufual and natural paces, the length of which might have been cafily de:ermined with precifion by a final] trial, Cy, 4 LSEOTER 978. sy & JOURNEY..TO LAKE WueEaT was nearly ready to.cut, and lands under the plough. The ears of the wheat Rarcalaly long and bearded. i inoun a COS, before. we See the sand for encampment we met our carriers. returning, who faid that they -had executed. their tafk, but had. received neither victuals nor money. It appears ta me that the. ‘Chaudri of Se hi Math, who received our advances and undertook. to fupply | the people, will keep the whole money for his own ule and prefs the unfortunate villagers to carry our bag. gage. SOME mountains near us, whofe tops were covered with fnow when we firlt Came, were in the evening nearly bare. es half paf eleven reached the town of Baragaon ; and not Gatine good fhade went on hi gher, above three quarters of a mile, without being much more fuccefsful. » THE cultivated lands, | in the middle of which is the village aE Baragaon, run half way up the hill, where the foreft region begins with {mall trees, becoming thicker and higher as it ascends; and the very fummit is fringed with pines and the majeftic and fine gvertopping cedar.* 27th.—In the afternoon the Neg? came to fay that on the following morning, he would have people to take our baggage to Tupdban, a village about.three cés diftant, from whence we fhould proceed on- wards the following day. : ~ Pinus Deodar and Longifolia, MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES, 379 - 98th. —RESUME our journey, leaving, our. ground -at'6" go! ‘therm: funrife 58°. Pals by a Sanga over the Daulz, and at 3696: paces reach our ground, a little below the, almoft deferted; allege! of, Lapdban, yee on confiderable ftream falls into the Daul? below the village; and by the fide of this 1s a {mall rivulet,of jtepid ,water. This current mixes with the cold ftream, before it reaches the, Dauli, and. iffues: from fome rough ground in the; face. of .a. rock. -The, heat, of the water. feemed to be very agreeable to tadpoles, which ih had. deferted :the: colder: {tream. ta take reluge | in this,.... te : Ft et [ osservep a common plant fomething refembling butcher's broom; which was fajd to be the Sedbarud, from which the mountaineers, make a paper that i Is fold at Sirinagar and Almoray, and, from thence finds its way into Hindéftan although not in large quantity, —The bankers, em- ploy it for their bills of exchange or Héndis.in preference to any other kind, as the ink does. not. fink further into its fubftance, than is neceflary to retain the writing, as it does not imbibe water readily, and relatively to.its thicknefs is much ftronger than any other kind of pas per. As conneéted with paper, I muft here obferve, that the.layers of the bark of birch are ufed by the natives to write upon and they bear both ink and the ftroke of the pencil very well. The leaves are cal- led Bhoj-patr. The bark of the birch is ufed at Lac’4nau for covering the wires of haika- Inakes. eoth.—Setr ie to give Jowar Sinu 26 rupees in full of all taxes and demands to be made upon us until we reach the frontier; for which he gave a receipt on birch paper: having previoufly put afide afee of five rupees for the part he bore in the tranfaction. As our carriers came ina % Probably a fpecies of pine, as well a8 that which Mr. Moorcrorr denominates cedar, C; aoa ‘A JOURNEY TO LAKE wery ftrageling manner from the villages whence they had been preffléd, we could not leave the ground till 8. At6816 paces reach a hut taken pofleffion of by our fervants. ‘This i is computed to be feven cés from qi aaa : ) Aster having reached the top of the firft mountain, Mr. HEARSAY, who had gone before me, ‘killed a very thin yellow {nake, about 18 inches in length. I found it had the poifonous fang, but it is afferted that fnakes and all other venomous reptiles are very {carce in this part of the country. However, on taking up the carpet on which I had flept, a black {corpion came from under it. - A warn [pring, which we pafled early in this day’s march, iffues from the rock « on the right of the'road in a ftream of about five inches acrolfs and three deep, and threw up a {mall cloud of fleam. At its efcape the heat was fo great that the finger could not bear being dipped in it more than 2 or 3 feconds. The thermometer having been carried forwards, we were prevented from afcertaining the temperature: however no in- fe€ts were in it or about it, and fome plants which had fallen into it near the middle: of the current were killed and feemed parboiled. The pebbles in its bed, and the vegetable fubftances which were im- merfed in if, were covered with a yellow coat, and thofe which had been taken out and become dry were likewife coated with a white earthy fubftance having little tafte: however the water itfelf was flightly auftere, and I apprehend contained iron without any other mix- ture. The tepid ftream at Tapcban which is much lower and not half a mile diftant probably proceeds from the fame fource with this, andis ‘cooled in its progrefs to the place at which it efcapes below. I faw no appearance of volcano in this or any other mountain which I have yet met with; but many abound with minerals; and pyrites is found in great abundance. MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES, 982 Cross to this place the road was broken by a recent flip, and we had to pals upon the crumbling furface. The road this day was in many parts very fatiguing. In one place a flip of earth had laid bare a large {urface of rock, which had been formerly covered by the road; and as it floped to the river with a fharp defcent, it required every exer- tion and care.to guard againit a flip of about a hundred feet intoa current, which dafhed with great force amongft fragments of marble, which in two or three points actually formed a bridge acrofs the ftream.—In another part we were obliged to climb up the face of a rock nearly perpendicular, and on which, irregularities for the toe to hang upon, were at a molt inconvenient diftance. My left . foot having flipped off one of them, I lay for a few feconds upon the poife, but a fnatch at aclump of grafs, which on being feized, -Juckily did not give way, and a fudden fpring, brought me to a comparatively fafe {pot, with the lofs of fome {kin from my knees and elbows, and fome rents. in my trowfers and fleeves—Sometimes points of rock projected to the edge of the river, and thefe were turned by rude flaircafes made of wood and ftone.—Retiring angles were paffed by inclined planes formed by: a tree being laid on points of ftone on each fide of the angle, and loofe _flones were thrown from the wood to the rock. For a moment the eye could not quit the road and fuffer the feet to proceed, without rifk of accidents; and yet a trifling expenfe would render the road in general paffable, although it would always be liable to be injured by the falling of. the rocks above. Wuen we had reached the cuftom houfe on the middle of the mountain immediately beyond a Sanga by which we croffed the Raunt, we found one of our fircars who was detained by three men and as many women as pledge for the payment of duties ¢ on the paflage Z 4 38a A JOURNEY TO LAKE of our baggage. The receipt written upon a flip of birch bark was no fooner beheld by the moft riotous of the men than he ceafed to attempt any further moleftation, although it was clear that he had not read its contents.—As however one fellow was {till a little impertinent, my friend infifted upon his relieving a carrier from his load, which he actually took part of the way up'the hill; and then flipping from under the load flid down a face of rock, and though old, {kipped away from point to point of a rough road with the agility of adeer. As many loads were left behind, it was deem- ed prudent to take the third man along with us as an hoftage for their | fafe paffage. As he went along, he told us that the Chaudri Calyan, had farmed the cuftoms of this place for 500 rupees a year; and that the woman, who was fo clamorous, was one of his wives, of whom he had feventeen. The other two women were her flaves. | To a poor woman, who had had much difficulty in carrying her burthen over a very rough road, I gave a Timéfhé, which in a few minutes was taken away from her by ‘a man whom I fuppofed to be her huiband. On learning that he was no relation, I got it from him, fent him about his bufinefs, and returned the coin to the woman; but when fhe departed, I had the mortification of obferving him at aconfiderable diftance ftart froma place of con- cealment and again force the money from her. This man was a Zemindar of the village in which the poor woman lived, and though he had been obliged by the Négi to carry a load, he ftill exercifed his petty tyranny over one more detencelels than himfelf. ‘Tue gratification of the ‘calls of hunger. feems to be the firft objet amongft the inhabitants of a country, which, if under a well Fegulated government, “would be capable of exporting a furplus of MANASAROVARA‘IN UN-DES, 389 provifions. At. Tapdban; aoftout. young. fellow: offéred himfelf to be my flave for:dife: if I would only feed: him. Although I wanted not his fervices, and did not much like his appearance, yet. his appeal was too forcible to be: refitted ; and) I thérefore engaged to give him food for his fervices. goth. Osricep to halt for the purpofe of colleGing carriers; which ‘was difficult, as the villages in this part of the country. are {mall and diftant from each other. : gift. As» this:day:my companion. and my(elf:feparated, and he had along with him: the compals,, and; the young Pandit, who mea- fured the road;'I fhall make:extraéts, from -his- notes. of the route, and afterwards notice my deviation fromit. ‘ At 1g81 paces; Tops ‘of: mountains covered. with {now in every. direction, At 2297, * crofs-a rivulet which comes from-E.—Snowy mountains in that ‘ direGtion quite clofe. At 2497, commence afcending the molt «tremendous place lever faw. At 2783, defcend to bed of Dault « river, most thankful: that I am ence more fafe—was obliged to take off * fhoes and ftockings. At'7610, reach our halting place. Ten hours upon *the march. The coolies' moftly women arrived atthe fame time. The 6 Dauli much reduced im breadth; but the curren’ very ftrong; witha ‘ {mall exception, its general. courfe has been to the S. W..’ I rerr our gfound at 40 minutespaft 5.—From the bridges acrofs the Dautli, having been fwept away laft year, and not reinftated, a new road has been made by the goat-herds along the fides and over the tops of the mountains which‘overlook the river. ‘This has been firft worked into a track by the goats, and in the worlt places ftrengthencd by fragments — of {tones thrown in heaps fomewhat imitating rude flights of fteps. ‘The 9384 . A JOURNEY TO LAKE path in various places, formed by pieces of ftone which jut out, over- hangs the edge of the water and feldom retires fo far from itas to give a chance of the traveller efcaping from rolling down to the river, fhould | he have the misfortune to make a falfe ftep ; and the footing was very infecure from {mall ftones being mixed with much loofe earth.—Juft on attaining the fummit I meta large flock of goats loaded, and was glad to-find a fecure corner until the whole ‘had paffled. I obferved, that goats when laden climb up places however apparently difficult without hefitation; but they do not like to go down fteep decli- vities: for whether they defcend ftraight down or fideways,. the load urges them forward quicker than they like, and as there is no - belly-band, it frequently tumbles off, and ts the caufe of the ani- ‘mal being carried down the fteep fides of hills and loft.—Goats, caf ‘a look of inquiry at ftrangers and pafs on leifurely; but fheep generally ftop, and, after one has either been driven onwards or gone of his own accord, the reft follow with precipitancy, and frequently lofe their loads by their hurry.. Crosstnc this mountain took up an hour and a quarter. Having mounted a height, which though fhort, was fleep and ‘rugged, | was fomewhat confounded by the fight of a fteep and bare flope of ftone about roo feet deep running tothe bed of the river without any path, and with a furface fo fmooth as. to excite a doubt whether I could reach the bottom in any other way than by fliding, which would have been too raprd to. be fafe: the more ‘efpecially as the ftop muft have taken place amongft ftones in the “bed of the river. By taking off my ftockings, preffing the {pike of my ftaff into little dipsin the ftone, and catching at a friendly tuft of grafs which occafionally prefented itfelf near one edge, I gottethe bafe nearly atthe fame time with the old Pandit, whole MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. $85 activity would: have moré furprifed me had I not known that he had been bredin the mountains of Kamaon. Jult as we had cone gratulated ourfelves on our efcape, we faw two other paths, one higher up and another lower down: under a ledge of the rock, which faved the reft of our party, fave two of the Pandit’s hill people, from the dangers of this road. _ Soon after defcending the flope, I overtook a woman who had been prefied by the Négé tovcarry aload.. She faid that:her ‘mea- fure of mifery was full, and that’ fhe was »réfolved to emigrate into Jawar, where oppreffion was not fogrievous as here. ~ SEEING our Carriers who had ftarted about three-quarters of an hour before me, fupporting themfelvesion the ledge! of a rock, which overs hung the river ata great height,by clinging) with their hands to the fLones on the face of the mountain, and that at length they actually flopped, I was induced to wake the experiment of -going round by a winding path, under an idea.that I fhould effect it in nearly as little time as would be fpent in paffling over the broken path of rock. Mr, Hearsay coming after me, and finding that the carriers preferred the fhort, but more dangerous road, to the long one, refolved to attempt it ; and affuredly { fhould have done the fame, had I known ,the length and roughnefs of that which I aétually took. Mr. Hearsay anda large portion of the carriers went over the rock without accident: but at one point the courage of my khanfaman failed; for, on miffing footing with one leg, he fhrieked violently and funk down almoft fenfe- lefs upon a point of ftone with one leg hanging down over the abyfs, calling out that he was loft. Mr. Hearsay was at hand and aflifted him moft opportunely, along with the Pandit—One woman carried four burthens at different times for her lefs courageous companions; anda A 5 386 A JOURNEY TO LAKE bearer was alfo of fome ufe; but at length became fo alarmed as only to be capable of proceeding by being fleadied by anend of his turban being tied round his waift, and the other end lecuned by the young Pandit as. he proceeded in front. Tus horrors of this road were very great,and ought fo. to have been to juflify palling by fuch a road as that which I followed. For it cof me the labour of two hours te attain the top of the fir mountain which I had to feale, and although the path confifted of lines of zig zag not more than 10 or 12 feetin length, at angles fo fharp, that in alength of 24 feet, nor more than 10 feet were gained in actual afcent, yet even. this progrefs was not made except by clinging with the hands to fhrubs,. roots of trees, clumps of grafs and clods of earth; and:fometimes from the obliquity of the path, requiredame to creep on hands andiknees to prevent flipping. Neary the fummit of the mountain, the path divided 5 and a mountaineer, whomwe met, as. we thought opportunely, at-this. point, advifed the lower one; though from the accounts of porters. and fervants- who: took the lee baie the latter was eafier- but» a: little longer.. Iw defcending the: mountain agrand‘ view opened from the S! Es. confifting of a villa formed by two fides of mountains compofing a- glen, down which ran a‘large ft ream.—One flope was enriched by a fo- reft which reached to the clouds; the other covered by feanty paflurage for about 400 yards ;- when it was overhung by a fteep face of barren. rock of immenfe height, and the upper part of the vale was fhutup by. a peak of fill higher mountain, the bafe of. which was f{prinkled with: cyprefs, and the top whitened witli fnow.. | AFTER a tedious march of two hours: more, through a: foreft’ of MNASAROVARA IN UN-DES. “89 cedars-and cyprefs,* of which many would have been’ large‘enough for main-matfts of firft rates, I'came to a Sanga acrolfs the ftream which - ran down the valley. From this point'l afcended the hill furmounted by the bare fheet of rock, by'a goat path, and had to crofs an avalanche which was fcarcely fettled; every now’ and then’a_piece of {tone rolling down: its face and bringing with it. currents of earth. The path was - narrow, ‘occafionally going over’ a: furface. a- little round- ed, whichin fome flight degree mafked the tremendous declivity below, and fometimes -{kirting- its: very: verge... At‘ one’ fpot,’ on: a. ledge of rock, the old Pandit hefitated ‘and retired into a Hollow: However, having the advance, he fummoned .up courage, and paffed the caufe of his fears; this was formed” by'’an angular piece of :rock having flipped out of the ledge or ‘cornice on which we were. walks- ing; and x piece of flone, which juf, and only juft, refted with both ends on the oppofite edges of the gap, fhewed a precipice of © a depth fufficient to alarm: the anxiety of a ‘perfon who ‘had-not been mnch accuftomed to the mountainous paths of this country. After clambering over fragments of: ftone which had fallen from the heights, we came: toa point of rock, whence we had a complete view of © the declivity over which we had to pafs;* and’ this ‘part’! was’. to me more difficult than any: other, however I’ reached the bottom of the hill ‘without injury. I learnt: that 1 had gone 4. cés, and had not made: above half a mile of- head way. From the fatigue: of this detour, I was fo enféeebled as-to be under the neceflity of halting five or. fix times. in afcending» a fteep: mountain, and obliged to » creep. on my: hands.-and knees for a great diftance, not having fuf- ficient confidence in my legs... My knees -tottered, and I was fre- - quently attacked “with: {uch ‘a violent pain in the right knee, as for a fecond or two almoft deprived me. of the ufe of the limb. . * Pines, fee a note above, - 388 | A JOURNEY TO LAKE I much. fufpeét that I had. loft my road. In creeping along I certainly made a wrong choice, asI found myfelf at once upon the brink of a precipice, on the very angle of a rock which overhung ‘it, and a flit inthe ftone fhewed me my danger at the very mo- ment I was about to placemy hand upon a fragment which the weight would probably haye diflodged, and carried me along with — it; at this moment the -recolleétion of the danger produces an in- yoluntary fhiver.—After fome time I got into a tolerably good path, and found my companion,.and the greateft part of the party, wait ang my arrival by the fide of a cool ftream of excellent water. Tue latter part of our. march was not good: but this road, al- though almoft every where elfe it would have been deemed im- poflible except for goats, was good in comparifon with that which conftituted the labour of the morning.—This has certainly been, the moit fevere day’s work we have had; and yet I compute the ac- tual, \ diftance, including the 4.cos of detour, cannot have exceed. . ing 13 0s. ‘Tue ordinary road:is not particularly difficult or dangerous ; and all the rifk of -life which I have mentioned, inconvenience to the inhabitants of the country, and impediment ‘to commerce, are cre- ated for want of Sangas which might be made for 100 rupees: but: the prefent government does nothing to ameliorate the flate of the ‘country .or to increafe the happinels of its fubjects in thefe diltricts. June 1ft.—CoMMENCED our, march at 7-go. At 2345 paces the river becomes a fucceffion of rapids, and has its channel dimt- nifhed to about 20 yards in breadth. At 3407 paces we pals two caves, MANASAROVARA IN UNDES. 389 a {mall and'a large one. The Daul? about eighteen yards broad. At 10,97! paces come to fome cedars* and halt. The Daul? much reduced. Ar our place of encampment, a black fcorpion was brought, and was faid to be harmlefs: however, on pulling off his fling and preffing it, a large drop of athin milk coloured fluid elcaped from its point. On the top. of a high mountain thinly fprinkled with worm-wood, dwarf cyprefles,* and a kind of furze, blocks of marble and hard {tones were {cattered about in every direction, which feemed to contain mine- rals; and [am much deceived, if I did not fee fome veins of filvert in firata of quartz. I had no inftruments to break ftones with, nor did I fee any {mall fragments. which I could. with convenience place in my girdle. Iwas obliged therefore rather to leave this point unfettled, than to expofe myfelf to the fufpicion of coming into the country in. fearch of precious metals. The furfaces of many of the hardeft ftones, on this fide of the Puie-handé, are ftudded with fmall red cryftals, which project; at firlt view, one is difpofed to take them for garnets ; but they are not tranfparent. They are fo firmly imbedded in the fubftance of the {tone which ferves as matrix to them, that they cannot be raifed by any common jinftrument in a perfect ilate, fo that 1 could not count their faces. Tue fcenery of this day has always been wild and in fome places moft impofingly majeftic; efpecially from the fide of the mountain where we halted. Onevery fide the view is bounded by fummits * Pines. $ Perhaps Mica. C. 5 F 39° A JOURNEY TO LAKE of mountains peaked, rounded, broken into afcending and def. cending lines, with abrupt, ragged dips and a few foft hollow f{weeps, but all covered with {now.. The. declivities in fome parts:thickly: covered with cedars and cyprefles,* in others thinly Iprinkled, and in others diverfified: by bare patches .of rock:or fand. The bale . of two lines of mountains is. wafhed by the Daulé, which-runs with . great rapidity and noife about 400 fect below our encampment in a {pace only juft large.enough to receive the water which it now. rolls along: the channel. One flope of the hill immediately . before us has been broken from top to bottom by a flip which has only lately happened. In its courfe it has overwhelmed large trees, of which fome have been hurried into the river, others lay acrofs . _ its bed* half buried in rubbifh; and others, thrown down, hang by - : their roots with their heads towards the bafe of the mountain.. . The devaftation, committed by large flips, is fometimes very great, and they frequently- happen: for I have this inftant heard: a .tre-. mendous. crafh at a-diftance. produced bya fall of rock, and. was . awakened by: another.at a moment that I had loft all fenfe of fa-. tigue under the, fhade. ofa large mals of ftone, Wen the ftructure of the expoféd faces of mountains. has not: been entirely ‘broken, I have remarked, that the general dire@ion bs of the component: layers. has been. to. the E. of, N. with an incli- nation towards the horizon about the angle.of 45.: : ‘Wa pitched -in an, open fpace -between two. ranges of: high: recks. . As the foot were fome large cedars.*- I meafuredone at, fix: feet. from the ground, twenty-two. fect.in circumference, ar @ Sce-noteabara., .. -MANASAROVARA IN UNDES. 398 Tars evening the report ran, that a carrier had: fallen off the firft Sankho in this day’s march, into the river, with his: load, and. was drowned, June 2d.—Mancu at fix with the fame coolies, In one place the yiver is. covered by mafles of rock, under which the current rufhes witirgreat violence. At 350-paces wecrofs to the left bank-of the river over a Sankho, confifling of three-parts, in confequence of two blocks . of ftone. faving fallen into the flream and formed three channels, It was in good order and thirty paces.in length.. At 4680 paces crofsa_ broad large brook, in which there are large beds of frozen {now, with. : a.{tream of water running beneath them; and immediately on the night bank_of which is the vill age of. Matari ane Tue road of to-day has exhibited much variety; anda fhort account” of its features will convey a general idea of thofe of this. country. At firft we paffed over heaps of fragments of rocks; afterwards over- beds of pebbles; then afcended a mountain partly by a path worn in the earth by frequent treading, and partly. formed by the furface of rocks and by ftairs; where the road on the face of the rock fhelved much to the river, a few loofe {tones.were Jaid upon it clofe to its edge; and fometimes earth was thrown amongft them, or a few pine branches: were placed along it and loaded with ftcnes: this ferved as-a-kind of de- fence or parapet: but, as they were never higher than- a foot from the: level of the fhelf; they would only flop-a flip of the foot, Where: niches were broken out of the rock in the line of the path, and forme - ed gaps over the precipice, if only- of fmall extent, a piece of wood was laid acrofs the wideft part, and. flabs of fuch ftone as was at hand laid from it ta the rock, either fupported by a ledge, or if the, face of « the rock chanced to be {mooth, on another fpar of wood.—Where the 3092 A JOURNEY TO,LAKE gap was very. wide, the trunk of a large tree was put.acrofs; the upper fide being cut.a little flat, or elfe having notches hewn in it as ftepping places; an open {pace being left between it and the wall. Commonly thefe trees or Sankhos over chafms, as well as thofe Sankhes acrofs Tivers, are tolerably well guarded again{t turning, either by being weighted with large ftones at each end or by having rude ftone wedges driven throuzh two holes at each extremity of the trunk or plank,— Where the chafm is too long for a tree, a heap of flattith ftones is placed in the neareft part which affords room for the bafe of a flicht of fteps, conftructed fometimes of ftones wholly, fometimes of ftones fupported in front by logs of wood: but no railing ts to be met with — any where; and, from the general loofenefs of the mode of building, thefe roads are fubje&t foon to get out of order; but, if the [tones be large and the bale flat, this kind of ftair lafts longer than might be - expected, as the paflengers walk with care. Slips from the hills do moft mifchief.to them, and their courfe being almoft always at the foot or on the fide of mountains expofes them to conftant injury in fome part of their extent. To-day I had juft croffed the {lope of a flip that had happened laft night; when I heard a little trickling above, which rapidly increafed, and was caufed by a fhower of {mall ftones, of which fome flid eafily over the furface of the falling earth, but others, having got a little momentum by rolling over perpendicular breaks, dafhed down with fuch force, as would have been fatal to any animal which they might have chanced to {trike tn their fall, As Mr. Hearsay was following the coolies, three bears, which were {campering up a flteep gulley, that had been a water courfe, but was now half. filled by fand, earth and fLones, difplaced fLones about goo. feet above the road. Thefein their defcent loofened others, and dafhed acro(s the road while the coolies were palling, but fortunately {truck MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 303 no one, except one of my bearers upon the leg, and he was more alarm ed than hurt. , : | Tue view of the village of Malari from the top of the hill, where it comes in fight at a\diftance of about-a mile, is pleafing, and would give. a good effc& on canvas: It is placed:in the eaftern angle-of a triangular plain about aimile:on each face, and bounded on two. fides by ftreams, - and on the other-by fieep hills, covered up to their {ummits witha bed~ of fnow, thin on the projeGting parts.and) deep in the ravines, The - fouthern flream is half choaked by banks of frozen {now, through which’ a mountain current, formed by fpring water and melted fnow, foices its way, undermining the maffes ‘of congealed fnow, which: now irnpede its-progrefs; but which in two months will | be’ diffolved and” carried! into the Dauli: that runs. with Hee ty tone the north: to the wells: . PP Hee ae THE eas neat flate of the land'recently fown ‘principally with” Chéna*}and.feparated:into fields by:recently: piled ftone fences and living’ - hedges, would do credit to any country; but the proportion of cul- tivated: to/tincultivated) land ‘in: this: Hues at ee. (Is < salmoft as-a see of: waterito alarge river. s OysOHd 3 THE wivilage iil Malari.confifts of about 20 houfes Baik of rough fonts, f cemented with clay and mixed with much wood.’ Many? até ‘of one: ftory, but moreiof two, and fome even of three’ ftories.’ “The lower range is generally givén”to the cattle. Circular ftones, with holes through the middle of ‘them, are hung by’ ropes. to the ® proje Ging ends of the beams.at the gables, to prevent the roof beingsinjured by guts oF wind which are hereifrequent.and violent. » The ! upper ftory % Panicum Miliaceain, Cs 394 A JOURNEY TO LAKE’ projects generally beyond the lower one, in confequence of its being furnifhed with a wooden verandah, which commonly runs along both fides, and is made of fir plank in ftrong pannels, ornamented with flowers and figures ‘of Hindu deities, amongltwhich Ganésa is molt frequently reprefented... Theres no lock, baits -ordatch to the: doors, but in one door-poft a fquare’hole is cut, through which a rope’ is pa(t, that ties a dog toit who guards the entry ;witheidelity. His. collar as,0f wood lke a:yoke ‘collar, and a cates is tied’ tovit, aad likewife RET | tothe rope which oa 3 him te Hs door, | Ménast, saii Biel indlales of people ‘who call: themfelves ’ Rajput, but,-appear to pay little: attention to caft.: > The poorer clafs ’ off, inhabitants. of the:frontier eat raw ; meat with a little pepper.and:. fa]lt: as: feafoning; which we had an) @pportunity of feeing; for, the leg > of a goat being thrown away in confequence of being tainted, the coolies | inftantly feized it, and made apparently a favoury meal from it. Both men:.and women aré,rather.of low; fature, but not ill made, and have ~ Something of the-Tartar countenance mixed with that of the Hindu, Tuey drefs in coarfe weollencloth: made from the fleece of theirown - fheep, and of thofe of Butén. The women alone weave, fitting on the” ground, and are very induftrious and expert. In five days, with a very fimple apparatus, a woman will weave'a piece of cloth about 18 inches broad and 15 cubits long... "This is called a Pankhi: Some of them are flat, : but others are twilled and very ftrong. They. are. worn without being bleached or dyed. The proportion of femates feems much greater than the amaleg. This may, be accounted for by part of the male popu- lation being taken by the Nepalefe-for their army, and by another part being. ‘engaged ac ccompany.! Us, 18! cafe the anfwer,of the Déba fhould be Savourable toi.our: intentions.;, Lhe, argument. of the road not being ‘open, was: falfified by; the.appearance of the Unias ;. butit was thought : Bake to. wait an: Lanfwer. ‘from, the Deda. ,, o0: FRO the deaauuhe ca oe silewipricige at fun-rife’ has been: genetally ‘at 46°, ‘but-in the:middle.of. the day about 72°. The nights ‘have commonly been cleatiand: ferene, but there have been a few flight \fhowers of rain-itetwo off them. About. nine it becomes. pleafantly * The head man of a village. is ‘called Shana, Sehéua, ox Seyands . * MA NASAROVARA IN UNDES. 399 warm at noon it is fultry; about three the heat generally and fia denly fubfides, and the tops of the higheft mountains are enveloped in clouds, which depofit their contents on them in the form of {now and in very gentle fhowers of rainin the valley of Nit#. The changes in ‘the temperature of the atmo{ (phere are very fudden and f{évere.* In * the moe ae the fummits of the higheft mountains are wholly con- ————— eer * Ona fubfequent day Mr, Moorcrorr DBleries & Fune 12th.—The temperature of the air varies much in the courfe of ‘the day | ‘and night. At funerife, the thermometer is from 40° to 50% in the middle of the day, from 7o° to 80°. At eight..in the morning the fun overtops the hills which furround the little valley of Nivi, and Blazes with a fiercenefs of which we were the more’ fenfible “fiom. the cold of the’ morning.*’ About’ three the heat falls off mot rapidly, I have nevér befdre experienced fo fudden a tranfition -from heat to cold, and contrariwife. - At night I ana only comfortably watm with almoft all the bed clothes I-can mufter, At fun-rife a thick coarfe woollen Hinduffant Chapkal or Wrapping gown, over fhirt, cotton waificoat and double cotton coat, is only juft fufficient to keep out the cold, .Atnine the ‘outer coat muft be thrownoff; at ten it: is defisable to. get. quit. of the others and at noon the reft cf the garments are, to fay the leaft, incommodious from the heat, The reverfe of this progrefs becomes “neceflary from” half’ patt thrée till night. The’ frequent” “changes of “the tem. | perature produce . colds and --fevers/ both) amongf the. inhabitants and ftcangers : but, though rather _fammits,of the peaks which are covered wiih fnow. . his been no thunder during our ftay, Ordinarily from the aGive in their fymptoms, they are neither dangerous nor of long continuance. The: clouds morning «ll aboot three o’cliek, ahicte: ix amt upper ‘and ‘under current fending the’ thumb ih Grawing thé firing of the bow: but it ferved very convenient alfo for trimming their tobacco pipésy which lay in readinefs befide thers.—Thefe were about eighteen inches iong, in the form of the Engli/h pipe, but made of .iron, decoras ted with emboffled werk anda rim of gold, anda circle of the fame metal at the’ wnien of the bowl with. the: ems A’ {mall) japanned’ table was before each, and.on them were rnplements:for writing with two round wooden boxes japanned, and. a. large red and white china tea cup.—The Lama. had-before him alfo a: japanned long and low ftand upon which was around box.—When> we. entered the room, the Déba was correéting atetter, which. he had wnitten to. the commander ot Gortope, and which, he read, over, defiring Amer Sineu-to explain | the fubftance of.it-to.us,—He read-witha diftinét.articulation, with. oc- cafional paufes, Phe language.was foft;:and: the fubftance,.as far as we could. colleé it,. was as,follows.+-That Amex Sine and others Seyanas had brought along with them two Mahants, and twenty-five followers, who were defirous.of proceeding: on a:pilgrimage to Manjfarovar; that the firft reprefentation-of their:-being Gorkhalis.or Firingis, was a miftake ;. and that the arms. which they-had with: them,. were:only fuf- ficient for their protection during fo long-and hazardous a journey as that which they. had: undertaken.--That the, Seyanas, had jentered into an. engagement that thefe were real. Go/ains,. who. brought mer- chandizeto defray their way expences, and.that they would be refponfible both in their perfons:and property; that they fhould: demean thems jelves peaceably and. properly whilft they fhould remain:in the couns try, paying for every, thing they might require, and.taking nothing-byt force; and as they, had been put te much unneceflary expence by their. being delayed at N#i, the Déba trulted, thatthe chief would give 424 _ A JOURNEY TO LAKE orders for their being allowed to proceed without delay. The Deba caufed alfoa written agreement to be drawn out onthe part of AMER Sineu, binding himfelf to the truth of the above depofition in the name of the feveral Seyénas, and to which he afhxed his feal. The letter was forwarded to the. chief of Goriope after the confent of the Lama had been received. Ir was flated that the Zama-had never before left his college on mate ters of bufinefs ; and we were to confider this as a great compliment paid tous. Between the Zama and the Wazer's fon was anempty place which was ‘f{uppofed. ordinarily to be filled by the ‘Wazér ; and before this was laid dewn our prefent at our firft coming into the chamber: enguiries were made whether we would drink tea or-eat parch- ed meal, which we declined on the {core of havingjuft rifen from our repaft, but which-we could net accept in our character .ef Hindus, thefe people having no-caft; alarge brafs difh half filled with butter and wheat flour was placed before us as fome return for our present, and we took our leave. 1 YESTERDAY a perfon came to usfrom the Déba to-enaquire after our health. He looked about my {mall tent with much curiofity, and ob- ferved that my fricnd’s ‘half boots were like thofe of a Fering? —I had taken the precaution of having my Englifh thees furnifhed with long turn up toes and tags at the heels, and this not being done to the others excited his {ulptcion.—The rednefs of my face, which from ‘being ex- pofed to a hot fun and cold -wind was almoft wholly deprived of fkin, particularly attra€ted his attention. The explanation given was, that, be- fore this pilgrimage I had been but little ex pofed tothe fun which had produced the effect which he faw. The fame enquiry was made by a very black prieft who came on the part of the Lame, and who faid that MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 425 if {uch was the influence of climate, he {uppofed he fhould become white, if he were to goto the country I.came from; in about two hours after our vifit was paid, the Wazir’s fon, the Deda, the interpreter, the Deba’s wife and filter came to look at our finery, and admired feveral things, but found all our articles vaftly too dear; and [| thinkin general they were right; for we had affixed prices in fome meafure to make up for the expences to which we had been fubjected by impofition and delay.--The Déda’s wife fellin love with a ring which fhe aftually afked for and of courfe obtained. Five “ children of a larger growth,” who were extremely inquifitive, were defirous of knowing the cons: tents of a bundle of my clothes; they were made in the Hindu fafhion. The Déba was anxious to fee our guns; but, from his mode of handling them, it was clear that he knew little of the ule of fire arms. | We olfered our gucfts tea, which they refufed, but they partook of fome ‘{fweet bifcuits, ginger-bread, and fugar candy. Aftera ftay of anhour, they: left us apparently fatisfied with the reception which they. had experi enced. | > July 5th.—Taermometer at fan-rife 48°; the town of Débé, is fituated partly upon irregular eminences forming the fide ofa flat ravine defcending rapidly {to the river Titi, and .in the bed of the ravine itfelf. Its fituation, conftru€tion and appearance are ‘altoge- ther -unlikeany thing which I have ever feen°before. The: 'ra- viné. or bay: is furrounded»by heights confifting: of ftrata of ins: durated «clay and thick beds of gravel. | Some of thefe heights are: above three hundred feet in elevation, others are lefs. They are broken ‘into maffes of various “fhape’ by the torrents’ of /fnow water: which’ fall down ‘their fides. ‘Some are’ like’ large “buttreffes with pointed tops}'and others, though ‘of greater height, are fur- mounted by flat {paces.—Their fides are full of excavations, ‘'to fome 5 L 426 A JOURNEY TOSLARE” of whichare wooden dodrs p:and ethers are-merely: caverns 3 of thefe; . fome ferve as houfes, buf the ogreater part as;;granaries) or rooms in. which the inhabitants depofit)their property, when they leave) their houfes.in the town for a warmer. fituation: during the moft fevere; feafor of the year, when the. ravine as ‘nearly choked up with {now,| fo that Daba 1s only to be confideredasa fummer refidence... They houfes are of ftone two fories high, white wafhed on the outfide below, futrounded with a band ofred and Frenchgrey above, and having terraced. roofs furrounded with parapet... The tops of the walls are decorated: : with lines of pieces of different coloured-rags tired to-ftrings.. . Theanfides is very filthy ; the floors of littleyards, which lead ta them, being «co= vered with bones of fheep and goats, fragments of bones, and locks of : wool. From the ground floor, whichis raifed, a wooden ladder leads: to'the terrace, which in the Wazer’s houfe is divided into. an enclofed verandah that ferves asa chamber of audience, and intoan open {pace ufed ava promenade by all the’ family. The town is divided into three: parts, viz. a college, the refidence of the Lama and his Gelums, or monks a nunnery ; and the houfes of the Wazir, Déba,and the laity in general. Immediately inthe centre ofa femi-circular {weep.formed by the houfes, are temples. or maufobea.of Lamas, with fmaller ones. attached to. them, Thefe are circular atitheir bafe, diminifh by {maller circles and termié- natein.a point covered: by plates of copper, ke umbrellas, and gilt © in the: céatre above :thefe, {urrounded by horns, and: painted of a red: colour, flands an irregular building with one door, and furmounted by: a {quare {maller: building,. tiled with brafs. gilt and decorated with: grotefque figures; itas the temple ol Nardyan or the great fpirit. The: parapet of this. building was. adorned. with mafles. of black hair, formed, I believe,. of the; tails’ of the Chouré cow reverfed, ‘plated and inters mixed with pieces of fome fining {ubfiance, and haviag on their tops iva tridents. | ion”) : MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 497 “oP ats' thorning was dedicated to a vilit to the temple, and afterwards to ihe Lama A prielt, by order of the ar bind opened a locked door, on. which was a ring attached to the centre of an iron embofled fhield- like plate inlaid with different metals. This led to the porch of the tem- ple lighted by an opening in the roof to the Balt,’ ‘The fide wall 5 Were painted al fre {co on a white ‘ground with a bold thetch of fome deity, with large flaring é ey and enveloped i ina kind of glory. The doors being thrown open, “we entered % an apartment of. about 30 feet fquare, lighted only from: the door, and from two large filver lamps on attach- ed pedeftals of the fame metal, about 18 inches high, placed upon.a | jow japanned. ftool i in the middle of the floor. Atthe upper end of thé temple and ‘immediately fronting | the door, was a figure of Nérayan 3 of copper lt, in the European fitting pofition, and about g0 feet high. The hands ‘ were lifted up, with the palms gently inclined forwards, * asif in the at of benedi€ion.—Thefe, with the fect, ' were the only parts expofed; the reft of the figure was draped with narrow robes of ' filk. Omhbis righthand was a-f{maller figure of Lacsumi; and on his left, that of a Lama crowned with a denied cap and drefled 1 In pentifical robes.—TF hele figures, alfo well executed, were likewile of gilt copper; a flight of {mall» benches defcended from the feet of each of the laf figures, om each fide of the: room, as low as the foot of the throne, having a fpace clear: before.’ On’ thefe was arranged in. rows the greateft aflemblage of Hindu deities, I have yet feen, They were of brafs, exhibited great variety of countenance, and much better ‘propor te tion of parts than I have before witneffed. The whole of the group - jatt mentioned, were placedin. a recefs bounded by pillars reaching - from the roof to the floor, and feparated from the’ body of the temple by a wooden fereen about four feet high, furnifhed with fhelves de- feending in cradation to the floor.—On the: upper range were the effigies of deceafed Lamas carved in wood, with their mothers, and the principal 428 A JOURNEY TO LAKE. perfons of their houfehold; a large gilt pyramid. was on one fide of this fcreen half concealed by a filk veil, and another elevated figure, — fomething like a f{ceptre on the other; each om a large gilt {tand. Lower down wasa gilt cheft; and on. the floor, in the {pace fronting the door, was a low table on which were ranged feveral rows of brafs, filver, and gilt or golden bowls. containing | water forthe ufe of the deity; a {mall quantity was poured into my hands, part of which I drank, the reft wafhed with and threw over my head, as I was directed by the officiating pricft: - we had a carpet {pread on the floor i in front of the deity, and immediately under.a large expanded umbrella. I had givena prefent on my firft. entrance, and afterwards added another trifle for the particular .ufe of the ‘prieft in attendance, who defired us to come forward, and examine more minutely the figure of the deity, and receive a portion of his facred veftments confifting of a ftripe ofa white filk gauze which was put round ournecks. In returning we faw mafks of leather in imitation of the heads of flags, tigers, bears, and demons, worn ‘at the celebration of fome great feftival, ranged on fhelves; and on wooden frames, piles ‘of fheets of writing within {mall planks of wood, like the boards of books wi ithout backs, lying On open lattice wie ace | On feavine the temple we were ‘deGred to. turn fome wooden le ders fupported on iron cylinders, in receffes i ina wall, and to. go round the building feven times, a ceremony _ which. it feems is prefcribed to thofe who with to have an audience with the Lama after a vilit. to the temple. Whether this was mentioned merely to enhance the fandtity of the place or the perlonage, or was really the cuftom,, I know not, but the ceremony, was interrupted a after one round, and fetting the whirligigs, by a meflage from a prieft, that Amer Sven was wanted. elfewhere. He underftocd the fi igual, and went toa finall door, which. MANASAROVARA IN UNDES., 499 when knocked at, was opened by a laughing ugly fellow, who pointed to four coils of fhawl wool, for which a bargain was immediately flruck, We were defiredto make another turn round the temple, and were afterwards led up two very fteep flights of ftairs towards the Lama's apartments. Over the firft door hung a {tring to which were attached fome leaden pipes, in imitation of the iron ones ufed for imoking, In an open-apartment, up athird flight of ftairs, furrounded by a veranda, - ona {mall and thin cufhion placed upon an old mat, the bifhop of the diocefe was feated. We each made a prefent of a rupee, and three for the Gelums ; the latter he would not touch, but fent for the fteward to take charge of, and orderéd that they fhould fay prayers for us three times ; after which the money fhould be divided amongft them. His manners were mild and conciliating. To our interpreter he fignified that he did not approve of our defign of building a hofpice at Man/faro- var. We ftated, that we fhould attend to his opinions, even if our money had been in greater plenty than it now was. Ar the fuggeftion of Mr. H. Plaid the flring of beads, which I ufu- ally wore round my neck at his feet. He was {truck with the circum- ftance, rofe, beckoned to two Gelums to accompany him, and after a fhort abfence, returned with a pot of four milk, fome butter in a bladder, a kind of cheefe and acake of {weetmeats, which it was figni- fied, was confidered fo good as to be thought worthy of being prefent- ed to the deity. He alfo brought a {tring of wooden beads, which he defired me to accept, as a mark of friendfhip in return for mine, and which I accordingly put on; we departed highly pleafed with the man- ners of the prelate. In the evening, we paid a friendly vifit to the Wazir's fon. 5 M 430 A JOURNEY TO LAKE July 6th. —THERMOMETER at fon nie 46°; Thad caufed the pundit and Amer SinGu to enquire for wool, in order to purchafe a quantity and forward it to Niéi¢, and have this day the mortification to find, that the people dare not fell any until we fhall have re eived per- miffion to buy from Gher tope. This is caufed by Ari ae to all the owners of flocks not to fell any fhawl wool except to the . Cafhmirians or their agents, in confequence of .a reprefentation having been made to the Government, that the Youarce merchants had beought fome laft year, and that the Ca/lnirians would fuffer, if any of this” kind of wool were to pafs into other hands. During the period that the Undés was governed by Rajas of the Rajeput cat of Sérajbans, and fubfequently that it palled under the do- minion of the Chinefe, the independent Tatars of Ladék were extremely ‘ troublefome to the inhabitants by their frequent inroads, and only ceal- ed their depredations in confequence of this country being given in Jagir to the Dela Lama. The facrednef{s of this perfonage, who is the head of the religion of the Tatars, caufed them to defift from their in- curfions, and probably, would have the fame influence in the event of any alteration in the current of trade: but to this, itis likely, that ie) would make great refiftance, July 7th.— THERMOMETER 42°; The Wazr made usa vifit and flaid ‘nearly an hour. I obferve, that the priefthood and the immediate officers of Government are in eafy circumftances, as allo are the goatherds, but the reft of the population are plunged in ous mol abjed poverty and * iterally clothed in rags. July 8th.—THerMoMeTzER 46°, at nooninatent 79°. We have heard, that an an{weris arrivedfrom Ghertofe. In the evening, | went MANASAROVARA IN UN-Dés, ~ 4gi to enquire the determination of the Government upon our affairs, and was informed that in the following morning the letter fhould be read to us. Fuly oth. Rainep —Thermometer at fun-rife 5O°. It being. paft eleven, and not hearing any intimation of our prefence being defired, I proceeded to the Government houfe, and found the Council fitting, aflifted by anumber of people whom I had not feen before. I addreffed my felf tothe Council ; and as we had been informed, that a letter had arrived from Ghertope, | begged to learn the fentiments of the Governor in refpe@ to us, and their final determination upon them. The Wazir fad, in reply, that the Governor of .Ghertope had fignified to him, that intelligence had been conveyed to him about three years ago, that fome Europeans were about to come into the country; and, whether we were the perfons alluded to ornot, he withed to fee us, and the goods we had ‘brought, of which he requefted an. exaét inventory to be forwarded ‘to him, and prohibited any fale till he fhould have infpe&ed them. I -. told them, that, although we had fuffered much from delays, yet that -out of refpe@t for the authority of Government, we were ready to go to. Ghertope or even to Laffa, fhould it be required of us, as we had no other than honeft intentions; but as we were ordered to go by the Go- -yernment, it was but réafonable, that we fhould be furnifhed with carriages. After much altercation, it was agreed, that cattle were to be ready in three days; and that as many as could be procured fhould be purchafed, we taking the re{ponfibility of the meafure upon our- felves. In an hour, the interpreter came to fay that we fhould have the requifite bullocks, and we are to ftart in three days from this date. In the evening we went to fee the temple of NArAyan again, and to pay our parting vilit to the Lama. We found the old manina fmall 492 A JOURNEY TO. LAKE cell juft large enough to allow of three people fitting down; with a raifed bench of brick, fronted by a ra:ling of wood, with. a little, door in the centre.— Although early, he was retiring to reft or meditation ; and confidering the wealth of the college which is reported to be very great, was areal and edifying pidture of humility, He wifhed to know very particularly if we fhould return by Dabg. We an{wered certain- ly. He was much pleafed with our attention, and putting out his. hand to take hold of my friend’s white gown, he being a little nearer than me, faid * I pray you let me live in your recollection as white as this cloth.” There was fomething particularly affe@ing in his manner and utterance, and{ could not help bending over his out-ftretched hand with emotion, as I took leave of him, I MENTIONED, that there are acollege anda nunnery. The Gelums or monks feema happy, good humoured fet of people, dirty, greafy and in goodeafe. They carry ona confiderable trade in fheep’s wool and falt, in exchange for wheat and barley. OF the nature of the inftitution, | could learn little. Of the Paraphernalia of the temple, the refemblance with thofe of the Romifh church was very ftriking. The Gelums obferve celibacy. There is a nunnery, the rules of which are faid to be fevere. Commerce with man is punithed by folitary im- prifonment and a heavy fine. July 10th.—THERMOMETER 48°; this evening we purpofed to mount a hill, on which formerly was a houfe belonging tothe Raja; and there ftill remains a temple. In our way, pafling clofe to the houfe of the Wazir we found him, the Déla, and feveral fervants, fhooting at a mark with bows and arrows. There was novelty in the contrivance of the target. The bull’s eye was compofed of two parts, the inner ene about four inches in diameter, was of wood, convex, and pointed MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 499 black in the middle, with a circle of red en the outfide. This wag placed ina roll or cufhion of cloth which it fitted tightly. .The arrows were tipped with wooden balls, fome of which were folid, and others “hollow, with four holes in the end, which cauled a whifling found as the arrow flew through the air. When thé arrow milled the target, and ftruck'againit the butt, it fell to the ground; ifit hit the foft thell of the target, Ts did not difengage the bull’seye; and no arrow was ace counted a fhot, but that which diflodged the eye from the target. When+ftruck out, the eye did not fall, but dropped a few inches lower than’ the circle, where it was held by a flring from an upper proje@ing rod. This is altogether not a bad contrivance, as it prevents difputes. Thefe people pull the bow more in the Engi7/h manner than in that of the Chinefe, their neighbours and matters ; but their inftruments are very indifferent; and they are not’ formidable archers. They ule alfo the fling, but had not an epportunity of feeingthemexercife with it. Leave ing the archers, we afcended to: the top ofa hillabout 300 feet above’ the level of the lower town, along a zigzag road, and through fome winding paffages excavated with little artan the ftrata of gravel and:in- durated clay. The infide of this temple swas by.omo. means fo, rich.as that on the other fide; and: thevprieft_complained of poverty. He faid, he felt°an interéft im our welfare, and recommended .our. departing ‘without delay, as the governing people: were not good, and we. might, af we flayed long, be caught by fevere weather, and perifh, We thanked the old man for his good advice, and left him more fubftantial proof of our regard, for,which he,was very grateful and placed round our necks {mall ftripes of gauze. During our flay, the Gelums began an evening Hymn, which was not unmufical; but, in-a very {mall cell {a- cred to Buavani, three perfons, were making a noife not: unlike; the quick chirping of orafshopoers. There were {mall flatues of the laf Sérebans Réj4, bis fon, daughter, prielt, treafurer, and other perfons of his 494 A JOURNEY TO LAKE court. As itisthe caltom here for a confiderable portion of the pro- perty of every perfon who dies in affluent circumftances, to go. to the _ church, and as likeneffes are fentto the prie{ts, who pray for the re-. pofe of their fouls, as in the Roman Catholick faith, I apprehend the feries: of figures reprefented the whole of the court; and in this idea my be- lief was ftrengthened by obferving {ome females of different age and character on a bench, immediately behind that on which the Raja was feated. The head drefs of two.of thefe was very fimilar to that of abbefles. The Rajd, whofe refemblance was here preferved, in con- fequence of the frequent inroads of the Ladékis, and of his father being killed by the Tatars, was fent by the principal people, to requeft the protection of the Ciinefe, who accorded it and. afsifted him again the invaders. But in an earthquake his houfe was precipitated along with himfelf and his houfehold into the plain, and. the Chine/e afterwards, availed themfelves of his death, to take this country for their own ule, and after a certain period to give it to the Dela Lama. Ar this lait temple there were few mufical inftruments ;, but at the great-one, we faw fome prodigioufly large brafs and copper trumpets, made of tubes, which {hut in and drew: out like telefcopes, and had {mall mouth-pieces or pipes which were. diftiné. There were alfo drums of great fize fet in frames.and beat upon their fides, THERE are granaries in the rock on which ‘the {mall temple is fitu- ated, in which they fay that there are many thoufand maunds of rice for the ufe of the people generally in the event of any great exigency, and | this is certainly a very prudent precaution, as, fcarcely any grain is raifed in this country, and the inhabitants ‘are dependant for their an- nual fupply of rice and barley on the ‘marchas of Néti and Joudr. ‘Shortly after the period that the Gorkias made anirruption into the MANASAROVARA IN: UN-DES. 495 territories of the great Lama, the Chinefe government ordered 30,000 maunds of rice to be taken out of the magazine, which ts in fact the property of the public; but how the funds are provided, I did not learn, July 12th. —THERMoMETER 51°. The Chouar bullocks arrived at diy- break ; and having paid for their hire as well as for the food of two horfemen, who were to accompany us, into the hands of the interpre- ter, we ftruck our tents and took leave of Dada. At 4905 paces arrive at the f{ummit of hills, faid to contain gold. To the right are clay hills broken down by melting fnow into ftrange looking projections and hollows. Scarcely the flightef{t appearance of vegetation, and yet a hare.was feen upon thefe heights. At5116 paces reach a narrow pals, through which we go and defcend to a flony plain, then enter a very deep water courfe now dry, of which the banks are perpenidicillar, of vait height, and formed of beds of gravel. - L-éxamined their ftru€ture with great attention, in hopes of finding fome’ traces of marine pro-* ductions, but was difappointed. At 7290 pieces came to a plain floping to the Satédra or Setlej: It came from the S. W. by W. and ran N.E. “receiving here the Tiltil; breadth 80 yards, depth 3! feet. The cur- rent was fo rapid, that I could fcarcely keep my footing. On the plain were two very beautiful poplar trees, in which were many gold- finches, which regaled me with a fong, whilft I fat under the fhade of the trees, waiting for the party, having. reached the river half an hour before they arrived. Tue broken ground in the neighbourhood of Dada, and which we did not lofe fight of, until we quitted the bed of the Tzlt/, was very extraordinary in appearance. The right bank was of great height, and the melting {now had cut the clay of which it was formed, into 0 A JOURNEY TO LAKE channels, leaving intermediate ridges, which from Gierenee of erdnce or being aéted upon by the water in different dire&tions, was fafhioned into great diverfity of figure, in fome places reprefenting caftles, for- tifications, houfes, and mafles which baffle defcription. We have pafled three villages toeday, all painted, and of different co- lours. Thefe are winter refidences of the inhabitants of Daba and Dong. Just atthe point when we began afcending, ‘the valley narrows fuddenly toa channel only jut fufficient to give paflage to the water. The hills, which are. ftated to be rich in, gold, are granite of mixed colours, the red predominating, with horizontal ftrata of quartz and , {mall fibrous veins of a white material like a, gate, defcending perpendi- Cularly,: where the rock has been expoted te the weather, its furface i is brokeninto {mall pieces, having little more cohefion than clay J burnt i in the fun, This decompofition is effeted, 1 fuppofe i in confequence of ie different materials of which the mafs i is compoled, not being inti- mately united, and water entering. the. fillures. where it congeals, &c, _burfls the firucture, THE hone Reved is feparated by wafhing, there being no fuelin the neighbourhood ; or rather no wood; for from the appearance of fome of the hills, if apprehend that they hold coal. In the bed of the Setle), were many large flowering (hrubs, which I take to be a {pecies of the \ tameirfk. I have found it from three inches high to eight fect, in fitu- ations more or lefs favorable. The yaks and goats were very fond of the foliage. gt obferyed, ‘that the bite of the yak is quicker and nearer the ground than any other fpecies of neat cattle I am acquainted with; a peculiarity which fits them for the thort and {canty herbage of an Alpine eae | MANASAROVARA IN UN-DE'S. 497 ‘We have defcended much to the Seélej, notwithfanding the moune tains are high, which intervene between this river and. Déba, and the heat is great. In the tents, the thermometer. ftood at 96°. Diftance @ome this day 7595 paces. — | Fuly 13th.—TuHermomerer at funrife 56°; march at 6° go. This plain: is ftony, about half a mile in breadth and length, bounded partly by heights and partly by the Set/e7. It 1s full of fhallow pits made by per-. fons who have dug for gold:duft, and left: heaps of ftones by the fides _ ef the excavations. At 306 paces afcend toranother flat which has like- wife been dug. At 1835 paces réach'a {mall flat, where there has been: cultivation; caves of gold mines in the rock.tothe left, now deferted.. At 5975 paces reach a’houfe near which are two gold mines with tunnels. under the furface. Heretofore the excavations were perpendicular. The earth ‘is dug out and carried to the brook to be walhed:—At 6182: paces arrive at the ground for encampment near the village of Damoo, fituate half way up a rock on the right bank of a watercourfe, in the dis rection of which we travelled moft part of this day, confifting of a. fey xed houfes, and many caves, with two or three temples. . In’ the evening killed’ féven hares:—There are great numbers of thefe animals. They are fhorter in their bodies, longer in the hind legs, and’ fomewhat fmaller than thofe in. England.—Their fur is much finerand: longer: altogether they are much: paler generally. The under part:of the neck is fawn colour, fides greyifh, belly white, . and the.thighs are furnifhed with thicker and: longer furs than the reft: of the body, and of an afh: or lead: colour mixed ' with grey —When : difturbed, they fly to the mountains, but frequently ftop and rife on» their hind legs to look-at their purfuers. Their flefh is well tafted ; aad they are very:prolific’; as.in two there were. eight young Ones,- 5, Q+ 438 2 A JOURNEY TO LAKE Some cultivated: land under .the grain called :ad’hi jou, well irrie gated. July 14th.—TH eERMOMETER 52°; leave cur,ground at 5° 95. At 578¢ paces much faline efflorefcence .on ‘the ground, fuppofed to be foda, cracked under ‘the foot ike flightly frozen earth. The fkeletons of two wild horfes were ying in the valley. In various parts of the road we have found many fkulls of the male Baral with enormous horns.--Some have at leaft been from 50 to 60 lbs. weight. We meet a- gain with rhubarb which we had long loft fight of. At noon, thermo- meter inthe tent 75°: ona high hill to the right, three wild horfes fudden- ly made their appearance, probably for the purpofe of coming to water; after looking at us for fome time, they went off at a {mart trot. They were too far off to afford a very clear view, but feemed to be about thirteen hands high, a bay colour ran along the upper part of the neck, and back and fides were of a fawn or azure colour. Their heads ap- peared thick and fhort, but well, carried: their bodies round, fhort: general {hape compatt, clean, and tail thinly furnifhed with hair, — July 15th.—Ar fun-rife, thermometer 41°; tharch at 5" 40. At 574 paces a bed of {now in the watercourfe. The plafhes of water on the furface of the ground melted during the. day, are frozen in the night. Road afcends to 1934 paces, when we reach the level of a beau- tiful plain about a mile and half broad, with mountains to right and left, and narrowing to a gorge about three miles in front. Mountains - on left have fnow falling upon them. At'4$00 paces reach the right fide of the valley, which declines to the North: a flream arifes fro. a bed of melting fnow, direCtionN, 65 E. At 5240 pacesa fecond bed of fnow. Middle of valley ftony with twocurrents of water, Animals of a fawn colour about twice the fize of a rat without tails, and haying much longer MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 439 ars than rats ; Q. Marmot 2* ‘They burrow in the ground, and feem to affociate with a fmaller fpecies of the fame form and general cha- yacter, but.of a much darker colour; perhaps younger ones only. One of this fort was fhot yefterday, being taken for a young hare; which _ it refembles in its mode of jumping and fitting on its hind legs. At 5551 paces the valley narrows to 600 yards; furrounding hills faid to eontain gold, which is fometimes found in lumps of confiderable fize: At 9786 paces encamp; at 11 A.M. cloudy, high wind; begins to rain; afterwards hails, and this alternately with flrong wind till fun-fet, when the atmofphere clears and the wind falls. July 16th.— THERMOMETER at fun-rife 34°; our tents frozen. March at 6° 45' along the left bank of the ftream which we followed yefter- day, faw clofe to our ground a large pair of horns attached to a {kull, which I fuppofed to have belonged to. the Baral or wild fheep, but was faid by the Uniyas to be an animal called Douga. At 1905 paces large fragments of frozen {new fallen into.the water frem the rocks, al- moft choking upthe channel, which is not above feven yards broad. The frozen {now.or rather ice, when broken from the edge of the proje€ting banks under which the water flows, divides inte pyramidal er conical nails, the fmail part downwards. Red ftones, - fomething like cinnabar of antimony, with black fhining cry fals, interfperfed through their fubftance. Large lumps of green granite glazed over, in parts with a kind of green glafs, in the bed of the ftream. At 2000 paces enter into a narrow defile of frozen fnaow, which the ftream has cut through anddeferted. A ledge of about eight feet thick, is fufpended to the rock at each fide, leaving a narrow paffage betcen them, 94 paces gongs at 2435 paces came to another defile of ice. At 3420 paces, rhu- % Probably a new kind; as all the known fpecies of A:ctomys have fhort ears or nonce ay other peleele Seems to agree with the genue, 440 A JOURNEY TO LAKE barb plants in plenty. At 6375 paces our ftream joins. another; andi the road leads to a/plain, on which were two: wild horfes and a prodi- gious number of hares, At 8025 paces reach.the bed of a clear, broad,. and rapid, but not deep river; plain dug in many parts for gold. Have ing crofied the river, and reached our ground at 1 P. M. and 11962. paces, we encamped. —We killed. this day one hare, and. twa. groufe, or birds of this clafs, of a fawn colour,, feathered: legs, broad: feet, covered with a pad of horn, divided into many points, like fhas green, and having two long thin tail feathers.. This river, which rifes: near Gongré, goes palt Ghertope, then clofe to Laték or Ladak, and is {aid. likewile to proceed to Bekhara, where probably it falls into the Ammoo, . Dython or Oxus.. The mountains. on each fide of this valley or plain, , which is about five miles acrofs, dip much to the N. W.. 3 Fuly 17th. —-TuermMometer 99%. Ice or water near our encampment?. Saw fome Brakmini geefe* and {mall fhrikes hovering over the rivers. At 936 pacesafcend the foot of the mount, ranging with the river, which. runs about eighty yards to the left.. At 13960 paces, the plain is. divided. into an upper f{tep abouttwo. miles broad, and a lower one, in which: is the river following the middle of the lower flep or valley, and about a mile in breadth. Many: wald-horfes.on the upper flep. At:g200: paces. myriads of {mall flies,. very troublefome. Ati4205, road very uneven: from hillocks and hollows... The furface of the ground: covered: with. falt. | At-5720, the various:currents which divided the. valley, unite and: _ forma large’and'clear ftream, of confiderable rapidity. At 6000, avery: _ large but'dry. watercourfe leads to the river. At 8600, aivalley opens, from two to three miles broad, andcovered'with large pebbles. Heat very. great. At4re78, come-to five currents ofa river, which.we crofs, This. river rifes, f-om.mountains covered. with fuow lying S. 75 E. and falls. * Anas Cafarcae N MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 4At into’that jo mentioned. Ghertope, formed by fome black tents, at a con- fidetable diftance, bears from hence N. 5 E. The intervening plain -and indeed ‘as far as the eye can ee until it is bounded by a pals to the N. W. is covered by prodigious bodies of fheep, goats, and “yaks, among lt which is a fmall number of horfes. The number -of cattle cannot I think be ‘Jefs than 40000. At 14000 paces reach the. town: or rather aflemblage of tents in clufters, made of blankets fur- ‘pounded by hair ropes fixed to flakes. Over the tents are varioufly ‘coloured fhreds of filk and cloth as flags. ~ We had only juft pitched our tents, and arranged our baggage, when: ‘a meflenger arrived from the Déba and Wazir, defiring us to pay them a vifit to dy, and we fhould proceed to bufinels the following day ; the terms f the meffage were too prefling to admut of delay, accor- dingly we ‘proceeded to the houle of the Déba with our prefents. It was enclofed by a fence about four fect high, and furrounded by the fame litter of bones, horns, and {craps of wool, that we had re- marked at Daba. After entering an enclofure, we floppeda few fe. conds at the clofe of a fmill yard, in the froat of which were fome matchlocks and bows and arrows, piled in a kind of sguard houfe; and we were defired to goturough a low door into a ream, about twenty feet long. At the oppofite end, on a raifed bench of earth, covered with a carpet and cufhions, fat an elderly man, bare-headed, and clothed in a greafy yellow damafk sown. This was the Deba. On the right hand from the Deba was a dark complexioned perfon, who was. his younger brother; and on his right again, a rather fair young min, who was the fon of the late Wazir, and now fhared the authority of go- vernment with the Déba. The Deda had rather a fhrewd countenance. His brother had a fullen expreffion, and was ill-favoured. The young Wazir had a pleafing face, ef the Tatar kind. We had cufhions placed Book 442 A JOURNEY TO LAKE onthe fide of the room, oppofite to the young men; and our atten= dants with thofe of the houfehold occupied the lower parts of the chamber. Some converfation paffed through the medium of our in- terpreter, which turned upon our ufual place of dwelling, and the articles we had brought with us, of which an inventory was handed to the Déba, and after being looked over by him, given to the Wazir. The apartment was built of fods. The roof was flat, made of branches of trees laid acrofs, covered with fods, and having a fquare hole near the centre, which anfwered the double purpofe of letting in light and “giving vent to fmoke: the fides of the room were hung with dirty yellow filk. Onthe right hand of the Wazir were two dogs, The Deba fat at the upper end of the room on a platform of fods two feet high, covered with an old carpet, on a cufhion faced with China fatin, Before him was a little long table, on which a box, with barley-meal, a blue and white large China tea-cup, a thing, like a {mall lead tea ca- nifter, ufed as a {pitting pot, and a greenifh jafper tea-cup, lefs than the other. This latter was frequently filled by a boy, froma large earth- en tea-pot, with a pale coloured lid, apparently . cold. Superftition jn eattern countries attaches to jafper cups, the property of fplitting, if -poifon be putinto them; and this trait at firft blufh, dees not {peak in avour of the morality of our Tatar friends. Ovzr his head, to defend him from the earth of the fods or other annoyance, were two or three pieces of common chintz, and at the rioht corner was a {mall fquare apartment, made by a chintz curtain, ia ich was alight; as the Déba lighted his pipe from a chafing difh of charcoal, which was on the floor, I fufpect him to be a worfhipper of the fun and fire; and this fufpicion is ftrengthened by the long hymns, which our attendants chanted on the road, at the firlt appear- ance of that luminary. | : MANASAROVARA IN ON-DES. | AAS Our interview was very long; but it was eafy to fee that the impref- fion of our being either Gorkhas or Felings, (fo the Tatars call Euro- peans ) wore off either by the reprefentations of the Deba of Dada, or by the weightof our prefents. Particular inquiry was made for pearls, and cups of cryftal. Round the Déda’s neck was a ftring of beads, thick in the middle, and {queezed in at the ends ; each bead about an inch and a half long, of a black fubftance refembling elaflic gum, and marked with a deep circular impreffion made by a kind of feal. At the bottom wasa {mall oblong, rounded gold box, witha little tur- quoife ftone in the middle of the lid. In each ear he had a long pene dant, confifling ofa large pearl, between rows of fmall turquoife ftones fetin gold. Allthe three-perfons mentioned had on their tail, which is twifted from three plaits, a gold circular ornament in lieu of a ro- fette. This is generally larger than a crown piece, half an inch thick, with araifed edge defended by very beautiful fillagree work enriched with fome decoration of the turquoife, This is really an elegant trifle, and with the exception of a dagger cafe, and an etui for long iron fticks to clean the throat of their tobacco pipes, was the only real deco- ration betokening tafte, I have feen in the country. July 18th.—Tuis morning we difplayed our goods as detailed in our inventory. After we returned, a Cafhmirtan Vakil from the Rajd of Latck {ent word, that he was ready tobuy our goods, if the Déba did not clofe with cur terms. He faid, that he fhould be glad to opena commerce with Hindiftan for goods of that country in exchange for the productions of Laték. That place, he faid was about fixty kos or ten days journey from Ghertope, and the fame diftance from Ca/hmir. He mentioned a place called Bufheer,twenty days journey from Latés, and ten only from Bokhara. The road through Cabul, from Defi to Bokhara, he reprefented as very circuitous, From Amyritfrto Lalck AA A JOURNEY TO LAKE the journey was from twenty to twenty-five days, and the bef feafon for it was the hot weather or the rainy feafon, but it would be preferable to goin the former, and return in the latter period. He purchaies fhawl wool on advances at thirty negis per rupee, the firit quality fells in Cafhmir at twelve negis, and the. fecond fifteen negis per rupee. The beft wool comes from the neighbourhood of Ouprang Kote near Manafarcvar. Yuly 1oth—The Latdkis es well as the Uniyas, are not able to grow grain enough for their own confumption: but are {upplied by the ine - habitants of the hilis. The Uniyas procure their grain from the Youaris, the Marchas, and other traders, through the paffes as far as Ba/char. the Latékis from: the Cafhmirians,—The fupply of grain is highly im- portant to the Uniyas as they live on barley-meal and rice, which they eat with their tea, Animal food feems to conflitute only a {mall por- tion of their diet. Tue fhepherds are now. beginning to fhear their fheep and goats, ‘Fouart and Bafchar merchants are purchafing fheep wool which they manufacture into Pankis and blankets; and thofe from Latah are colle&- ing the fhawl wool; I purchafeda fmal! quantity of the latter, at the rate of twenty-five negis per rupee. The Latakis require thirty. The Deba hinted that he might be difpofedto give twenty; and this in the beginning it may be prudentto take, until a footing be eftablifhed, It is important to fhew, that he will receive more advantage by dealing with our agents in future than with the Latékis. Thofe have fome fhawl goats, but not in numbers fufficient to fupply the Cafli'mrian market. However, if a pertion of the quantity raifed in Undes, can be diverted from the-u‘ual line, they may be compelled to keep. more goais themf" DISIOn . 5 R 32 SAl JOURNEY TOWARE journey from Latck and’ that Bikhara was ‘fifteen aay oueny “fom Yale SILO ae re) kund: Latah is ten or twelve days j journey from Ghertope, “and the fame diftance from’ Cifinitr, ‘anid ‘twehty-five” from th imiritfir. Thus aaa f oad to the N- W. bf the fimihiva ftom Dil. would ‘fla and tl Hus’ Ween yee a ing rit fr tor Livi Rt twenty: five: days, Yarkwid thirty, Hbhara fifleen Take Ny wealy dliw. ow li is +Ot-1p9lo.21/aL, Vs! ing’a total of feventy days a much fhorter. diftance than thet by Cabul, ISS % IRIIL at —In this ‘route there are two ‘days journey, | in which no ‘water is to ct NSF eeu Oo be met with; and for ues ty. days there is atradt. wi ‘hout inhabitants : but, ‘ei the road is fafe. I muft here remark, that ie river, which oes rom Ghertope to Latak, does not proceed to Bokhara as before fated; but HUOL DUS HAs AM ABI3! falls i into >the Aitack, orn more nig aa freaking is the main fam, hy in. seb anette for eens ius nee sath ets aor “ihlede aids rice, which it. obtains. from, Byhar. I went thisevening to they Caffmirian's | tent, taking with, yng: two {mall battles of ;eflence Of Pepa permint and of volatile cauftics alkali, . _Her eopiyed me. with great. refpeéky: Spoke in. the highelt terms of, ‘the. Aegan. fhown ;, to:,medical .cha=) radters: in the Welt, and of the pleafure, .he had in our, meeting, , which . he now, regretted had not, taken, place before... His Mame.. was. Aumep Kuan, Kazarnésp about, forty: -eight, cy ears of age, and, ‘of 5 ar refpeétable appearance, He, placed t before me fome fine fugar-candy and. a paper of faffroa. . Looking. glafles of large. fizes, were, he, faid; much: in tequet in. Caftinic. _ le w was particularly de efirous to have a lancet of the fame m make with one, tha] { had given to the, Garpan, but i in this I could not. indul ge. . him... hh drew, him_ on to) converfe about, the. Ru, I (ans, but could learn no-more than what has been, ftated, fave that a few have befare been, in, Cofamir.. He brought with, him fhawls\of various kinds tor fale; and faid that his people, who were not.come up, had fome of great value in charge... No body, he faid, could trade at MANASAROVARA ‘IN ON-DES. Pe Latek without the Iie: permiffion of the RG as We'firfte eer that the Cofhmirians came to Unde? for part of the wool they uufed and learning | that’ they did not, ‘were: difpofed to blame them for’ want of enterprife. ° “Hbwe ver -it appears ‘thatthey have not Been’ permitted to trade” directly” witli Undes BY thé Latiinss. A late of w Ww ‘atfure had © long exilted with intervening periods of peace, or rather trade between © thefe two fates, in the reign ‘of Maumup SHAH. The Chinefe Tatars then invaded Latck, Wwhole inhabitants applied to the Cijfimirians forallif. tanee. Thefe reprefented: heir iftdte 26 the Ehiperor, who ordered them to fend foine infantty’ to ‘their ai 7 ‘By’ their? elp’ ‘the Latakis repulfed the ‘Atlante and a treaty of amity was made betiveen the c@niligting parties, “of which’ ‘one artielé was that’ thé “fhaw! wool raifed in’ Undes fhould be fold to the Lata‘éis alone. This has fince bée litle inf ringed uppn, excepto two years ago, when the fouart Marchas purchaled a LW VIIQQU SNS 4 ce 10 29ilq Oo} id fmall quantity, on account of ILLMAN of "Barely. Phe ~Eatakis appritedo of the tranlaaion, complathed’ to the goverhmént oF Ghertspe,”” who iffued ‘the rigorous edit before tentioned, forbidding" the fale shy “OOTY PLD TEN. DIi3V0 Pk any except | to he Laid’, on Pain of ‘death to the party ‘felling. aly pes nad ae Ghertope : thermometer ; 38° at fun. rife. “phe night lias exit been "frofty. “Having taken ‘leave ate the Dea or ‘Carpan i in the after.” non, and ‘of the Wazir at’ night, we’ "prepared ‘to ‘fidt®?: The Wazi'r Fi treated us with much cordiatity. “HERI in va very’ fhort time’ ‘He- ony ‘ fhould exoy to Laffa to ‘remain. In nee Apartment, which was. a ‘huch - As rrr better one than that of the Diba’ were many trunks, and in the right hand angle was a fimall platform with benches in front, on ‘thé top oF which wasa brafs i image, poet which a lamp was burning, and grain Of 0) os various ‘ands was ferved on falvers of wood. 04 the loweft flep were feveral plain wine olafles reverted, which from their clumfinels, .I fup: ° pofed, to be of Ruffian manufeéture. He fhewed us the picture of the’ oe | 452 A JOURNEY, TO LAKE 7, late Lama, executed in filk, but both the form. of - the, perfon and» the countenance announced more of the: female, than of the other fexej; This charaéter I have remarked to have prevailed i in every portrait of... the many different Lamas whichI have feen, and,. were it not that. no mention has been made of this perfonage having been emalfculated, { really fhould have imagined this to have happened, ._ However, taken out of the hands of his parents in infancy, educated i in the entire fub-_ jedion of the paffion of fex, and kept i ina ftate of little Tels than entire : confinement, with full feeding,.it i is not furprifing, that the features. of the. face fhould have little of. the virile, _character,. and that, the. -whole con. __ tour of the body fhould contraét. a feminine, fofinels ‘undiftinguifhed by the bold variety of {well and fall | belonging t to a smufcular, frame acs i cuftomed to SaEES Ee caer ae 1 t 5 ary wo BSS t ae fd common ales and appropriated, I eae. (0 religious pang “ee valley here. narrows and is bounded by. mountains, whofe tops are more or lefs covered with {now, and it takes a winding direction to the left. At 5407 paces. arrive at Our ground | of. enc onip eau near fome tents, and a. confiderable herd of yaks. with a flock ryan the inet Se fheep I have fen i in Tatary. —Pleafed with, the profpeé of having my choice from among ft the belt colleétion of cattle of every land’ Thad way Huet WV e$y DBstssis feen, I rambled through the whole, and made choice at fe everal female. yaks < and calves as alfo of young goats, which however were 2 not equal wa in quality to the yaks, and fheep... ovae ne wk nGonl difcovered too Tate to be intoxicated, aid that they, had DO,, orders to allow me to pick out of the flock ; but : Wiiike would, fend for inftruci tons.cn that point, MANASAROVARA IN/UN-DES. 453 _ g4th.—THeRMometer 44°. Ar anearly hour ordered the pundit, Grear, and interpretér’ to proceed! to\Ghertope, and reprefent to the Deba and Wazir how wé had been tfeated’; as alfo’ to mention that the horfemen had faid, that as-they had received: only: four days. pay; wé mult travel day and’ night. We'had'{carcely determined upon this raeafure when the horfemen: fent'word, that'a meflage was come from the Déba; importing that: he would’rfend, another draft of each kind; and) ifI did not approve of them, T:might take back the ar- ticles he had purchafed, ‘T direéted' themito offer a higher price for the power of fele@ioh : but rather to take. fuch® cattle. as he fhould offer, than on our part to’break' the original bargain. .In. the evening my meffengers returned with: ¢ight cows, and: the fame. number of calves, OF which four were bulls; - Fuly 5th, — THERMOMETER 41°. March at8* 10% The river we have left comes from N. 85°. E. The’moantains in this: thoroughfare for the moft part covered with’ fmow. The breadth of the valley in ‘which the ftream runs, is about 32 miles. Thermometer at 1 P. M. 82°: The road, on which we are proceeding, feenis a great thoroughfare ; many Bafchar and Fowart merchants having’ pafled a with loaded fheep, goats, and yaks towards Ghertope. July 26th—Rain. Thermometer 43°. The changes of temperature ‘in this climate are extremely fudden, Laft night the mountains to the right were bare; this morning they were covered ‘with fnow. Ther- mometer in tent 74°, at three P. M, rain: alternate fun-fhine, overcalt tky, wind, and thunder. | _ Fuly a ee 39°. At noon all our baggage being dry, commence our march. The river from this fpot runs N, 70° W. 558 ASA A JOURNEY TO LAKE _ about 13 miles, and then takes a-turn.to S. 80° W. and joins the river along which we went to Ghertope. At 4460 paces. crofs the river three feet deep, rapid with large flippery. ftones ; water very clear, At 6260—13 wild horfes grazing to the left, At 7957, came to bank of river, which crofs, about 22 feet-deep, 80 yards broad, and very rapid, At 8200, reach our ground and encamp. The valley well furnifhed with grafs Several Tatar tents, and cattle grazing—Much furze on the adjacent hills. River comes from N.75 E.and runs N. 50 W. for about 12 mile when it takesa turn to the S. 75 W. and forms one of the princi- pal branches ofthe Ghertope, fuppofed to belong to the Altock —Wind very cold, raining allround. The river rofe rapidly, and the Taiar horfemen refufed to crofstheir horfes, in order to bring over fome of the people who had ftayed to condu& our goats and fheep acrofs the river; the yaks were fentin, who fiemmed the current. Some clung to the tails of the animals and came over eafily; the others, more timid, prefer- red retreating to fome huts ata diftance, where the Tatars gave thena milk and lodging—A few drops of effence of pepper-mint on fugar | to the Hindus, and.adram of'brandy_ to,the Muffelmans, with ftriét In- junctions, that they fhould run. about. and not approach | the fire till warm, prevented any. of: the perfons who had heen much Szpoled to the cold from fuifering by iL Fuly 28th. ia one. at funerife 44°; obliged to wait until ten o'clock, before the river had funk fuficiently to admit of the 1 men and a few goats which were left, palling over. At ae 20". march. ‘The mour- tains have the particular red appearance ‘indicating ‘the prefence of gold ; and though adorned with little verdure, are “pidturelque i in their forms. Crofs feveral {mall rivulets which come from the left, and: fall into feveral ponds. to the right—air very cold. At 7050 paces reach a pile of {tones covered. with nieriptions, At 8160 road crofles feveral MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 455 dry watercourfes, and afcends to the {ummit where are two {mall heaps of ftones, over which 1s a line covered with flips of rags, and fupported by two flicks, At 9460 paces crofs a riyulet formed by frefh melted {now. This, rifes on the left and runs tothe right. Reach our ground, 10066; at 4» 20’ very cold, windy and cloudy—A ftorm rifes in the 'N. W. attended with thunder and {mall hail. Thermometer, 47, Hail changes to rain, which falls fteadily till 7 P. M, To-day Lheard a ftrange {harp and loud noife proceeding from the fide of a bill, at the bottom .of which the road. ran—It feemed between a bark-an: -l,and exprefled much anger. For fome time I could er not make,e. . hence it came, but, whilft cafting my eyes ona furze bufh, an animal-about the fize of a middle-fized dog {prung ;from.a hole underneath it, about fifty yards up the hill, and after furveying the paflengers and repeating his yelping, retreated with precipitation i into Anis cave, as {oon as he faw me jump from the back of a Chownr—His general colour was a yellow-brown. His head was round with {mall ears, his face burned light and dark-yellow and his tail pong: Den Se Fuly 2gth,—THERMOMETER 97°. Ato’ 45 uosaky to rel, which foon changed to rain, and lafted until 10". We begap our march at 10". _A5- Mountains on the left covered with fnow ; many wild horfes grazing on the high Table Land. At 16652 paces reach a branch of the Saphdra _ river which I forded here, and again at 16868, .much againft my will, as it-was extremely cold: but my yak had. played fome tricks, which in my weak ftate of health I did not think prudent to experience. more than once. At 7°. 15° reach Mzfar, very cold and much fatigued. ae hermo- -meter 46°. Ful) goth.—Harr at Mifar. - Thermometer 44. In the forenoon, 8 456 - & JOURNEY TO LARE: yaks arrived laden with thaw! wool and accompanied by two perfons on horfeback—one of thefé was an’ officer called a Nerba, who had receiv= ed orders from the Garpan to fupply the quantity for which we had made advances. The morning was hot,a circumftance in our favour as the fellers of wool ate in the habit of wetting it under an idea as they pretend of its twifting the “clofer, but more ‘probably tomake it weigh heavier. However, after a little delay on our part, thatthe wool might dry as foon as poffible, we had it weighed by a pole with a weight, on the principle of the fteel yard, which the Garpan had fent with us. As more was brought than we advanced for, we agreed to take it, on the principle of encouraging the Garpan to give more _nother year. The furplus amounted to’ 83: fupees! and 1° Timafha ; andthe Gar- pan ‘had ordered | rupees alone to be received, which fhewed'that he had given direétions for more t6 be’ brought than we had contraéted fot: ' in order to try whether we really meant ‘to purchafe, or ufed the plea merély i in his prefénce to mafk other defigns—at this place we ‘found many Foudréani i Dhan merchants, who were troublefomely inqui- fitive as to who we were, what could be our motives for coming, and why | we spurchajed fhawl wool. The fight of fome of our wares feem- ed to convince them, that we were what we dopeared to be. I cons ‘fider ‘this day as the epoch at which may be fixed the: origin of a 'traf- fic which i is s likely to be oon, beneficial to’ fhe Honorable Ma Pr Miske has duit one houfe’ nda of bricks’ baked in the fun and’s tents “of ‘goat-herds : > it is fituated upon a rifing ground upon the left “ane of a “rapid flream forming one of the branches of the Saiédré or Setle. This ream comes from 86.5 E. and runs down a valley about 21 miles in breadth and near 8 in length, running S. W. After a -Gourfe of about £ mile, it joins that which we forded yellerday. MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. En Suly gift.--THERMOMETER 34°. Ice 3 of an inch thick. The changes of temperature, fo frequent and rapid int this climate, re- quire that the quadrupeds naturally belonging to it thoula have fome very warm clothing, to protect them againft their ill effedts; and we find that this has been very liberally beftowed by nature. ~ The fheep has a very thick and heavy fleece; the goat has at the root of his long thagey hair a very fine fur interfperfed generally; the cow has a material of the fame kind, not much inferior in warmth and fofirefs, which I apprehend might prove a fubflitute for beaver ; the hare has her fur of peculiar length and thicknels ; and even the dog has a coat of fur added to his ufual covering of hair—The wild horfe (Equus Quagga* ), the wild afs /Goorkhen, Onagre ), and i believe the mule, the offspring of thefe animals,t are found in abundance on the mountaips of Tatary ; but whether they have any thing of the fur kind | cannot fay; but that animal, which, is here called the Baral + and which feems to have many charaéters ‘of refemblance to the deer as well as to the Sheep, has certainly at the bottom of the brittle hair of the former the moft beautiful brown furl ever faw. _. Tuts morning the Nerba came to take leave of us, and as his be- haviour had been uniformly: attentive, I was defirous of fhewing him that we were fenfible of it, and accordingly gave hima double bladed knife and my fword. The latter was in fat no great: gift, as it was bought at Najrbabéd for three rupees, and was intended folely for the journey. He was however highly pleafed with the compliment. His name was T HAR-CHAND; and he faid, that he was in the fuite of the Wazir, and fhould accompany him to Laffa. He wore a pendant in one ear, * Probably Epust Caballus, which inhabits in the natural ftate, the deferts of great Zartary, C. + Equus Hemionus ;-which much refembles the. mule, C. Re f Ovis Ammon? C, 453 A’ JOURNEY TO LAKE in which, along with rows of {mall turquoifes, the never failing orna- ment of this part, was a large irregular pearl, fuch as are in high re- queifl in this country, on account of their fize. ‘Thefe I underftand. are breught to Calcutta, in confiderable numbers during the rainy fea- fon, from the Lackadive iflands, and fold at a very eafy rate. The: Nerba's outer garment was woollen, of green, red, blue, and yellow nare. row ftripes manufa@lured at Guinak, under this were four oth¢r Gare ments; and both men and women conftantly load themfelves. with feveral vefts to prevent fuffering from the cold, - | On the back of this habic, aaa on the right fours were wha the: Gage. adze, chiffel, rule, and all the infignia of Free Mafonry in iron; the fy mbols ofa fraternity, of which he faid he was amember. I purchaled from him fome gold duftat the rate of 49 Strinagar Timafhas forthe Fitauk: of 7 Mafhas. The Nerba appeared to have gold duit to the amount of about 5000: rupees; and: it was underftood, that every ‘perfon, willing: to become an adventurer in the gold mines, pays to the chief of the. dilbrict one MMiiauk as an entrance fee, and all lumps above a cértain. weight. This occupation 1s more profitable here,than in moft other: places; ; as though the gold digger works only three months, he’ expeéts. that the refult. of his labour fhould k ep’ him the whole Of the year. Leave Mifar at ten A. M. having loaded our wool upon ‘the yaks ‘which: brought it, and for the-hire of which the Ne rba would receive ho gra= tification ; ; the fir inftance of difintereflednels ‘Thave witnelfed * hice this country. At 4500. paces. enter Th topéré. “At 4525, pals ‘feveral Piles of flones inferibed asis ufual, and fome. figures carved i in {tone and sk _painted,. Reach the furnmit ee the ot at 4575 paces and encamp. wD PLEAD aA £9 Tintirint] is the Baie ce: of a Lama’ ‘and fare fat Cebus WHO live - in Separate houfes made of rough» ftones, = follow a paltoral life. MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. ABO Yt ts perched upon the top of an eminence, about 200 feet higher than the plain, and has Table Land running from it eaftward. Steep, craggy, lime ftone rocks in a {tate of decompofition immediately over- hang it, threatening fome of the houfes with deftruétion at no. diftant period. Infulated pillars, which have refitted the influence of the wea- ther longer than the fofter portions of {tone by which they were. fur- -rounded, feem upon the very point of falling ; but apparently give no alarm to the mhabitants.—Still. higher, and lofing their heads in the clouds, are pointed mountains, which from their brilliant: whitenefs,. appear to confilt of chalk, covered here and there with a layer of yel- ow ochre. Immediately at the foot of the rock, on which the build- ngs ftand, runs a very rapid {tream, which is faid to. proceed from a lake at the foot-of the Aimalaya, called Rawan He and to:conftitute the principal branch of the ee -To'the Welt of the town, and about a ‘quarter of a‘mile diffant, are the “hot fprings, forming one of the moft extraordinary phzenomena, I have ‘ever witnefled. From two-mouths, about 6 inches in diameter, iffuetwo “ftreams, bubbling about 4 inches higher than the level of the ftony fub- ‘ftance‘whence they'efcape. “Fhe water is very clear, and fo: hot; that ‘the “hand. cannot ‘bear-to ’be put into it for an inftant ; and-a'largecvd- Jume‘of-fmoak curls round'them conttantly. “They burft forth froma “table of calcareous ftotie nearly half-a'mile diameter, and faifed in mon ‘places ten‘or.twelve feet above the ‘plain‘on which it tands“?) This has ‘Deen formed by ‘the depofit'from the water ofthe fprings whilf cooling. ‘Emmiediately furrounding the fprings; the {tone isas:white as theipureft ftticco. “Thewater ‘flowing over a‘furface nearly horizontal, as atief- capes from the vents, forms fhallow bafins of different-fize and-{hape. Khe edges of all thefe bafins are curioufly marked with indentations and projections, like the tops of mufhrooms and ‘flcurs-deslis, formed 40 A JOURNEY TO LAKE by calcareous matter prevented from uniting in one uniform line by the eontinual, but gentle undulation of the water entering into and efcap- ing from the feveral bafins which are emptied by {mall and fucceflive falls into the furrounding plain. By degrees, however, the fringed edge becomes folid, and contracting the bafin, of which the hollow fills likewife, the water takes anew courfe and makes new refervoirs which in their tarn become folid. Although the water appear perfectly tranfparent, the calcareous earth, which 1t depofits, is of diiferent.co- lours;. in the firft inflance, near the mouth, it is delicately white with- out a ftaing at a little diftance it affumes a pale {lraw tint; and further on, a deep faffron huc: ina fecond the depofit has a-refy hue, whieh, as it ‘recedes from the. fource, becomes ef a:deeper reds Thefe-va- rious .colours:are depofited:1n the f{trata,’ which hardening, retain the tinges they received when foft; and, give rife: to varigufly firati- fied and veined ftone and marble. The whirls, twilts, knots, and 3 avaves, which fome. of the fractured edges exhibit, are whimfically--cu- rious, and fhew all the changes which the ftony matter undergoes, from {oft tufa to hard marble ; I obferved that the marble is generall y formed in the middle of the depth of the mafs, rifing up. with nearly a perpendi- cular front of the height beforementioned: the table muft have been -the-work.of ages. The calcareous matter, which is fo largely diffolved and fufpended by.the water whilft hot, is probably furnifhed by the ‘chalky mountains abeve Jiridpuri, but the origin of the heat, I have -no clue to- difcover,.. Lhe water mult be moft itrangely fituated, for two ftreams fo inconfi derable to throw down. fuch a prodigious ‘quantity of earth ;- and the furface where quiet is allo covered witha - thin crult of femi-tran{parent matter like that Which rifes on fupers ‘faturated lime ° water. J ks this ee L lef the woel which Thad obtained at Muar. The MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 461 Lamawas abfent when I took the liberty of depofiting the wool, in the verandah of the temple of one-of the deities: therefore-it remains to be feen, fhould he, return before I do, ‘how he may approve of this ftep; However, from what,I have feen of the priefthood here, they are an inoffenfive clafs. NEARLY sia bonte to: his afaite isa aifloua wom BE nore. 2150: yards long and 4 feet broad, covered. with loofe:ftones infcribed with prayers. . ‘The length of time which mult have elafped ‘before fuch an-exteni:of {urface could have’ been: fo decorated: by> the hands of pilgrims) fhows the great antiquity of Titapéré o7There ave many hittle, Ma’hs-having niches:in)one: fide, in which are ina preflions,. in-unbuknitchay;of Lamas and deitics, and on fome of .the. piles of ftones are figures -of Lantas, of Narayan and of Bhafmafer cazvedion large flat pebbles: jud DAS rye Sk Ge ORE i Gai nt ae MS ha Auguft 1ft.—THERMOMETER: 40%... ‘Leave the yak cows, calves, and [my goats —Commence our march) at 10;A..M. meet a iparty of Untas going with feveral:loaded yaks to the fair at Ghersope.. The manes ofthe yaks were dyed yellow with the Gerw earth. At 12800 paces _come to our ground ‘and encamp in a green pleafant {pot, in a hollow _furrounded with) many, {pnings, at 4" 90’ P. M. At8.P. M. Thermo- meter 46°, Auguft od.— THERMOMETER’ 92%, A fevere fro% dirring the night — ice a quarter of an inch thick over ftanding water. March at 10°20. At 10825 pacesia large fheet of remarkably blue water at the foot of the mountains to the right;‘called Réwanhrad {aid to give rife to the principal branch of the Satédra, and’ to- ¢Ommunicate bya river with the lake Madnfarowar, named by the natives Mapang. -Réwanhrad bears'S, ‘25 E; diftant 8 miles. ‘At 16827 paces halt and = \0! 462 A JOURNEY TO LAKE -encamp at's P.M. Aty P.M. thermometer 47°. This day we faw more wild horfes than on any former one, alfo feveral wild affes of the kind, called Gérkhar, and likewife I beli¢ve fome mules. The affes, are a little lefs than the horfes. Saw likewife Barals and many yaks. Auguft 34.—Suieur froft, thermometer 34°. March atgo* 5c. At 7287 paces, crofs a {tream overa wooden fankhoo, At 7325 encamp on ahigh {pot. This is Gangri or Darchan. There are four houfes of un- burnt brick or ftones, and about twenty-eight tents, amongit which that of the fervant of the Latéki agent is'apparently the beft. Sixteen-years ago the old pundit fays this was a°place of confequence. There we find many. Juart and Diermu merchants with grain; and three tea merchants, who fay they are acquainted with Pekin, which they call the capital of Mahachin: but they- themfelves' refide two months journey beyond Pekin. The Tatars of the diftrils we have feen, wore their hair plaited: thefe people had it cut allround, fo that it hung low and loofe in their necks, and they: wear coats ‘of kid fkins made: ot by rubbing, and the hair turned inwards. . A cascape iffues from the rocks juft-above Darchan, and falls into the Réwanhrad, whichis fupplhied by the: melting sof the fnow-on the great mountains at the foot of whichit is fituated. It is faid. to fur- round a confiderable extent of mountains, infulating them completely ; but this, being the relation of natives, isto be received with Caution. Auguft 4th—Tuer mMomerer at 7° A.M. 54°. We were refolved to flay here to-day to recruit. my ftrength, which: {tood much-in nee of it after frequent attacks of illne(s. | Auguft 5¢4.—Tuermometer 48°; Leave Darchan,.or Gangré at 10° MANASAROVARA IN_UN-DES. 463 go. At 2675 paces crofs a ftream which in five or ‘fix branches comes from the Cailds mountains and difembogues itfelf into the Rawan.- hrad.. At 19235 paces reach the-top : ‘{ce'a fine!/looking wild horfe— - Defcend to five'tents: a wild afs grazing clofe'to us, and a prodigious flock of fheep and goats. The lake of Ménfaréwar or Mapang now appears at the foot of a long declivity ‘of-pafture bounded by im- menfe mountains towards the South, and, having in front terraces of ftone with the ufual infcriptions, and a houfe inhabited by Gelums. Auguyt 6th.—Hatr on the bank of :the lake:Manfaréwar. \ Morn- ing early, thermometer 47.° This lake is: confidered as the moft facred of all the places of worfhip in the opinion of the Hindus, founded probably on the difficulty of accefs to it, not. merely on -account.of its. diftance from Hindéfian, and the ruggedne{s and dan- , gers. of the road, but from the neceflity of every pilgrim carrying ~with him money and provifion, which latter he muft occafionally “eat without: any preparation on account of {carcity of wood. Few . fogis can afford. the expence of this journey.; and I met with two on. the road, who muft have returned for want of funds if I had not borne their expences. The nameis derived from Madn* and faréwar, a Sanfcrit word fignifying alake. The ftory upon which this ap- pellation is founded is related at creat length inthe Sé/tra. Why it -is called Mapang by the Unias or Chinefe Tatars, I have not been able to learn; but it is confidered by them an act of religious piety and duty, that the nearelt relation ofa dead perfon fhould carry a portion. of the afhes of the deceafed, and empty. them out of a {mall bag into the lake, as is practifed at Hardwear. Hinpu geographers have derived the Ganges, the Sairéidrd and the * At full length Mana/a, divine ; made by BaawNz, nimed Manas, the mind, emphatically, C, 464 | . A JOURNEY TO LAKE | Kali-or-Gogra from this lake; and as I-beliéve no Europeans ever befure witited ity hb was anxious, to-afeertain whether it really .gave rife’ to the two. laft: mentioned ‘rivers. or ;not—as to the former, it is quite cl«ar .from ‘the ob{ervations made in this journey, coupled, with thefe, m the trip undertaken at the fuggeftion of the late Colonel,Coresrooxe by Mefiis. RAPER, Wess, and Hearsay, that. the Ganges. derives -its fup- plies from the-melted: {now ‘of the mountains of the, Himalaya, and a thoufand {mall {treams, which fall into its various branches during theer paffage from thefe ftupendous rocks to the great common mouth at Hardwairy and that.it doesnot receive the {malleft {reamlet from their ‘extreme Northern face; nor from a fourceto the Northward of them. HARBALLABH; the old pundit reported, that near the South-wefterm “corner; ativer iffued from it, wl ich flowing in a wefterly dire@ion went along the Réwarhrad, and “efesping from its Weftern extremity near thé foct of the’ great mountain, formed the firftbrarch of the Setley. “Yefterday evening I mounted upcn a very high bank, and thought that ©Y perceived diftindly the whcle of the line of the fhore, without {eeing “any outlet; with the exception of a {pace near the S, W. angle which a projeéting rock. concealed from my view. Determined not to leave this. point i in doubt, I took a fifhing rod and gun, thinking that I fhould have ‘time toamufe my felf'a little in one'or other diverfion and return by the “evening.—At about ten | began my march; and, although very weak “from the frequent attacks of fever to which I had lutely been fubjeét, T°. felt confidence ‘that I fhould aceomplith het obje@ without any “material degree of: fatioue —as we were encamped about the middle of the northern fide, I walked along the fhore towards the Wefl—The beach was formed of fragments of flones rounded, and thinned when of {mall Gze; ‘by the continual a€tion of the waves: but in fone places great mafies: of red and green granite, marbl-, ‘and lime flone had MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 465 _ fallen from the face of the rock, which in many parts was 300 feet perpendicular. Thefe ftones frequently wafhed by the furf, and glazed by the fun, afforded a very unfafe footing: however, at this time it required only care to prevent falling, which would have en- dangered a limb, as fome of the {paces betwixt the ftones were very deep. The fteep band was here and there cut by profound and pre- cipitous water courfes, now dry; but occafionally ferving to convey the {now water from the high tables upon the head of the bank into the lake. The front of the bank at the height of from ten to thirty yards, had houles of loofe ftems and wood built in receffes upon ledges; but, as there were no ftairs to them, I thought them inacceffible to human beings, except by means of ladders, of which I fawnone. They were inhabited, as I beheld fmoke iffue from many, and are I prefume the fecluded retreats of mo- naftic reclufes of both fexes. One of thefe nuns accofted me by the name of Gunz Lama, and returning along with me, pointed to one of the rock habitations, which I concluded to belong to her, and appeared by her geftures to invite me to it, However I was fo ungallant as to refufe the lady’s hofpitality : for I cannot fuppofe that {he had any other mo- tive for her civility than to offer me refrefhment or to afk charity, the difpofition to which, the view of the inconveniences fhe was fubjeéted to, by fuch a lodging, might poffibly excite. A weather-beaten, face, : half {tripped of its natural covering by the joint action of a hot fun and cold wind, bliftered lips, a long bufhy beard, and: muftachios; in | a country where the former is carefully piucked out, with’a gait not of the firmeft, had probably raifed emotions of pity, and induced her to think I might ftand in need of repofe. Be it as it may, with the moft cordial falutation and expreffion of thanks by dumb fhow, I took my leave, and went on with my furvey. Arrer an hour’s walk, the beach changed toa deep fand, in fome 5 x 466 “A JOURNEY TO LAKE places‘pure and‘ in others mixed with pebbles. That on the water’s cae was Bes re a Tine o of wrack gras, mix? “d with the sil s and’ with | young BrOSRE ‘Hafténed into the lake at iii approach; and thoagh I fired feveral times with buck fhot, few took cffe@; from too great diftances© Thefe birds, fromthe mumbers i jaw, and the quan-) tity of their dungj-appear to: frequent this lake 1a valt bodies,* breéd in the farrounding rocks, and find an agreeable and fafe afylum when the fwell of theirivers of Aindétan im the rains, and the -inunda- thon of the plains, conceal: their ufual food. Many aquatic eagles perched upon the crags of rock; and fevéral kinds of gulls {kimmed along the {kirts of the water. An unufually large body of great black gnats along the beach rendered walking troublefome from their aiming to getinte the nofe, mouth, and eyes: but, whea the wind lulled, which it did for half an hour, they flew along the furface of the water, and became the prey of a kind of trout without dcales, which rofe at them with extraordinary voracity, and with which the water feemed to be literally alive. I hoped by rounding the N. W. corner to have had {port by throwing acrofs the wind; but it then fuddenly chopped about, and a heavy furf beat upon the Weftern fhore. As the bank aps proached this angle, it'declined to gentle elevations leading to inter- rupted Table Land, and at its bafe was a large bay, from the bottom of which rofe a pyramidical red rock, connected with a line of ridge of high land to the higher flats to the North, and fleep towards the South. Upon this was the houle of a Lama and many Gelums, pitched in fitu- ations which produced a romantic effeét, not alittle heightened by ftreamers of various coloured cloth and hair, floating from high poles fixed on the corners and roofs of the houfes. Leaving this and divert- ® From the known refart of the grey goofe (the fwan of Hadz posts) to this lake, the bird is called in pectic language Mana/ancas, or he, whofe abode is the Mana/a lake,Am,' Coo, b. 2, & Y. v. 23) GC; MANASAROVARA IN. UN:DES, 189 ing my fteps to the South, I went aleng the bafe of granite: rocks among{t fuchtroublefome, rirged aid flippery fiones, as ‘had inter<” rupted my progrefs in the outlet, til 1 réached a high, level; ‘and frm: bank, which feparated the ‘water of the lake from that which ‘accumu. ~ lated by the flope of the furrounding: upland, diréGing’ the melted’: {now into it: “At the end of this natural ‘barrier, I faw a point! of - rock running mto the lake, fron: the top of -which I flattered myfclé Li ~ fhould have a profped: that would command the whole of the fhoreto: the S. W. corner, and put an end toa tafk which I now found fome. j _ what'too much for thé little ftreagth, I ,poffefled—But I was +feverely difappomted: for, on mounting a-{teep hill, of which the point in queflion formed the front'to the lake, another large mountain inter- vened to prevent my view, with a deep: valley between it, and that, which I had too haftily concluded would finifh my labour. .When L had reached the fummit of this, another equally high prefented itfelf. My fervants were much fatigued: for my own part, 1 was obliged fre- quently to lay down; and it was four o'clock when I reached a {mall. religious pile, whence I got a fair fight of the fhoreI was fo anxious to fee, with the exception of a very. . {mall. portion. that was intercepted _ by the projeGtion of a high bluff angle ftarting into the lake: unable to proceed from the aching of my limbs and. intenfe thirft, which I eould not gratify, I fent atrufty harkérah toexplore the angle-which was concealed from my fight. ‘The fky, which had frequently been over- caft and difturbed with violent gufts of wind, now became clear, and funfhine illummated the whole of the circumference of the like, fo as to enable me diftinétly to define évery portion of its fhore clofe to the edge of the water, and: up to the foot of the mountains, by which it is ‘embayed, with the exception of the point to which I had direéted the harkérah to. proceed: there were nume- rous traces of watercourfes leading into it, the moft important of 468 — A JOURNEY TO LAKE which was the Krifhné {weeping down a ravine between two high mountains of the Himalaya range, and expanding like a fheet as it approached the verge of the lake; but not a break, nor any otherap- pearance indicated the efcape of any river or even of any {mall ftream from it.—Although this was clear enough to the naked eye, I employed a telefcope ; and this as well as’ the evidence of two fervants who gave me an account of what they faw, fhewed that the Man- Jarowar fends out no rivers to the South, North, or Weft. Ar half paft four I began to return, and defcended to. the fhore, which was a bed of round pebbles that had fallen from the fide of the mountains. Large mafles of thefe ftones imbedded ina hard cement like old firm mortar, in fome places ob{truéted the path, which appa- rently was more ufed by yaks than trodden by the feet of man. I was in hopes, that I fhould be able to reach the N. W. corner before the fall of night; and by afcending the high Table Land, that formed the fum- mit of the Northern bank, avoid the deep fand and dangerous ftony beach which I had traverfed in the morning. Walking upon a flat furface in fome degree relieved the aGtive aching and fpafms of the thighs and legs brought on by great exertion in climbing and defcend- ing, but did not take away the forenefs of the mufcles. However I laboured to the utmoft extent of my power, but was’ much impeded in my progrels by a flrong wind which poured into the lake with valk - impetuofity from the We ft, and rendered breathing difficult. Since:morn- Ing the wind had ‘fhifted four times, and had only been a little ftill for halfan‘hour. In fpite of all my endeavours I could not attain the gra- nite rocks to the S. of the Lama’s houfe before night came on; and by another fudden change of the wind, the furf was thrown fo high on the fhore,'as to efface all traces of the path, and leave {carcely room enough $0 pals between the face of the rock and the water.—Ina fimall recelfs MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 469 we lay down fora few minutes; and as I’had not feen the furface of the high iand on the North, and the night was dark, I thought it on the whole more advifable to encounter the fatigue of wading through the deep fand, and the mfk of injuring our legs and feet amongft the ftones, than have the chance of falling over the precipice of the rock, or into any of the deep ravines by which its furface was broken. But there was. another inconvenience, that was unforefeen and ‘very annoying. The wind had put in motion the dry fand on the weftern extremity of the northern fhore, and this rofe into oureyes and almoft blinded us—The fervants, who were with me, had eaten nothing fince the day before ; I had only taken a cup of tea in the morning, and, though in health, they were little lefs exhaufted than myfelf.: For my part, from the violent pain in my limbs and the fingularly acce- lerated aGion of breathing, I was compelled to’ fit:down every ten or fifteen minutes ; and was in one of thefe halts overtaken By my harkarah, who reported that he had gone neirly to the foot of the Himalaya mountains covered with fnow, and had not feen’ the {mallet trace of any river iffuing from the lake. At half paft eleven, benumbed with cold and completely overcome with fatigue, I 'reached my tent, where a cup of warm tea was a moft welcome refrefhment. Auguft 4th.—THERMOMETER 40. Found my eyes inflamed ; and obferved that thofe who were with me, had alfo fuffered in the fame organ. Sent for HarBALLABH, and obferved to him that the river whick he hadcroffed on Sankhos fixteen years ago, did not ashe fuppofed proceed from Man/farowa*, but from fome part of the Himalaya to the wef, and taking fuddenly a weftern courfe, fell into Rawanhrad, and led him ‘nto error onthis point. He was very politive on the fubje&t ; faid he could bring the evidence of all the inhabitants of the neighbour- hood in fupport of the truth of his affertion, and that my harkarah Vv 5A 472. & JOURNEY TO. LAKE’ had not gone as: far jas. I ardered himto do. To fettle this. matters. the fame: harkcrah, and: Hae Deo, the young pundit, were direéed :to proceed:as faras, the fouth weft corner. At half paft elevenat night, they returned much fatigued and fuffering from the cold They lated, _ that they had. gone -beyond, the fourh- weftccorner.-and= within. 500. paces of the, Ayzfhna..river on, the. fouth fide, without. finding., any. appearance .of.a river ifluing. from the lake, or. of any former. bed. of a river which had efcaped, from,it; The,diflance ofthe Lama's... houfé from. our encampment was 3503; paces; from the former place, - ta the foot .of:the:mountain, from the. top of awhich. J ,smade' my, furvey, 12500.paces; the v..went 5000 paces,farther, making in.the whole, 21621 paces; orabout-cizhieen Engh miles; which doubled by, their re-. turn, madé their day’sjourney thirty-fix miles, According to their cal- culation, my journey con fitted.of twenty-four miles: but adding.the crof-, . fing of the Kilsit may, fairly:be.eflimated at thyee_more... The. diftance altogether is but trifling ; yet the circumftances of my weaknels from pre: vious illnefs, the badnefs.of the road, being:benighted, &c, rendered its... performance very diftrefling. —However, the faét of Man/faréwar.civing. rife to no large miver has been: afcertained. by it... The old pundit re- mained much diffatishied with the decifion, and a Latéki traveller affert.: ed, that eight years ago the ftream, which he mentioned, a@tually exifled; and that it fince that. period dried up, and the bed has. filled. Perhaps ._ an earthquake may -have. been the agent in this.effe&. . I believe the period affigned tallies with that which was fo mifchievous at Sirinagar,. . and might have extended to this place. MaAnsanowar or Mapang, of which we had no means of afcertaining by aftronomical obfervation, the exact geographical fituation, is bound... ed on the fouth by the great Himalaya, which,pours its liquified fnow intoa's bain; onthe Ealt by a prolongation of the. Cailds ridge; and || MANASAROVARA‘ IN’ UN-DES. Ant onthe norith.and weft by very high land under the form of mountain,» table, ravine, and flope, all declining towards it. In form it appeared to-me oblong; the. fides ot.the *eaft, weft, and fouth nearly ftraighe, that: of the north and efyecially to the north-eaft wherethere:is aplain at the foot: of elevated land, indented and irrezularly tending to.the eaft - The angles were not fharp, orits‘figure would have’approached nearer to a fquare than any other; but it may be confidered as anirregular oval. Its breadth from fouth to north, I eflimate at about'eleven miles; itslength about fifteen... The water, except where diflurbed by> the wind near the beach, ‘where it is fandy, is clear:andowell tafted.”” No* weeds ate obfervable: on its furface, but-grafs is thrown upon its: banks from the bottom-—The middle and.fides farthef from -the fpectator reflect green; and, -taken altogether ; it has~anoble’ appearance, whether in an agitated or a quiet ftate.. We had‘however but little opportunity of feeing it unrufiled:;: for the changes of temperature “of-the: atmofphere are here extremely frequent and fudden,. attended* with’great muta- bility an the. wind.—Confidering theheat of the fun ‘in-the ‘middle of . the day, the vaft bodies of {now onthe: fummits of the neighbouring mountains, which produce their influence when the fun begins to de- cline, and the breaches.and gullies'thraugh the ranges of hills, it is not furprifing that there fhould: beam almoft continual confli@* between oppofite currents of air, or*thatthe-{hifts.of temperature fhould ‘be frequent and-great —At what:feafon'this: large bafin is moft full I could not learn;-but l-apprehend this muft be the-drieft: feafon, as the greatest part of the watercourfes which | faw were dry. But I found no ap- | pearance of water-mark: above four feet higher than the prefent water line; which:would be wholly infuficientto produce:any: overflow'of its: banks, s~ _Tsaw a greatmumber of fkeletons of yaks between the low and hie 472 A JOURNEY TO LAKE water mark; and, although the bones of the trunk and limbs were bare and bleached, the head was in almoft every inftance, and particu- larly its fore parts, covered with the {kin to which the hair adhered. ‘I could get no account of the caufe of the number of the carcafes: but think it probable; that in the fevere feafon the {pace between the banks and the water is filled by drifts of fnow, and that the yaks going to- wards the lake fall into them, and are fuffocated. Adverting to the in- ‘ftin& and experience of this animal, this folution may be erroneous: but I have none-better to offer.—At firlt it occurred to me that they might have been facrificed: however enquiry did not bear out this conjecture ; nor could [ difcover any ground for thinking that thefe ‘creatures are fubjeét to epidemical difeafes, which might have compel- led them to refort to the lake, either to quench their thirft, or-to alle- ‘viate their fufferings by bathing. With regard to the prefervation of the {kin in the fore-part of the head, this would foon dry from the in- fluence of alternate heat and cold, and there being little mufcular fub- fiance between it and the bone to become foft and enter into putrefac- tion. Auguft 8th.—Becin to return towards Hindujian ; thermometer 45°.~ Mr. H. cut his and my:mame'en a. {tone and left it ina fecure place. At eleven A. M..march.” At 9100 paces pals tents of Tatars and Fuéris: crofs a watercourfe, at io200 paces, which was dry, when’ we went to- ward Ménfaréwar, buts now two feet deep, At 12126 paces encamp near fevenoreight tents: The valley of Gangriis about twelve miles broad and near twenty-four long. At the eaftern extremity is Manfarowar: oppofite is Réwanhrad.—The latter Jake has’ always’ been reprefented as f{urrounding fome large portions of rock a little detached from the great Himachal: however the view, which I had of it, completely deftroys this idea. Itconfifts of two legs, which ae long, and not MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 473 very broad ; oneleg runs catward towards Mdnfaréwar, is ftraight, and endsin apoint; the other goes to the fouth amongft the hills ; and their divergence, forms an angle almoft direétly oppofite tothe town of Gangri or Dercham. 1 think I faw a ftreain iffue out of it at the weftern fide of this angle, which probably: communicates’ with the many ftreams which form the Setley: but. this point I purpofed to make out decidedly. id Augu/? oth, —THtrMomeTER 42°. ~-T fuffered'much from fever, and was unable to goto Réwanhrad. About fun-fet the wind became very high, and thick clouds with loud peals of thunder announced the ap- proach of a form. —This-began with hail, turned torain, and at midnight a fall of fnow took place which lafted till morning. ~ ~ Auguft' voth.— Ar’ fix in the morning, therriometer-92°. Our tents covered: two inches ' thick: with {now “which: eontinucs'to: fall. The ftreams on the plain thuch {wollen, many parts “covered with water that were quite dry yelterday. The ground very poachy, all prof- pect of vifiting Réwanhrad given up, and anxicty felt, left a continuance ofthis weather fhould fill the paffes of the Himachal with’ faow, and exclude us from Hindajflan. Rawanhrad receives many'‘rivulets from the fouthern face of the Cailés ridge; but a large body’ of .water, it is probable, falls into it from the northern front of its {now cappedeneigh- bour the Himacial range.~! much regret to leave unfettled the queftion of a branch of the Satudra proceeding fromit ; but muft bow to the necefflity of the cafe. ; On its banks vaft numbers of wild geefe are bred, and it-is probably better flored with fifh than Ménfaréwar, as one edge of its banks is fring- ed with grafs of confiderable height, and there is {wampy land at the 5 2 474 / A JOURNEY TO LAKE mouths of the ftream.s which empty themfelves into its bofom. At a diftance its. water was of an indigo blue. The eaftern leg appeared about five’ miles in length ; of that of the-fouth:rn one! could form no opinion, as it was loft in the mountains... The name is 6 ayel oon Rawan fo much famed in the Rémdyana, and the Sanfkrit word hrad fignifying lake. The principal ftreams, which rife in the Catlas,, and difembogue, are 1ft, The Siva Ganga; 2d, Gouri’ Ganga; 3d, Darchan Gadrah ; 4th, Cétydyani; and there are many others without names, It is faid to.be four. times as large as Man/arowar: but of this I can give no opinion, We have been forced to remain here all day. At nine the {now ceafed to fall, and was followed by rain that continued till three. Attwelve, thermometer at 62°. At fun-fet-rained again; thermometer 43°. About midnight the rain ceafed. , Auguft 11th:-—THERMOMETER 42°. March at o2, overa plain which is very poachy. Qur yaks, though very {trong, labour through the foft ground into which they frequently fink up to their bellies; but if left alone, would feed and wade along. Englifh oxen would be much diftrefled and frightened in fuch quaggy foil. A hail form induces. us to halt atg825 paces near a {mall river at three o'clock. Thermometer, Even. 49°. Catlés mountain is fuppofed to be the favorite refidence of Manspéva, and is fituated oppofite to the great lake of Réwanhrad, and little diftant from that of Manfaréwar. As its fummit is always cloth- ed with fnow, it is but acool feat: however this cold is faid to be | neceflary on account of the poifon which has heated his frame ever fince he {wallowed it at the period of the Sankh Avatar, Auguft 12th.—TuerMomzter 40°. A party of people, having in charge a body of about feventy yaks loaded with Awa jow in facks, pafled our encampment in the dire€tion wuich we mean toteke. March MANASAROVARA LN CN-DES. 475 at 83. At 2400 paces, many wild alles, Lae fome animals, whch are thought more like mules. than. either horfes or afles. At 6 780 Gangré valley ends, ‘The declivity goes to the left, and the water of this land falls into the Ti irtdpart river. At 7000, meet the old road. At 12,969 reach our ground oppofite to our former encampment. Auguft 1gth.—TuerMoMsTer 37°. Marchat 9°15. At 3970 paces fall into the Mifar road. At 4460 defcend to the bed of a rapid river, which we pafs over a Sankho. Here we found many Gelum families of Talar fhepherds, who had been carrying to Manfaréwar the afhes of their deceafed relatives. At 5315 paces defcend to another river in rapidity and volume of current, fimilar tothe former. As there was here a Santho three feet in breadth, we thought it right to attempt to force our yaks over, loaded; but they difliked going on account of the height of the planks from the water, and the roaring of ‘the river as ‘it defcended through the contra¢tcd channel. One, which was clofely preffed, preferred leaping into the water from a bank of ftones feven. feet high, and {wam under the bridge to the oppofite fide loaded. At 14,886 paces reach Tirtapéri. Wait in the veranda of the temple, where our wool is packed, until the arrival of our cattle “with the baggage, which did not take place till near feven in the evening. Went into the temple to hear the Gelums repeat their vefpers, the recital of which was accompanied with cymbals, and the beating of a deep toned drum. The performance of the ceremony was preceded by the blowing of conchs from the top of the temple. We generally found the Gelums afifted by the Fudris or Dharmts.—One of thefe men faid that the breach of chaftity in a nun was compenfated by a fine of fifty rupees, and that of a monk or Gelum by one of fixty. Auguft 14th. —Haur at Tirtapéri. Thermometer 38°, A report cure 476 A JOURNEY TO LAKE | rent amongft the Juris and Dhérmis, ‘that the ‘Gorkhali governor ‘of Srinagar has written, that he underftands two Europeans have gone by the Nt, and two others by the Dhar ma pals into the Undés. He defires . information may he conveyed to him, 2 as to Ww ho they are and with | whet intention they are going. Some Yudris whom we here met, were concerned in the-tranfaGion — refpedting conveying fhawl wool to Belebré fair for Mr. Gittman, which had excited the attention’ of -the ‘Latakhis, caafed their ‘complaint to the Garpan, and his-fevere edi againft the clandeftine fale of ‘thig article. One’man told me, that: he hadbeen feized by Aumep Kitan the Latakhi, | fur h.ving a fmall quantity in his poffeffion;’ which ‘he faid he whs'about tumuke into pankhfs. This day I was much indifpofed with fever. Auguft 15\h.h—-THERMOMETER 44°. March at 9" 30 : at. 4700 paces come to an afcent of high) Table Land. At. 5836, a large river fuppof-. ed to iffue from Rawanhrad joins the Terat river, at 5. 30 E. diftant 13 mile, the little ftream falls.into it here likewife. The ftream refulting from this junction. now takes the name of the Satudra. At 6325 ar- rive at fome mud temples with many caves in the rocks, fhewing the place to have been once a winter refort.of the Uniyas but now deferted. A violent ftorm of wind, thunder, lightning, hail, and rain now {ets in aod lafts till nearly ‘an hour.—Rains again at fun-fet, Thermometer 59°. Find two Fuaris encamped here on the road to Azen-lung: one of thefe traders reproached us with fpoiling their market, by felling our, goods at toolowa rate. The Juaris have hitherto been the princi- pal medium through which the Uniyas have received, fi ince the con-, guelt of the hills by the Gorkhalis, the produce of Hindéfian and Eu- vohat m2iehandiz:; and they have fold.their wares at fo high a rate, as io have confined the demand to a few rich Pye fuch as the Garpa:, Debas, and Nerbas. Z MANASAROVARA IN ON-DES. Aa7- Auguft 16th.k—THERMOMETER 45°. Match at’ 830, River: remain. o sing clofe to the left. Thelow warm {wamipy land ‘in the wales ‘abouts. “Ttricpuri gives a grafs, whichis cut and carried as -hay for winter pro: eyifion, forthe horfes of the Garpan, ‘aid the peopleof Kien lung, Daba --and Dumpé. The grain called Awa-jau railed in 7k/a-hote is a fo given to“them during “the rigorous: feafon,- and {aid to bo hearty food.. As 'this grain grows in a rigorous climate, it is worth whil? to fendfome:» ito Britain for the ufe of the inhabitants of the’weltera iflas. > “Ar 280 paces, ‘reach a fleep rotky pafs oF a ftone laminated, rolled | -and whirle das at Tirtapir’, and apparently bound by the fame agency.’ “AS 5000, ‘brok-n ground prefénts appearances fimilar to thofe-in*which ‘gold duft is fouad. “At 5740 immenfe ‘mafics of broken’ rock ‘of -a brown’ colour, much veined with quattz, in the cavities of whithis much “rock ery (lal ‘that, Which ‘is fmall, generally ‘tranfparent ‘avd regular» AJOURNEY: TEOCUAKRBVLM offibynthe fonés whicle projefied’ from the fides of; the oie that, we took: 'sYet,motwithilinding,. many of the loads. fell, andyat night, it yas, e cifeovenedcthat the fitkar’s bundle, was mifling, along witha, fmallapacy két: off fee faffroa’ which: ae PoMghhs oe om, the xe, Dataghi Hae domly ite Bus. ‘eauile of the see taays i. Tintparist to, cay: He Or Ching ee exhibits!abtindant proof of, the yprefence, of, minerals, and, the 196k. teem with fprings of hot-wateryimpiegpatcd with various mincial, and. faline fubftances, which we had neither’ leifure nor means to analy fe :: the fprings of Linki part: fecem ¢harged with ealcarcous, matter alone,. which in procefs oftime becomes lime fone, marble, and c-Jcareous fpar., Near, Aienjlung, the hot-water contains. calcareous matter 1 mixed with falts, Still nearer,.to, this, town, tt 1s charged with i iron; and oppolite to. Kein~ lung is.a cayera iAto which drips. Water hi, ghly. charged with fulphuric: acidi;: This gayern is:about, twelve feeti in breadih,, at its, mouth. five fect: high, ids about ° fourteen feet i 1m depth, from the, entrance to the back. CS a Ae dh be pant.: ‘Bhedlear-gonfitls.of, projections, ee calcareous matten 1 mixed. with, fulphur,and,cavitiesor pools of w ater about four fectdcep, tra fparent,. t. highly ‘charged with fulpbur, Hot fulphureous wapour iflucs through mameroushglesin.the floor, and:a perf fon is thrown into Pp «fpiration ale niof:immediately, without his breathing being i in commod. di; by, the ful. a fléam; provided he.fland upright. but | he AS. feized with cou. shing nibafenfe of fullocation, if he crouch onthe a. DOE as, ha) ppened to. a Ht de ni who fat down. - nae occurs likewile inthe grotto: dei Cant, and ariles micrely. from’ the {pecific gravity of the, fulphureous gas. being greatcr than thatof the atmofpheric air, with whichit does not mix with celes rity. The fides of the cavern ‘were formed by calcareous matter, and Nout of) falphur, in; fome places: flraw colour, im others of a deep brimftone hue. > TF he! proportion’ of brimftone to the other material i is nearly twotaone... The fidets fodoft, that.at.may be {cooped off by MANASARQVARA IN RN-DES. 473 the hand, and.is.a little moult, ,, Ibis rubbed into.powder with cafe, and» th: n nixed with il. which u unites with, the fulphar, and the, Ge iIcgueous: i r fubfides, Coalhas not yet ‘been found by the natives; and fuel is on ly afforded Ly t the furze in {inall quantity, If ‘fuel were. plentiful, I apprehend, that many hundreds of tous of fulphur might be, ebtained } fro: a this cavern 3 a ad the” immediitely “far rounding calesreous ‘rocky. WwW nich, even. whe re whi €; iS. high! ne charg: id with, ful ‘phur,, Immedi-., etely i in front of the mou: h of the cavern, an forming as: It. ,were. its., threfhold, is a mound of calcareous fko ae,. thro: agh chinks sof which {pri ag many jets oi F hot- water perfe tly tranfparent,, and of a {mell and talle very fimilar to that of Harrowsate. ‘The va {h wall S. and maffes of rock which have been formed by the action of hot {prings i in this neigh., boarhood, fhew aa. antiquity that bales refearch and, would afford, food for {ceptics, oh Tue town of Kien lung, confifting of about a hundred final! hou les, built of unbucnt bricks painted grey and red, is fituated upon the fam- mit of a clufter of fpires or natural pillars of indurated clay in the face of high banks of: the fame material, which, overtop. it by at leaft a hun- dred feet, wh: tt the town ic LlE is. at lealt 200 feet above tl he bed. of the tiver, ane na reuiring any gle. This kind. of fituati ion. fcems. particus larly affected | by. the Unias for their winter @eirement s; andthe prefer- ence 1s founds: Lupon judicious principles ; for, from the conical fhape of the pinnac les. ae uch. form: the. foundation of. the houfe 5) the fnow flips from the ‘m and Falls into. the valley below, the height Bi the rocks behind guards. them, from the force: of the winds. w! hich {weep Over the fummits of the hills, and: the elevation, of the town above the le. vel of the plain prevents, the inhabitants from feeling the blafts which frequently ruth aloag the courfe of the river witha violence which can fcarcely, be conceived.—At prefent from this being the feafoa molt 480 “A JOURNEY TO LAKE - favourable for pafturage, the greatélt “part of the inhabitants here left the town and gone toa diftance with their ‘flocks and herds. Auguft 17th—=TH ERMOMETER 42°. ‘Four men were difpatched be- fore day-break in {earch of the firkar’s bundle, which they found, and_ returned | by nine ovclock: however, ‘as ‘the {2 ‘tvants had begun to cook their viétuals, we could not march fill 150. The heat was very great.—At 500 paces a flrong— fulphureous - {mell iffues ‘from hot {prings; the rocks ftained:yellow with fulphur, which | app€ars in con- fiderable quantity mixed with earth in inteifiices betwixt mafles of rock. At 2875, the channel of the river from, being’ broad fuddenly. reduced to 50 yards; road along its edge {tony. Reached our ground at feven P.M. 8389 paces “This has been one of the moft rugged marches we have hadin the Undes. -Asit grew dark, we fired carbmes occafional- ly to apprife our people behind of the direction we were encamped ia; and at half paft nine ‘had the fatisfa€tion to: fee them arrive without having met with any ferious accident. Auguft 18th.—THERMOMETER 37°. March at 8° 65’. Some ‘of ‘the “yak cows left the water courfe and went up the rock, the face of which ‘became fleeper as they advanced. ‘One of them, finding herfelf fepa- rated from the great mais of her companions, without hefitation, leaped from a height of about fourteen feet into the dry ‘water-courfe, appa- ently without being hurt by the fhock; and her example was: loliow- eo by thole which had, taken the fame ae j AT 6909. paces, commence defcending to a river formed Of two ‘branches, the right coming from S.5 W. the leftS.95 W. - They” run Ne 30 | E. At 7625 reach she point, at which the {treams juft mentioned goin, and breaking through a hig h mountain, fall into the Seite. “The MANASAROVARA IN UN:DES. 481 bank on this fide is. as it were. diffetted ;. the. fofter parts having been wafhed from the harder ftrata: the latter prefent a very irregular and extraordinary projecting furface. At 7700, crofs the, river 14 feet deep. .at 8000 defeend to) fecond river, the water of which is more clear, and its banks afford more grafs|and furze for fuel. At 8050 crofs and encamp at one P. M. Here we cbferved on the banks of the river many, larva ofa kind of locu(t, which breeds on the fLony plains of. Zatary, marked,;on the body with/a»yellow ring on a-black )ground, and.~ having a.large ‘horn in the tail, “Two fpeci¢es of locufts. breed heres. one, with pur- ple wings; by clipping the horny cafes ftrongly together. it, makes a {mart crack as it flies. The other is twice as large, the carcafe and wings, of a yellow, {potted with points:a little darker... 9 Hicu wind from the.Himdchal, which lalled from, three to night. fall, Thermometer at feven P. M. 50’. Auguft igth:—-Sxient froll. Thermometer 37°. March at 7: At 1300 paces, obferve that the two rivers which we crofled yefterday j join due eat about 900 yards. At 5000 commence, afcending the gorge, and reach the fummit of height which fhuts the valley. At 5240, arrive at a pile of ftones and defcend by artolerably good road, on which were many {mall fragments of different coloured jafper and white agate: to the right is the river formed by two {treams, and. now running parallel to our line of march about 23 milesdiftant. At 15,700 commence defcendine : the town of Démpé in fight. This is built on a fteep eminence forming part:of a ridge ftretching from the fide of a mountain and floping toa siver, but rifing atleaft goo feet above the bed of the latter. Some ruined buildings on another eminence are feparated from the town by a deep glen, in which runs a {tream of delicious water, The banks of ‘this water caurfe, cut into. fteps or narrow beds, are now covered 6 B ap A JOURNEY TO LAKE by the: grain called 4wajau’ now in ear, and’ watered by cuts from the flream begun near its fource. The relief afforded to the eye by dwelling upon this, after having beén'fo long tired with the: re- petition of bare rocks and of plains moft fcantily forinkled ‘with ver- dure, ‘is fuch as cannot be conceived except by thofe who chance'to have been’ in fuch fituations. The inhabitants have alfo’ been equally induftrious in turning to account a fhelfof gently floping: land! at: the foot of the ridge watered by the large river. The regularity add luxu- ‘riance of the crop fhew that the foil would be very gratefulif the farm: er would irtigate mena : | Auguft 2othi— Har at | Dempie Thermometer'49°. The warmett day we have had fince our arrival on the Undes. Amer S1neu arrived at ten this morning. It appears that a dawk or poft carried by horfes regularly goes from Giertope to Ouchong (Laffa.)’ Each horfe performs : twenty kos a day ; ; and the journey takes up twenty two days at this ‘rate. So that, giving. the kos as two miles, the diftance may be eftimat- ‘eda at 880 milés, | ‘The intermediate country is moft thinly © peopled. ‘The thaw! goats are from Latakh to Laja, where tt is faid there are fheep with finer wool than here, The Ouci hong merchants buy wooed cloth at :Gllertope from ¢ the Latakhi and Fuari ees Tinspay ‘has been hot with the exception of about half an hour, ‘during which we had a {mart fhower of hail. Thermometer at night ‘ 56°. “We were obliged to halt this- day, on account’ ‘of our cattle being | mauch tired, not only from the continued marching! that they have’had,. get from their having feldom been able to fill theit® bellies on account of the fcarcity of grafs i in the courfe of our rout2. Augut othe pb cli 45°, Leave npc at 850%: vAb 380 MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 483 paces crofs a {mall river, the water from which is made.ufe of. for ir- rigating fome fteps of land fown with, Awa gau.. At 6514 teach Table -Land;~a houfe of unburnt bricks about eighty yards to the left; to. the S. four or) five others; which conttitute. the village of Gengoul, formerly -tolerably | populous, but. now, nearly deferted.: It. bears. S, Go W. ifrom our encampment at 6740, at which we.arrived:at two P. M. The furze adjoining.the Awayjau fields, with fome, fpringy . land, formed. a favourite refort to-hares;. and. many. Chakors® were, heardin the neigh- bouring hills, and taking our guns, Mr..Hs: and my, {elf had. good fport. Found a partridge very like that of Eng/and in plumage and fize, but which-had @ ftrange grunting call, This.bird.ran, aftom(hingly {wift, and I could not make it take wing. The Chakérs breed in the hill , and afforded excellent diverfion, although at the fame time it was very labori- ous andnot witheut danger. This, day three of our loaded yaks fell over a fteep bank from, thirty..to forty feet hig 7 |. Into.a, ravine; and, although they had ftruggled much. to ifegtanales themfelves, lay on their backs unable to get up; on the ropes being cut, they. rofe apparent- ly with very little injury. Thermometer at night 55. Auguft 224.—THERMOMETER 37°. Marchat 8* 45... At 11,900 paces arrive at a pile of ftones with. religious :infcriptions, carved upon them, Dadé looks larger ftom hence than from the approach to iton the Nii road. We were welcomed by:acroud of-half naked dirty. ragged children interms of friend{hip, and; they were,made happy for the moment by a few {craps of broken bifcuit>and’fome raifins. We ' proceeded to our original encampment in the town; having» completed 12,575 paces at 4* 4o P..M.. We thought it. proper.to inform the - Wazir and Déba of our arrival, and to eriquire where it would be agreeable to'them that we fhould pay them,a wifit 5 to this a-reply. was e Perdir. rufa, 484 “A JOURNEY TO LAKE fent, ‘that they fhould be glad to fee us the following morning.—About half paft eight in the eveninz, the old pundit came to fay that the moon was eclipfed, and we seamieaiitely heard the found of trumpets and beat- ing of drums and gongs from the temple of N&rdvan, and that ereéted | on the fite of the old palace of the StryaBans RAy&. This I prefume was intended to drive away the dragon, which during the time of an ‘eclipfe, is fuppofed by the Chinefe to attempt to devour the moon. This eclipfe was atotal one; but the ob{curity was much lefs denfe bits T ever before oblerved ite Thermometer at night 55°. i Balin iol jax at Dab4, or as dhonoaitesa; Dhapa. Thermometer 4o° at fun-rife. “At niné a meflenger from the Wazir and Déba flated, ‘that they were ready to receive us. In’an apartment on the roof ‘of the government houfe, we found the Wazir and Deba, along with the brother of the Garban, and a perfon whom we took for a commander of cavalry, féated in an open verandah, in front of which we placed “ourfelves on a cufhion.—The prefents made this time were lefs coftly than thofe on our firft interview with the young Wazir and Deda. After. the ufual complimentary enquires, the Garfan’s brother re “ynarked, that’ our journey had taken up a confiderable time, and “that he feared, if our return to Hindé/tan were much longer de- ‘Yayed, it might be flopped altogether by a fudden fall of fnow : filling: all the paffés: ‘a circumflance not unufual at this feafon of the year. In anfwer to his remark, it was obferved, that we “had been fomewhat delayed by an illnefs which attacked me foon after I left Ghertope ; and that our cattle had been fo reduced by ~ dontinued marching and feanty fupply of food, ‘as ‘to be incapable “of prodéeding as quickly as we wifhed. Thit we were very folt- citous to’ return to our homes, and fhould depart as foon'as ourcattle fhould be a little recruited, and the Waxir and Déba would allift us by M.ANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 485 hiring cattle to enable us to carry our wool to Mi, This latier they ~ promifed to do without delay. I exchanged a kaife with tae Wazir fopa*curved horn “{nuil box:- Aftzr a fi:cin of two huts, during which a pl itz of ratfias was placed before us, we took Krave aad mide a vifit tothe Lawz° Th: old man Was appare.tly much pleaf=d to fee us and had tea prepared, of which according to our Hindu chara@er we could not partake, Mr. Hi brought as much orange cloth as would make him a dre(s, but this he refuled, faying the weight of the obligation would “pe tod great, it being out of bis power to makea fuitablé return for ‘futh civility. [found that a knife aad pair of icifflars would be ‘acccptable to him, and I fent for them. He was moft highly gratified by this token of regard, « and gave us fome flips of gauze fentto him by the Déba Lama, along with fome red comfi:s made of flour, water, and fome red colouring matter ; they were infipid, but having been made by the oly hands of the head of the church of this country, were faid to poll ts” ext caordinary virtues, provided. they were eaten before any other thing i ibe) the inorning. Thefe proper- ties lay in a very {mall fpa ce; for the comfits were no bigger than partridge fhot. Being d-firous of bringing a [pecimen of the Unia Wilt: ing, fome of which had appeared tome very neat, I reque ted, that he would give me a written paper, as alfo one that had beea printed. In compliance with my defire he gave m: ‘three flips of blue paper, on which fome prayers were written in letters of gold by a Gelum lately dead; and wit his own hand | he tru ok off from a wooden block anothe r prayer Oh a piece of coarle Litharws paper. vlathe latter, having placed a few grains of Awa-jau, he bleffed it, and wrapping it round with. an orange ‘coloured fill thread “drawn out of an open ftuff with loofe ends . apparently for this purpote, he. recomm,. ‘nded. us.to hang it in a parti- cular dircGtion, and we | thould find it in fome refpects ufeful to us, He caufed fome tea leery Ina male to be brought to us, along witha. 6 C 486 -A-JOURNEY TO LAKE {mall piece of foda, which isin this country always employed to extract, more of the colouring matter and flavour of the tea than would:be done... by. the water alone which is here hard, A.cheefe made of mealand:} milk fightly daubed over with coarfe fugar, and having a few raifins , ftuck in it, with a cake of afweetmeat made of fugar and butter, anda _ large plate. of raifins, formed his prefent. The cheefe had a very flrong, fmell, and as well as the tea and fweetmeat. was given to our fervants.,, The old man finding, that we would not take back the cloth, requefted that it might be given him the following, day i in the-prefence of the Gelums. The more we have feen of this prieft. the more we are pleafed_ with the fimplicity of his mannersand the liberality of his fentiments, as. far as the ftupidity of our interpreter would give us to. underftand his, converfation. In fhe evening we. were deured again to vifit the Wazir and Deba.. They were engaged in writing to the Garpan; and we requefted, that, a letter, in general terms, informing him of our fafe arrival, and exe. prefling our thanks for his attentions, might be tran{mitted to him in our name ; which was done. It was promifed, that, on the following morning fome cattle fhould be brought, that we might fele& two for | our own riding, at the rate of fifteen. rupees nominal per head, and that others fhould be furnifhed to carry our wool and baggage. | Two trays containing rice with a lump of butter fecured i ina piece of the {kin of a yak with the hair on, were put before us. as aprefent, along with a plate of raifins; and a written order fisned by. the Wazir and Deba for five goats was directed to be given to the fleward, who would on receiving it immediately forward: the animals. “Thermometer 55. in the €vening. At night the Wazir fent an agate, {nuff box, in exchange for that of - horn. ‘After I had the latter in my poffeffion, i obferved a fall Ting of gold, a means of which the bottom» was capable of being taken out in MANASAROVARA IN ON-DES. 487. order that the {nuff may be put in, the mouth being too finall for ‘this purpofe» J could not help thinking, that the Wazir had overlooked this circumftance in:the firft inflance, and now recolleéctin git, thought he had made abad bargain. Under this impreffion, and refolving to defeat his avarice in this matter, I pretended to mifunderftand his mef- . fage, and’ returned another knife with a {mall filver capped glafs fale muffineer that had been sdmired in’ the morning by him. The acate box, was in the-fhape of an urn flattened at the fides, and furmounted at each fhoulder, by the mafk of aSatyr. This appears to me an antique ay Grecian workmanfhip ; or, if it {hould be of Tatar fabric, the hollow- ing does credit to their ingenuity, The Wazir feemed pleafed with his: newobargain. Auguft, 24th.—THERMOMETER 39. This morning we’ went to the lodging of a Latakhi-Cafimirian merchant, who fhewed us Ruffian lea- ther and French woollen cloth. The Latokhi’ faid, that the Ruffians had Jatterly imported much merchandize into this part of Tatary through Yarkund, which is forty days journey from Latakh and fifteen from Bokharas Ar night the Wazir and the reft of his council fent'for the old pan- dit, and the brother of the Garfan faid, that they were anxious for our departure, left fome accident might occur to us, which would be a fovrce of great pneafinefs tothem. That we had new paffed ‘through their country once; and as we were Firinghis, we could not be allowed to come a fecond time; « The pandit faid, that they. well knew he was con{cious that they had it ‘not in their power to prevent our vifiting the country whenever we pleafed: That whether we fhould do {o or not depended upon tbe orders of our fuperiors; but, if we fhould, our dealings would always be governed by the fame: integrity which they 458 A JOURNEY: TO “LAKE had already witn: fed, and which they could not but approve. He them departed This day a well looking Juari ina clean drefs, of the name of Des or Deso Sincu, came: to pay his refpects tous; he was fon'to:. a man of confequence of the hame of Daamu, who had ordered him to come over, and, whether we were Mahants or not, to offer-his fers vices in whatever we thought he might be ufeful: If he thought us not Mahantis, he was direéted: to fay that 2000 men were ready to take arms for the caufe of the Raja whenever a rallying point was furnifhed. He fai‘, that, as our journey had been long, and we had, he underftood,. been made to incur unneceflary expence, he fhould’ be happy to furnifh a draft on S:iwagar for a thoufand rupees, if it would afford. us any accommodation, and would take the amount at Haridway either | in goods or money, as might be moft agreeable to us. We thanked him’ for the offer; which we declined, but employed-bim in fome litde ‘offices in which he was ferviceable. folkd ‘he whole ofthe coral beads I had provided for ninety rupees to Ama Sincr, who pafled them ov rto Dés Sincu for fifty fhawl-wool goats and twenty fheep, to ‘be. delivered to-him at Nui, and to-be brought downto Chilka by- Harxn Dés. This, though much under their value, was the beft return I could form, as, in the event of accident to our firft batch of goats, the fecond might fill their place, and this precaution was the moré neceflary, as all the perfons we met with, faid, that by far the greater part of thefe animals, if taken through the hills before the cold-weather fhould have. . fet in, would die on the march. Auguft 25th.—THerMoMETER 41°. The Wazty and Deba fent word ' that the yaks would be ready to take our loads this morning ; we returhe» } ed an an{wer, that we fhould not be able to march until the following)» morning; andth t this would depend upon their performing ther: contrat A’ meflenger returned with itwelve- rupees from jthe Hia- 0 MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. 489 sir and Déba, inftead of a like number .of goats which they had undertaken to fupply, but. now faid they could not furnifh; and this was foon followed by thofe perfons who. faid that the people from Ghertope were extremely anxious to return, and expected we would fet off this morning, as they could not depart until we had begun our march. We repeated our arguments and ordered our cattle out of the town tograze. Anorder was given by the Wazrr, &c. to fhut the gates, and we fent two refolute mento open it, and to turn out the yaks. This they effected without refiflance-—We then remonftrated in very {trong terms with the Wazir and Déba on the impropriety, and meannefs of their conduét: after a little conyerfation they both appeared afhamed and faid they did not a& from themfelves, but under the authority of the Ghertoge meflengers by erder from the Garpan. Immediately after the Wazir and Déba returned, thefe people learnt our intention, and without waiti: ¢ for.our vilt, faddled:their horfes and went off. Tne Wazir and Deba fent word privately, that, if we wouldtake faffron, they would inthe evening take fomeof ourcloth. The Latakhi faffcon 1s re- ceived by the Latakhis. from the Cafamtitantraders in payment for the shawl wool furnifhed by the latter; and again given to the Uniasin payment for the wool taken from them. It appears to me pure, but dear; how- ever the highnefs of price is in fome meafure owing to the form of the tranfaction being by barter. According to our promife we went to the government houfe, where we were received with a cordiality calculated to efface.the impreflion, of the late tranfaGtions, and which our condud on the occafion {hewed had; preduced that eff. The Waztr and Déba faid, that really there was much danger of our entering Hindiftan being prevented altozether, 1f our departure were delayed; that if they followed their own inclination, they could wifh us to ftay Jonger; but the feafon was advanced, and it would much grieve bath ithe Garpan and themielves if any accident were to occur to us. 6D 499 - “ ALJOURNEY TO LAKE}. “Auguy 26thi-Tuermomerer 97% | We commenced ourimarch from. Débd at ten A. M; fol lowing the dire@ion by ‘which we arrived at firft, in which line we continued and croffiag the Tiltil, reached the junétion of the two ftreams before mentioned at twelve, ‘hhavingcome only. about three miles. Here the meafurement commenced as owe took anew. road. At 2* 99 took up our ground for encampment. Our baggage did-not reach us-till eight at might, in coafequence of many of the leads falling off, from’ the ruggednels of part of the road, and from our peo- / ple having kept in the dire€tion of the former line infead of. following | us exaétly. The road we have now taken is inithe ftraight: line for: Nit’, the other was circuitous, but better.: °Dés Sineu-came inthe even- ing, and promifed to fend us three fat fheep for our confumption on the read. When the fun fet it became very cold; before fun-fet thermometer 48°. | Ausuft'27th.—As our cattle had been much reduced by their long journey from Ghertope to Manfarowar and back’ to Déba, they had performed their work ‘of yelterday: but weakly, andit was therefore’ jadged advrfable-to halt, that they might have a chance of filling their bellies, although the pafluraze was even here but fcanty. Dis SincH 3 was ViTy anxious to receive a certificate of his” endeavours to be ufeful and a recommendation that he fhould be permitted to enter the Compa- ny s provinces paying only the ufual duties.” The papers required by’ Des Srncu were given to him, and he took his leave highly ‘fatisfied in” ged much ice in the river this morning. a | Aug 98th. —-Harpb froft. In fome Ba the ice “was Be inches thick. Thermome: er 28°. Marched at 9. At 7300 paces reach our ground, and encamp ‘at 12" "3+, Thermomecer in the ope en air 07, Found. many ammonites in iron ‘ftone, generally, broxea. Mach iron inthe moun: MANASAROVARA IN: Uy DES. 491 tains, which have fcarcely any. vegetable, uponithem, and are rapidly frittering into. fragments. . We are: now abaut.one- -third of the GA te which feparates: Hindéflan from .Jatary.., Mountains arelefs high and. bold, than thofe farther onan Bitin, Two yaks have been left. behind from fatigue, although, the-niirch: his not beén long; yet:parts haye been; very diftreffing.,. The rivulet or rather river (for when it fills its.channel, ic well:deferves this.name) is call d-Chang Ju. -Itis formed-by three, or | four branches, which iffue from the heights below thé Nii )GAdti, and | it caer Nga iti ay into-the Seticy LA nid acbusds oF boertd es 29th. en ee 29°. Hardfroth: andy very, Lobia} to oun, feelings. Leave, our ground atten A. Me At: $745 paces reach the bad: of the river near-which owe halted onthe finft day, after croffing the | Ghati, in.our road, to;Dabd... The name¢.ol thisis Fandé, oUt rites NiB5 Wijand, runs|N. 80: E., to/the Seti. The banks are formed by! ftupen- doufly lofty mountains.” At6125 reach the Ghat, which feparates Bu- tan {rom the Undés; and which has upon Jit.a large pile of {tones, the offering of travellers, furmounted by rags in token of the victary they atchieved) in: reaching fogreat a height. ‘TneGAidtius about a halt mile. broad, almoft without.any vegetable. The wind from,.the Bétan moun- ) tains covered with: fnow:! is mioft: piercingly colds: We-turned) out of the road; utoicthe left-hand; andj imlorder to: faveva litle diftance; {caled an:afcent which‘coft.us double in time, |. Oae of the*yaks, which had fallen froma precipice a few days. before,and ‘reccivedfuch a fhock as rendered him unfit for carrying a load, after he had afcend- ed a/few {leps, fuddenly returned, and ran downwards towards’ the’! river as rapid yas the badnefs of the road:would admit, ard faftersthan any one \whov has never, feen thefé animals travel. over crags ‘would fuppole poflible.. «I had got. upon a Yadé!(or mule betweemawak and aicow); é&c. was bringing up: the rear. (The animalbcharged:m:, and 492 “A JOURNEY TO LAKE endeavoured to overthrow my fteed: who however ftood firm. Luckily he took my thigh between his ‘horns, and did not’ hurt me materially. ‘When he found room, he did not repeat the attack, but continued his courfe towards the river, upon the bank of which he flood fill. Tleaped off the fabs, had him f{ecured, and paffed a cord through a hole in his nofe. Though one of the moft tra€table animals I had éver feen, before the fall, he now ws become wholly the reverfe: 1 faw, that fome derangém>nt of the brain had taken place, and was obliged to abandon him. Another yak, the beftof my herd, a€tually _ feparated the hoofs frem the tees of the hind feet in exertions to climb the ftones, and after bleeding very largely and ‘profecuting his journey in great pain; when a {top was made toallew of the others taking breath, he alfo refufed to proceed. The Unias, who had brousht the wool on hirejon the Wazt'r and Déba’s cattle, fat down every five or fix fteps on ftones, and'{meked and fpun yarn till the animals were dif- pofed to proceed. This was aternble day.. The defcent was very flippery as well as fleep, and required great precauuon. The afcent of the Ghati meafured-2110 paces, the defcent 1750. At 9835 reacha good grafly plain on-the left bank of the rivulet, which runs from the Ghatz to the fouth, in-order to fall into-the Doules and encamp at 5° so. The goats reaching the bottom of the GAdéz farft, mflead of taking the right road, by the careleffnefs of the people in charge, went:up a crag — about 500 feet abeve the level of the road, and .very Jeifurely placed | themfelves on the very edge of the precipice; a mountaineer, native'of | Kaméin: followed them, and: by throwing ftanes and calling, at: length fuceeded «in diflodging ‘them. from: the dangerous poft they- had ‘taken.’ The latter rank in coming down, deranged loofe flonés which tumbled down an abrupt: flope, vy! which’ they: defcended -awith a force that thieatened to overthrow thofe which were-near-. ef the “bottom; and it really wasi entertaining to dee with what MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. ee. addrefs, whilft at a run, they avoided the blows of the rollinz - {tones without turning their heads tn the direction of their defcent. In this march we met with much wild Chand,* not yet ripe. This might _ be an acquifition to the mountains of Scotland and Wales. Thermome- ter at night 39°, wind high, Augu/t 30th.—Snow falling on the adjacent. mountains and inlefs quantity on our tents; thermometer 37°. Had we not crofled the Ghazz yelterday, we fhould have found it difficult to-day. As the pafturage here was good, and it is a long time fince our cattle have fairly filled their bellies, we halted this day. Inthe courfe of the morning the Unias in charge of tne Wazir’s fheep came up, and ftated that they could not bring up our cattle: that at the foot of the dry watercourfe _ being unwilling to move, and the other very lame. Thermometer at night 41°. Augujt 31ft.—THERMOMETER 41°. Water frozen during the night. Froft greateft juft before fun-rife. March at eight A.M. At 1280 | paces. arrive at the bed of the Daulériver. The ftream is now’ much broader and deeper than when we croffed before. The rivulet near which we encamped laft night, falisinto the Daud? here, which is about two feet deep and very rapid, The defcent was very rugged and winding amidft large blocks of {tone : much of the Chana on the both banks of the river, the grains {maller than that cultivated ; but the plant throws out many pods, much foliage, and appears hardy.—At 3700 paces reach the ground on which we encamped in going; and, finding our cattle much fatigued from the badnefs of the road, abandon our intention of endea- vouring to reach Gotang. When we went to the Undes, the mountains, by which we are now furrounded, were almolt entirely bare; they are rn 8 et ® Cicer arietinum ? 6 E a4. O° CAT JOURNEY TO LAKE now covered with. verdure; and many of the plants going to feed, The.white, yellow, and red flowering firawberry have bore abundance of flowers, but only a cone of feed without any pulp. : Whetheriin a more kindly foil, they would produce fruit may be ie trying. September 1it.--THERMOMETER 36°. March ateieht by the fame route we came. Defcerid the fteep Ghat to the bed of the Dawli. One of the yaks could not be driven round the projé@tion of rock which led to it, but refolutely: charged back again in {pite of fticks and ftones. The Unias went by ‘a lower load along the fteep face of the rock _ The ftream of the Daulé mer ground near the village, at 4" 55’. Wind high and feme rain. The crops ot Phéphar Buck wheat are very good. Thefe with the Awa-jow are nearly ripe. Barberries are affording a fecond crop. The Shékar/, who received from us two rupees on the: banks of the Chang-li for killing a Baral was engaged at Gam/fali watch.ng the crops, and faid- he was debarred ufing his dun by the Seyanas until the crops were got in, as {now would certainly follow the explofion. We _refpected their prejudices, and did not go out, although the black partridge tempted us to do fo in purfuit of them by their frequent calls. September oth.—THaRMOMETER 50°. Marched at 41. The vil- lagers of Pharkah made much hefitation in taking up our loads, not- withftanding the Gorkhal: havildar threatened them with a fine, and | offered a deduction of two rupeés from their payment of revenue. _ Atlength they agreed, and a party fet off. At 4990 paces crofs the San- kha over the Daul/at the place where a wall is built witha door init for - the purpofe of preventing the goats und fheep laden with {alt and wool, coming from the Undés or northernmoft part of Butan, {pringing into the river. Whilft taking alittle reft upon a ftone I heard the call of Cha- hors on fome rocks of great height, to which I gained accefs by a fteep, Jong and difficult route. Whilft clambering up, Ihad very nearly placed my handsupona brown fnake which had got haifits body into ~ a hole, before I was able to flrike it. I fucceeded in getting three Cha- hors, one of which was of great fize,and had large double {purs, one above the other on each leg. At4' 95’ reached Ma/ar7, having come 5740 paces. The crops of Millet, Phaphar and Awa-joulook well. The bed of ice, which filled the bed of the Malar¢ river, has difappeared, — but the tops of the high mountains to the eaft are covered with fnow. September 1oth.--THERMOMETER 54°, Rained till 11. Halted on MANASAROVARA IN UN DE'S. 499 account of our loads not having come up yefterday. As far as Lété fouthwards, the country is called But’hant, but it is underftood that the Revgni river feparates that country from Hindijian. The Batzas pay a {mall fum of money annually to the Unias ; or its value in kind; and the quota of Malér¢ is fix rupees, which is commonly in barley. G The inhabitants of the whole tra@ between Leta and Nite complain ~ much of the extortions of the Goréiahs. The pooreft man is compell- ed to pay a poll tax of four kacha rupees. This has caufed many villa- ges to be deferted:; and the population ismow much. diminifhed. This evening, whilft looking at our goats, a Afaldr/ man came to us and en- tered into converfation. We afked how it happened that one portion of the village was in ruins, and that fo many of the houfes were in fuch .aftate of decay? The former inhabitants, he fatd, were dead; and when enquiry was made, if there had been any fudden and violent facknefs, he anfwered, that, ef the particular quarter to which we pointed, the tenants had been plundered of their goats by the Juris ; that, unable without thefe animals to carry on their ufual traffic of grain and falt with the Unids, they were deprived of the means of paying their rent tothe Gorkiahs, who'took ithe remainderof their «cattle, their cooking utenfils, the rings out of: the nofes :of their ‘wives and daughters, and feized their children as flaves. -Many per- fons were actually ftarved to death, and others. fled. Including the ‘regular rent, he faid, the inhabitants -of Malari had an annual fum of 1000 rupees forced from it, although the firft only amounts to 2506 "In the time of our Ragas,” faidthe man, “ thefe yards, now empty, were filled with goats; each old inhabitant had one house to place his fon in when married, and another for ‘his daughter, who had a portion in cattle. We were then, if not wealthy, at leaft at our eafe, and occupied and happy. At prefent we are poor and wretched. If awe had mafters like’you once again, thefe pens might contain the fame 500 A JOURNEY TO LAKE number of cattle as formerly ; but at prefent, ifa man by his induftry raif- es a{mall ftock of goats, a Fudri.or a Darmé plunderer attacks him and carrics them off, and we can get no ,redrefs, from our prefent mater. nor are we flrong enough to refill or make reprifals.” Independently of the direct plunder they obtain, without any other caution than put- ting a number. of men underarms, the fuaris are interefted in deftroy- ing the trade of the Nit Ghat/, in order that they may have a larger - proportion of the profitable trafic. with the Undes, At night, the ther. mometer was 58... a ~ September 11th —TuerMomeTer 5°. March-at: feven by the route - we came. At3575 paces crof{s.a fankha over the Dawli to the right bank. The defcent from hence is very rapid,,and the ftream is much broken by vait fragments of rock.and@ heaps of timber which have been much accumulated fince our pafling upwards, In oae place. the river has “worked its way under a kind of arch formed of thefe materials. At. 6240 paces reach the village of - Fhelam,, now-in, ruins with the exception of two orthreée-houfes.. “A villager faid. that fome time ago Dés SINGH, ‘our Yuari acquaintance, fwept the country during the fpace of two - months, and‘carried.of two thoufand head of goats, {heep and neat cat- ~ tle, without tecéiving-aiy | molestation from the Gorkiahs, or being - ~ compelled to make reftitution or any kind of reparation, . | Sepiember. reth.—Har at -Fhelim,. as our, loads. did not come laft. Dn ight. : Sepiember 13th.—THiRMOMETER 52°. March-at. feven. and half Av M.; no tidings of. the loads. The village of Jhelim is fituate on the face of a hill confiderably higher than the. road from Laiz to Malari: de- feending therefore, we, fell into. the old road, On. the road we, were. \MANASAROVARA IN ON-DES.. 5OL ) met by a meflenger from Buawni Sivcu Néci, with a letter from him, and another from Jacrup jamadar of the party now at Bara- gan and Jéfir Math. The former ftated, that the Gorkiahs had dif. trefled him much on account of having affifted in forwarding our baggage; that his life would have been forfeited had we not returned by this road ; but that now he was perfeétly at eafe and difpofed todo every thing in his power to ferveus. Jacrup faid, that he would take care that we fhould have every facility that he could afford usin our re-~. turn: BHAWANi Sincu ftated, that we might take the Pain Khand?: or Bidén road, as might be moft agreeable. At 5645 paces crofs the: Dauli over a very bad Sankko to the left bank. Here.the road, which, is very bad, afcends rapidly ; in many places, little more than a foot - broad ; and prajections from above oblige the paflemger. to creep » under them almoft immediately over the bed of the river, which is about 500 yards below. At 7025 paces reach the fummit from whence + the defcent is very difficult and fteep; indeed were a perfan from be--- low to fee travellers above, he could not fail-of feeling much anxiety: At 7650 paces reach our: former.grqund.and en-.: for their fituation. camp. A Sankbo had been wafhed away, and the lofs of a long tree not worth three rupees in this country, endangers’.the lofs of life to — ~ every. one who attempts this molt dangerous route, of which no con-: ception can be formed by defcriptions. Let itfuffice to fay, that the . very goats refifted attempting fome parts of it for a confiderable time ; and that we were in more than one placevreduced to the neceflity of : ereeping on our hands and knees: yetevery one arrived without acci- dent, and the Fabé climbed and defcended in a manner that created. admiration; but in one fpot it was thought advifable, that he fhould, attempt an almoft perpendicular face of rock, rather than be obliged te: come down by another fo fteep that it was.a tafk of great danger for man, By along detour he reached us over a tract known to our guides. 6G 502 A JOURNEY TO LAKE only, but the man who had the care of him declared, that this care was fuperfluous, for that he could come down a furface as fteep as was practicable for man. He had been brought to the fide of the river un- deran ideathat he might have eroffed; and from the height of the bank where I flood, I thought the attempt attended with little danger; in fo much, that the beft [wimmer in the party having declined the tafk, I had refolved upon trying. However on reaching the bed of the river and pafling one ftream, I was deterred from the experiment, in con= fequence of the force and velocity of the current, the extreme cold. nefs of the water, and the danger of being dafhed againft the fRiones or flumps of trees. ALTHOUGH moncy had ‘been:givente the Scyanas of Fheélim forthe shire of the carriers, they had kept the money, and not furnifhed a particle of food to the unfortunate people who had to. bear the burthen. and heat of the day. The oppreflionexercifed by the government ren- ders natives equally oppreflive in propertion to their power; Thermo- meter at night 62°, - | September 14th —THirMOMETER 58°. Match at 9" 25 along the jeft bank of the Dauli; one of my fineft goats, heavy with young, and the boldeft.in the whole herd, fell into the {tream.and was.hurried. away by the current. The bridge was about, twelve inches braad and. formed by a fir-tree, a little flattened on its’ upper furface.and a round. fapling oneach fide. ‘Whilft the goats crowded at the foot_of the San-_. kho, two went on boldly, but when they had reached within a few feet of the oppofite fide, the preflure of the feet of the goats had‘pufhed forwards one of the fide fpars, and unluckily that on which agoat was; | _one end fell down, and the other tilting up, threw the.poor. animal i ine to the fircam. This fpot has brought me much difalter.;.for it was on, MANASAROVARA IN ON-DE's, 6g is bank, within wweney yards of the Sankho, that the pandit’s flave dafhed my watch from my girdle upon the ftones, However this acci- dent did not affe@ me, although ferioufly inconvenient, one-tenth fo. much as the Jo{s of ene poor goat that coft only a rupee: but. this latter, had been attained with more difficulty than the watch had coft me, At 8025 paces reached ithe road running under the village of Tolna, which, furrounded by fieldsiof the crimfon marcha, looks very pretty. ‘The marcha is a plant which I.milteak in my journey upwards for the lal.fag of Hindiftan, or the Amaranthus Gangeticus, and the fpahis who ‘had accompanied the party which went in 1808, to furvey the Ganges, fell into the fame. error and ufed it asa pot- herb. Ina fhort time, .thofe who thad eaten much of it were. affected with purging, and fore-_ ‘nefs in the infide of the mouth, ~The natives. of the hills, however eme : ploy, it without injury whilft .itas:yeung, but I neglected to enquire in what manner it was drefled. ‘I thought we fiowld be able to reach Latd «this. evening,.and therefore pufhed on. ‘Having arrived at the foot of «the mountain (which we aficended on leaving Late) the {ky . became fuddenty. clouded, and, large drops of rain with gufts of wind announc- / .edan approaching ftorm, , As the day clofed rapidly, 1 {aw it would ;not:be. poffible to.pafs over the ragged mountainous read without acci- dent, as much of it lay on :_ but had not done as much mifchief as I fhould have fuppofed. A wopard made frequent vifits to this neighbourhood, had taken away three children, and killed two men; but the place to which he -reforted with his prey wasunknown, At the fame place where we encamped before, we now pitched our tents, clofe toa temple. Every “other {pot for a great extent was occupied by a crops of rice, Marcha, Mandua, and Sawah.t The people of the neighbourhood faid, that the leopard would certainly make an attack upon our goats in the night; and we took precautions accordingly by fetting a ftrong watch with loaded euns, anid keeping up a good fire, ! September 21{t.—THERMOMETER 55°. The leopard has committed fome ravage in a villageto the Eaft of Jéfhi-math. In this village my goats were yefterday entangled,and with no {mall trouble and lofs of time I extricated them out of the filthy and intricate roads, Goats are cleanly animals: when they reached one filthy fpot, the leading animals flopped, and the whole flock was delayed in a narrow path overhung with long grafs, and from which iflued a ftreak drawn upwards by the heat of the fun, that was {carcely fupportable by man, and muft have been greatly annoying to the ‘animals fhut up in an * Bleufinc Coracana, + Panicum Colonum 508. A JOURNEY TO LAKE, alley of this offenfive vapour. Atlength they clambered up fome large blocks of ftones. Our march did not take place till 25 15’, owing to the Gorkha party, having ferved themfelves with carriers for their loads, before they gave any tous. On reaching the foot of the hill, half way up which, are many detached cottages which form the vilege of Slur, I found my flock, which had flarted at an early hour. We went up, and after anafcent of about. a mile through narrow paths and nelds in March, Sawa, and Sarfon, reached the refidence of Buaw_Ani Sineu, at the clofe of day, where was a ftone threfhing floor almoft covered _ with hemp, on which we pitched our tents. Gave the body of a goat which died, to the Gorka Szpahis, who requefted to have it for their night’s repatt. : September 20d.—Haxut. Buawani Sincu has not come here accorde ing to his promife. We found Banouu TuApd’s fon, the nephew of the general, Buacti, fick of an intermittent. September 23d.—Arrer breakfatt we tet off accompanied A a ce mer, who faid that he thought it likely we fhould find wild hogs, pears, deer, and pheafants, if we would £0. up to the top. of a high wooded mountain to the left, which formed part of the great Tiigasé range. We afcended a fe eep ridge and paffled through a foreft of | fir, ccdar, and cyprels,* with fycamore, horfe Ohetaue walnut and yew trees, the latter are called Yunér. ‘The cédars were of enormous fize; one meafured 18 cubits in earth at 4 feet from the. ground, and was about 180 feet high; another that had fallen) down was 159 feet in length : and trees of this fize were not uncommon. From this a *Pine ? _ MANASAROVARA IN ON-DES. 50 ew uence | sad a ‘ine profpet, in which a cafcade forming the fource of the Puc/iGuaed,’ that ran inthe bottom between two ranges of hills’ formed ine moft’ prominent feature. This cafcade appeared to ata <1 80 to 100 féet-and was about 20 feet broad. It had ‘efcaper me to remark; that in our return we met with very j_® trees bearing fruit much larger than thofe of this tree in Engla ‘copped to examine fome plants of hemp fown near a hioule, any of thefe were twelve feet in height, and few lower than fen; ‘where thinly fown, the plants had very thick ftems. and {cnt out. marily: fide branches; but when numerous, they were thin, tall and: without branches. The perfon,’ who fowed thém faid, that-when the’ - plant was fuppofed fufficiently ripe‘for pulling, which is confidered to be the cafe whem it is in flower, it is placed on the roof of the houfe, and expofed to the fan till thoroughly dry\;: when the bark 4s {tripped off and tied in bundles for ufe. ‘During the time it is on the houfe, ‘care. is taken to prevent its being wetted, as wet is fuppofed to weaken the fibres. In ftripping, one half of the bark is feparated from the wood, by the nails of the finger and thumb of one hand, whilft the finger. and thumb of the other are placed, one upon and the other under the bark, during the time that it is. drawn from the butt towards the: point of the ftem: this procefs is performed on the other fide, and the bark by the two operations is completely taken off. From. what I have feen of the growth of hemp. in this country, I have no hefitation in faying, that its luxuriance is fuch, when fown upon the lands of valleys in Garwhal and Péin-khandi, as to be capable of {upplying a” great portion. of the navy of Great Britain, if sits value in England wilh cover the freight and other expences. September oqth—Tue Néci’s mother. laft night informed: us that Jaw Auir Sincu had ab{conded as well as BaawAni Srneu, in order to - 61 510 _.) ) AJOURNEY:. TO LAKE: avoid the oppreflion of the Gorkhas.. She. gave an »poliding ene of the -grievancesinfli&ted. by them; affured us that. gurloads fhould be forwarded, and that BaawAni Since would not be faithlefs to: his engagements : but that we fhould not fee him, as both he and Jaw4Hir . feared to be feized and fent, to Sirmagar. She was very:anxious ta im- prefs us with a belief, that the warmeft wifhes of the whole xf her ar ily were with us, We then defired Banpu Tuira’s fon and the, jar.adar would come to our tent, and remonftrated; with them on. our.acuation: Banpu Tu4r’s fonand an old man his governor exprefied their.concern — at the delay in our journey, and faid,they were ready. to, accompany us to Pali, when we fhould fee BANDU THded; and that we might rely upon it our effets fhould reach Palz within three.days after our.arrival. We were obliged to remain fatisfied. with this. explanation, but-faid, thatif. we had not an account of the baggage being on the road.to us _in three days, we would certainly march. September. 25.—As aperfon. acquainted. with the management. of goats and the. culture of the mountain rice. would be. ufeful in going to Calcuita with the former, and: perhaps eventually to England, I gave. the fum of thirty rupees for a flave offered to me by Jawduirz SincH, who was apprehenfive that he would be forcibly taken from him by.the Gorkhas if he did not difpofe of him. : September o6th..-Tue jamadar Jacerve cameto take leeve, As.I faw. he expected a prefent, I filled a China box with five rupees in Timafhis. and gave it tohim. He appeared pola gratified: with this, ancl Wes) faw no more of him. Ar 9 15 left the village of Solér. At 8980. paces reach. Panki-math. The latter part of this journey was. very embarrafling, as the rain new MANASAROVARA IN ON-DES. gig bane Be nbed a i Snavy: The path was covered with ¢ a glazed furs ‘face. fo fl ippenyy : few of the party efcaped without one or more fails. \/nen guiecark Il reached the Garé Ganga, whofe current dafh- dd digs & with gféat im petuofity. Having fafely reached the bank, we were inv bivéd’ ‘othe deepeft darknefs, and could only afcertain that Wi! Vere at “he fa foot bore fteep hill. Here we were obliged to wait about Gh*e quarters of an hout, 'tilf alight was brought which fhewed a fleep arrow" path 1 obftraded by flones and long grals, With much. bauble’ we célleted the goats and forced them into the path; but they frequently ftopped. Not being able to get them on after a {top of un- ufual length, { endeavoured to pals through, them, and when I got to the - foremoft rank, felt myfelf fuddenly flip through the grafs over a fteep ledge, which came along the edge of the path, and down the face of a bank or precipice; for the darknefs prevented. me from judging of the extent of the danger. A taft ol grafs, after i hid a fhort fall, came ‘De- tween my legs, and ina few fconds more I found’ myfclE feated upon a ftone ay if upon a facile, my feet mot touching the ground By dint of groping abou, I found forme fout tufts of grafs a little’ above meé, and well within: my reach. Thefe proved firm and enabled me, by there being a fucceflion of them, and by placing my toes againft the face of the bank, to raifé myhead to the level of thé path in the grals; and the hand of a fervant drew me up. Sceptember'agth -TierwMomerer'60°. This is a deferted village called Panté- Math, fitaated'on the top of a hill, but furrounded, except towards the. river, by! ancamphithéatré of others ftill higher, BANDu TrHAr’s fon’s:party had*turned out the inhabitants of a village on the oppolite fide of the Gardl’Ganga, and taken refuge from the rain of ~ Jaft night in their houfes, I thowghtit‘rightto halt. Thermometer 67’: At four P.M. the fon of Banpu TuArA and his party, marched to 512 A JOURNEY TO LAKE Pipal Koti to Bae ang) was | foon followed by Tene penidas and his patty. es “September 28th —Tureme OMETER aires “At eo paces nen the eden which i in going up, were ar objed of terror, but which. now, fur prife us that we fhould have thought formidable ; this change i In, OWT fentim: ats has been worked. by our having become familiar with worle. Luaus, 7.14, likewife by. the declivity being concealed. by grafs.. Encamp. at P Ute. Rothu, CALL AR diftance 8225 paces. The Gor has wifhed_us to pitch, clofe toa fmall houfe or fort; they, were preparing to command the road to Bhadrinath, and ‘that of the fhila acrofs the. Alacananda ta Bandhaih, ‘and the temple ¢ of. Rédarnéth, The invitation was declined: : for obvious reafons, a eae Sibletiter aah eal iia aay. ‘We are. told that: on. the Fann of the neighbouring, mountains there was a) large red tiger, which . feeds on elks and the largeft kind. of game, but feldom .,comes to the lower. part. of the country. He is defcribed ta be. of the fize of a. {mall horfe, his neck is covered with hair fo long as to fall over. HiSene face and almoft conceal his head, as he comes downhill, F rom, this j account, it Is prefumable that the animal isa, lion... 6: 26 ii) le oo September ici “SNeioueren 60°. Noon et Night ¢ 68°. This land was given by the Rajds in Faghir. to, Bhadrinath for the, mair- tenance of the officiating priefls; and the. GorkAas have not difturbed the tenure, though they live at» free. quarters upon the farmers, | when they come cither to colleét rents in the neighbourhood or for — — any other purpofe, as in the prefent inftance, whema force is. collegted to impofe upon.us, a belief of their flrengths © | MANASAROVARA IN ON DES. ee ev ift.—_RaAwAni Sincu by meflase though Hark Deo reque fle 2d us to be pertictarly on our guard.a ain{t treachery which he appre« employed avaintt us, Lane Gork dis having fent fome coolies, we marched with due precaution, our, fire arms.loaded, ai half pall two “At 1135 paces encamp.on.a.narrow plotvof gras fore - Mer Lhe y “= Oivber od,—Trurwomerer. at-fun-nfe 61°. Noon 83°. Night 62%, This day aboutia, the fubadarcame to pay usa vifits Heis a re- lation of the depofed Palp1 Rajd: It is worthy of. notice, that two. thirds.ef the troops.of Baacri Tuded, conGtt of the natives of the fub.. jugated countrics... Otiober 394 —InTvERMITTENT fevers are very common at this feafon, and attributed by. the inhabitants to the rain which falls almoft conti- nually at the end of Bhadon, and the great moiftare of the foil. - Bat to the humidity of the atmofphere and the ground, may be added, the vegetable trafh they eat, and the. clofe and filthy ftate of their houfes, and. efpecially the accumulation of all kinds of .dirt.round their habita- tions... © Gober 4th.--WeENT accompanied by afew Gorkha fibahis in purfuit of beats, faw and wounded feveral. Odober 5th.>-A LETTER had come from Banpu TuArd ftating, that, as he defired much:to meet us, he wifhed we would march as foon as pomible, and he:would wait for us-at Chandpér. Oélober 6th.—No coolies came, The: jamadar faid, we fhould cey- tainly have them the followang day..: 6K 514 A JOURNEY TO LAKE Odober 7th.—TuHermometer 60°. At g begin our march. As i thought it probable, that I fhould not be able to overtake the goats be- fore night,:and as the road was bad, and the {ky icoked wild and threatening, I endeavoured, as I pafled fome rocks, te-find out fome ca- vern in which | might take up my lodging, for the carriers were fo far behind as to leave me little hope of their arriving with mv bed. I faw at a diftance from the road a deep recefs in the face of the roel, cad congratulating my felf on my good luck, -went to examine it more c.ofee ly, when I fuddenly felt an offenfive fmell, and proceeding to the cave, found the dead body of aman. In what manner he came by his death, I could not learn from the appearances about him; but, as he was not flripped and had white clothes, I fuppofe he was fome pilgrim from LHindifian. At 8900 paces, I found the goats on a fandy and ftony part of the bed of the Alacananda. My bed arrived about ten o'clock, and my tent in the middle of the night. The Bzchasi pretends to be our friend, and recommends us to be onour guard. We fet fire to piles of firewood, in order to kcep off the leopards. ee Olteber 8th.— THERMOMETER 56°. Marchatg. ‘The deferted con- cition of the villages, threatens this unfortunate country with the lofs of all its inhabitants, if it remain under the dominion of the Goréalis, It is. odd enough that every governor, and indeed every fipahi fees what is to happen, but no one feems to make any attempt on principle, te check the threatened depopulation. The governors of the different difirits remain in them but fora few years, and it appears a maxim with them to make hay whilft the fun-fhines, whatever ills befal the musfortunate rayuz from their exactions. Thermometer at night 65°. “OMober oth.—THERMOMETER 59°. It began to rain brifkly foon af- ter 1 commenced my march, and continued two-thirds of the way. MANASAROVARA IN UN-DES. ae ‘The road lay through a country, that once was highly cultivated, but which exhibits new littl more than traces of what it has been. This ‘day I found twe men under the Prppal tree near the Nandakn/, who with- ed to become my fervants: one of thefe was a one eyed fellow who had affifted in garrying our loads from Najidabdd. As they feemed ftcong enous:. to be ufeful as carriers, and faid they were flarving in this co ims’ tad no connections, having loft their wives, I took them into employ. Having mentioned the general features of the country, we went through this-day in ovr route upwards, it is unneceflary to fay- more than that the luxuriant vegetation had fo altered its face in many piaces, as to render it a work of fome ‘time to recognife them. After ‘avery complete wetting, the feel of the fun which fhewed itfelf nearly unciouded, near Karn Prayag, we reached the Pindar-Ganga at 6357 paces, when we croffed the Fhula. -Qn. the eppofite fide, on'a “dione Chabéira under a Pippal tree, we found Banpu Tudrd, who rofe at our approach’ He is a ftout old man of feyenty, plain in his man- ners and dref{s, and altogether not fuperior in his appearance to @ac of the - & JOURNEY TO LARS. Himachal would have paffed, but that had we ‘ound the hories required 4 we fhould; have applied regularly for, permiiiion fordome chrough the Gorgalz country. Wethen enquired, if he had tc complain of our having committed any violence. or. irregularity im the courie.ol. ours “march.. He anfweredin’ the negative. He was.thea informed, that: hundreds of the Nigalefe went through the Company's provinces in any direction they pleafed without interruption... He admitt d the trr tk, of the vemark, but faid..that.he wifhed.us to.. remain five days at /.axn= Prayag, and afterwards faid that this period might extend. to fuccen or. feventeen days, until a decifion fhould.be formed by. the different . chiefs as to the line- of, condué to be taken. . We. faid. that. we had 5 been much detained at various places on different pretences, that our: money was nearly exhaufted, and that we could not make any further: halt than one day, when we would proceed towards Pali, where we ~ would halt two days.: He faid, that he was.obiiged to go to Sertnagar = on account of the Dashard, and we might. not find any..bearers the next day, but that we might depend upon them the following day; and. that he would order-the Bichdrz to attend us to Chilkiah, We-parted . ‘apparently on the ‘beft terms; and Banbu THdra wes. much- pleated : with: his prefent. Odtober 10th.—-Av 8-o’clock Banpu Tura fet off in a Dandi or blana ket collected in gathers at the two ends and tied to a long pole. He was. carried by two men, who mult have been abundantly. tnadea as he- cannot weigh lefs than fifteen flone. The town of Karn Praydg, con- tained — many inhabitants i in. 1808; butat prefent-a.tew Brahmins, who- attend the temple,:and fome eat who.take care-of the hile con= ftitute the whole number. : ‘Ar Odleber rith,—THeRMOMETER 55% Noon-8o’. Night 61°, After ‘MANASAROVARA IN UN.DES. “517 ‘having completed 3358 paces in.a foutherly dire€tion with fome eafting — and welling, we encamped near a Pipal tree, having the Pindar on -our left, .and the Chandpur nullah emptying into this: river in a broken ftream a little bs fore us, and about a quarter of a mile below our former: ,ground of encampment. The foldiers along with us have {carrely any, cartridges, and would have-the »worft of-it, were they to attack us, vut I troft this is not their intention, although.J perceive their ;mumLthe ftream, that he would order his men to flop them jult abave » 2 ee diftance. I continued my march, when the ¢c..xday faid'that if 1 would ftop enly ene day, oppofite Suméeu'’s houfe, the meeting ~would take place, and we might proceed: Ire: fufed to top any where fhort of Mehelchowrt. In half an hour mote Tfaw a large new houfe half way up the hill on the right, and oo the splain clofe by the road the party of foldiers was) aflemoled, they having ‘preceded me from our laft converfation; a tallman, whom underftood tobe Sumérxu came forwards, made afalam; fpread a blanket. and begged I would goto his village until the fubadar fhould come. 1 faid that [ was-upon the principal road ‘and I was determined not to leave it until 1 fhouldarrive at Mehelchowrt.° He requefted me to Ray. only one day, during which the bufinefs wonld be fettled: I told him we had been much deceived before, and at Pali only would we halt willingly. 1 refolved to wait. for my companion coming up; that we might defend ourfelves with more advantage againtt, the ferce which now amounted to as much as the country could mutter. Wifhing hkewife'to draw Suméru away,1 gradually, whilft econverfing, walked back again andhe followed. Ata proper place the note from DS. was given. He faid he knew‘its contents, and would furnifh proyifions and bearers, if, we would only op one day. In a fhort time Mr. H. cameup, he wes ef opinion, we ought to get beyond the Sobka pafs, as af they failed to ftep us there they,could not have an equal opportunity elfewhere. J agreed with biny and took charge of the advance, whilit he brought up the rear. ‘The goats were with me. 6 M 522 - A&A JOURNEY TO LAKE. —- A body of Siséhis ran before to gain a narrow part, which confined the path. One went through the goats; I followed to pufh him from: among{t them, and found about twenty men. had formed. a line upon. the path. The man I had purfued, probably exafperated by being obliged to run in’ the fight of his countrymen, put himfelf in a menas cing polition on the path. I retired a few paces, dropped on one kree, in order to get a fleady and low aim, when another advanced humbly, and, the perfon, who appeared fo.refolute, threw:down his mufh st and prefented his neck alfo. ordered. the foldiers,.to quit the path, and they drew up onthe fide for me to pafs. Whilft this was. going on, . Mr. H. was engaged in warm converfation with the Sipghis behind; had. formed his few men into two divifions, and agreed:to no other terms. . than thofe I had before propofed, viz. that we would goto. Mehelchowré and wait there the remainder of the day. Fo this place we went; and,. having only made: 4500 paces, encamped under the. fhade of a mulberry ~ tree and falinga tree,.clofe to the habitation of a Gofain... This perfon- age was tall, thin, with along beard and about eighty. years of age, He approached -with much refpect, and defired me to fit down.on part of the Chabutraunder the mulberry, furrounded by ftone figures of deities, | Ina fhort time bringing a pomegranate, he particularly. requefted that we would flay a few days, as violence would certainly. be offered if. we did not. He reprefented: himfelf to be an inhabitant of Oude ; and, after refiding here forty years, was anxious:'to:die at Benares. He was tired of livingin a country where religion was neglected, and every: thing tended todefolation. In the evening a Brahman: who was. called: a major, and who we underftood’executed the writing bufinefs belong- ing to the Company, now. madehis appearance with a meflage from the- fubadar, ftating that to-day he was.much engaged in ceremonies.of ab-- lution and worlhip, but that early. in the morning he would certainly, wait onus. To this we. replied, that we had made.a very {hort march. _MANASAROVARA IN ON-DES. Roe. to accommodate him, that he had not come agreeably to his promife,: and that if he were difpofed to fee us, we would wait for him at the: Khutfar Gudrah, on the fouth of the Sodha pafs. The major reprefented, that it would much gratify him and the whole party, if we would ftop _ here four or five days. This we pofitively refufed. The old pundit» ws very defirous of our ftay; but, as we plainly perceived that time: was all the fubadar wanted, we refolved to perfevere: The appear-. ance v£ one of Mir. RuTHERFORD’S agents, who faid he was come on his» mafter’s bufinefs, makes us difbelieve the report of there bemng any rup-- ture between our government and the Gorkalis,-and makes ‘us-{till more: defirous. to avoid actual hoftilities. Sel ~ Oétober 16th._Mornine very foggy. Thermometer 52”. We were’ ftirring very-early, and as the Gorkdlis were round us in confiderable: bodies, i-had my breakfaft placed* ona ftone-and-ate it, with my gun” in.my- hand. : Many jemadars and havilde rs came round Mr. H’s tent, and the foldiers clofed. > 1 called to the principal yamadar, and faid, if the’ foldiers did not immediately retire, I fhould’ look upon their~ prefence as.an hoftile aggreffion, and aét in confequence. Seeing me thoroughly prepared, feveral of thé officers came, offered ‘their necks, and de fired me to take’ off ‘their heads,‘ as if-they did not: ftop us that would. be. their fate: obferving | that many had got round me, I ftep- ped away from’ them; and the-fervants:. who- had been fent off | with the goats,: faid they were not allowed to proceed. I then faw that a body of about thirty had barred ‘the: path, were forming ina femicircle, and. coming on to attack ‘us.:. I called to- my ~compa- nion to prepare, and fprung into the path, defiring the folders to ftand clear. The main body opened a little, and--I independently advanced with too much impetuofity. A man or two advanced, and I fhoyed them back, My gun had in an inftant as many hands upon it: get ~» & JOURNEY TO LAKE. as could find room to. touch it, but they could not wreft it from me., ‘TL had.at leaft feyenteen.or. twenty upon me; but this rather prolonged than fhortened the.contelt, as they pulled in oppofite direétions. It would have been maintained for even a longer time, had not one man got upon my-neck and {tuck his knees into my loins, endeavouring to ftrangle me with my-;handkerchief, whilft another faftened arope roviid my left leg and pulled it- backwards from under me,..Supported only by one leg and-almoft fainting fromthe hand round my neck, { lo? hold on the gun, and was inftantly thrown to the ground. | dragged about by the legs until my arms were pinioned. When | nad ‘got up, nothing could furpafs the favage expreflion of joy depitted in ¢he countenance of the victors ; nor was the ferocity .ef their actions much behind hand. For fear ofmy getting leofe, two foldiers held me fat by a cord, and every now and then gave me a violent jerk by way. of letting me know my fituation. ‘I defired to be placed upon the Chabuira outofthecroud; and, after fome hefitation, this was complied with. Mr. H. it feems had little fufpicion cf fo 1mmediate.an. attack, ashe was wafhing his mouth when the affray begun, and did not hear amy call to him, Qur fervants were abfent from the {mall pile of arms we: had, I had only one armed man in my fuite, having given over my. other double barrelled gun to Mr. H. for his own immediate ufe; and to my fervant who hada long duck gun, I had. given the moft exprefs orders net to fire unle{s the Gorkalis fired firft. Mr. H. and the whole of our fervants, except twa or three who, efeaped this fate, I know not how, were fecured. Mr.. H. was not bound, but fecured by. perfons holding his arms. Some of the others were ftruck with the butt ends of . amufkets and much maltreated. In about two hours, during which [ remained bound, the fubadar made his appearance. He feemed quite a beau jul: ftepping from his toilette, faluted all ‘the foldiery with @ Gmpering finile of cxuliation playing on his countenance. He did not MANASAROVARA IN UN.DES. 525 deign to falute either Mr. H. or my felf; and we Were certainly not in the humour to pay.any compliments. After calling upon us fome looks of furvey, he retired to hold acouncil. .ua few minutes he came again, and having acarpet {pread near Mr. H. featcd himfelf upon it and entered into converfation. I afked him whether the rope ornaments pl laced round my, arms were the bands which connected the fi icndfhip sui the Englifh and the Gorkilys. Whcther this was a condudt that was jufinable towards a traveller who entered into the country peaceably, who had demcaned himfelf in the moft peaceable manner whilft he remained in it, and was returning peaceably towards hisownhome, To thishe afked why I went through the country in disguife? I anfwered -to,ayoid expence, unneceffary delay, and to enable me to get into the Undes. During this time I remained bound. He defired meto be feat- ed: this 1 refufed, until the cords were taken off my arms; which he ordered. The excufe he urged for net coming before, was that the day was one of great religious ceremony. If fo, I obferv. d, what reae fon was:there for his having delayed, not making his appearance till fo date an hour, its being now near twelve. He flammered out fome imperfe& apology. I pointea out the bound people, and defired that either they might be unbound, or that I might be re-fhackled. Hé fa a that they all fhould be fet at liberty; and two or three were loofed. In about half an hour the fubadar left us, and after along confaltation, in which jemadars, havildars, and sip&his bore a part, a letter was written to Bam Sau at Almora. ‘This cowardly fellow had prudently kept shimfelf out ef the way, till the feuffle was over. By atting as we have done, we have got into a part of the country lefs remote from the plains, and more in the way of fending information of what has In the evening, our low country fervants were unbound: ‘11 occurred, put thofe we have hired to bring in aur baggage, were fill avell asthe Pundit and his nephew. The former atied with firmnels, 6N bound, as "526 A JOURNEY TO LAKE the latter was much caft down. I defired that fome of my fervants might go to attend my goats. This was acceded to. On looking over the events of this day, and reflecting on the confequences which may efult from them, I cannot but be grateful to the Author of all, for hav- ing given me firmnefs to bear my prefent fituation without the dread of the death, now likely to cut fhort my career. About fifty peop? are fet to guard us; and they are fo noify as to afford little ch> fleep to-night., : : Odiober 17th.—Tuis day was ufhered in, by the hammering of* a. black{mith preparing fetters. In the forenoon, the two Pundits were taken away, as we apprehended,.to be put tothe torture; however in “this we were miftaken, ‘as it was for the purpole of placing one leg in a {quare hole cut out of a heavy log of wood, and a {trong peg being driven acrofs, the. two fides of the notch retained the foot, Several of my. fervants, were fhackled in this manner, and of Mr. H's. One of my bearers offered to carry a letter, as alfo did my goatherd. This man .came up as.a fakir, the fecond day atier we had come ‘over the Niié pafs, and faid. he would take fervice, provided I would furnifh him. with victuals till we fhoul id re each the plains. He purpoled going to: the fubadar,. faying. that, he was. afakir, had onl y accompanied us for. his victuals, and wwitheds to de parte If he got permiflion, he faid he knew what road to goby, ‘to prevent being {topped at any of the Gor- kali chokis; and {hould, bating, accidents, reach Chukiah on the third day. I wrote.a letter to Sir E. Cou EBROOKE, Open, relating the gene- ral. circumftances, of - our fituation, and that the only matter which: could be. laid. to, our charse, was going through the country in Hindu. dreffes. This along with one from Mr. H. to his brother.in law Lieu- tenant SALMON, wé re put into a piece of my. or ange. coloured mantle, and fewn within the doubles of an old woollen wrapper, in which the- MANASAROVARA IN UNDE'S. 507 fakir kept the inftraments he ufed in prayer. He made his reprefen- tation to the fubadar, but was ordered back into confinement. This did'not difconcert him. He was confident that‘he fhould -be‘able to execute the commiflion he was charged with. He faid that he- had eaten my falt, would not be ungrateful; that he fhould not’ {top here,’ but having his beard fhaved, and having changed his drefs, he fhould proceed with an anfwer to d/mora, or wherever we might be. He left me, and I fuffered an hour to elapfe before I looked for him. He was then fitting down on the ground with his blanket‘on his head and arranging fome wood ina bundle, as if for cooking, When another hour had paffed again, 1 faw the heap of wood witha bundle of clothes laying by. it, clofe to one of the fentries, but the fakir had difappeared. Should he fucceed,;. we owe’ him’ great obligation,. as the probability of our deliverance depends :almoft' entirélyon the réprefentation Sir E. Cotesrooke will make to the chief of Almora: “We defired the’ fu- badar to allow the major: to write a letter: from us jointly to the Choutra, Bam Saux ‘ftating in general terms, that as we had been imprifoned, and bound by his: order,.we defired to be taken:to Almora. We en- - clofed.a note to Mr. Hawxins, mentioning ‘the imprifonment, and re- quelted the Choutra to forward it to:that gentleman. [| gave the mi jor a pair of fciffars for his trouble, and a rupee'to each of the two fol diers, ‘who were going to Almora with the “letter. A’ reward of three more was promifed if they brought us an anfwer on the fourth day. Aconfi- derable number-of farmers was brought together’ by order of the’ fuba- dar, in order to {how them the ouni{hment he had infli€ted on the°satas lor ; commiferation -was-depicted in their countenances, ‘which formed 2 ftriking contraft with theft of‘our © guards.’’ T he old Gofain con tinues his kindnefs in‘brineing ‘all the’ milk his c cow bir, mornin and night, “Thns'1s very’ little; but it'fhews his will. ia feparated, ferve as the retreat of bears and other. wild beatts. : October o7th.—WueEn we reached ‘this place, the fides of the maun- tain were beautifully green: but in this fhort {pace, by the night froits, they have aflumed the ruffet livery | of autumn: fo Japid i is the change : of oo in this country. — Ofober 28th—Earry this morning a jamadar came ‘Into our tent; and feating himfelf, faid the objeé&t of his journey was to convey us to Strinagar, where Amr Sincu wifhed us to be. This.man brought no wetter; and his interference was evidently the caufe of {ome perplexity ~MANASAROVARA IN UN4DES, 631 + tc-our jamadars. Ame Sineq is the head of the army ;.and Bam San, the chief of thefe diftricts. | Ofober 29th.—Tue watchfulnefs of our guards has not in the leaft diminifhed. ‘A zemindar-brought to the troops fome Ghee for fale. Some.one complained, that oil was mixed withit. ‘The fervant of the owner was laid hold of, and throug fear ‘of being punifhed, if he did ‘not confe{s that his mafter had adulterated the Ghee, made an accufation to this effect. Ehe fuppofed culprit: was: feized,: firipped, beund,. and flosged feverelyiwith thongs. The Ghee was confiscated for the ule of the foldiers ; and:twenty-five rwpees as afine: were ordered to be paid as the fine tor the. fabadar—fhould the poor wretch not:be able to pay _ thisin meney, his cattle or children willbe feized to the amount, and the ». yalue wall be paid by the perfon who is.to benefit by the. property. © Odober g0th.—To-pay more troops reached us from Strinagar: and wwe have with us in all about 1go men. - Otiober 31 fl. ANOTHER ‘Jamadar ‘now came*with afew men, faying « that he had the orders of Bannu TFuArdé to proceed with us to Szrina- &4a7, from whenee we were to go’ to Haridwar ; and that on the road we were to be met by Ransur Kayes, the fon of Ame Sines. ‘Although : | Banou TufrA did.not write, we thought it right to fend him a fhort letter, flating that-as we new were on the high road to Chilkia, it would be highly:inconvenient for usto leaveit. This jamadar is about fixty, of a more frank character than any of his brethren we have met with, and is employed in going through the diftrict to prevent the farmers run- wing away. He faid his efforts to give confidence to the farmers were ineffeGtual, and the orders of the Rag were difobeyed. An order lad-been iffued under the great feal.of the. prince, in confeguence. of 592 A JOURNEY TO LAKE. the great lofs in thepopulation of Garwhal, prohibiting the: foldiers — from taking any of the inhabitants as flaves: but this was wholly dis. regarded, and the foldiers always efcaped the punifhment with which, they had been threatened. Living in free quarters, without. receiving any check for his conduét, the foldiers_ had, the old man obferved, fo, far-opprefled the country, that. where there were formerly twenty-five families, now only one was to be found, November 1{t.—Tuer jawadars from Almora-came at an.early hour te report that orders had arrived from Bam Sau to return all the things. which had. been taken from. us ; and. after the lopfe of about two: hours, they returned with the guns, &c,; we now found ourfelves inthe way to liberty, and refolved not again to part with our arms: except with our lives. This day our hill fervants arrived. . The old. Panditand - his nephew were in irons, but were furnifhed. with viduals. by: Bam San. November od.—Hoar froft. Thermometer 36°. Night 60°. We made preparations for marching at 9° 154 left Mehelchowri ; and afcend- ed the Sobha pals. At the foot of the defcent from the Sobha pals is the Khatfir valley, and half. way down is aknoll.ef calcareous rock, the weftern fide of which about thirty feet high, and overhanging the bafe,. . forms a fhallow cavern attributed to one of the Sérs.° From chinks in: - the fone exudes a {mall quantity of black bitumen, The Khatfir valley is about a mile broad: in the middle the edges are full of {prings,. the water of which is collected for irrigating the flats... This valley preduces the Bunfmati rice, next in quantity to that of Chookum, and would give vaft crops of hemp of the fineft quality. We pitched ona rice flat,on the right bank of the Ramganga, oppofite toa {mall village called Fialah, Kaneu SincH overtook us here witha letter from Baw. MANASAROVARA IN ON-DE'S. 599 Sau, ftating that his fon was on the road to meet us, that our ill treat- ment did not proceed from him, and that.the authors of it fhould be feverely punifhed. ember 9d.—THERMOMETER 41°. , Night Gg’. March at 10, ween- d under a P#pal tree alittle below Mafh7, on the left bank of the Ramganga. The top of Ghenfalika Ling, covered with fnow, was very vifible in a Northern direGtion. Our fuppofed march to-day about feven miles. There was here animmenfe quantity of fifh. The people place loofe bundles of rice ftraw in the river, and keep them down with large ftones. The fifh coming into them to depofit their fpawn, are feized by the hand before they can get from within the {traw. In front up the hills are three ovens for extracting tar; but the pines are {mall, and of courfe do not contain much turpentine. November 4th.—TuHERMOMETER 50°. Nieht 62°. The fon of Bam SAH was announced juftas we had finifhed dinner: when he came, preceded by anold man repeating his titles, &c. and five or fix bazar girls. His name is Lacusir SA, about twenty-fix or twenty-eight years of age. He was dreffed in fine Dacca muflin, and had about twenty fhabby orderlies in attendance. He expreffed the concern his father was under, at learning how we had been treated; and was anxious to have, us believe, that the S2ah/s had acted not only without his father’s orders, but even without any orders at all. He appeared defirous, we fhould fay we forgave what had happened, and the perfons who had committed the outrage fhould be punifhed; we requefted that the Pun- dits might be releafed, and flated that we were unwilling that fervants fhould be punifhed, for having acted agreeably to their orders. Lacu- pir San faid, that he would make a fevere example of the foldiers, who had been moft active in feizing, us, if we would point them out, It 6 P 534 A JOURNEY TO LAKE MANASAROVARA, &c. was obvioufly ‘his intention to have given up a few of thefe wretches to condign punifhment, in order that we mivht have the odium and confequences of the act, and that his government might retaliate upon the Pundits. It was {lated by us, that we fhou'd derive no pleafure or fatisfaction from the immediate agents being. punifhed; but we fhould be glad to know the authors of our arreftation, who wete principally to blame; and we farther faid, that, as far as we were concerned, we. ihould forgive the men, provided the Pundits were immediately return- ed, fo. as to quit the country with us. He faid-he would write this propofition that evening to his father, and wifhed us to fay till a mef- fenger fhould return from Almora, with an anfwer. He faid that Das- RATH Baxsai had written to Nepil, that we had taken up between 4 or 5co men with mufkets &c., had ereéted forts on the border between Béihant and the Undes, and were endeavouring to raile the Marchas and: Unias againft the Gorkalis. November 5th.—Tue. jamadars laft night requefted, that the fubadars. might be furnifhed with a certificate of their good conduct towards us.. We faid that we had no obj-Giem to give a certificate of the good be- haviour of the one, and that we pardoned the other, provided he would afk pardon of the old Pundit for the treatment he had experi- enced from him and his fokdiers. Lacuspia Sau came m the afterneon, and announced the receipt of a letter from the /cpz of Napal, order- ing us to be feen fafe out of the country with all curcf @s, and thet we fhould be treated with civility. Heobdferved we weie at libeity to de- pait whenever we might think proper. for 4 AI, SREY REIL On the Dryobalanops Camphora or Camphor-tree of Sumatra. BY THE PRESIDENT. Ih the fourth volume of the refearches of the Society,. in an eflay on the exprefs fubject, the camphor of Sumatra is {tated to be ‘the pro- duce of a tree growing on the north-welt fide of Sumatra, from the line to 3° north.’ A famuliar defcription of the tree is given, on the authority of a gentleman, who long refided at Tapanooly : and its botanical place is afligned.‘in.the clafs Enneandria Monogynia of Linnezus, differing however in the form of the leaf from the Arbor camphorifera Japanica, and much refembling the bay. in leaves.’ * Ir is evident, that the author of that eff’y (M. Macvonatp), or the peifon from whom he derived his information (Lieutenant Lewis), confidered the plant in quettion to be a laurel; as the cainphor tree of © Afiaiick Wfeacacs, 4 pe 1G, 596 | ON THE CAMPHOR-TREE Japan is defcribed to be.* But, as neither of thofe gentlemen feems to have been converfant with botany, it continued to be far from ime probable, that the botanical charaéter of the plant might have been miftaken by them; and that it was referred by the author of the eflay cited, to the genus Laurus, or to the clafs and order to which that genus belongs, upon no other foundation but a preconceived notion grounded upon the exifting information concerning the camphor tree of Fapan. It was the lefs unlikely, that the two plants might belong to different genera, or even to different orders, as camphor is well known to bea production of a great variety of plants, though in a lefs pure {tate, and not fo readily and abundantly afforded; and as it was ob- ferved by Kamprer, in fpeaking of the Laurus camphorifera and of the extraction of camphor from its wood and roots with the aid of the heat, that “ natural camphor in fubftance and of greate ft value is furnifhed by atree on the iflands of Sumatra and Borneo, which is not of the Laurus genus.” “ Camphoram naturalem et criftallinam perquam pres tiofam ac raram impertitur arbor in Sumatra et Borneo infulis. Sed hoec arbor ex Daphneo fanguine non elt.”+ ConsipeRiNG then the fpecific chara€ter of the camphor tree of Sumatra to be unfetiled, and the generic character dubious, botanifts in India have been long folicitous ef more correé and definite information on this fubjeét, and Doctor Roxsures in particular was at great. pains to procure living plants with {pecimens of the fruétification. His endeavours had not been fuccefsful at the time of his quitting India; but he had received a rough fketch of the fruit and leaf, fromthe appearance of which he was led to name the plant Shorea * Kempf. Amen. 770, Thunb, Jan. 72. + Ameen. Exot. p. 7730 OF SUMATRA. | Be camphorifera; * and his conjeéture, as will be fhown, was not very remote from the truth. | Ir has been my fortune, in his abfence, to receive from Doétor Roxsurcu’s correfpondent at Zapanooly, (Mr. Prince, the refident at that {tation,) a number of the feeds in very perfect condition, and a few living plants, The latter, lam forry to fay, did not outlive the fub- fequent cold feafon: but the examination of the feed enables me to de- termine the genus of the plant with entire confidence. It undoubtedly belongs to the Dryodalanops of the younger Gartner; and is not un- likely to be the identical {pecics, which furnifhed the fpecimen infpected by him, and which he named Dryobalanops aromatica. Ga2RTNER’s in- formation indeed flates the f{pecimen to have been received fom Ceyion with an intimation that the bark of the tree is the genuine and beft cinnamon, But, as there is every reafon to be fatisfied, that cinnamon is exclufively produced by a fpecies of the laurel,t the information, which accompanied the fpecimenin queftion, may have been in every part inaccurate. As this point, however, is uncertain, and the f[pecific characters of Gakryer’s {pecies are unknown, or at leaft unpublifhed, it is for the prefent neceflary to allot a diftinét name to the camphor tree of Suma- iva. I propofe therefore to name it Drysbalanops camphora, until its identity with D. aromatica be eftablifhed. The defcription, which I fhall offer of it, is unavoidably imperfect, as the flower has not yet been feen by a botanift. But the generic character is fo {trongly pro- nounced in the fruit, that there can be no doubt of its place in the fame ® « Shorea camphorifira, RoxpurcH. Sp. char, Leaves oval, acuminate, parallal yeined, (mooth; Flowe ers oxillary,’— Roxbuxcu’s MSS. + Laxrus cinamomum, 6 Q 598 __ ON THECAMPHORSTREE naturaliorder: with the Shérea,.the Dipterocarpus, atid: Vateriastowhiehs the Hofea of Doctor Roxsurcu is to be added ; atdimol probablycam the fame clafs and order in the linnean artificial arrangement, viz. Po- dyandria monozynide- 9) - Olds ela fol. yor, 98d est ‘ Rie pg & Tus fe@ion of Jussre’ s *aaturat oe let of Gutifera compriles, trees, res, markable for their aromatic and refinous productions. Shorea, robufta and Zambuga,and perhaps other fpecies of the genus,.yield in great abun- dance the refin called by the Hindujlants,. Dhiina, and by the Englifhin India. Dammer, which is very generall y ufed as a fubflitute for pitch for ma- rine purpofes. ‘he natives.of India alfo employ it in their temples i In, the manner of incenfe. Dipterocorpus coftatus, turbinatus, incanus, alatus, and probably other fpecies of the genus, afford the. feveral foes of balfam called by the natives of India, Garjan ; by the Siighale Ge Dhore male; and by the Englifh, Wood-oil. Vateria Indica produces the refin in {nda called Copal as very nearly approching the true .refin of that name: the beft fpecimens are employed.as ornaments, under the ~ denomination of amber ( Kahroda) to which it bears exterior refemblance: in its recent and fluid {tate it is ufed as a varnifh in the fouth of India, (Bucuanan’s Myfore 2, p.476,) and diffolved by heat in. clofed veffels is employed for the fame purpofe in other parts of India. Another plant of the fame genus, Vaterta lancée-folia, affords a refin from which, as from cther refins, the Indians. prepare one of the materials of their religious oblations. ‘ 3 eR ee DES CRIP-TLON, DryvoBALANops CAMPHORA SCOR, Essp Car, Calyx one-leaved, permanent: the five divifions of the border growing Into long, remote, reflex wings: (ESOP GUMATRAAT 10 Py 2 7G & ott ‘Corot— H Capfule, fuperior, one- celled, three valved, one-feeded. Embryo ix ine oH vere witht Ee. MY S9N09 A LARGE tree, native a Pee on the north- pig eb coat. of Sumas dra: and efpecially inthe vicinity of Tapanooly. Sans. Carpura, Arad. Caftr,, Mal. PEM Hand, Canar, vhicio% . Trunk erparecas” “Bark brow nif, | Leaves, fuperior alternate ; inferior ones ‘oppofite’; elliptié, “obtafely a acuminate, parallel veined, entre, fmooth 5 3- ~7 inches longs oo “broad. ; Petioles fhort. Stipules in pairs, fubulate, caduicous, Per ianth one- leav- ed; five- parted, perfiftent. AER © Vn ee lg fuperior, ovate, woody, Horous finely freaked with longitudinal’ “furrows, embraced at the bafe by the ca ‘lycine hemifpherical cup, and furrounded by its enlarged leaflets, which are converted’ into remote, foliacrous, fpatulate, rigid, reflex Wings : one: celled, thtee valved. ee or ae a Seed folitary, conform to the cavity “of the capfule. “Tntegument fi mple, thin, membranaccous, thickened along one fide and thence pene- trating to the axis and continued between the interior fold of the cotyledons. Per ifper m none. Embryo conform to the feed, inverfe, milk white. Cotyledons two, unequal, almond: flefhy, thick, chry {a= loid- contortuplicate ; the exterior one larger, convolute, and che- rifhing the interior . one, {mooth without, wrinkled within: the nterioy one much_ {maller, wrinkled on both fides, uniform or _round cordate (as is the exterior one, if its folds be expanded. ) : Plumule fimple, conical, two-leaved, Radicle near the fummit to- wards the back, columnar, a litle curved and ending i ina fhort conical tip ; afcending. 549, ON THE CAMPHOR-TREE Tue feed has a ftrong terebinthine fragrance. Tue following particulars, concerning the extraGtion-of the cam- phor, were communicated by Mr. Paince, refident at Taganoaly to Doc: tor ROXBURGH, “Tus tree grows fpontaneoufly in the forefts; and is to be found in abundance from the back of Ayer Bongey, as far north as Bacongan, a _ diflance of 950 miles. .It may be clafled among the talleft, and largeft tre:s that grow on. this coaft; feveral within daily view meafuring fix or feven feet diameter. Before it acquire fuch dimenfions its age is conjectured to be years; but it will produce Camphor at a much ear- lier period, when the tree does not exceed two and two and a half feet in diameter. The fame tree which yields the oil, would have produc- ed Camphor if unmolefted, the former } being fuppofed to be the firlt ftage of the latt er’s forming, and is confeq uently found i in younger trees. The natives fae no certain means of afcertaining the tree which pro- duces either the one or the other, although there are fome men ftyled Toongoo Nyr Cappoor who pretend to that knowledge, but they cannot | give any reafons for their judgment, bey ond favorable dreams, which fuperftition has rendered infallible: and it ‘mult he admitted that the fuccefs .of this defcription of people, in difcovering and procuring, is greater ‘than. the majority of thofe who go in fearch, of the Camphor : the diftin@ion may have arifen from the peculiar favor of fortune to fome individuals over others asin moft other circum ftances of life from whence they have acquired a ‘celebrity, otherwife they could give fome rational explanation of their fuperior fuccefs. Both Cil and Camphor are found in the heart of the tree, occupying a vacuum, which, in others, is frequently filled with pitch ; but it does not extend to the whole length; on the contrary, they are found i in fmall portions of a foot, and a foot OF SUMATRA, : rem AB and a half long,at certain diftances. The method of extrafting the oil is merely by makinga deep incifion with a dz/diong or Malay axe, in the tree, about fourteen or eighteen feet from the ground till near the heart, where a deeper incifion is made with a {mall aperture; and the oil, if any in the tree, immediately gufhes out, and is received in bamboos, or any other utenfil better approved of; in this manner, a party pro- ceeds through the woods wounding the camphor trees till they attain their object... The Camphor is procured.in pretty nearly the fame way. The trees are cut to the heart about the fame height. from the ground as in the former inftance, till the Camphor is feen; hundreds may be thus mutilated before the fought for tree is difcovered; when attained, it is felled, and cut in junks, of a fathom long which are again fplit, and the Camphor is found in the heart, occupying a fpace in circum. ference, of the thicknefs of a man’s arm. The produce of a middling ized tree is about eight China catites, or nearly eleven lbs. and of a large one, double the quantity. The camphor thus found is called Se Tantong. It is often the cafe that the trees which have been cut, and left ftanding in that ftate, will produce camphor in feven or eight years aftér, which is diftinguifhed by the name of Oogar, but is inferior in appearance, though of the fame quality. The forts of camphor called bel/y and foot, are the {craping of the wood which furrounded it.” 6 R Alt. GEE ESS SS ST Abfiratt of an account, ebnenining the particulars of a _ boring made near the River ffooghly, in the vici= nity of Calcutta, from May to fuly 1914 inclines an peek of & a_foring of pure water. COMMUNICATED - By Sir EDWARD HYDE EAST, THE NUMERALS represent FEET rrou rut SURFACE: 2 © ...---.-- Dry earth with foorky (brick duff.) gto 6 (Inclufive) dry fand with a little clay. FC OL Gi BAS Blue clay, with fand, more or lefs. 20). OF eee. Blue clay, with fhear coal. BD Bo Blue clay, with a little retten wood. 53— 50 «---.---- Blue clay, with coal. 57— 0 Gs 40 63— 65 --"------ 5Ay Very {tiff blue clay, with adittle conker (gravel.) _58— 61 (Inclufive) The fame, but the conker; mixedin a greenifh 6G 28 68 tJ Bua clay. ; The fame, without the: Scene clay mixture. Very fuff blue clay, with a little yellow clay, mix- ed with a little conker... The fame, but yellow fand, vice vie clay. Stiff blue clay, with a little yellow fand and clay. Damp reddifh clay, with a quaster of fand, with: a tinge alfo of yellow trom 73. Reddifh .yellow , Clays. mixed. with fand, with a. httle talc... - Yellow clay, ued with aa 7 Yellow fand inclining to. clay. -- Blue clay with yellow fand. : Lead coloured clay, with yellow fand. GQ FO see map ee TN ra JO ee ners 79 84 rdt He O51 OR ae ear - os Oo on 96 ne ee De) G75 0st aai oe 101 — 102 Logi— TOR SL OLS 106 — 107 108 —113 --- : 114 — 118 bp Sema 119 — 122) -------7- 123 —125 --------- 126 —127 --------- 198 — 131 --------- EG eee) acne iin 21? Hien Blue and yellow clay, with yellow fand and a lit- tle conker. Stiff blue, inclining to yellow clay, with yellow _fand, and a little conker. : The fame, without the conker. Stiff deep yellow clay, with a little yellow fand.. Soft deep yellow clay, with more yellow fand. Coarfe greenifh yellow fand. The fame, with a little yellow clay. Coarfe dark grey fand. _The fame,, red. and grey. Dark grey fand, with a little talc, the fand getting coarfer downwards, Coarfe dark grey f{and, A f. $ é Ar this depth the boring tackle having fevéral times given way, amd the borer remainin® uitextricable from the ground, the further profé- cution of the experiment wasabandened. The different ftrata, through which it penetrated, have furnifhed the following obfervations, 1. THE primary object of getting at {prings of frefh water entirely failed, of which fanguine expectation had been formed’ by the projec- tor of the experiment, grounded, -as it fhould feem; upon the com- mon opinion, that the foil of all the lower part of Bengal was particu- larly moult and full’-of {prings; an opinion, which this experiment, if it can be taken as affording any criterion of the foil throughout the vicinity of Calcutta, has fo far happily difcountenanced. The firft appearance of any damp was at the depth of 71 feet, in a reddifh clay with a quarter of fand, and below “6 feet the earth Was xs dry as be- fore ; though the borer muft have de{cended nearly to the level of the fea, which as the crow flies, cannot exceed 70 miles in dillance, while the fall of the river is commonly computed at one incha mile accorde ing to its bendings. | 2. The damp of the climate, not being attributable to the moift nature of the foil, nor affected by it, otherwife than as an admixture of faltpetre in the foil may be fuppofed to have fome influence on the exhalations from the furface, muft be looked for principally at leaft from caufes upon or above the furface; tothe want of ageéneral fyftem of drainage ina level country, and the luxuriant vegetation, with in- adequate openings through the woods for ventilation, which prevent or impede the copious falls of rain at the periodical feafon, and not unfrequently at other times, from running off properly. The heavy dews at other feafons, are not probably more than fufficient to fupply the daily exhauflion of the fun, and would rather contribute to the B45 Ce: pealihinetc of Hie climate. All that teams to be wanting therefore i is furface draining upon a general plan, and the cutting of broad ftraisht roads through the woods, as much as poffible in the dire€tion of the | ‘prevailing v winds. . ‘The acknowledged improvement of the climate in _ and about Caicuita, of late years, appears to be the natural refult of the fuperior.. attention w hich has been paid by the, local pol lice to thefe two objes,, the benefits ot. which will be extended with the extended ap- »., plication of, the fame means. The culture of rice could only be parti- ally, if.it.all, alected by. it, and the neighbourhood of towns and po- pulous villages would be much improved by fubfticating the fuperior and more. wholefome cultivation of poiatoes, which feem to be {pring= ,-ang inte general ufe-every where with the increafing population of the world. : | eee lg 3s ; On ‘the deepening of the great tank at the beginning of the Chow- yvinghee road in the laft year, there was found a quantity of decayed wood. at the depth of 95 feet below the furface, which was imagined at the time to be an accidental circum ‘ance, of which no fatisfactory account could be obtained: but the borer, in this experiment, having perforated rotten wood in a ftratum of blue clay from the depth of 32 to 42 fect, at the diftance of half a mile from the former fpot, gives reafon to fuppofe that the remains of an ancient foreft forms a fubftratum of a more general extent at this depth, and fupports the theory, which has been drawn from the like difcoverics in different parts of the world, that fome great convulfion of nature, probably the deluge, proftrated and covered the ancient foretts. 4. Tae finding of this layer of rotten wood between layers of coal, feems to fupport the fuppofition, that coal isa formation from wood, probably gradual; the middle parts being the laft transformed: 638 . B46 er poflibly the transforming principle, if lying in the adjacent earths, may have been in this inftance exhaufted before it reached the mid- dle part of the wood, 5- THERE is no trace of any volcanic matter throughout all the different ftrata penetrated by the borer to the depth of 140 feet; which renders it probable that the fhocks of earthquakes not un- frequently left in this part of Bengal, (whether fuch phenomena pro-_ ceed fromthe direct aétion of fire, or from the fudden conta& of heated fubftances. with water in the bowels of tlie earth, thereby expanding into to vapour; and not merely, according to Dottor STUKELY’s hypothelis, from electrical fhocks on the furface,) do not proceed from any very proximate caufe-; andthe general feeblenefs. of thofe fhocks leads to the hope that the caufe is remote, and conie- quently that the effect is not likely to be fevere. The Mongizr hills, which are {aid to contain volcanic: matter, are. at the diftanee of about 300 miles, 7 XIIL. Statiftical view. of the population of Burdwan, ec. ae By W. B: BAYLEY, Esq. oT COTTE pr © PRESIDENT. ov. raga ASIATICK SOCIETY. SER,.. i HAVE the honor to fabmit to the Afatick Society, the accompany- - ing ftatements: arranged principally from materials which I colle&téd im: the year 1813 14,. while in charge of the office of judge and magiltrate - of the difbriét of Burdwan. Tue document marked No. 2, exhibits an abftra€l fatement of the population of 98 towns and villages fituated in fome of the weftern diftrits of Bengal, procured with the view of afcertaining the genera! average proportion of inhabitants to each dwelling... Tue document marked No. 2,_contains an abftraét fiatement of the total number of dwelling houfes ‘refpectively inhabited by Hindés and Mahomedans in the ciftri&t of Burdwan, _ arranged under the head of the feveral police jurifdiGions. — ay _ Yue paper marked No. 3, exhibits an abftraét claflification of the *Hindé mbabitants of 26 villages in the: diftriG “of Burdwan, ‘arranged under their refpeétive cafts or profeffions. Tre paper marked No, 4, exhibits the average price of fome articles of common confumption in the’ town’ of Calcutta, in each year from 1753 to 1814. Tue papers refpeCtively numbered 5, 6, and 7, contain flatements of the average price of rice and fome other articles.of confumpuon 1 In each year from 1783 to 1814, at the towns of Surdé/ and Elambazay, in the diftri of Béirbhim, and at the town of Méncaur,.in the diftri@ of Burduan. I proczep to offer fuch remarks in explanation of nae of the 7 annex- ed ftatements as appear fees | No. Le Tike dedce coanieratons from which this paper is formed, were obtained partly through the agency of fome refpeable native proprictors of eflates with whom I was perfonally acquainted, and part- ly by. the aid ; and influence. of Eur opean gentlemen refiding 1 in the feve- ral diftricts, from which the returns have been farnithed. I wave reafon to a fatisfied that few of thefe returns are inaccu rate, and none of them materially fo. The towns and villages included OF BURDWAN. ae in this paper are fituated in various parts of the diftriéts of Burdwan, Highli, Midnapir, Birbhim, and the Jungle Mehals. They differ in their fize, opulence, and other circumftances; fome of them are market towns or places of eftablifhed manufactures, fome are principally inha- bited by Hindis and others by Mahomedans, fome are heavily afleffed, others again are nearly rent free. Unper thefe circumftances an accurate average of the proportion of inhabitants to each dwelling throughout the diftriét of Burdwan, may be deduced from the annexed abftract, and as there exifts no very ma- terial difference in the ftate of fociety, the fame average may probably be confidered to be generally applicable throughout Bengal, Ir is fcarcely neceffary to obferve that many dwellings, efpecially thofe of the more opulent clafles of inhabitants, include feveral diftiné& buildings, huts, or out-offices within one enclofure; and_ frequently: contain diftinét families of feveral brothers or other near relations. A dwelling of this defcription whatever may be the number of buildings. included in it, is intentionally confidered and rated as one dwelling both in this ftatement and in that marked No. 2, exhibiting the total number of dwelling houfes in the diftriét of Burdwan. With reference. to thefe. circumflances, the proportion of 5+ inhabitants to a houfe> refulting from the general average of the paper marked No. 1, appears {maller than might have been reafonably expected, and is in faét lefs. than the average proportion of inhabitants to each houfe in England. Tue number of males appears from the flatement to be fomewhat greater than that of the females being 82,285 of the former, to 81,149 of the latter. The population returns of other countries generally exhi- bit a larger number of females than of males; in England however, if aes 55° STATISTICAL. ACCOUNT the males employed in the army and, navy be included. the. fexes are. very nearly equal in number. — | _No. Qe ‘Tas fatement marked Se 4) having furnifhed. me wih the average proportion of inhabitants to each dwelling, I proceeded to af- certain the actual number of dwelling houfes i in the diftriG of | Burdwan, diftinguifhing them as occupied by Hindés and Makomedans re fpectively. “Tue proprietors of every mauza or Village in the diftria or their refident agents were furnifhed through the police officers of each divifion with a form in the Bengali language, intended to fhew the name of the village, of the per ganna, and of the police jurifdiction, the total number of dwelling houfes in each vi lage, and the number occu- pied by Hindés and Mahomedans re{peciively. “Sucu inftrudtions and explanations were at the fame time farnifhed as appeared neceflary to prevent miftakes and omiffions, and to remove all grounds of fufpicion and jealoufy on the part of the inhabitants. The: ‘proprietors, farmers, or-their’ refident’ agents were direéted to fup- ply thé information required, and’ to infert it in the form: with every poffible attention to accuracy. © The ftatements after being fo prepared, ' were attefted by the proprietor’ or his agent, and By‘ fome- of the mendels or moft refpeétable inhabitants of each village; and were then delivered to the police officers of the jurifdi€tion by whom they were arranged alphabetically, under the head of each pergannah. te t - f I etrzve that the returns have been generally prepared with due care aiid accuracy, and I met with no inftance of reluétance on the part of the’ proprietors or their: agents in communicating the information ree es OF BURDWAN: > 552 Accorpine to the ftatéments fo furnifhed, the diftri& of Burdwan contains 2,62,634 dwelling houfes, of which 2,18,853 are occupied by Hindés, and 43,781 by Mahomedans; allowing 51 inhabitants to each dwelling, the total-poptlation of: Burdwan will amount to. 14,44,487 fouls. The‘area of the diftri& of Burdwan) as its boutidaries are at pre- fent arranged, comprifes. about 2,400 Englifh {quave miles. On ari average, therefore, €ach {quare mile: contains apopulation of more than 600 Penons: B10 THE vagal population of England gives an average of néar 960 inhabi- tants to each {quare mile, butif fome particular coutitries até feleGed, the Brose will be found to is ue tie ate eee more ce to that : 1,800 cde eied and its pip ube in sey igri amounted to 8,50,000, furnifhing an average of 476 inhabitants to'a‘fquaré mile?: Ir fhould be obferved however that the diftriét of Burdwan is one of the moft produGive-and highly cultivated portions of Briii/h territories in India, and-that it contains {carcely any jungle or wate land: Tue materials from:which Ihave calculatéd the population of the diftriat of Burdwan appear to be fufficiently’ folid‘ and’ accurate for every praétical purpofe, and I am fatisfied that the total population of Britifh India‘and: thé proportion’ of Hindit to Mahomedan inhabitants might be afcertained' in a fimilar manner with little difficulty or incon- venience. : Tue refult of fuch a general enquiry conduéted on uniform princi- ples, would not merely be gratifying to public curiofity, but might even- e ‘ 4 ¢ i . : tually prove of great practical importance in the improvement of the 552 STATISTICAL ACCOUNT police, and in the general adminiftration of the extenfive territories fubject to the Britifh government in India, ‘No.3 Tus flatement exhibits the total Hindé population of 26 vil- lages in the diftricdt of Burdwan, the inhabitants are claffed under the heads of their ref{pective cafts or profeffions, and according to their ages; the males as being above or below 16 years of age, the females as above or below i2 years of age; the villages, from which this abftract was formed, were feleéted in preference to others as containing more than the ufual_proportion of Hindéz inhabitants; the flatement fhews almoft all the claffes and profeffions into which the Himdu population is generally divided inthe weftern parts of Bengal, but it cannot be confidered to fur- nifh any accurate average of the proportions which the different clafles bear to each other: it may be remarked that the proportion of females to males is generally larger in the higher claffes, while in the lower claffes the males are more numerous than the females. No. 4. Tuis ftatement has been prepared from accounts preferved in arefpectable Hindé family in Calcutta. The average is deduced from the fum total annually expended i in the purchafe of each article for the ordinary confumption of that famil ys compared with the total quantity of each article purchafed within each year. ‘No.5. Iam indebted for this document to Mr. Curar, the com- mercial refident at Séré; it contains. the current prices of coarfe and fine rice, of falt, oil, ghee, molaffes, and turmeric in the month of Pés, during the laft 30 years at the town of Sérdl.. ‘No.6. Tur accuracy of this ftatement which was obligingly furnifh- ed to me by Mr, Erskine, a gentleman refiding at Elambazar, in the: ditt of Birbham, may be: relied: sapotl. ‘The iierentce i in the price, of riceyjin ‘the refpettive” ‘thonths' of | Pas and Afark of each year is. worthy-of obférvation! ‘a ‘fiiiilar variation of price, ‘at thofe. periods i is. general throughout’ the: interior of the weftern diftri&s of Bengal, and. is a fourceloP abundant profit to the more opulent mahajans or ‘{pecu- lators in that article, and of confiderable i injury to the indigent claifes of cultivators; thefe laft are generally i in debt to the village mahajans $ they procure rice for feed and for the ‘confumption of their families ei- ther by a ruinous mortgagé ‘of the enfuing ‘cfop, or at an exorbitant rate of intereft 4 dn the month of; Afirk, a period when the price is almoft uni- formly high r than at any other period. In Pus when'the principal harveft is gathered, they are under the neceflity of immediately difpof" ing of the produce of their fields to enable them to difcharge the heavy inftalments of their rent which then become due. They have neither refowroes fufficiént to difoofe of ths grain at a diftant market, nor to poftpone the fale untila more’ “favorable period. They are thus come pelled to throw nearly ‘the whole producé of the village into a confined market at the fame time, and the only purchafers: are the mahajans. oF the village, who are thus able to fix the rates almoft at their own difcre- tion. This evil is of courfe lefs ‘felt'in the neighbourhood of navigable’ rivers, (Elambazar is.on the banks of the Adjy,) and in the vicinity of large towns, andthe price in Calcutta does not effentially vary at thofe feafons which in the interior of the country are refpeCively the cheap- eft or deareft periods, No. 7. Ierocurep this document froma refpedtable grain mer- chant refiding at the town of Mancaur, in the diftrict of Burdwan. From the enquiries which I had an opporunity of making on the {pot, I have reafon to believe that it 1s prepared with perfect accuracy. ) a | S54, STATISTICA, ACCOU From the Papers. marked. No. 4, §s.65.7,-i¢ may be obferved. that. the period of ten years from 1793 to 1803, was. generally a cheaper pe. riod, than the ten years preceding or following it, and. that. the price’ ) of r rice, and generally of other articles has not .experienced:any very, material or r permanent augmentation, from. ahs year’ 27s {0 the Eisen time, ‘a . I have the honor to es St Rua. ry Your mokt obedient humble Senate | ate We Bo BAYER EX’ CALCUTTA, >} | bf? i7th September a No. ae -Rerurns of the population of ninety-eight kane and towns, ~”" fituated in the weltern parts of Bengal, p:ocured with the view of afcertaining the general average: mepeeen of inha- bitants to a dwelling. No, 2. Srarzmenr of the total satnbae of dwelling houfes refpedtive- ly inhabited by Hindis and Mé/elmans in the diftriG: of Burdwan, arranged under the head of the feveral police jurifdictions, iF No. 9. Asstract claflification of the whole number of Hindé inha- bitants in twenty-fix: villages of Burdwan, arranged under the heads. of their refpective cafts or profeflions. No. 4.. ANNUAL average price of fome articles of common confump- tion inthe town of Ca/cuita, in each year, from 1753 to 1814, — OF BURDWAN. BBS No.-5- Averace price of articles of general confumption at Sérul, from 1783 to 1813. N 0. 6. Averace price of fine and coarfe rice at Elambazar, from 1483. : to 1813. i : : No. 7+. Wao esaLe price of coarfe rice in Pis-at Méncaur, in zillah Burdwan, from 1783 to 1813: NAMES Buil o2|.-ee---- 's ee Bos Proportion of | OF THE ‘Where situated. | dey So» | &S o | inhabitants toa | i VILLAGES, Boel eee ese ue Di ZZs | a2n5 | ese i Pe ult, | Gopal Nagar,.....---.| Zillah Burdwan,. uy 19 AO } Jamal Mat,...... le eet pieletoie) | PHCLOs .%a\ crete 30 62 | Bedchala,..... sieieialeltis ceoe Ditto, crce | 36 68 | Bhagwanpur, 2.2.2.4.) sso Ditto,. .. je} 37 4 ! Camal Nagar,....-+ oe etl ik AE IGT ea ae ARs A6 - 96 | Cancata,.....eecee+--| Jungle Mehals,.. 78 153 | Mathurapiir,.....ee e+ | Zillah Burdwan,, f 9) 137 P Detter pls c'cleg vooce sae Uipes a DLO. «club 70]: 128 | Bamanptr,...-ccecce| veee Ditto, cece | 61 135 | Milra,..... 20000 e000} ecco Ditto,....¢ . 74 143 ei licen BA MAA e ae Mokcos Ditto. ised 4 88 161 ) Mancunda, ...-+¢rseeo Zillah Birbhém,..{ . 0 152 Radhaiamanpur,.....--| Zillah Burdwan, .: 73 149 Hershapdr, .j.20s.ce05 | «52. Ditto... 0 180 Total of 14 villages, 612 1,678 od Moradpir, ...eeceee--) Silla Burdwan, . | (0) 229 | 74 ‘ Gopicanvhpr, ....ceee] eee Ditto,. 2... | 10k 1-89 | 52 Nagargachi, .sseseeere| eves Ditto,. 0.» | 97 191) 54 Dhunai, ....scec00 Sraranreratere tM CLO Ns) cveloer tI 110 214 | 52 Bijipur,. ee. Hot dboor) 4 qo Dra naGa)| 118 2241/6 - Daemnagar, oscccecne Bere MOLE Ome Pol sie\e 150 296°) 7 AlWhuliya, ..scsssecee} sees Ditto,..... 122 229+) -5% Kaimnagar,..seanceec>-+ freee» Ditto,..... 122 247 -}-5% Bhasaputy weleecnrccsrhese + Ditto... 0.0 f 109 -29241-5 « nok: EVANDIDAUNy cle) cea el avoletarels ZiMah Birdhim,.. | 0 ( --305462>: -Molabetgerh, ......6e¢| Zilah Burdwan,. | 112 1h "226 | 42 ADU, voce meecreeer ap Jungle Mehals,.. 133 weiss 264) 5x . WPalksanyinve| i) llevenetarare Zillah Bucdwan,.. 146 117 963) 55 ; j ERENT RIG Caco ‘ooo | Zillah Hugli,.... 131 138 269 15: | 1,4 1,3 3 308 | 51 - £55 STATISTICAL ‘ACCOUNT 2h HOR C0 Lor i9n1G2 carer Sri Sacer ora en te NAMES Number | ° 4 me 38 P s A RE 166 34415 Sc ili ea age evieiec, Diktona see 185 349 | 5 Bevaatiae ys oe eveias be Ds rans Ditto, ws si. 169 _ 326 | ae Srigaon,, Biaid Giese ape eescers | lotocres bE GOS eek 1977 ~ 378/54 Total of 14 villages, 1,868 4,896 ,| 52 ath. Bhagwanptr, sseccesee | Zillah Burdwan,.. 78 283 266 549|63 | Dubrajpure,: bikes. wicor| Jungle Mehals,.. 79 239 F" 21 451 | 53 Shicarptr,...+...ee26 | Zillah Bardwan,, 84 275 509] 6 Gangadaspir,........ - | Zillah NGgli,... 84 0 667 | 73 | Baricha,.p46 cc «ecie ott Zillah Midaawan: 91 300 635|7 | Baricrishenptr,....-..-.|, Zillah Burdwan,, 93) 931 45315 nearly, | Gawaltor,...-.cseceee |, Zillah Midvapuar, 113 ° 295 573\5 above. Dhanucarory eco pcoeee | Zillah Burdwan,, 120 315 671 53. Nandgaony..see dese ai DIREO, ic ost 128 318 668 | 5 Sultanptr,s.ccccierseee Meece DittOrsecce 129 345 697 52 Angartya,.- ++ s2csecen | sees Dilto,..... 136 All 83116 Ramcrishenplr, ...es2¢ | seco Ditto; 0:0: 140 362 68915 not eet Sudersanpar,....:. ose all icles: DEUOycce l 143 f°"? ° A496 808 | 52 Mohanptry.... .seqeesei is... Ditto, cc. i? 14Z 376 7509/5 ‘Total of 14 villages, |) i 1,565 [°° 4,176 4,1 8,960 | 53 Caraunda,.ccossceseee (Zillah Burdwan,. (“153 406 359 765 | 5 Alifnagary weiss o.ece-cee f-seeeDittojssees [7-184 478 484, - 962/62 Hirangaony, 3 os aislew s sete eee Dittoy, (oes is 164}: 446 400 840) 52 Rameswarptr, ocipe. sees Dittotss..165. 171 445 457 902 | 52 GopinaUh Bati,........) deen Ditte,.....]°% 178 465 | 505 970 | 52 Chandarl, 6s scare psi ohes Dittols..: 187 634 695 1,329 | 62 Jamtatay 2. -\baeese ets. Dittofe. 0% 187 A46 457 903) 45 | Crishennagar,...-se.-. | Zillah Midnaptr, 200° 484 516 1,000 | 5 Uch’hgadn,sc.evesee--- } Zillah Burdwan,.. 204 514 494 1,008 | 5 1 Berstl, coke PeOeorreoos cae Ditto, ee mee E 209 664 607 | 1,271 | 6 J Ihicra, posesccoseee>- | Jungle Mehals,... SOAS OO 517 1,308|6 and above. PRasctind,...seepeceeee | Zillah Midnapdar, 218 560 652 1,112] 5 abore, GitgaOn, sovesceapoce- 4 Zillah ee 253 686 620 1,306 | 54 | Savant, .ccesesdales ce} atels, Dita, 957 827 777| 1,604 | 64 Total of 14 villages, | 2,751 Ceti ln en Saeed 7,540 | 15,280 |. 52 “YOU BURDW ANG TA Ta 74 is Of “ ° a w = NAMES Nu inte ‘S Z gs Proportion a ors = T ¢ papa rd, out a= Fa o =] i h toy PSH on col hole Se Lodhwve Infod gra TPE ate" VILL A‘’G ES. Houses. i Ba Se mM ; % 20 | Soro Pie bids VWs yt wo. I Cid bala er |) eis Dsiic i j ens ee 6th. Daroghapara,.... + escegypilah) Burd aM: dq Betagerh,.....e0++e-+ {Zillah Midnapar,| * 284 738 64 1,502 | 53 Iral, »sscveecesoeees [Zillah Burdwan,, 310; 844 859 1,703 | 52 Dertyapury acu opecess lode Ditto,. Pie oe felon aaa 789) 1,567 [ 5 jnearly. | She Ey teh 3G Dithng: 323 . 872 887 1, 52 nedniys/ | CRIS. | Ss Sa Seale wie satanic | ftto,.. 338, , 1,0 p91, 3; Ue ager ERE\BAON, >. Gee te ooo 1 Jungle le ats 3424" 5 ¥142| 2,276 | 63 j Bedengunj, .. +, 2084) Zittah "N tdnaptr, 365}° 1,220; 1,186 | 9,406 | 62 220nad Tf Cayapatys-2eceep eres 389] 1,112} 1,154) 2,266 6 | nearly. ; ‘Amaragerh,..- |... A151" 3098 1.067191 551 5H F F ¢ Satgachias ej. f° ois e dee - 422,)... Y5482 |, Shere 2,998.7 ¥5 { f LY Sencariys va wee 40.84 leer Ditto 22 Bie ies 443, |, aoe Bal 143 Geeta & i | kPaldsi, por cete- abate] «ome Dittols aid... 448|..1,308{.. 1,187,15..2,295: 5 ; Maro, ; 1 ase enee ae Bou bef af » Ditto, Ce stlaloenr ATA]. 3,279, bo 8 1, 1Q0,. » 2; 372 5 ; y H op ve Ta oft4 y villagese| fo |. SelB) 14,575 |. 14,403 I: 28,978) 54 j + \ cet eet Sf aoa amere reas ooo Se eae ——— ath. Khajuanwer, si cece fae ae eres A96). . 1,466,|. - 1,598, le 2,994: 6 afid ae [yj Bancadayeeg-+caeeeis | poe 1. SOU |. 8ST 1. 85, 2a near. | | op Cardi beagres ed atende || NOR tise gi 98h J. . .1,387,|..5,348 nadsdedss OF z ¢ Mendelgagn, 24 CeOeGk | bea . Dittd, * onc ediee ue lead carh eld of & £4915 rst nearly. | if hd lambagee oes 4 de veld s an eee pialaiocts §44,)..,3,463 152 ot i fof Biyar, | e300 » 4 Ge e:4 iHeh Bu idwan,..J....610J...1,618 i bas Bhalef, «. ascipe oe ltigeds | ows g Ditto, so.s,., .,». 696,| .. 1,640 di 5) above. i i By Cthandghés,.. 2.0 . ei bjmeig o ; ee Ditt aereaeclin ney: 744 Aci 100892 : ols! 8 5) nearly. 13 Pigns sets: fR od epe.be lore Di awe ood, 2,493 } F aE (fp Baincht e+ seer gene Zillah-Hug lt, sali ~1,074_}......2,930_. A015 mal : Mancaurand itepahuri, aah, gee 1,562{ 4,417 5 b Keerpby. x secsecs. | Willan Hog, ol ze ol lo cen le eo | eeChanderconay.2.-). se Ditto,..’.. 2,836 9,120 2 ONS Sct Melekelers Frenchsettlement, 8,484] 20,829 Al 4377 5 near. RPO solos (ch 51,79 on T otal of 14 ge 4 “ 420 . eA £ Pal a em eas es “s a eo > Fite e Be ’ y oa i@ < ae) OF i “YO! ary 1D ODL SF hs Qazi 2s Dwr G Sa? , f Mif , @ as BS Be. | Boe Divereoe: pro- " Phy ey { 2 Ca ire SE 1S , NUMBERS Qa TABLE, 0 np cA Ges 23S oh eg ie! [SBS th ( Rottion; of ing © ; eS a eh a eae. ts 2 habitants. ie Mp et Jo nomiblra. sd “B.S. jor aSl | ious Biles Bobo of t- 3 GLePeiS wid 1O MORMON are BN BESS bys Fay BS a eee a POD THLLLO GOTT QOS, NUS. aeol IE. OT SU PI00POh, S19 POU Hz) SPSFsl| H1290 Bibi resis: saaeaniens ai: _ 605 1,451. 3,383 3,568 | 52 Bdy..-scclegeececsecsees.,0CO0.C1bHI Sooper sfossilct aieaspl § 6o6 t3t5 | Ate ET Reina alioMeRr a meee 4 6d. 4ul7) 48,960 | 32 | Gch Nethewrcn ac uleleleshapetcieretete lacie er etelcias Deo 7,740 7,540 15,280 5L | INS Gdo Mododdoddscon socaHeseeodnad 5,139} 14,575 14,403{ 28,978 | 5% 7 tL aicteral dee Mamie s cic cere eel | SR 2O Om s 17,0, 51,241 1,13,545 | 54 ; Total of 98 towns and villages, | 32,526| 82,285 | 81,149 {1,76,705 | 54 nearly. 1 Beer 6 W 558 STATISTICAL ACCOUNT No. 2 “ST ATEMENT of the total number of Dwelling Hou‘es relibaively it habited by Hindis-and Mufelmans, in the diftriét of Burdwan, artang- ed. under the head of the ieveral police: junfdi@ion. | Namber Total of | Total of (Ses |S ee aie ar ceca ape ee oH Wolf See lees Thannas. Houses. | oa e723 raseon | 3 Ser oes I wiewies coc nh vee 20,790:|- 18,658 2} Caine ease Bde he ecco sae 1:3,046-| - - 9,923 3S — Chatd Ghos, silt, SOc cle oc ccseeesccensaaee: 14,546} 24,7701- 4 | Batipase ...00F1, ieee ete Ro gc elodew a 6 aan 14,554-| -10;096 6 -} Balerishens ooore vee. Pee O DEC ecescccesevescce (95248 1 7,528 )——s, 6 FOMenates COP RE! BRA ST URE. ed 92,847 | 19:786) ~ J + Mengeledt, SPOS ees e cess eee ee cwseveceacer eee | |} 19,331 ]~ 15,954}—-- 2 Be Calua, coc e Oh wR O06 08 6a4 OCG LB) eee cce deste 24,8h8 20,817 a QD PSondah, .....veecccsecccs cess ecoeccensrbese 10,934} > - 8,978) 10 | Saldinabad, oo. ene iceland levee ccettes 29;34t} > 23,188} - Bx |oPabiethal, | 2&1... Leseme pelea ec sur secon 15,033} - 12,671 12 Dighagér, ENGR OL oo DEORE oe fephw es ceccse veedy /19;814} > 17,5336 13 ‘Somander Giier,.. .. 500 TNS Wis ioe ere sal o'etb gece 8;239 6;049| -° 2,190 M4 [EBesalp .. OAL L.6 108 25! O88 Jd re or B:93Ft 6,895] 2,086 15: | Town of Bardwan and: suburbs, mts Ve eisai ‘ets 'e's -9;805}°. 7,651 2,154 16 | Citalpir,......... ps eB ews Cdeiecescee Sees | 24;342} 21,326) 3,016 echt 2,62,634 |2,19,853 On. an average each police eae contains about. 218 mauzase. Each mauza_about 75 houtes, each houfe contains about. 52- inhabitants. _ The proportion of Hindiis to Mahometansi is as ; 5 of the former to1.of the - Jatter;, and of males to females: about 100.0f the former to 983" of the : fatter. ’ Phe total number. of ‘inhabitants. in the diitiét,- atthe average of 5! to each houfe willl be.14,44,487:, The jurifdiétion of this. zillah: ancl an area of about 2 tae fquare. mailes,. and. the proportion | of: [Mae OF BURDWAN. wT tre o. Mo. Se ABSTRACT claffification of the whole number of Hindé inhabitante: in 26 villages of Burdwan, arranged under the heads of their refpece- tive Cafis on Profeffions. 1 i eo [Se | ; PM Se ie ol eee. bee ae is gioe|Sei|/seg |S] es [e2.. CAS as. Te ee} “Sjes|7e es | Fs Sesh PAR! ae PS) ere | ee ee Lateef Ae Sh ee Bom peeee Se rly eet = \ = Ga Evo Pe ay Brambansy,'c. dis.c olshs lefdis os. oe0 0.0 wees 1,297, 2,356, 2,738) 1,266 947| 7,30) Cohettrieds -... 1s. cern ecee eens cece vesle jay d x6) 5 2) 2 Rajputs, . sie et sede sees peeeccenevcecs 69 Vaidyas,..... Se, sie oor aie lee 'e) a als 17 Kayesthasy .... Scribes,.....oc.se%0 eves 408 Gandh-Banias, Druggists,,. Dy ete bere oa. 283 Cansaris, 6.75.4) Brazienssis... 45 elugtas .. 1) 25 Sancaris, ~see0- Shell ornument ms 12 -Aguris, ...... Farmers,. shsereecececess 657 » Malacarsy...... Florists... .cjoe bee ore eee 20 : JNapits, -t 2...) Barbers). 0d. lecbasacts 128 = }) Cumars, ...... Pottersy.2..cbe00.c0 + ~ 85 ) 5 | Mairas, ...... Confectioners,:...2:.0000: 108 4; ee eae Weavers, ..ocreserse cere 149 5 ~Carmacars,,... Blacksmiths; ......020.+. 167 5 Barrooes,.. « soly Paam-sellarsy.. i. ssiee ce -f - ar 2) 3 » Tambuliss. » vee Venders of betel leaf,. on 99 5% Sat-Gopits |... Cultivatoré,.. Ls eccececes i 826. 4 53 Gwalas,....4 y Hepdameniy. «wise dig ene +s lef on SbF ar §i » Bayestomes,. . Religious-. seiilibues Or. 139, ; 33 Mohants,. J oe el Priests;,. 2° ry ye eee g eo ow «| mets $: 4; Bite, alee Eneomiasts, a 2a a 49 63 5 , Pane?hiasy . .. : A class of beggers,....... al es | 3h Daibagis,’...'..; Astrologers, .......s.0.0. 42) ab. 53 , Kayebartas,... Cultivators, .. wy eee sr eces 50)” 99 53 -Sonarbanjas,. . . Bankers or money-changers Gl} 4.9 1 Se }, Swernacars,.. Goldsmiths, .....0s00 sees 63) 132 (6 TE Iltyasy..|.2) Oilmen, |. 2avoddopronde 250! 497 ike 1 Gallag, OO 8 Cahn BEA) a & An os) O SHnol as mds. | srefeht dsr. sts. |chts) mds, |srse chts| mds. |srs. les rs. [| as.! gs.} mds. sts. cht: rs. 1190, | 1783-4, | 023, 8 0291 2, 15) ol Of 7] of aa} 7 oli7| of 2 L191, | 1784-5, | - 110 6 115) 5). ojld} O}; =O} 8) 6). Ac] O O}16) © 2 1192, | 1785-6, 131/10] 137] 4) OL7| | 0 7| O| 10}LO O17); o| 2 1193, | 1786-7, TKO G} Aj LS|L4Y— OHLG}- OF «=O 8} GJ. 1G} 0 O18;-0] 2 1194, | 1787-8, N 6) 3} 1/12 }14} O} Of 8, 6} 10) 0 O17) OF 9 1195, | 1788.9, O31} 6} 0,36 O15} Oo]. O10] 7} gt 6 O}16) 0} 2 1196, {| 1789-10,, 2120] 7| 1:26 O16] of Of 8} 6] OHO O18} 0}, 2 1197, | 1790-1, 136] 2 138 Cli7} Of 0} 8) O} 10} O 0/20; o| = 4198, | 4791-2, |) O2513. O31 OPK 4) Of Of}. -8) Gp. 140-7 O)15! 0 1 1199, | 1792-3, 120] 7] = 1)26 O}14; OF OFLO}13) 1; O14) O> 1! otal of 10 years,... 1210) 4) 13)28 3/32} of a} 5} 2} 1041 41 Of, 4} 8) 0} 21 Ditto calculated at 80 | Sa. Wt. per Seer,.. 1114 6| 19/22! 1\22) 7) 142) 3 3 3 2 99 lOr om an average per | annum of 80 Sa. Wt. Pa7 1110 6| 4} 14] 3 olig| 5}. 274! 1200, | 1793-4, 112110 VjL5 8} 6} 10) O 0}20) O 2 80 1201, | 1794 5, 2) 41.8) 2110 Ot LT 7c O19 OF 2 Bit 1202, | 1795-6, 121} 9} 197 1o}uy} 9} G10]; ol1g]| OF. 2! ol 5 1203, | 1796-7, 1/3212 9 3 1ij13] 10} © 0/20] ©, 1) 949 1204, | 1797-8, 1) 32112) 1/36 9112) 10] O ols) O° 1 BL 1205, | 1798-9, S119) © -Q17 10|13} JOO! * = Of27; 9, 21 1206, |.1799-10,] 11271 9} 1132 13{10; 10} O} Oo} Ojai} 0 2 O 1207, | 1800-1, 310] 6} 1138 14} Of 10; Of oF ojao} 0} 1138 1208, | 1801-2, W310) = -1)36 {2} 9} 815) Os = O;L9P-O, A414 1209, | 1802-3, A219! 1197 912} BLS) OF «OOF OO; 61:13 | Total of 10 years,... 7] 61LO 19 30] 8 99 6 0 Bl i 0] 191513 Ditto calculated at 80 | | 4 Sa. Wt. per Seer,.. 15/28/19 17/122 — Or on an average per annum of 80 Sa. Wt. rh () S&S _ =) & oO 13} 9) © O41) VILE): OF BURDWAN. en ay & ae ; RICE Bees is fT (Peer es eT a 8 es aa Ray Aa o f Biiee Zz wa aa : Su 2 aise -y| ee | \agies TINE. COARSE So = - Mio eg hie ma ; os Kg acs | vss Bien | |= en (ay Fy, SoS eS Yenies. loa = A.D. = oh Pe °|§ Flea £2 A a Bo i a (te ees a ‘S) a 1 ae gS oes | a Aer el) Set) ee | 2.) 5 8 ee ee : l= Ss 2 5 = oO. = @ f= fie a CB ty Se —~ Aram! a | Aa | O o) Oe gs| Sos PASE SESE eae Se RUS Dre, | , mds, |ars,/chts mds.'|-srs, bu: mds. srs,{chts mds. srs/ehes” rs. | as et. mds. | srs.\chts“’ r ales | \ { + ne ——E Ege | SES Wlasans ass Vi eel aoe asl e [ies | Gees Tome cee alee —_ | — 1210, | 1803 4, 116] © 1/21) 9 O}L6} OF” OO a) 10 0; O O16 4 ‘Qh-y 4 42ri, | 1804-5, AjL1} 8 1/17}. 2) fle} OF = OLS! 4° 20 OF Of §=—-OF17] OF” | -A;LO}.3 1212, | 1805-6, 1133) 5 1/33/14; Ojt3} 0} Olds) OF B15 O}L 5112 1] 4) 0 1213, | 1806-7, 1128] 4]- 3133|)14]) ofL4} Of 0; 9} 7 10) OF] OF = Oftasae afar ttey 1214, | 1807-8, O/31| 6{ O136]15| oj14] O| «= Of B11] 10, 0} ©. O}LE} 0} ~~. 2] 0} 0 1215, | 1808.9, Wid} 2) 3417] 2 Oa) O| =O 711 11] 7} OG]: O21) 4 aL 4ILo 1216, | 1809-10 1112) 9 Nis} 2) O13} Oo =O} 8} OF VE, 7] OO] OF A Ahoy 13 41217, | 1810-17, 1} 1) 6 17-0 O}L5] O QO} 8 O} 10; O| O O78) OF =} BAL 1218, | 1811-12, 1} 3}10 ij 9| 4) O16 0} Q} etl 9° G10}. Of20] O| ~—- Qt} 1219,.} 1812-13. 1/12) 9 Ytat 2 .O|L5}{-0}’ OF 8 6) FO, 0) OF. Orso} Q} BiLi Total of 10 years,.... 13] 1}:1] 14]1el Oo 3:24) 0 Q14\13) 10]! 3/10 4|3\_4) 1811/18 Ditto calculated at 80 : Sa. Wt. per Seer,..| | 11/37/10) 13] O14 = Q/@5]19)’ = 1/29}. 9) 138) 2to) =—-2,39112} 25) 910 Or on an average per ; | 3 unum of 0 Sa, Wt. Al 7{L2 WLZLS—ofrof 9) OF 7] OF 13/13} 1] OF) OF -Q_ByL9 : No: 6.. : AVERAGE Price of fine and coarfe Rice at Elambazir: ; FINE COARSE. | COARSE. s SE Ai SUS Fs sais rm a aos | & gs aa A A: D. i=] S a ¢ oA ny on ) dealin marSu becker ipa a = ania et yume ae oe ® a eee |e 3.1 828 Rue Bul> ence mds,.| srs cht mds. | srs, chts} mds. siilckes at ent ee re — f= |] ——$—— | ef say 14:90, | 1783-4, 0}35| O 0136 O; 0130) O 1i9l, 1784-5, LIL 5] O 30, 0 171.5) O $192, | 1785.6, a} oO) 816 of - 1/18 1193, | 1786 7, 4:24) O 1/30 O Wt5 1194, | 1787-8, 114] 0} afis of 0135 1195, | 1788-9, - 1}2.01 at-5! ol Of32 1196, | 1789-90, 11) Of 17 oO] = 10 1197, | 1790-1, V37\O).. 245 0} 1125/40 1198, | 1791-2, 6/37| CO} 0138 Of —O}27} © ; t£99, | 1792-3, 118} 0 132 0 1] 5|.0 ree ees pee lr A | SES WS Wa 2 Mo tal OREO years. cee wee eke ks AL: | 14) 2] 0 aedlue 11]22} oO Ditto calculated at 80 Sa, Wt. per Seer,...... | 1234] 9} 14|ial of 10/23! Or on en average per annum of 80 Sa. Wt....- | Gait) 1) (7; | J 2 “4 Ct te ER St 564 STATISTICAL ACCOUNT FINE. COARSE. COARSE. S Se oa ee = Ay 99S fa 2 By wm aa @ >. a A, D. 2 88) 2 2 ae ‘3 gosh 8 6 | Ses a Oo op ee ees Lee eas SEna| & [Wan mds. | srs. chts| mds. sca 'cinte| mds. | sre chta; 1200, | 1793-4, 120 oj io o 1201, |. 1794-5, 210 o| 200 ' 1202, |-1795-6, ~210 Oo} 62} 0 O -1203, \1796-7, 1-26 oO} 1/28 0 1204, | 1797-8, -127 of 1/20 0 1205, | 1798.9, B16 o| 4 |37) © 1206, |.1799-1800,| ~237 O| 4120| 0 1207, | 1800-1, 2 3 0} 4/28),0 1208, | 1801-2, 5133 O| 125) 0 eres. Ss 1209, | 1802-8, 1,25 O| 1/20] 0 P DotalsofNO: years, o's «:. sich ose ciele vicve pels £9) 7| O| -Z1) O} Oo} -16/28).0 | Ditto calculated at 80 Sa. Wet. per Seer,...... 17-22 49) 9} 2} 15)11/10 Geegssgigaie OAT LD SET a | ns me | | Or on an average per annum of 80 Sa. Wt..... | 1130 W365) = ial) 2 fe ESET OT Roar eared Ta ee 1210, | 1803-4, 417 OA (a 1211, | 1804-5, 112 ~O} 1 5) 0 1212, | 1805-6, _1|23 O| 4425} .0 1213, | 1806-7, 125 1 QO} 440) © 1214, | 1807-8, 0\34 o| 0/30! 0 1215, | 4808-9, tia of] 1, 8 0 1216, | 1809-10, 11s; o| i] 5,0 1217, | 1810-11, 10 8 0,32 ) 1218, | 1811-12, 1) 0 oO: 641 41 O ee rs 1219, | 1812-13, M3 ol 3] 3] o| [a — |} — }—|—] —|J —|— |_| -|— Total of 10 years,.... 002. Seca sioletomnits cietarsiale 13| 0 14} O} 8 =11]19) O Ditto calculated at 80 Sa. Wt. per Seer,...... 11/36) 2/ 12/33) 3) 10/20) 4 Or on an average per annum of 80 Sa. We.... 1) 7 Bi BIS O Ir is dificult-to.afcertain a ftlandard for ploughing cattle, but to judge from experience fince 1793, the prices have rifen gradually to about 75 per cent on the prices of that year. The hire of coolies during the fame period has not altered, being 4£ and ¢ puns per day. The rife in wages paid by natives who cultivate their land by labourers-has how- OF BURDWAN. 65 ever been confiderable about 1793, an able fervant received about 4 rupees per annum, with his diet and clothing, whereas they now re- ceive 6 and 8 rupees yearly, and in fome fituations even more. : No. 7. : WHOLE SALE Price of coarfe Rice in Pés at Mancaur, in zillah Burdwan. seat srs. ches) ale chts 134! 0 1j15] 8 3.4.0 213} C 428) 0 32il O 3 210 Ai} 8 0 0: Seer Seer Rupee. per Rupee. x per 80 Sa. Wt. 60 Sa. Wt. per per 21) 228 2 1 0 1 30 11d 8 3 4) 0 213 0 43 0 3.2) 4 117} O- 1)-912 234 0) 2 5 8 re ee ee er rs ence ui ——|——— | —| —— || — Total of 10 years,...-- Poe eee ced eee tet ece gee tenses Nee ae 2824 0} 21/18) 0 Or on an average per annun,....... s\jalelsue s\eneie:a ne ©.sjensi« 235) O] 2) 512 | 2 3 0} 3/22 4 3/20) © Bi25} ( 3} 5] 0 Q13it2 2/38) © 2 8 8 2/32} of 2 4) © 4\22 316] 8 3)37 {12 2). 2) .0 8 12) | 0) ( 3}. 4 ) 31/15) 0 4 Total of 10 Years, oor. TBP Rall Di ay Met atcee 1k Mua yaa et lead ed il feel Or on an average per ANNUM,......,.cccc cers cuceaeee 3| 5 214) 2 3} 6 8 2720 O 3/27 4 2139 4 2) 31 4 Aled 4 S}L2 O 2 8] 2) 8 1219, | 1812-13, 2)2 0 SNR OT 2 Sg a EE eR Lotalioh LOryears,\/.re niarctietaetcletaleleielate a's e's cee gremtase ace 2 ST | TT | | Or on an average por ANNUM, .... ese ccee seccccccaces: 2}29) O| 2 312 eR 6Y Defcriptions of twonew fpecies of SARCOLOBUS, and of Jome other Indian Plants. : ALC EL. Bey ooN, Tiow genera of plants are more difficult to be examined and afcer- | tained than thofe which conftitute the Afelepiadee : a family which has lately been eftablifhed and moft excellently defcribed by the librarian to the Linnean Society, Mr. R. Brown, ina paper inferted inthe firft vo- lume of memoirs of the Wernerian Natural Hiftory Society. This dif-— ficuity is owing tothe general intricacy and frequent minutenels of their. fexual organs and to their fucculent habit, which often materially afs feéts their appearance after they have undergone the procefs of drying. It is therefore highly defirable that as many as poffible of them fhould , ue ; | : 569 be examined in a frefh and native fate. Under this impreflion I truft, that the following defcriptions and drawings of two plants, belonging to a very interefling and fingular genus eftablifhed by Mr. Brown, may not be unacceptable to lovers of botany. Both ‘of them were brought to me a fhort time ago from the Sunderbans, and introduced | into the Botanic Garden at Calcutta, where they thrive very well at a place which is daily irrigated by the tides of the brackifh water of the river Hoogly, SARCOLOBUS. Br own in Act. Soc. Wernerianz I, Dp. 9A: Pooeinard ta Digynia. Ordo naturalis Alclepiaden, a Cl. Vill. Ord XIV Afocinearum.Jufs: feparande. CHARACTER GENERIS.. Calyx qvinquefidus, perfiftens, bafi extra corollam corpufculis s: glan- dulis quinqve cylindricis minutis lacinus alternantibus, Corolla rotata, qvinquefida, zflivatione imbricata. Tudbus nullus. Corpus | ftamineum fubglobofum, feffile, nudum. Anthere ovate, obtufe, ftigmati incumbentes, Seo ene ata intus cellulis duibus divergentibus. Majfe pollinis decem, cereacez, leves, per paria ad latera ftigmatis aps proximatze, incumbentes, divergentes, bafi fuffultze proceflibus cor- pufculorum ftigmatis. Ovaria duo oblonga, acuta, unilocularia, pgly{pora, Ovula horizontalia, axi adfixa. Style breviffimi, acutt. Stzgma depreiium, pentagonum, antheris tectum, angulis baseos porreéctis corpulculiferis, Corpufcula teretia, dorfo fulco exfculpta, bafi / 508 utringve exferentia procefium capillarem horizontalem pice in- curva polliniferum.* | Pericarpium. Folliculus carnofus vel coriaceus, ventricofus, Receptaculum fangofam, amplum, futura adfixum, demum liberum, Semina numerofa, inyerfa, retrorfum imbricata, complanata, hinc leviter convexa, inde concava, margine lato membranacco inte- gerrimo cinéa. Tefta membranancea, intus prafertim ad margi- nem feminis fpongiofa, ad fuperficiem ventralem in{cripta funiculo umbilicali ramofo, Membrana interna tenuiflima, albu- men arcte veftiens. | ) Albumen embryoni conforme, carnofum, tenuiflimum, aqueo- album. Embryo rectus, dicotyledaneus. Cotyledones magnze, foliacea. —Plu- mula punctiformis. Radicula § fupera, cylindrica. Habitus. Frutices volubiles, glabri, ramis copiofis elongatis fubarticus ? latis, late {piffo glutinofo fcatentes. /'o/ia oppofita, glabra, firma, bafi fupra acervulo glandularum. Racem? extrapetiolares, coryme bofi, parvi. Folliculi folitarii (per abortum.) SARCOLOBUS globofus Wall. S. foliis ovato-oblongis, corollis intus villofis, ‘ae magnis carnofis globofis utrinqve retufis muricatis. Habitat ad littora fubfalfa fluminis Hoogly Bengale auftralis. FPrutex ramofiffimus, late fuper arbufculas volubilis, cortice pallido glaberrimo €allofo-punctato. ® Thefe bodies do not belong exclufively to the A/clepiadee, but are found likewife in the Apocy nea Jn Roxsurgen’s Nerium grandifloram (Cat. hort. beng.) they are very large, membranaceous, brown, obovate, loofely adhering to the fomewhat flattened fides of the ftigma and covered entirely by the anthers. By a peculiar procefs iffuing from their acute bafe and elongated downwards and upwarde they are attached to the grooves of the ftigmay between the projecting angles of its bafe, and to the margins of the correfyonding anthers, At the burfting of the cells the gr:nulsr pollen is forced to remain onthe vifcid furface of thefe bodies, This fhrubis not a Nerium, and forms. probably a new geatte 3 3 | 509 Rami graciles, teretés, ad infertionem foliorum nodulofo-incraMfati. tenelli pubefcentes. n ! Folia petiolata, oppofita, remota, patentia, ovato-oblonga,- juniera ovato-cordata, acuta cum cufpidula, integerrima, bafi rotundata : leviter emarginata, fupra ad infertioném petioli fetis aliqvot ie gta‘e nigticantibus, coriacea, laevia, tri-qvadripollicaria, fubtus glauca cofta elewata nervifqve puberulis verfus.marginem arcuatim anaftomofantibus, ficcitate reticulata. Peitols teretes, graciles, fupra fulcati, foliis triplo breviores.. Racems extraaxallares, corymboh, multiflori, longitudine peticlorum, raro divifi. | Pedunculus pubefcens. . Pedacelleclavati, {piraliter rachi incraflate ine ferti, bafi bra@eolis tribus carnofis triangularibus. Flores parvi,.extus. albicantes, puberuli. | Calyx qvingvefidus. Lacinizeacute, ciliate. Granula qvinqve in fundos Corolla rotata, qvinqvifida. Laciniz ovate, acute, fupra villofe, punctulis feriatis purpureis.: Corpus flamineum aurantiacum. Anthere obtufz,:membranula nivea marginate. Maffe. Aig relpe ctu ia ene | Ovaria et Styl ut in genere.) . f bw UV OeL eit Siigma omnino occultum ‘antheris.. maomeken! Folliculus globofus, hinc leviter carinatus obliqvus, el tees diaraetri qvadripollicaris, vertice bafiqve retufus. Cortex cinereus, afpera punctis innumeris-elevatis callofis'farinofisi : Caro fungofus, albus, admodum lattefcens, Tunica interna chartacea,; laevifiima,. ; Recebtaculum: album, fungofum)cultriforme; ‘idorfo convexum,. vertice, fubglobofum,, ef .notaium, feriebus. cicatricularum longitnstyahibus, qvibus inferuntur; femina ;bafi; laeve.- : 2 Semina numerofi{fima,retrorfum imbricata, ee: formiantia exadtil- fime cavitatem folliculi replentem, oboyata, pollicaria, devater com> 6 Z -vexo-concava, laeviflima, ferruginea, difco dilutiora, a preflura lineata, margine acutillima. Coiyledones obovate, bafi leviter retuface - SARCOLOBUS carinatus Wall. 2, Ssliis ovalibus oblongifqve, fubcarnofis, corollis laevibus, folliculie oblongis laevibus acutis {ubtus carinatis.. Hintat cum antecedente. Fr utes preecedenti fimilis fed minor. Kamit Jongiflimi, gracilliml, laxi, ‘penduli, | articulis inferoribus fape repentibus. By Folia breve petiolata, lato-ovata, utrinqve acuta, vel obovata fubretufa, adultiora oblonga, pollicaria ad tripollicaria, crafla, carnola, utrin- qve laevia, bafi papillofo-glandulofa, avenia, fubtus incana. Petioli teretes, fupra fulcati, u ungviculares, pubelcentes. Racemé extraaxillares parvi. Bratcole ad bafin pedicellorum triangulares, Flores parvi, « glaberrimi. SSC Gd Calyx qvingvepartitus. » Laciniz oblongz\Granula. qvingve exigua, Corolla rotata, plana, laevis, ex viridi lutea, fupra pundtis feriatis “pee rafcentibus, verfus faucem tuberculis: nieve minutis.. tags Corpus flamineum Ovaria et Styli ut imgenérey - Stigma verticenudum. 2.20% ov sc SOTSy arte! Folliculus oblongus, utrinqve. ates Jeviter arcuatus,: ane fub- ventricofus, coriaceus, laevis, ‘fupra ‘planiufculus, carinis duabus | qvatuorve lateralibus finuofis anguttis, pollices.tres longus, maturi- ‘tate flavus viridi-maculatus. \ Loculamentim ovatum, acutum. ae fubcylindricum, ‘arcuatum, PRIA: ‘feriebus ‘oto ~ cicatricularum, totidemqve foveolis notatume *! sci Sémina retrorfum imbyicata; ungviculariay: 1: 571 Otfervation. . Though both thefe plants:grow abundantly every where in the jungles of the extenfive Sunderdans,.I have not been able to afcertain fatisfactorily their -native names ; nor have I fucceeded i in ; ‘tracing-any fynonymes of them. They feem even to have efcaped the notice of that moft acute obferver and botanift DoGior Rox. BURGH. ‘They are very diftin& by their flowers and fruits.. Their leaves.are lef{s different, and vary, much i in the laft fpecies from oval to almoft linear. _ S. carimatus is althogether a flenderer and {maller fhrub. The {pongy flefh of ‘its receptacles is Of a mild milky tafte, and uled by the natives in their curries. Flowering time, the hot and. rainy feafons, The fruits ripen towards the clofe of the rains, CAMPANULA dehifcens. Roxsurcu, Car. hort. beng: p. 35- €. annua pilofula, bafi ramofa, foltis linearibus denticuiatis, floribus ter- minalibus, capfulis apice poris tribus dehifcentibus. Habitat im agris Bengalz freqventer... Planta ere€ta, pedalis, annua, ad{perfa pilis paucis brevibus; bafi eee Rami fubfimplices, adfcendents, faftigiati... Folia alterna, feflilia, patentia, linearia, remote. denticulata, bafi denies » pipollicaria, margine coftaqve leviter. pilofa, fuperiora et floralia integerrima, . sthit! iy Flores parvi, glabni, dilute coerulei, ad apicem | caulis et ramorum pauci, alterni.. HOI , | Peduncul: filiformes, pra€teolis aliqvat lenearibus. Calyx fuperuis qvingvepartitus,: | Laciniz lineares, acutee, ‘ereétiu{culze: Corolla campanulata, BV inaviclis calyce duplo longior, Laciniz. ovate acube, : Stamna corolla breyiorai: -~} o: 5/2 Falamenta capillaria, ‘ereda, e bafi dilatata ciliata conniventia, Anthere lineares, €re@tze:” | : Ovarium laeve, oblongum, trifulcatum, intra caly cem leviter elevatum, fubtrilobum, triloculare polyfporum. | Ovula axi inferta. Sty’us longitudine flaminum, pubeicens. 2 Stigma trilobum, villofum. : : Capfula membranacea, fubcylindrica, fufca, calycis laciniis ere@tuifculis eC coronata, trilocularis, apice poris tribus ‘dehifcens. - Diffepimenta ~“apice prominula. Semina minuta, numerofiffima, i Obfer vation among the few genera which this country has in common with Eurofe that of campanulu holds a‘placee This fpecies has however only a faint re fomDlance to our lovely bell-flowers, and nothing of their pail “Ht is a fimple {mall Pap which flowers in fee and: March. : BAU HINLA RACEMOSA, Bauhinia foliis fubrot eimoecordatis. Tobis i ouiiculatis, Gabtiss tomen- tofis, ‘flaminibus barbats: plumofis. Lamarck: Encyct 1. 390. Bauhinia floribus triandris, extus ae Re bafi hirfutis, folus fub- wea ferictis, lobis rotundatis. Vand. ‘Symb Ill. 56+ tab 62. ‘Habitat in ‘montibus Bengale orientalis: ad) Monghyr Cuaip ar er, Nepal, | : alibiqve fuper arbores altiflimos fcandens. Truneus arboreus, robuftus, cortice, cinereo rimofoy Rami longiflimi, teretes, fu{ci, fuperne velit tomento denfp mollic juniores ferruginei, ftriati. 7 conic Folia alterna, petiolata, patentia, rotundatd-cordata, Suiyeeaifennsls am: pliffima, palmaria ad pedalia, integerrima, biloba: lobis rotundatis fubdivaricatis; dum juniora molliffima, fupra laete viridia: pubef- eS centia, fubtus nerviqve ferrugineo-tomentofa, adultiora glabriora, 578 ‘cGriacea, tredecimnervia, venofa, nervo coftali inter lobos in ~ fetam lineari-lanceolatam femipollicarem excurrente. . Stipule oblong, fubfalcate, recurvate, ungviculares, decidua. - Petiols tri-ad fexpollicares, teretes, ferrugineo-tomentofi, utrinqve intu- mefcentes, ad infertionem folii fubbilobi. Cirrht duo oppofiti, craffi, plani, integri, fexpollicares et ultra, revoluti, tomentofi, demum lignofi. Racemttuminales, pedunculati, men ovati, corymbofi, multiflori, inca- no-tomentofi. i | ‘Pedunculus craffus, farfum floriferus, and bafin Ggoulsann pedicellorum braéteis patentibus lanceolatis acutis perfiftentibus. . Pedicells {parfi, patentiffimi, teretes, bipollicares, apice bracteola una a vel duabus fubulatis, fuperiores fenfim breviores, Flores magni, candidi, demum lute{centes. ‘Caiyx tubulofus, ad dimidium qvingvefidus, limbo reflexo. “Laciniz lanceolatz, concave, unqviculares, membranula tenuialba in duos _lebos connexz.”. ; Corella pentapetala, patentifima.. Petala pollicaria, Ovata, crenata, une dulata, bai in) unqvem linearem longitudine laciniarum calycis attenuata, fericeo-barbata, margine intufqve glabriora. Stamina o€to, fauci calycis inferta. Qvinqve fterilia capillaria petalo- rum unqvibus breviora: qvorum duo inftructa rudimentis: anthe- rarum, ) Filamenta fertilium cylindrica, carnofa, arcuata, petalis longiora, bafi pilofa. Anthere magnz lutez oblong, incumbentes. Qvarium tubo calycis hinc adnatum, oblonguim, denfe lanatum. Stylus ad{cendens, ftaminibus.longior, fangvineus, pilofus. Stigma Capitatum, viride, laeve. Legumen oblengum, lignofum, pedale, digitos tres latum, compreflum, Thee 674 _apice rotundatum cum :flylo obliqvo brevi, bafi parum angufta- vin, marginibus re¢tilineis, tomento. ferrugineo denfo, molliflimo veftitum, fex-ad o€toloculare.. Diffepimenia. lignofa, brevia.’ Lo- culamenta laeviffima, polita, vix ultra teruam latitudinis partem occupantia. Jol ile - Receptaculum. Funicult magni, triangulates, valde complanati, coriacei, e futura externa defcendentes, apice femilunari truncata. Semina folitaria, fubrotunda tran{verfaliteroparum oblongata, ipollicaria, comprefla, utringve planiuscula, laeviffima, nitida, ftria ocellari obfoleta fubmarginalt, | Umbalict_fereftra in parte exteriore fuperi- ore excavata femilunaris. 7 Integumentum fimplex, durum, coriaceum, — Albumen durum, tenue, aqveo-album. Embryo rectus, lute{cens. Cotyledones mage, amygdalinz, flavefcentes, plang, bafi leviter figmoidez, obfolete nervofz, laeviflima. —Plue mulaminima. Radicula conica, centrifuga, | Obfervation. ‘This is one of the moft ftately and gigantic climbers in the world ;. its ftem often meafuring eighteen inches in diameter'and its branches covering, and at laft fuffocating the largeft trees. The flowers ave beautifully white, becoming yellowifh before they de- — cay. Its profufe'and elegant foliage is employed by the natives to coveritheir: huts;-umbrellas etc; ufes for which the ftrong and leathery texture of the leaves renders them exceedingly well quae ified.. ‘The cotyledons are'not unpleafant to the tafte, and are eat by the natives. Hinduflané name Maula... A: man-who has feen the tree at both places tells me it is called Late Kanchané at Monghyr, in Nepal Bhurla. Flowering time, the hot and rainy feafons;’ The pods take nine months to ripen, : | | ne EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES, | SARCOLOBUS elobofus. Fig. a. a. Front and back view ofa flower. om b. Calyx opened exhibiting its {mall glandular bodies and the Ovaria. c. Corpus ftamineum. d. The fame with the anthers removed, more papas: 1 Fruit, natural fize. k. The fame opened. e.e. Seeds viewed from both fides. f, The fame tranfverfally divided, g. The fame longitudinally divided, fhowing the albumen, h Embryo, natural fize. SARCOLOBUS carinatus, Fig. a. a. Flower. b. Corpus ftamineum. Internal fide of the anther, fhewing the cells.. Fruit. : | The fame longitudinally divided. Seeds attached to the receptacle. C. d e. f g. Receptacle. h. h. Seeds. CAMPANULA dehifcens.. Fig. a. Corol, b. Calyx and ftamens. c. A detached ilamen. d. — Piftil. =. “fran{verfal fetion of the ovarnum. rue ‘ pete: s, The fame divided tran{verfally. h. Phe fame opened fo as to thew a igculament! 4 racemofa. a. b. Calyx and fexual organs. Cis Petals. a I -gume. -d with its funiculus. «, | he fame in a germinating (late. THE END OF THE TWELFTH: VOLUME: 29° } _t RBaily Sewlpi. 4 . 4 Pots bolo farm ; wu 7 ie pms oI cae omer! hurr aN SRE rece he 6 fon Trimila or Tirril Mountaina ae Pew | KBR. yi Carr fndli charht Ht TOUR Fa Shy | Pe ee ( CHINESE TATARY. ° = o ‘aL Ye Cae aa nga ly Hillam Ces ofl ©. Aas vin \ ze ; ‘ 2 Z i y é f i I S b ~ ib . ‘i A ‘3 rf , aa j 7 i |) J » { \ % r ( | } F | r : { ENR a Sapa ne aa ADDITIONS. NOTEtoan ESSAY on the NOTIONS of the HINDU ASTRONOMERS, concerning the Precrssion of the Keurnoxes; by H. T. C. late President. Hlavine reconsidered the passage of Visuvu Cuanpra quoted by the scholiast of Braumecupta,* I am satisfied that the corrupt part of the text does not relate to the number, which appears complete without it; and I venture with confidence on an emendation, which the defect of one syllable in the verse shows to be necessary, and which perfects the sense. The passage so restored is as follows: the syllable, which I conjecturally re-establish, (and no other correction is attempted nor required,) being distinguished by Italics. | : ‘ Tasya chatra bha-chid rudra-crita-nandashtacéndavah Ayanasya yugam préctam Brahmarcadi-matam pura.’ | te ‘Its revolutions through the asterisms are here [in the calpa| a hundred and eighty-nine thousand, four hundred and eleven. This is termed a yuga of the solstice, as of old admitted by Brauma, Arca, and the rest.’ The number of 189411 complete revolutions, in a ca/pa of 4320000000 years, gives an annual precession of 56° 4921”. | | The age of Visunu Cuanpra must be placed between those of ARYABHATTA and BrauMEGuPTA: fora passage of the last mentioned author affirms, that both he and Srisuxna compiled their Vasisht’ha and Rémaca siddhéntas from Ary aBuatta, and VisAyANANDI, &c. taking the mean motions of the sun and moon, with the lunar apogee and nodes, and other specified particulars, from the first of these authorities. To determine the period when this original author flourished is a material and interesting object of research; not only as he was founder of a sect in * See page 215. 2 ADDITIONS. astronomy, as Putisa was of another; both of which’are noticed by BRAHMEGUPTA with their distinctive appellations, but because he is the earliest Hindu writer known to have treated of Algebra. I shall resume the inquiry in another place. I shall here only observe, that Branmercurra is placed by the Astronomers of Ujjayani in 550 Saca (A. D. 628); and that Aryasnarta is considerably more ancient. Munsaxa, so frequently mentioned for the doctrine maintained by him concerning the revolution of the equinoxes,* is stated by the Astronomers of Ujjayani, to have written in the year 854 of the Saca era (A. D. 932), as BRAHME- Gupta is in 550 Saca. These dates are furnished in a list of astronomical authorities, which was communicated to the late Dr. Witt1am Hunter by Hindu Astrono- mers, who assisted his studies, when he was residing at that ancient seat of Hindu astronomy. It appears deserving of some confidence, as several of the dates which it contains, particularly those of Budédsa-ray and Buascara, have been verified. The rest, it may fairly be presumed, are likely to be equally correct; and Visunu Cuanpra, being anterior to BRauMEGUPTA, must have preceded Munyata by more than three centuries, as the latter did Buascara by more than two. It is not the only instance, among the Hindu astronomers, where the older author has made a nearer approach to the truth, than his successor. When the conclusion of the note at page 250 was written, a quotation from ARYABHATTA in Munifswara’s commentary on Buascara was overlooked. It is the beginning of a passage in the abridgment of AryaBuaTTa, specifying the revolutions of the planets. The quotation unfortunately stops after those of the moon; which are 57753334000, answering to 4320000000 of the sun. His numbers then come between those of the Stéryasidd@hanta and BRAHMEGUPTA, in the instances which admit of comparison: and the diurnal motions, concluded from them, differ from theirs but at fourth minutes. _/* See page 210. * elapsed ie, Is an ed time, from the ato the se without LA; by gence of hich the balanops itionably hey - actually ve inad- 2 ged, that A, (Ann, ‘without status of balanops | fruits, it | Whether 2Ts must ven to it mm india, betore the identity ot species Could pe ascertained, Is We must appropriate. ae ftd be ifthe Cla. _— Fondan re Bis Hatt sosieet Cail wy of ADDITIONS. 3 NOTE ON PAGE 248. To obviate misapprehension, it is necessary to observe, that the number of elapsed years of the Saca era subjoined to AryaBHArra’s computation of past time, is an addition by the scholiast of BRauMEGUPTA, in course of comparing elapsed time, as reckoned by the two authors. For the passage, which he twice quotes from the Dasa-giticd of AnyaBuatrta, reckons from the beginning of the Calpa to the Bharata, whichis the era of Yudhisht’hira, and the epoch employed by him, without any notice either of Saca or Sambat. | NOTE to an ESSAY on the CAMPHOR TREE of SUMATRA; by H. T. C. late President. Srxce my return to England, I have had the opportunity, by the indulgence of Sir JoserpH Bawxs, to inspect the specimen in his collection from which the younger G@rTNER, to whom it was communicated, described his Dryobalanops aromatica; and I find that the leaves entirely agree, and that it is unquestionably the same species with the Camphor tree of Sumatra. This information actually accompanied the specimen seen by Dr. C.F. Ga@rrner, though he have inad- vertently referred it to Ceylon for a habitation, and as erroneously alleged, that the bark of the tree is cinnamon. The fruit has been also figured and described by M. Corréa pr Serra, (Ann, du Mus. d’Hist. nat. 10. 159,) under the name of Pterygium teres; equally without any intimation of the tree affording the Sumatran camphor. As the Pterygium costatum of the same author is the Dipterocarpus costatus of the younger Gartner, whose publication on both that and the Dryobalanops preceded by a year the earliest of Correa DE SERRA’s concerning these fruits, it is presumed, that Gartner's names of both genera will be retained. Whether his name of the species now in question shall also be preserved, others must determine. It is, however, to be remarked, that the name, which was given to it in India, before the identity of species could be ascertained, is the most appropriate. 4 ADDITIONS. The flowers of this plant in Sie Josepu Banks’s collection, are in too imperfect a state for description. It appears, however, as was to be expected from analogy of congeners, that the petals are five, and the stamina numerous. It belongs then, as most of the plants of the same natural order do, to the class and order Poly- andria Monogynia. ‘The essential generic character is:—Calyx, one-leaved, per- manent; enlarged into a gibbous cup, with five ligulate, long, scariose wings. Corol. five-petalled. Capsule, three-valved, one-celled. Seed solitary. Embryo inverse, without perisperm. CORRECTIONS. Page 219, in a note, for ‘ octavee spheeree,’ read ‘ octave sphere.” 220, in a note, for ‘ regulos,’ read ‘ regulas.’ 999, line 8, for ‘ whether,’ read ‘ whither.’ 230, line 14, for ‘ perfect,’ read ‘ imperfect.’ 232, for ‘ Cuaturvipa,’ read ‘ CHATURVEDA.’ 240, line 9, for ‘ ecliptic,’ read ‘ equator.’ .,.. Ina note, for ‘of planet,’ read ‘ or planet.’ Ce reer eet etree ceencmsieaseamsremeaiemnemensentagss may London: Printed by C. Roworth, Bell Yard, Temple Bar. oBy7 MEMBERS OF THE ASIATICK §S O Cl Le bor Sa OED PATRON S: Tue Ricut Honorasre EARL or MOIRA, : GoveRNoR GENERAL, €8¢. &c. ec: N. B. EDMONSTONE, Esos. q ma ad A. SETON, Eso. | s Members of ee re Council. GEORGE DOWDESWELL, Esq. J. PRESIDENT, Poe Ricut Honorasie EARL oF MOIRA, cc. Se, Se, aft. VICE, PRESIDENT, J. H. HARINGTON, Esq. od. VICE PRESIDENT, Sir JOHN ROYDS, Kwicur. ad. VICE PRESIDENT, Tue Ricut eee T. F..MIL- oy LTON, D. D, Lorn Bisuor or CALCUTTA. COMMITTEE OF PAPERS. THE PRESIDENT ann THE VICE PRESIDENTS, | ‘Docror J, HARE.. - J. BENTLEY, Esq.. GEORGE SWINTON, Eso: Tue Reverenpn W. CAREY. W. B. BAYLEY, Eso. H. MACKENZIE, Eso. H. H. WiLSON,,. Eso. Doctor N. WALLICH. 578 | APPENDIX. SUPERINTENDANTS OF THE MUSEUM. Doctor N’WALLICH. W,.L. GIBBONS. SECRETARY, Mayor JOHN WESTON. DEPUTY SECRETARY, W. L. GIBBONS. TREASURER, Messrs. PALMER anv CO. AGENT in Europe, H. T. COLEBROOKE, Ese. BOOK-SELLERS in Cae Messrs. CADELL, DAVIS anp CO, ME M BE R S. Dr. Whitelaw Ainflie. | _ > William Boag. D. Subfequent refolutions of the Society, which.are m force §. Tuar the future meetings of the Society be held on the Sirk Wednefday of each alternate month; viz. in the months of February, Apri, Fune, Augufl, Otiober, and December, at nine o’clock in the evening. g. Tuat if any bufinefs fhould oceur to require intermediate meetings, they may be convened by the Prefident; who may alfo, when neceflary, appoint any other day of the week, inftead of | Wedne/day, for the ftated meetings of the Society. 10. THar as it may not always be convenient for the Prefident ‘RULES OF THE SOCIETY. ai ‘to attend the meetings of the Society, a certain number of Vice Pr- ‘fidents be elected annually. 11, THatr in-cafe the 'Prefident and the ‘Vice Prefidents fhould be -abfent at any meeting, a quarter of ‘an hour after the fixed time, the ‘Senior Member prefent fhall take the chair for the evening. 12. TuHat every Member of the Society have the’privilege of in- troducing, as a vilitor, any gentleman who is not ufually refident.in ‘Calcutta. 13. THAT with a view to provide funds for the neceflary expences of the Society, an admiffion fee be eflablifhed, to confift of two gold mohurs, payable by every Member on his election; and that each Member of the Socicty, refident an India, (honorary Members excepted,) do alfo contribute a gold mohur quarterly, in the: firft week of January, April, Fuly, and Odober. Any Member neg- deCting to pay his fubicription, for half a year after it becomes due, ‘to be confidered as no.longer a Member ef the Society. 14. 3, Treat a Treafurer be appointed. 15. Tsar in addition to the Secretary, an afliflant Secretary, and a Librarian, be alfo appointed. 16. Tsar a Committee of Papers be appointed, to confift of the Prefident, Vice Prefidents, Secretary, and nine other Members, to be elected annually; and that any number notile{fs than five, be come petent to form a Committee, iv APPENDIX: 17: Twat: this Committee feleét from the papers .communicated’ to the Society fuch as may appear proper for publication; and fuperintend the printing of the Socicty’s tranfa@tions. 18, Tuat.the Committee-of Papers be authorized to draw upon the Treafurer for any fums requifite to defray the expence of publifhing the tranfactions; and that an order, figned by a majority of the Com-. mittee, be a fufficient warrant to the Treafurer for paying the. fame. ig. Tuat the Committee of Papers be authorized to defray any. {mall contingent expences on account of.the Society, which they may. deem indifpenfable. . 2q, Tuat the agents of the Society in England be defired to pur- chafe and forward for the Society's Library, books of {cience and ori-.- ental literature publifhed in Europe, taking care, that thofe purchafes . at no time exceed the funds arifing from the fale of the Society’s pubs - lications. o1. Tuat the Committee of Papers be requefted to furnifh the Agents in Eurofe, with fuch further inftru€tions as. may appear re- quifite for their guidance: in the feleétion of books proper to be placed’: in the Library of the Society. : 22. Tuat it will be proper to publifh, with each volume of the - refearches, a lift of fuch oriental fubje&ls as may be-confidered in. the light of defderata ; to be prepared by the Committee, from lifts, fubr mitted to the Society,, by. the Members or othegs. . 23. Tat as.ateftimonial to the merit of the belt papers, commiu-.. RULES OF THE SOCIETY, Y nicated to the Society, on the fubjeéts propofed as dzjderata, the ‘author, when not a Member of the Society, be. prefented with the volume of Refearches, wherein fuch paper is contained; accompanied with a complimentary letter, from, the Secretary. in the name of. the society. 24. Tuarevery fubferibing Member of the Society be, on ap- plication, furnifhed. with a copy of the 12th volume, as well as of any future volumes. oi. the Society's. Tranfaétions, in/return for his. contributions, without any. further payment. 25. Tuar witha view to the more general circulation of the Afiatick Refearches in India, the price of. the 12th and fature volumes, to non-fub{cribers, be fixed at a gold mohurs and that if feveral volumes of different years. be purchafed. together, they. be fold at ten. rupees each. MUS EU M: 26. On the ed Febrwary.1814, the Society determined “ upon forme ing a Mufeum for the reception of all articles that may tend to illuftrate oriental manners, and hiftory ; or to elucidate the particularities of nature or art in the Faft.” The following. ee were at the fame time: paffed upon the fubjeét. 27. Txar this intention be made known tothe public, and that cone tributions be folicited of the undermentioned nature : } 1. Infcriptions.on ftone or brafs. 2. Ancient monuments, Mohammedan or flindus. 3: Figures of the Hindu deities. . 4. Ancient coins. vi APPENDIX. 5. Ancient manulfcripts. G. Inftruments of war peculiar to the Eafk. 7. Inftruments of mufic. 8. The veffels employed in religious ceremonies. go. Implements of native art and manufaClure, &c. KC 10. Animals peculiar to Jndia, dried or preferved. 41. Skeletons or particular bones of animals peculiar to India. 12. Birds peculiar to India, fluffed or preferved. 13. Dried plants, fruits, &c. 14. Mineral or vegetable preparations in Eaftero pharmacy. 15. Ores of metals. 16. Native alloys of metals, 17. Minerals of every defcription, &c. &c. 28. Tar the names of perfons contributing to the Mufeum or Li- brary of the Society be hereafter publifned at the end of each volume of the Afiatick Refearches. 29. sina the hall on the ground floor of the Society’s houfe be fitted up for the reception of the articles that may be procured. The plan and expences of fo doing to be regulated by the Committee of Papers and. Secretary ; and the perfon under whofe Superintendance the Mufeum may be placed. : 30. Tuat the expence which may be incurred in ‘preparing materials, furnifhed in a ftate unfit for prefervation, be defrayed by the Society, within a certain and fixed extent. 91. Tuat the-thanks of the Society be given to Dofor Watticr — for the tender of his fervices; and that he be appointed Superin- tendent of the Onental Mufeum of the Afatick Society. RULES OF THE SOCIETY. vil 32. Onthe sth April 1815, in confequence of Door Watticn’s being obliged to refide at fome diftance from Calcutta, it was refolved; -at his fuzgeftion, to appoint a joint Superintendent of the Society’s Muleum, and Mr. Wiiit1am.Luoyp Gissons, who is alfo Affiftant . S-cretary and Librarian to the Society, was accordingly requefted to act as joint Superintendent with Doctor Wattica. 99. On the 7th Fune 1815, the Superintendents of the Mufeum were requefted ‘to return the thanks of the Society to the perfon from whom any donation to the Mufeum has been received, and ‘to make fimilar acknowledgments for any contribution which may be hereafter made to the Mufeum. o ie Sma BIBLIOTHECA ASIATICA. ‘Tue following refolutions weré pafled, on the recom- mendation of the Committee of Papers, under date the 2d “Fuly 1806. But materials have not yet been received for. publifhing a volume of the work therein propofed. 94. Tuar the Society -publifh, from time to time, as their funds will admit of it, in volumes diftinét from the APPENDEX, ‘LIST of DONATIONS to the Library of the ae . seat: Society, fince 1816. DON OHS, 82 DONATIONS. Tae Pastosoparcat Socik= ty oF Philadelphia,..—A copy of the Philadelphia Medical ‘Museum, Nos. 14,15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, and 24. | Barton? s Supplement, No. 3 and No. 1 of vs volume 3d. | H, T. CoLEBROCKE, Esq. —A Sanscrit Dictionary, compiled under ‘the “direction of, EH. T, Colebrooke, Esq. 4 vO= lumes, folie MSS. : GEORGE SWINTON, Esq.----—The ‘Travels of Mirza Abutalib Kanan in Per sian, with the. Author’s own corrections, MSS. | Tue Councin oF THE Core. i eid | uecr or Fort Wituian, aba alilat, by Robert Tyuen M. D, Shemsul Loghat,, in. volumes, by, Joseph Bar= retto, junior. “4 ‘ Muntekheb-ul-logh4t, by Maulavi Aes Dad and others. ‘Persian Miscellany, in 3 volumes, by Maula vi Allah Dad and Maulavi Kerem Husein. Dabistanei-Muzahib. Mejmua Shemsi, by Maulavi Abul Khyr, wn- der the superintendence of W. Hunter, M. D. A Persian and Hindi Vocabulary. LIST TRORMHES 8 &e; oi DOGERS yon ole ‘DONATIONS, A Vocabulary, Persian, Arabic, and English, t (DY, Colonel W. Kirkpatrick. Alfaz Adwiya, by F, Gladwin, Ecq. Persian Classicks, 2 volumes, by Ditto. . The Gulistan of Sheikh Sadi, with an Eng- lish Translation, by James Dumoulin. The Amara Césha, an ancient Dictionary, printed under the superintendence of H. T. Colebrooke, Esq. Hemachandra Césha, printed under the die rection of H. T. Colebrooke, Esq. A Césba, or Dictionary, by Amara Sinha, halk Pe oy YT. Colebrooke Esq. Amru Sataca and Ghatacarpira, by Babu Ram Pundit. Bhagayat Gita, ; f Gita Govinda, | , The Sutras of Panini, with the best Commene taries, ue volumes. if A Grammar of; the Makratia language, by kos ep ated Ww. Hie Maat " ilqoed APD) Mekal, by Mir sie Apacs: die 09 oBatsal of Beharilal. ii “APPENDIX: DONORS: |. DONATIONS. Raj Niti. Totakahani, by Hyder Baksh. - Diwan Soz. Oriental Linguist, by the Author of the Eng ~ dish and Hindi Dictionary. A Sanscrit and Bengali Vocabulary. Bengali and English ditto, by Mohunpersaud Thakoor. The Digest of Hindu Law, 4 volumes, by OY ee Colebrooke, Esq. Institutes of Menu, MSS, A Digest of Mohammedan Law, by Captain John Baillie. ~ Mishcateul-Masabih, 2 volumes, translated - from the original 4radic, by Captain A. N. ‘ Matthews, Harington’s Analysis, Second Part, and Supe plement to the First Part. History of Nizam Ali Khan, by William Hole ~ lingbery. | Owen’s Charges. Captain J) Cannine,.... '—Six Burman Manuscripts on Cloth. The Rey, J. Marsuman,-.—The Works of Confucius, translated into Eng= AO sprseonoiG dea lish, by J. Marshman, volume Ist. Tau American Paosopuis. © CAL SOCBTY,.lnccsceea —=American Philosophical Transactions, Part Second, volume 6th, LIST op DONATIONS, &e. | KH DONORS. DONATIONS. em The Rev. W. Canuy,...-—The Ramayana, Sanscrit and English, VOs: lume 3d, by the Rev, W. Carey, D. D. Ties ian a ag =-Hagler’s Dissertation on the newly discovered: Babylonian Inscriptions. .c.scivon?) Major C. Srewart, .--.—-Catalogue of the Oriental Library of Tinos Sultan, by Major C. Stewarts ciate? ‘THE SOCIETY FOR THE EN= COURAGEMENT or. Arfs, bow) a KE SiC.) oe Siete sti lad — Transactions of the Society. for the Hacour-- agement: of Arts, Sciences, &c. volumes. 25th, 26th, and 28th. _ TAuinicuzran Mirr,....—Cabyat Mir Taki, the Poems of Mirza Moz. hamimed ‘Paki, published under the Patron<- age of the College of Fort William. Sir Geo. Staunton, Bart:.—The Criminal Code of China, by Sir Georgs. Thomas Staunton, Bart. F. R.S. Sugrka AHMED,......-..- realm by Sheikh Ahmed. . \ THE ANTIQUARIAN SOCIRBTY: ov Lonpon, ---.-2... —Index to the -first.15 volumes of the Archoes- ologia. — Archeeologia, Part First,. volume 16th. M. N. Carnisie, Esq. Se=- a cretary to the Antiqua= rian Eien: sy wi iapnasate Dictionary, of Hnglan@iand Ireland. GroLocicaL: Sociwry, .....—Tranbsactions-of the Geological Society,. ves- hime, Vt. = Mr iy Vv, be Bbdatiletny 2 gen or fi “ oxiv oh &OAPRENDIX: DONOR! CF DONATIONS. agi bas Yisousot —sPhatgegiSand Maps -of ‘the: dst volume of the 5 | Transactions of the Geological Society. > Mensr Worry 2.420. 000. ex Grondlegié BD’ Herodote,. by. Monsr, Veliiey., Dr. SHoonersn, -210iL.. 024+ A mew; méthod of treating Hydrophobia, by db. Shoolbredy-M..D. ois Capiain Tomas Ronsock,—A Naval Dictionary, Hindustani and aEn glish. by Captain Thomas Roebuck, Dr. A. Berry, ..-- -- if yas —The History of Crishna, written in. Mend, )Eneyrlopzsdia of Zastern Sciences, Ai Geographical Account of the Provinces ef Romeliad, and. Bosna. “Specimens of a Translation of Firdousi inte © German, Verse. if A; printed, catalogue of Oriental Manusetipts in the lniperial Library, at Vienna. MM. evident. Bed. a.J.-.--Alprinted oepy of the Shahnamah; volume Ist, by M. Lumsdens Esq. MSS: oH EH. Witson,: Esq. . -.i-—-Translatidn: of the .Meg’ha Duta,yor Cloud Messenger, a Sanscrit Poem, by H. H. ©: Wilson: &. Munshi Gio a Axrsger, —Kholasutul Hisab, by Golam: Akber Moon- shee, and Meulovee Jaun Ali. Deol; Lox moony; us inl] LesPHaecteal: Observations on Strictures of the Urethra, by Thomas Luxmoore, M.D. Dr, AINsLi@, ...42..020..--TheoMateria-Medica of Hindustan; by Dr. WW. oAinslie. LIST of DONATIONS, &e. is a Sa TTY TT Sd DOMOREL.MOH “Hoxareewno Dr, RY Py ik. 28g Manuscript Translation of he Keran inte | | ’ Hebrew. J. Rares, Esq......... First Number of the Calculla Magazine. J. ATKINSON, BQ es Translation of the Episode of Sohrab, from (400i. |< the SKahn4mah into English Verse, by Fates: Athinson. THe Linnaa AN ‘Socinty, igo . -—-Transactions of the Linngan Society) volumes Le eae 7th, Sth, ‘aiid 9th. CouLece or Hous Witritn,—Mactinat Hates, by Sheikh Ahmed. : Nay unfiifRérkan or Index to the Koran, Mysersar Mahi. Nefhetul aM, cr, - Surah-ul- loghat, Ist volume, Luntsden’s Atabic Grammar, Ist volume. Hediketitl Afrdh. Captain ‘Lockett’s Translations cf the Miatae ‘mil and Shereh Miatamil. Liumsden’s Persian Grammar, 2 yolumes, oV Sil bas ov “Persian Mistellany, 4th, 5th, and 6th volumes. Shahnaiiah of Firdausi, 1 volume. SheretySécdnder Namah, by Maulavis Hasan Aliiaid Bedr Ali. vd ,peuges! wqwiivt of) lo yMiashe@atitsy by Munshi Kudrat Ali. Gyo Gindwin’s Persian, and Hindi, and English wtlaili ed? to osdnnk. adds Dictiowdry, 2 volumes. G . ry 1 if Q { POY S CDK holasat-bol-Hisab, by Jan Ali and others, mame em at « f ! “ , ° = t - DONATIONS. 4 a | a eee remem So ‘Voyage dans La Suisse Occidentale, 2 volumes. DUn, voyage de L’ Amerique. iy Lettres Edifiantes, 26 volumes. Geographie Ancienne, 3 volumes. Memoires Othomanes, 2 volumes. Young on Agriculture, 2 volumes. Opera, Philosophica et Mathematica. Halley’s Astronomical Tables. Harris’s Optics. : Costard’s Astronomy. Theoria’ Lunz juxta systema Newtonia- “tum. Idees sur la Meteorologie, 2 vols. - Des Globes et’ Spheres. Hutton’s Theory of the Earth. Whitehurst on the Earth. Cavallo’s Treatise on Air. Cavallo on Electricity, 3 volumes. Modifications de L’Atmosphere, 4 volumes. ~ Fourcroy’s Chemistry, 5 volumes, Berkenhaut’s Philosophical Chemistry. Chemical Essays, by Charles W. Scheele. Dissertations on Elective Attraction. - Torberni Bergman, Opuscula Physica et Ches mica, 5 volumes. © ’ Cavainis? Revolutions of Medical Science. Philosophical Magazine, 2 yolumes. LIST or DONATIONS, &c. xix DONORS. DONATIONS. ’Mehbinski Thesaurus, 5 volumes. Descriptions of the Ahwal Velayat. Rauzatul Ahbab, 2 volumes. Mearajul Nabuat. Wadikat-ussafa,. 3 volumes. Allum Arai‘Abbasi, 3 volumes, Description of the Deccan. Syr-al Mutakharin. Mezhebeul Ajaib. History of eoetaes oa by Gholam Husein co eho Resali Najém. Aistory of Nawab Aliverdi bot “Surasagar. Akhlak Nasri, . | Hadikatul Hakfkat. Akber Namah, Ibrut Namah, a volgies, r * Tazkeri Uléma. Jahangit’ “Namah. ‘A Resala, by Kazi-ul-Kuzat. Raja Tarangini. ver re Lildvati. ; An Arabic Dictionary; Diwan Bedil: * Tarikh Kutabshahi: - Nasiti Asafee. XX » APPENDIX. DONORS. = ola DONATIONS. .. History of Peharamgor. . Diwan Jejuli Erk. Sanaya Bedaya. -Nigaristan. History of Mohammed and his Companions. Tibkat usufa Taimar Namah. > The Muashi’s Journal in Webb’s Tour, LIST of Donors and Donations to the Museum of the eet Society. The Couxtsss of Loupox F and Moinay-A Chinese esi stuffed: Two peacock pheasants ditto. + Specimens of. vitreous hair, from the volcano jist l-lucice dz O8 the Island of Bourbon. Lady Hoop,: 2.03 .2ake ok, ‘Bulan. pheasant or Rup Chand stuffed. Mrs. HaRINGTON,.....--- —A large collection of shells from Ceylon. Miss F, Harineron, ..-+ Various minerals found between Critcumsan- dy;aed Rogenatpore. Mrs. Colonel MacKenziz;--Specimens of Stalactites from a cave near Goo-. yadera, in the V iadoon. LIST or. DONATIONS, &c; xRi DON ORGCA WAV. C DONATIONS. OG Mrs. GeRarD, :.--..:..-—Several shells from the Isle of Fiance. J. Brown, Esq... ... 2-2. —A set of side,arms belonging to the inhabi« tants of ,Vapaul, consisting of one cutlass, a knife,'and.a steel and flint for striking sed: lo se _ fire, in-a leathern case. F. Ave ANAN, Rein M. D.—A carved stone containing numerous figures | qa of Buppaa, from the ruins of Rajagriva, the city of Jarasandha, in Behar. Three other-carved.stones from the neighbour- hood of the Caratoya river,.in the southern part of \Dingjpur. Reverend W. Carey, D. D.—A dried skin of the Ceylon small Deer. A bunch of-branches with native lack, from : the district’ of Midnapore. «2° M. Cueesz, Esq. .-'.-.-.. —A very large‘head : of. the common ‘alligator with its skin dried, H._T. Cops ieidi, Esq. —-One large and-three small specimens of a species of Madrepore, called by the: Hindus Dwaraca-chacra, and held in veneration by (them as sacred to Visun'u, supposed to be found near Dwaracé, in the gulph of Cutch. Specimens. of Crystallizations found at Gris ker, a place of religious resort near Chanda, south of Nagpore. Two Saligrams found near Muctinai’h, on the Gandaci river. Specimens of coal from Syéhet. XXH APPENDIX. DONORS. DONATIONS. Adendrite from the Chumdul river. Chrystals fram the hills north of Cutch. Pebbles from the Sone river. Lead ore; place unknown. Specimens of Tabasheer, or mannaof bame boos, from the hills bordering on Sylhet. A collection of dried specimens of Indian plants from the Botanic garden at Calculla. Captain J. Cortincwoop,—Specimens of coral from the Isle of France. Mr. Da Costa,....-..-.-. —/Several shells and zoophytes from the Isle of G. DowpEswELL, Esq. -- J. Dunuop, Esq. .--.«-- France and its neighbourhood, -~A pair of horns of a hill cow in the province of Culfack, polished. / —Two skulls of the Babyrussa, from Amboyna. J. H. Hanineron, Esq. .. Specimens of asbestos from the Cape of Good Mr. Heatuey,.....-.- R. Homes, Esq. -.....-: oe. Hope. —Three zoophytes, place unknown. -. —A skull of the Cape antilope. . Two rhinoceros’ horns, Three sets of horns. of the hog-deer. Eight horns of different species of deer, 48 ’ Specimens of the beak of aspecies of Buceros. Diito of another ditto. Six beaks of different birds. “A beak of the Spoon-bill. Two ostrich eggs, ‘Some teeth of a small shark. LIST oF DONATIONS, &c. Xkili DONOEKRS, - DONATIONS. The tail.of a rattlesnake, dried. - A hairy concretion from the stomach of a cow. A small harpoon. Part of the skull of a musk deer, Two dried fishes. Some tiger.claws. Claws of the Amboyna pigeon and other birds. A brass standish and pen-case. An iron style. _ A brass mirror, A’silver pedestal. A brass figure of BHavant. Vive brass casts of BuppHas. ‘One ditto of GangSa. One small ditto uncertain, One ditto of Parvati, Another ditto ditto. . One-ditto of the infant Crisun’a. One ditto of DurcA, mounted. One ditto of Sesua resting on“the tortoise. A wooden medallion of a Buppwa, with sur- rounding inscription, A brass BuavAnt, with a lion’s head and canopied by S‘esha Naga, _ AL brass vessel. . A ditto lamp, A crystal Mala. XXIV (APPENDIX DORKORS, ¥ RAP 4rmyy ys Re DONATIONS. An egg. Specimens ef native sulphur. Ditto of opal. Ditto of benzoin. Ditto of crystal. Ditto of quartz. Ditto of lapis lazuli. | Ditto of gold ore. Ditto of variegated marble. Ditto of mica. A small stone cut with the figure of a head. Three conch shells. Some tusks of a boar. Some tigers’ teeth. A small model of a boat, from the Eastern islands. Necklaces and bracelets of shells &c. from the Eastern islands. Fishing tackle, from ditto. A piece of honeycomb. Various eggs. Bracelets of boar’s tusks, from the Eastern islands. | An Egyplian lock. A dried sea-horse. A China flute. A set of China chopsticks. as’ LIST or DONATIONS, &e: EXP DONORS. ee = DONATIONS, A China steelyard. Burmah dominos and dice; Ditto chessmen, . _. The ornamented prow of a Pegu heat: Avsling from the Eastern islands, a ‘The bewl of Chinese pipe. | Ping. tackle from the Eastward. | Two trumpets or pipes. Two China compasses. »A lange elephant’s tusk, ‘A buffalo’s horn. Two -khargas or Hindu sacrificial knives, Two specimens of Hindustani mosaic, in coe _ -doured .chunam from Golconda, A, tail ef the unicorn, A, model of:asPegu >oat, Another ditto | tio. _ Ditto of a Pegu bathin x tub, “lwo: China pipes. Various Hindustani arrows. A brass Hindustani trumpet. A Mameluke saddle. A‘stone figure of Cant An elephant’s molar tooth. Colonel C...Mackenzis, .;+Twohorns of the Antelope Orcas of Linnxus, _oftom Africa, ‘Hight statues of Buppua, from the upper pro« VINES, “xvi APPENDIX. DONORS. DONATIONS, Nine silver coins from ditto. James MacKitier, Esq. —A Platypus Anatinus from New Holland, stuffed,. H. Maszyx, Esq. -..-.. —Some rhinoceros hoofs. Lieutenant W. Paice,.... —A Hindu marble image of Strya, or the sune- R. Ricnarpson, Esq. ..-. —Three alligator eggs, Captain TAYLor, ....-... —Two [Spears from islands in the South sea.. Doctor WALLICH,......-. —A large skull of an elephant, A smaller ditto, divided by a vertical section,. A ditto, together with a scapula, and the four. first vertibra. colli of a young elephant, Three buffalo: skulls. Five rhinoceros ditto, A skull of the large river alligator. Three ditto of the small tank ditto, A ditto of'a delphinus gangeticus, A ditto of a dolphin found. near the Isle of France. Two sets of shark jaws. Some fossil'bones and teeth, probably of an ele-- phant, from the neighbourhood of Serampores - A skull of the boar. Two large and. one smaller tiger skulls, . A skull ofa bear. A skull of the babyrussa. “A ditto of a porcupine from Pegu. A ditto of the large river turue. - Ewo smaller ditte,. LIST or DONATIONS, &c. XX DONORS. | DONATIONS. A ditto of a large Indian monkey. A skull of a smaller ditto. A ditto of a cangaroo from New Holland. The head of a.pelican stuffed and a lower Jaw of a ditto. Several very large horns of tae common deer. - The skull of an Ardea. Ditto,of,a Scolopax. Ditto of an Alcedo,» A monstreus skull of.a goose. | A number of skulls of animals not: specified. An entire panicle of the prickly bamboo (dams. Buse spinosa, Rox.) A> ditto,,.of- the common bamboo (bambusa- arundinacea. ) _ Some large: inflorescences, together with ripe fruits.of the Madagascar raffia-tree (sagus ruffia. ) | | A ditto of Urania speciosa. A large crystal from Jfadagascar, A variety of “shells and: corals from the Isle of | | France... | A young lacerta gangetica in spirits of wine, Some abdominal viscera of a cangaroo in ditto, - A funiculus umbilicalis of a Bengalee child, . with large appendices, .injected with mers- cury, - xxvii | ‘APPENDIX, DONATIONS. ar A specimen of a Tzenia solium expelled by the bark of pomegranate root. Another ditto of a native woman, Some flowering branches of Loranthus bicolor in spirits of wine. _ Specimens of various resinous productions from the Island of Madagascar. Some stenis of the dees Bauhinia anguina ‘ROxXBe Captain H, Witxivson,?.:~-Four silver coins from Hindustan. H. H. Wikson, Kisqe: 10 es EA Salegrain. OA Siva Linda. sl yk oRudracska Mala. Specimens of lead ore from Monghyr. \ Ditto copper ore from Nellore. é Ditto of four species of corundum or currun waMhsl. Ogtome: Ditto of the Pachcet stone, | Ditto of coal from Bur awa. Ditto of Sone pebbles. Ditto of sand supposed to contain cee dust, from Pontiana. Ditto of of Santa Clara copper highly arseniated. oo. - a | ac = 4 7 t - . 1 1 Ls Lm = : f j 3 ue I r ¢ rs .* ; " F os p wy] 7 “ i ~ i ‘ f = ) ‘ 2 ' 4 7 es, 1 P : aL] \ es f f i) 40 pee : \ mi , te ! « aa ‘ fi : Y 4, ' ’ i A 7 ‘ ee} { : : =I > i < ul ‘ 7 : ' 5 d 7 | = ‘ ' - r Lf ‘ ye y « t = “ = on fos 1. 1 7 Vee ihe Von ¥ ty A Ah i von pal Al. yee cee, fet stuts! on AD ote Be at ote saa : . : rhe wee can pone heel : ‘ SS